aerospace

AC30 series climate control

electromechanical

Variable Speed Drive filtration

fluid & gas handling
hydraulics
pneumatics
process control
HA503711U003 Issue 4: Software Reference
sealing & shielding

ENGINEERING YOUR SUCCESS.

 FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE PRODUCTS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR RELATED ITEMS
CAN CAUSE DEATH, PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE.
This document and other information from Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide product or
system options for further investigation by users having technical expertise.
The user, through its own analysis and testing, is solely responsible for making the final selection of the system and components
and assuring that all performance, endurance, maintenance, safety and warning requirements of the application are met. The user
must analyze all aspects of the application, follow applicable industry standards, and follow the information concerning the product in
the current product catalogue and in any other materials provided from Parker Hannifin Corporation or its subsidiaries or authorized
distributors.
To the extent that Parker Hannifin Corporation or its subsidiaries or authorized distributors provide component or system options based
upon data or specifications provided by the user, the user is responsible for determining that such data and specifications are suitable
and sufficient for all applications and reasonably foreseeable uses of the components or systems.
The above disclaimer is being specifically brought to the user’s attention and is in addition to and not in substitution to the Exclusions
and Limitations on Liability which are set out in the terms and conditions of sale.
AC30 Series Software Reference
HA503711U003 Issue 4
Compatible with Firmware versions X.19 onwards

2019 © Parker Hannifin Manufacturing Limited.

All rights strictly reserved. No part of this document may be stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form
or by any means to persons not employed by a Parker Hannifin Manufacturing Limited company without written
permission from Parker Hannifin Manufacturing Ltd. Although every effort has been taken to ensure the accuracy
of this document it may be necessary, without notice, to make amendments or correct omissions Parker Hannifin
Manufacturing Limited cannot accept responsibility for damage, injury, or expenses resulting therefrom.

WARRANTY
The general terms and conditions of sale of goods and/or services of Parker Hannifin Europe Sàrl, Luxembourg,
Switzerland Branch, Etoy, apply to this contract unless otherwise agreed. The terms and conditions are available
on our website: www.parker.com/termsandconditons/switzerland

Parker Hannifin Manufacturing Limited reserved the right to change the content and product specification without
notice.
 Contents 1

Contents ....................................................................................... Page No. Contents .......................................................................................... Page No.

Chapter 5: Menu Organisation ........................................ 5-1
Chapter 1: Safety ............................................................. 1-1 Menu Map .......................................................................................... 5-1
Menu Map Summary ..................................................................................5-1
Requirements .................................................................................... 1-1
Intended Users .......................................................................................... 1-1 Menu Descriptions ........................................................................... 5-2
Application Area ........................................................................................ 1-1 Control Screen ...........................................................................................5-2
Personnel ................................................................................................... 1-2 Setup ...........................................................................................................5-2
Hazards ...................................................................................................... 1-2 Monitor........................................................................................................5-2
Favourites ...................................................................................................5-2

Chapter 2: Introduction ................................................... 2-1 Parameters ........................................................................................ 5-3

Parameter Map ...........................................................................................5-3
About this Manual ............................................................................ 2-1

Chapter 6: Setup Wizard.................................................. 6-1

Chapter 3: Product Overview .......................................... 3-1
GKP Setup Wizard ............................................................................ 6-1
Product Range .................................................................................. 3-1 Setup Wizard Stages .................................................................................6-2
Power Stack Features ...................................................................... 3-2 Application selection .................................................................................6-3
Input and Output Option ...........................................................................6-4
Functional Overview ........................................................................ 3-3 Analog Input and Output ...........................................................................6-4
Motor Data ..................................................................................................6-5
AC30 Series Control Features ......................................................... 3-7
Fieldbus Options........................................................................................6-6
Autotune Parameters.................................................................................6-8
Chapter 4: The Graphical Keypad .................................. 4-1 Finalising Setup .........................................................................................6-8

Overview ............................................................................................ 4-2 Set Up PMAC Motor Control - Sensorless ..................................... 6-9

Keypad ............................................................................................... 4-3 Set Up PMAC Motor Control – Encoder Feedback...................... 6-10

LED Status Indication ...................................................................... 4-4 Set Up PMAC Motor Control – Pos Alignment after Power-up .. 6-12

The Display........................................................................................ 4-5 Parker Drive Quicktool (PDQ) PC Software ................................. 6-13
Top Line - Inverter Status Summary ........................................................ 4-5 Installation ................................................................................................6-13
Bottom Line – Soft Key Action Indication ............................................... 4-6 Starting the Wizard ..................................................................................6-15
Task selection ..........................................................................................6-16
The Menu System ............................................................................. 4-7 Application Macro ....................................................................................6-19
Trips and other information displays ............................................. 4-8 Drive Hardware.........................................................................................6-20
Motor Setup ..............................................................................................6-21
Setting the display language ........................................................... 4-8 Motor Control Strategy ............................................................................6-22
I/O ..............................................................................................................6-23
Setup Wizard ..................................................................................... 4-9
Communications ......................................................................................6-24
Firmware Update ............................................................................ 4-10 Monitor the Drive .....................................................................................6-26

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

2 Contents
Contents ....................................................................................... Page No. Contents .......................................................................................... Page No.
Chapter 7: Trips & Fault Finding .................................... 7-1 SNTP Client Operation ............................................................................8-19
SNTP Relationship with time zone and Daylight Saving ......................8-19
What Happens when a Trip Occurs ................................................ 7-1
Keypad Indications ................................................................................... 7-1 Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) Server ............................ 8-20
SNTP Server Parameter Summary .........................................................8-20
Resetting a Trip Condition............................................................... 7-1 SNTP Server Operation ...........................................................................8-20
Using the Keypad to Manage Trips ................................................ 7-2 Precision Time Protocol (PTP) ...................................................... 8-21
Trip Messages ........................................................................................... 7-2 Configuration ...........................................................................................8-21
Hexadecimal Representation of Trips ............................................ 7-8 Advanced Configuration .........................................................................8-21
PTP Parameter Summary ........................................................................8-24
Runtime Alerts .................................................................................. 7-9
Peer to Peer ..................................................................................... 8-28
Autotune Alerts ............................................................................... 7-11 Configuration ...........................................................................................8-28
Peer to Peer Parameter Summary ..........................................................8-30
Other Alerts ..................................................................................... 7-12
Fault Finding ................................................................................... 7-14
Chapter 2: Fire Mode ....................................................... 2-1
Black Box Feature .......................................................................... 7-15
Black Box File Format............................................................................. 7-15 Configuration .................................................................................... 2-2
Diagnostic LEDs ............................................................................. 7-17 Functional Description ..................................................................... 2-3
Trips and Auto Restart ..................................................................... 2-4
Chapter 8: Ethernet.......................................................... 8-1
Connecting to the Inverter ............................................................... 8-1 Appendix A: Fieldbuses ................................................. A-1
Recommended Cable ................................................................................ 8-1 Modbus TCP ..................................................................................... A-1
AC30V......................................................................................................... 8-1 Introduction ............................................................................................... A-1
AC30P or AC30D ....................................................................................... 8-2 Fixed Parameter Mapping ........................................................................ A-2
Ethernet Setup .................................................................................. 8-3 User-Defined Parameter Mapping ........................................................... A-5
Configuration............................................................................................. 8-3 Password Protection ................................................................................ A-6
Advanced Configuration........................................................................... 8-3 Supported Modbus Functions ................................................................. A-7
Typical Wiring Configurations ................................................................. 8-6 Modbus Exception Codes ........................................................................ A-8
Ethernet Parameter Summary .................................................................. 8-9 Process Active and Lost Communications Trip..................................... A-8
Troubleshooting the Ethernet ................................................................ 8-12 Parameter Summary ................................................................................. A-9

Web (HTTP) Server ......................................................................... 8-15 EtherNet/IP Adapter ....................................................................... A-11

Web Pages ............................................................................................... 8-15 Introduction ............................................................................................. A-11
Web Server Parameter Summary........................................................... 8-17 Inverter Configuration ............................................................................ A-12
Troubleshooting the Web Server ........................................................... 8-18 Example PLC Configurations ................................................................ A-15
Explicit Access of Parameters ............................................................... A-24
Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) Client ............................. 8-19 Lost Communications Trip .................................................................... A-24
SNTP Client Parameter Summary .......................................................... 8-19 Troubleshooting and Tips ...................................................................... A-25

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Contents 3

Contents ....................................................................................... Page No. Contents .......................................................................................... Page No.

CIP Objects ..............................................................................................A-26 Current Sensor Trip ................................................................................ C-45
Parameter Summary ...............................................................................A-30 Data Logger ............................................................................................. C-46
DC Link Volts Limit ................................................................................. C-51
PROFINET IO Device ..................................................................... A-32
Device Commands .................................................................................. C-53
Introduction .............................................................................................A-32
Device State ............................................................................................ C-54
Inverter Configuration.............................................................................A-33
DeviceNet Option .................................................................................... C-56
Example PLC Configurations .................................................................A-37
Drive info ................................................................................................. C-57
Acyclic Access of Inverter Parameters .................................................A-48
Encoder ................................................................................................... C-62
Lost Communications Trip .....................................................................A-51
Energy Meter ........................................................................................... C-64
Troubleshooting and Tips ......................................................................A-51
EtherCAT Option ..................................................................................... C-66
Parameter Summary ...............................................................................A-52
Ethernet ................................................................................................... C-67
EtherNet IP Adapter ................................................................................ C-67
Chapter 2: Sequencing Logic ......................................... 2-1 EtherNet IP Option .................................................................................. C-67
Fan Control.............................................................................................. C-68
Drive State Machine ......................................................................... 2-1 Feedbacks ............................................................................................... C-69
DS402 ......................................................................................................... 2-1 Fieldbus Mapping ................................................................................... C-73
Sequencing State ...................................................................................... 2-1 Filter On Torque Dmd ............................................................................. C-74
Sequencing Diagram................................................................................. 2-2 Flash File System.................................................................................... C-77
State Transitions ....................................................................................... 2-3 Fluxing VHz ............................................................................................. C-78
Control Word ............................................................................................. 2-5 Flycatching .............................................................................................. C-83
Status Word ............................................................................................... 2-6 General Purpose IO ................................................................................ C-85
Graphical Keypad ................................................................................... C-87
Induction Motor Data .............................................................................. C-90
Appendix C: Parameter Reference ................................. C-1 Inj Braking ............................................................................................... C-92
Parameter Descriptions .................................................................. C-1 IO Configure ............................................................................................ C-94
Active Front End (AFE) .............................................................................C-2 IO Option Common ............................................................................... C-100
App Info....................................................................................................C-13 IO Values ............................................................................................... C-102
Auto Restart.............................................................................................C-15 Keypad Override ................................................................................... C-105
Autotune ..................................................................................................C-20 Local Control ......................................................................................... C-106
BACnet IP Option ....................................................................................C-24 Maintenance Monitor ............................................................................ C-107
BACnet MSTP Option..............................................................................C-25 Minimum Speed .................................................................................... C-109
Black Box .................................................................................................C-26 Modbus .................................................................................................. C-110
Braking .....................................................................................................C-27 Modbus RTU Option ............................................................................. C-111
CANopen Option .....................................................................................C-29 Modbus TCP Option ............................................................................. C-112
Clone ........................................................................................................C-30 Motor Load ............................................................................................ C-113
Communications Options.......................................................................C-34 Motor Nameplate ................................................................................... C-116
Configure, (Phase Control).....................................................................C-35 Motor Sequencer................................................................................... C-118
Control Mode ...........................................................................................C-38 MRAS ..................................................................................................... C-119
ControlNet Option ...................................................................................C-42 Parameter Backup ................................................................................ C-121
Current Limit............................................................................................C-43 Pattern Generator ................................................................................. C-122
Current Loop ..........................................................................................C-44 Peer to Peer ........................................................................................... C-124

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

4 Contents
Contents ....................................................................................... Page No. Contents .......................................................................................... Page No.
PID .......................................................................................................... C-125 Torque Limit .......................................................................................... C-217
PMAC Flycatching ................................................................................. C-127 Tr Adaptation ........................................................................................ C-220
PMAC Motor Advanced......................................................................... C-129 Trips History.......................................................................................... C-221
PMAC Motor Data .................................................................................. C-130 Trips Status ........................................................................................... C-222
PMAC SVC ............................................................................................. C-134 VDC Ripple ............................................................................................ C-227
Pos Fbk Alignment ................................................................................ C-142 Voltage Control ..................................................................................... C-228
Power Loss Ride Thru .......................................................................... C-150 Web Server ............................................................................................ C-229
Precision Time Protocol (PTP) ............................................................. C-153
Parameter Tables ......................................................................... C-230
Preset Speeds ....................................................................................... C-154
Parameters Defined in the Firmware ................................................... C-232
Profibus DP-V1 Option.......................................................................... C-156
Parameters Defined in the Default Application .................................. C-265
PROFINET IO Option ............................................................................. C-157
Raise Lower ........................................................................................... C-158 Table of Parameters in Alphabetical Order ............................... C-266
Ramp ...................................................................................................... C-160
Real Time Clock .................................................................................... C-166 Power Dependent Parameter Defaults ...................................... C-271
Resolver ................................................................................................. C-167
Runtime Statistics ................................................................................. C-172 Appendix D: AC30 Series Product Codes ..................... D-1
SB Digital IO .......................................................................................... C-174
SB Encoder ............................................................................................ C-177 Understanding the Product Code .................................................. D-1
SB Encoder Slot 1 ................................................................................. C-180 AC30 Series Control Module .................................................................... D-1
SB Encoder Slot 2 ................................................................................. C-182 AC30 Series Power Stack......................................................................... D-2
SB Retransmit ....................................................................................... C-183 Configured AC30 Series Inverter ............................................................. D-3
Scale Setpoint ....................................................................................... C-186 AC30 Series Regenerative Supply Unit................................................... D-4
SD Card .................................................................................................. C-187
Sequencing ............................................................................................ C-188
Setup Wizard ......................................................................................... C-192 Appendix E: Library Function Blocks ............................E-1
Skip Frequencies .................................................................................. C-194 Introduction ...................................................................................... E-1
Slew Rate ............................................................................................... C-197
Slip Compensation ................................................................................ C-198 Function Block List ......................................................................... E-2
SNTP Client............................................................................................ C-199 Blocks in “AC30 Standard” library .......................................................... E-2
SNTP Server .......................................................................................... C-199 Function Block Descriptions .......................................................... E-3
Soft Menus ............................................................................................. C-200 Abnormal Load Detect.............................................................................. E-3
Spd Direct Input .................................................................................... C-202
Application Alert ....................................................................................... E-6
Spd Loop Diagnostics .......................................................................... C-203
Application Trips....................................................................................... E-7
Spd Loop Settings................................................................................. C-204 Application Trips Text .............................................................................. E-8
Speed Error Trip .................................................................................... C-208
Brake Control ............................................................................................ E-9
Speed Ref............................................................................................... C-209 Data Logger Int........................................................................................ E-11
Stabilisation ........................................................................................... C-210
Data Logger Real .................................................................................... E-11
Stack Inv Time ....................................................................................... C-211 Filter & Filter 2 ......................................................................................... E-13
Stall Trip ................................................................................................. C-214
Fire Mode ................................................................................................. E-14
System Board Option............................................................................ C-215
Home ........................................................................................................ E-15
Thermistor ............................................................................................. C-216

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Contents 5

Contents ....................................................................................... Page No. Contents .......................................................................................... Page No.

KTY 84 130 Converter ............................................................................. E-16
Linear Fit .................................................................................................. E-17
Linear Fit 2 ............................................................................................... E-18
Linear Ramp ............................................................................................ E-20
Minimum Speed2 ..................................................................................... E-22
NTC Thermistor Converter ..................................................................... E-23
NTC Trip Levels ....................................................................................... E-24
PID ............................................................................................................ E-25
Position .................................................................................................... E-27
Presets2 ................................................................................................... E-28
PT1000 Converter .................................................................................... E-29
PT1000 Trip Levels .................................................................................. E-29
Queue Parameter Write........................................................................... E-30
Queued Write Control ............................................................................. E-30
Raise Lower ............................................................................................. E-32
Read Data From SD Card........................................................................ E-33
Sequencing Logic2 ................................................................................. E-34
Skip Frequencies .................................................................................... E-36
Speed Sensor Fault Ride Through......................................................... E-38
S Ramp ..................................................................................................... E-39
Time Of Day Select .................................................................................. E-41
Welcome Screen ..................................................................................... E-43
Write Data to SD Card & Write Data to SD Card V2 .............................. E-44
Zero Speed............................................................................................... E-45

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

6 Contents
Contents ....................................................................................... Page No. Contents .......................................................................................... Page No.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Safety 1-1

Chapter 1: Safety
Safety Information

IMPORTANT Please read these important Safety notes before installing and operating this equipment

CAUTION
CAUTION notes in the manual warn of danger to equipment.

WARNING
NOTES IN THE MANUAL WARN OF DANGER TO PERSONEL

Requirements
Intended Users
This manual is to be made available to all persons who are required to install, configure or service equipment described herein, or any other
associated operation.

The information given is intended to highlight safety issues, and to enable the user to obtain maximum benefit from the equipment.
Complete the following table for future reference detailing how the unit is to be installed and used.

INSTALLATION DETAILS
Where installed
Model Number
(for your own
(see product label)
information)
Unit used as a:
 Cubicle mounted
(refer to  Component  Relevant Apparatus Unit fitted:
 Through Panel Mounted
Certification)

Application Area
The equipment described is intended for industrial motor speed control utilising AC induction motors or AC permanent magnet synchronous
machines.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

1-2 Safety

Personnel
Installation, operation and maintenance of the equipment should be carried out by competent personnel. A competent person is someone who is
technically qualified and familiar with all safety information and established safety practices; with the installation process, operation and maintenance
of this equipment; and with all the hazards involved.

DANGER Earth/Ground
WARNING Caution
Risk of electric Protective Conductor
Hot surfaces Refer to documentation
shock Terminal

Hazards

DANGER! - Ignoring the following may result in injury

1. This equipment can endanger life by exposure to rotating 5. For measurements use only a meter to IEC 61010 (CAT III or
machinery and high voltages. higher). Always begin using the highest range.
CAT I and CAT II meters must not be used on this product.
2. The equipment must be permanently earthed due to the high
earth leakage current, and the inverter motor must be connected 6. Allow at least 5 minutes for the inverter's capacitors to discharge to
to an appropriate safety earth. safe voltage levels (<50V). Use the specified meter capable of
measuring up to 1000V dc & ac rms to confirm that less than 50V
3. Ensure all incoming supplies are isolated before working on the
is present between all power terminals and between power
equipment. Be aware that there may be more than one supply
terminals and earth.
connection to the inverter.
7. Unless otherwise stated, this product must NOT be dismantled. In
4. There may still be dangerous voltages present at power terminals
the event of a fault the inverter must be returned. Refer to "Routine
(motor output, supply input phases, DC bus and the brake, where
Maintenance and Repair".
fitted) when the motor is at standstill or is stopped.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Safety 1-3
WARNING! - Ignoring the following may result in injury or damage to equipment

SAFETY
Where there is conflict between EMC and Safety requirements, personnel safety shall always take precedence.

• Never perform high voltage resistance checks on the • All control and signal terminals are SELV, i.e. protected by double
wiring without first disconnecting the inverter from the insulation. Ensure all external wiring is rated for the highest system
circuit being tested. voltage.
• Whilst ensuring ventilation is sufficient, provide guarding • Thermal sensors contained within the motor must have at least
and /or additional safety systems to prevent injury or basic insulation.
damage to equipment. • All exposed metalwork in the Inverter is protected by basic
• When replacing an inverter in an application and before insulation and bonded to a safety earth.
returning to use, it is essential that all user defined • RCDs are not recommended for use with this product but, where
parameters for the product’s operation are correctly their use is mandatory, only Type B RCDs should be used.
installed.

EMC
• In a domestic environment this product may cause radio • This is a product of the restricted sales distribution class according
interference in which case supplementary mitigation to IEC 61800-3. It is designated as “professional equipment” as
measures may be required. defined in EN61000-3-2 for frames sizes D & E (7.5kW).
• This equipment contains electrostatic discharge (ESD) Permission of the supply authority shall be obtained before
sensitive parts. Observe static control precautions when connection to the public low voltage supply.
handling, installing and servicing this product. Frame sizes E (11kW) to N harmonics conform to the limits of
IEC61000-3-12:2011 (table 4).

WARNING! – Control Unit Removal / Fitting

Isolate supply before plugging or unplugging control unit to the power stack.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

1-4 Safety

CAUTION!

APPLICATION RISK

• The specifications, processes and circuitry described herein are for guidance only and may need to be adapted to the user’s
specific application. We can not guarantee the suitability of the equipment described in this Manual for individual applications.

RISK ASSESSMENT

Under fault conditions, power loss or unintended operating conditions, the inverter may not operate as intended. In particular:

• Stored energy might not discharge to safe • The motor's direction of rotation might not be controlled
levels as quickly as suggested, and can still
be present even though the inverter • The motor speed might not be controlled
appears to be switched off • The motor might be energised

An inverter is a component within an inverter system that may influence its operation or effects under a fault condition. Consideration
must be given to:

• Stored energy • Supply disconnects • Sequencing logic • Unintended operation

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Introduction 2-1

Chapter 2: Introduction
About this Manual
Who is this Manual aimed at?
This Manual is intended for use by the user and programmer of the AC30 series inverters. It assumes a reasonable level of understanding in
these two disciplines.

There are separate hardware installation references - HA503711U001 ‘AC30 Series Hardware Installation Manual: Frames D - J’ and
HA503711U002 ‘AC30 Series Hardware Installation Manual: Frames K - N’ that are intended for use by the installer of the AC30 series inverters.
Note: It is important to always pass on this Manual to any new user of the AC30 series inverter.

How the Manual is Organised?

This Software Reference Manual is organised into chapters, indicated by the numbering on the edge of each page. If the manual is to be printed
it is designed so that it should be printed double-sided using the short-edge for binding.

Information for the operation and programming of the AC30V, AC30P, AC30D & AC30A control modules is detailed in this Manual.
The control module must be mounted on any one of the Frame D, E, F, G, H, J, K, L, M & N power stacks for intended operation. These two
components – control module and power stack, are collectively referred to as “the Inverter” or “drive” throughout the manual.

Product coding: Any “x” within a product code indicates there are variants, see the ‘Appendix D: AC30 Series Product Codes’ section for more
information.
AC30P
AC30D Any text placed in a highlighted area as this sample shows, only refers to the AC30P, AC30D and AC30A control modules.
AC30A
Parker Hannifin Manufacturing Limited is referred to as “Parker” throughout the manual.

IMPORTANT
Please read all Safety information before proceeding with the operation of this unit.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

2-2 Introduction
Initial Steps
Use the manual to help you plan the following:
Operation
Know your operator:
• how is it to be operated, local and/or remote?
• what level of user is going to operate the unit?
• decide on the best menu level for the Graphical Keypad (GKP) where supplied.

Programming: Use of the Parker Drive Quicktool or Parker Drive Developer (pc programming tools)
Know your application:
• Download either the Parker Drive Quicktool (PDQ) or Parker Drive Developer (PDD) from:
http://www.parker.com/eme/ac30
- The PDQ is a simple tool aimed at the initial setup and commissioning of a single AC30 inverter.
- The PDD is a full development tool that allows users to develop their own multi drive configurations.
• Once downloaded, install on your pc.
• Connect your pc to your AC30 inverter via the Ethernet connection.
• Setup and commission your AC30 inverter with the PDQ wizard (refer to ‘Chapter 6: Setup Wizard’), or develop your own
drive configurations with the PDD tool.
• Refer to ‘Appendix C: Parameter Reference’ for more information.

PC Requirements
Minimum system requirements:
• 1GB RAM
• 1GHz Pentium
• 1GB free Hard Disk space
• 1024x768 screen resolution
Operating Systems:
• Windows 7 (32 & 64 bit)
• Windows 8 (32 & 64 bit)
• Windows 10 (32 & 64 bit)

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Product Overview 3-1

Chapter 3: Product Overview

Product Range
Power Stacks – Frame Sizes D, E, F, G, H, J, K, L, M & N
Control Modules – AC30V, AC30P, AC30D & AC30A

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

3-2 Product Overview
Power Stack Features
General Switching Frequency Minimum 2kHz
Default 2kHz (Frames K, L, M & N), 2.5kHz (Frames H & J), 3kHz (Frame G), 4kHz (Frames D, E & F)
Maximum 12kHz (Frames D, E, F & G), 9kHz (Frames H, K, L & M), 8kHz (Frames J & N)
Derating of output current will apply above the default switching frequency.
Output Frequency Maximum is Switching Frequency divided by 8. This is limited to 590Hz due to export rules.
e.g. for 4kHz switching frequency it is 4000/8 = 500Hz
Maximum is Switching Frequency divided by 6, in PMAC Motor Closed Loop Control.
If >590Hz is required, please contact your local Parker Sales representative.
Dual Rating Normal duty (ND)
Heavy duty (HD)
Stack Trip Conditions Output scct: line-to-line & line-to-earth
Protection Overcurrent:
- Frames D, E, F, G, H, J & K 220% HD current / Stall
- Frames L, M & N 190% HD current / Stall
Overvoltage & undervoltage
Heatsink over-temperature
Internal over-temperature (Frames J, K, L, M & N only)
Output current imbalance (Frames L, M & N only)
Missing output current sensor (Frames J, K, L, M & N only)
Missing line phase (Frames K, L, M & N only)
Motor Thermistor over-temperature (using GPIO option)
Dynamic Brake scct protection (Frames D, E, F, G, H, J & K only)
Current Limit Adjustable 110% (ND) or 150% (HD) for 60s
180% shock load limit (Heavy Duty)
Inverse Time
Overload Rating ND - 110% overload for 60s
HD - 180% overload for 3s (Frames D, E, F, G, H, J & K only), 150% overload for 60s
User Line Input 3 AC input terminals L1, L2, L3 (710 stacks only)
Terminals Motor Output 3 AC output terminals - M1, M2, M3 (to be used as line supply connections for AFE applications)
PE 2 protective earth terminals
DC Input 2 DC input terminals DC+ and DC-
Brake Output 2 DC output terminals DB+ and DB to be used when connecting up a Dynamic Brake Resistor
(Frames D, E, F, G, H & J only)
1 DC output terminal DB to be used in conjunction with DC+ when connecting a Dynamic Brake
Resistor (Frame K only)

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Product Overview 3-3
Functional Overview

Block Diagram for Frames D, E, F

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

3-4 Product Overview

Block Diagram for Frames G, H, J

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Product Overview 3-5

Block Diagram for Frame K

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

3-6 Product Overview

Block Diagram for Frames L - N

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Product Overview 3-7
AC30 Series Control Features
The inverter is fully featured when controlled using the optional Keypad (or a suitable pc programming tool).
General Motor Control Modes Induction motor:
- V/F control
- Sensorless Vector Control
- Closed Loop Vector Control (with encoder option)
- Closed Loop Vector Control (with resolver option)
PMAC motor:
- Sensorless Vector Control
- Closed Loop Vector Control (with encoder option)
- Closed Loop Vector Control (with resolver option), though with power constraints
AFE Mode 4Q Regen Control (with encoder option)
Voltage Boost for V/F control 0-25%
Skip Frequencies Skip frequencies with adjustable skip band width
Preset Speeds User selectable preset speeds
Stopping Modes Ramp, Coast, DC Injection, Quickstop
S Ramp and Linear Ramp Symmetric or asymmetric ramp up and down rates
Raise/Lower Programmable MOP function
Jog Programmable jog speed
Diagnostics Full diagnostic and monitoring facilities
Inputs/ Analog Inputs 2 configurable inputs: 1 voltage or current, 1 voltage only
Outputs Analog Outputs 2 configurable outputs: 1 unipolar voltage or current, 1 bipolar voltage only
Digital Inputs 3 configurable 24V dc inputs
System Board Digital Inputs 3 configurable 24V dc inputs (AC30D & AC30A only)
Digital I/O 4 configurable 24V dc current sourcing outputs/digital inputs
System Board Digital I/O 3 configurable 24V dc current sourcing outputs/digital inputs (AC30A only)
Relay Outputs 2 configurable relay outputs (AC30V only)
Reference Voltages +/-10V dc outputs, user +24V dc output
Aux Supply +24V dc input
Encoder Inputs 2 separate encoder input channels: A, /A, B, /B, Z, /Z (AC30D only)
1 sin/cos encoder input channel: sin+, sin-, cos+, cos-, Z, /Z & 1 Endat 2.1 encoder input
channel: Data+, Data-, Clock+, Clock- (AC30A only)
Encoder Supply Outputs 1 selectable encoder output supply voltage (AC30D & AC30A only)
Encoder Outputs 1 encoder transmit channel: A, /A, B, /B, Z, /Z (AC30D & AC30A only)
Comms On-board Ethernet 1 port (AC30V only)
2 ports

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

3-8 Product Overview

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 The Graphical Keypad 4-1

Chapter 4: The Graphical Keypad

The inverter is fitted with a Graphical Keypad referred to throughout as GKP.

It provides for local control of the inverter, monitoring, and complete access for application
programming.

Insert the Keypad into the front of the inverter (replacing the blank cover); or if supplied
separately to be used remotely, up to 3 meters away, use the mounting kit with connection
lead.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

4-2 The Graphical Keypad
Overview

• The top line of the display is used to show the inverter status

• The central region of the display shows the selected parameters or navigation menu

• The bottom line of the display indicates the action associated with the soft keys

• The actions of the soft keys are context dependent

• The central navigation and editing keys are referred to as UP, DOWN, LEFT, RIGHT and
OK

• The Run, (green), and Stop, (red), keys are used to start and stop the motor when the
inverter is in local control mode.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 The Graphical Keypad 4-3
Keypad
The GKP has a total of nine keys. They can be divided into three groups:
1. Operation keys (LED illuminated pushbuttons)
2. Soft keys
3. Navigation / Editing keys
Key Function
Operating Keys (only active when Local control mode is active)

RUN Runs the inverter.

STOP Stops the inverter when running / Resets or Acknowledges trips.

Soft Keys (function changes depending on which screen is displayed)

Soft Key 1 Return / Abort / Setup Wizard shortcut
Locks password / Save changes / Toggles between ‘Local’ or ‘Remote’ control
Soft Key 2 mode / Changes motor rotation direction (‘Local’ control mode only) / Add or
Removes parameters to or from the ‘Favourites’ menu.
Navigation / Editing Keys
Enters into the next menu level or parameter / Enters into parameter edit mode /
Accepts the value of the parameter being edited / Displays parameter information
OK
(key press held >1s) / Selects parameter as default at power up (key press held
>2s)
Moves ‘up’ through the parameters of the menu list / Increments the value of the
UP
parameter being edited.
Moves ‘down’ through the parameters of the menu list / Decrements the value of
DOWN
the parameter being edited.

Moves ‘back’ to the previous menu list / Selects the digit of the parameter being
LEFT
edited.

Moves ‘into’ the next menu list or parameter / Selects the digit of the parameter
RIGHT
being edited.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

4-4 The Graphical Keypad
LED Status Indication
The GKP has two LED illuminated pushbuttons – the green ‘Run’ key and the red ‘Stop’ key.
The status of each of these LED illuminated pushbuttons indicates the real time operation of the inverter:

LED Status
Inverter Status:
Run Key Stop Key
OFF ON STOPPED
ON OFF RUNNING
OFF FLASHING STOPPING
FLASHING OFF AUTO RESTART PENDING
NOT IN AN OPERATIONAL
FLASHING (IN SYNC)
STATE
FLASHING (ALTERNATING) FAULT STATE
Note: The LED operation can be over-ridden by the application.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 The Graphical Keypad 4-5
The Display
The display is divided into three areas:
1. Top line: shows a summary of the inverter status.
2. Centre region: is the main work area where menus and parameters are displayed.
3. Bottom line: is used to indicate the action associated with the soft keys.
Top Line - Inverter Status Summary
The top line of the display shows a summary of the inverter status. This is divided into four regions. Each region is dedicated to a particular status
indication, as shown.

Run, stop and direction Trip Ethernet Control Source

Local:
Running IP address
Inverter Tripped Start / Stop
+ve direction (flashing) missing (flashing) from GKP
Remote:
Running IP address Start / Stop
Warning
-ve direction (solid) configured (solid) from control
terminals
IP Address Comms:
Stopped
Maintenance configured, PTP Start / Stop
(ready to run in required clock from comms
+ve direction) synchronised master
Stopped
(ready to run in
-ve direction)

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

4-6 The Graphical Keypad
Bottom Line – Soft Key Action Indication
The bottom line of the display indicates the action of the Soft Key 1 and Soft Key 2 pushbuttons, as shown.

Soft Key 2
Lock parameters
Displayed: when on the GKP welcome page.
Soft key action: Resets GKP password entered,
‘locking’ all the parameters.
Save parameters
Displayed: when on the GKP welcome page.
Soft key action: Saves all parameters.
‘Local’/ ‘Remote’ control mode
Displayed: while navigating menus or parameters.
Soft key action: Toggles between ‘Local’ and
Soft Key 1 ‘Remote’ control modes.
Return Change direction
Displayed: when navigating through the menus. Displayed: while navigating menus or parameters.
Soft key action: Moves ‘back’ to the previous menu Soft key action: Toggles direction between ‘+ve’ and
level. ‘-ve’ speed setpoint.
Abort Toggles parameter assigned to ‘Soft Key 2’
Displayed: when editing a parameter value. Displayed: while navigating menus or parameters.
Soft key action: Discards change to parameter Soft key action: Toggles between ‘0’ and ‘1’ control
value. modes. Present value ‘0’.
Setup Wizard Toggles parameter assigned to ‘Soft Key 2’
Displayed: when on the GKP welcome page. Displayed: while navigating menus or parameters.
Soft key action: Toggles between ‘0’ and ‘1’ control
Soft key action: Enters into the setup wizard.
modes. Present value ‘1’.

Add to ‘Favourites’ menu

Displayed: while viewing parameter attributes.
Soft key action: Adds parameter to the ‘Favourites’
menu.
Remove from ‘Favourites’ menu
Displayed: while viewing parameter attributes.
Soft key action: Removes parameter from the
‘Favourites’ menu.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 The Graphical Keypad 4-7

The Menu System

Navigating the Menu System
The Menu System can be thought of as a map which is navigated using the direction
keys.
• Use the left and right keys to navigate through the menu levels.
• Use the up and down keys to scroll through the Menu and Parameter lists
Menus can contain sub-menus or a list of parameters.
The keys can be used as above to select a parameter. A parameter has a selection,
(ie: TRUE / FALSE), or a value displayed below the parameter name.
HINT: Remember that because the Menu and Parameter lists are looped, the UP
key can quickly move you to the last Menu or Parameter in the loop. The keys
will repeat if you hold them down. This is an easy way to step through and
view a menu’s contents.

Read-only Parameter Indication

A ‘:’ symbol to the left of the parameter value. indicates that a parameter is read-
only.

Changing a Parameter Value

With the parameter you want to change selected, press the center OK key to change
to Edit mode. In this mode the arrow keys now perform different functions.
• Change a selection, (i.e. TRUE / FALSE) using the UP and DOWN keys.
• Change a value as follows:
o The UP and DOWN keys increment / decrement the selected digit.
o The LEFT and RIGHT keys move the digit selection.
o The selected digit is indicated by the cursor.
The UP and DOWN keys will repeat if you hold them down.
When changing a value, if the abort icon ( ) is shown over Soft Key 1, pressing
this key will abort the edit, leaving the value unchanged.
To accept the edited value, press the center OK key.
Refer to Chapter 5 for a description of the menu items

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

4-8 The Graphical Keypad
Trips and other information displays
An information message will be displayed when the unit is tripped. To clear the message from the display, press Soft key 1.
To reset the trip, allowing the inverter to respond to a start command, press the STOP key. See Chapter 10 Trips & Fault Finding.

Setting the display language

The GKP supports multiple languages. The language to be used may be selected as the second entry in the GKP Wizard, (see chapter 9). The
language is also available as a parameter 1005 Language.
When changing language, there may will be a short delay while the updated text is transferred to the GKP. During this period the GKP will be
unresponsive. An information message “UPDATING LANGUAGE” is displayed during this process.
The GKP has the following language files built in as standard:
English
French
German
Spanish
Italian

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 The Graphical Keypad 4-9
Setup Wizard
The purpose of the Setup Wizard is to configure the inverter in a clear and concise manner.

Starting the Setup Wizard

The Setup Wizard is automatically invoked when the inverter is reset to factory default settings.
Alternatively, the Setup Wizard may be invoked at any other time by navigating to the ‘Welcome Screen’ at the top of the menu tree and pressing
Soft Key 1, as shown by the Setup Wizard indicator.
Note: It is always recommended that the Setup Wizard is completed once started.

Navigating the Setup Wizard

At each step of the Setup Wizard, pressing the OK key selects the displayed value and also moves on to the next step.
Pressing Soft Key 1 moves back a step.
Pressing the UP and DOWN keys modifies the parameter value.
Note: Accepting each choice without change by pressing OK will result in no change to the inverter’s configuration.

Setup Wizard Stages

The Setup Wizard starts by asking what user view level is required for the GKP, followed by a list of languages for which the user selects their
preference.
The user will then be asked if they would like to continue and run the Wizard. If ‘yes’, the first option is to “Set Factory Defaults”. Changing this
parameter to TRUE then pressing OK resets all parameters back to the default value determined by the inverters hardware configuration. In most
case, this is recommended. If this choice is left FALSE the setup wizard starts with all parameters with their previously set values.
The rest of the Setup Wizard consists of several sections, each of which corresponds to a functional component of the inverter, for example:
- Application selection - Motor Control
- IO Option, (includes the Encoder) - Fieldbus options
- Analog input and output ranges. - On-board Ethernet
- Motor Data - Auto tune
If not required, any section may be skipped.
The default setting for all parameters depends on earlier answers and on the physical configuration of the inverter. All data entered is
automatically saved without the need for any additional commands.

Finalising Setup
Once the Setup Wizard has been run to completion, the feature is automatically disabled. Power cycling to the inverter will not cause the Setup
Wizard to be run again, though If this is required, this can be achieved as detailed above in ‘Starting the Setup Wizard’.

Refer to chapter 6 for a more detailed explanation of the Setup Wizard

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

4-10 The Graphical Keypad
Firmware Update
The inverter firmware will need to be updated in order to take advantage of new product features, bug fixes or new hardware support. To do this:

Prepare the SD card

Download the latest AC30 firmware from the Parker website:
http://www.parker.com/eme/ac30
Alternatively, the latest firmware can be copied through the Parker Drive Quicktool (PDQ), using the ‘Drive Maintenance’ task.
Copy the firmware onto an SD card. The file must be named firmware.30x for the AC30V, or firmware.30p for the AC30P and AC30D.

Install the SD card

Insert the SD card into the slot in the upper moulding of the control module.

Perform the Firmware upgrade

With the SD card installed in the AC30 control module, navigate to the ‘Setup Wizard’ as detailed on page 9-6. There will now be an additional
‘Update Firmware’ step as the user goes through the Setup Wizard process.
To start the update, change the value from FALSE to TRUE. The ‘Firmware Update In Progress’ message will appear, followed by an egg timer.
CAUTION: DO NOT REMOVE POWER FROM THE INVERTER DURING THE FIRMWARE UPDATE.
The inverter will restart once the process is complete and return to the normal menu screen.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Menu Organisation 5-1

Chapter 5: Menu Organisation

Menu Map
The Menu System consists of a series of menus and sub-menus organised into a “tree” structure. Navigate around the tree on the GKP using the
UP, DOWN, LEFT and RIGHT keys. Individual parameters may be present in the menu tree at more than one location. Parameters and/or
menus that are not required or are empty are automatically hidden on the GKP and web page.

Menu Map Summary

Control Screen Clone
Setup Environment
Quick Setup Monitor
Application Quick Monitor
Motor Control Application
Control & Type Motor & Drive
Motor Nameplate Inputs and Outputs
Motor Data PMAC System Board
Auto Restart Encoder Slot 1
Autotune Encoder Slot 2
SVC PMAC Communications
Pos Fbk Alignment Base Ethernet
Regen Control Base Modbus
Inputs and Outputs Base Ethernet IP
Base IO Option
Option PTP
System Board Option Peer to Peer
SB Encoder Slot1 Energy Meter
SB Encoder Slot2 Trips
Communications Regen Control
Base Ethernet Favourites
Base Modbus Parameters*
Base Ethernet IP
Option
PTP
Peer to Peer

* The “Parameters” menu is intended for expert use only, see Appendix D

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

5-2 Menu Organisation
Menu Descriptions
Control Screen
In local sequencing mode the Control Screen menu shows the Local Setpoint, the Seed Feedback and configuration of the action of the Run key
and direction. When the inverter is not in local sequencing mode this menu shows the operating speed. The contents of the Control Screen can
be modified by the configuration.

Setup
Parameters that may require modification once the Setup Wizard is complete.

Monitor
This menu contains parameters commonly used to verify the correct operation of the inverter and the process.

Favourites
The Favourites menu contains up to 20 parameters selected for ease of access.

To Add a Parameter to the Favourites Menu

Using the GKP, navigate to the parameter of interest.
Press and hold the OK key until the Attributes screen is
shown, (hold for about 2s)
then this appears and press the “Add to Favourites”
soft key.

To Remove a Parameter From the Favourites Menu or is shown here

Using the GKP navigate to the parameter of interest in the Press the soft key 2 to add to or
Favourites menu. remove from Favourites
Press and hold the OK key until the Attributes screen is OK Key
shown, (hold for about 2s).
Press the “Remove from Favourites” soft key, .

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Menu Organisation 5-3

Parameters
A complete collection of all the parameters in the inverter. This menu is intended for expert use.

Parameter Map
The following table shows the parameters as they appear in order on the Web page and GKP. Also shown is the Parameter Number, PNO. This
is a unique reference for each parameter. For more details about each parameter refer to Appendix C.
Control Screen PMAC Winding Resistance 0561
Setup PMAC Winding Inductance 0562
Quick Setup PMAC Torque Const KT 0563
Application PMAC Encoder Offset 1808
Motor Control PMAC Wiring 1809
Control and Type PMAC Therm Time Const 0565
Motor Type or AFE 0511 PMAC Motor Inertia 0564
Control Strategy 0512 Auto Restart
Control Type 1533 AR Enable 1469
Encoder Feedback 1743 AR Mode 1470
100% Speed in RPM 0464 AR Max Restarts 1471
Acceleration Time 0486 AR Trip Mask 1472
Deceleration Time 0487 AR Trip Mask 2 0796
Current Limit 0305 AR Initial Delay 1505
Main Torque Lim 0417 AR Repeat Delay 1506
Seq Stop Method SVC 1257 Autotune
Seq Stop Method VHz 0484 Autotune Enable 0255
Stop Ramp Time 0504 Autotune Mode 0256
VHz Shape 0422 Nameplate Mag Current 1550
Fixed Boost 0447 Autotune Test Disable 0257
Duty Selection 0390 Autotune Ramp Time 0274
Motor Nameplate ATN PMAC Test Disable 1388
Base Frequency 0457 ATN PMAC Ls Test Freq 1405
Rated Motor Current 0455 SVC PMAC
Motor Poles 0458 PMAC SVC Start Cur 0478
Base Voltage 0456 PMAC SVC Start Speed 0479
Nameplate Speed 0459 Pos Fbk Alignment
Power Factor 0461 Alignment Enable 1798
Motor Power 0460 Alignment On Power On 1796
Motor Data PMAC Alignment Method 1797
PMAC Max Speed 0555 Alignment Level 1799
PMAC Max Current 0556 Alignment Ramp Time 1800
PMAC Rated Current 0557 Alignment On Motor 1801
PMAC Rated Torque 0558 Regen Control
PMAC Motor Poles 0559 Motor Type or AFE 0511
PMAC Back Emf Const KE 0560 AFE Inductance 1730
PMAC Base Volt 1387 AFE VDC Demand 1711
AFE Current Control 1693

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

Menu Organisation 5-4
AFE Iq Demand 1705 Output A 1756
AFE Id Demand 1704 Output B 1757
Inputs and Outputs Output Z 1758
Base IO Synth Encoder Lines 1696
Anin 01 Type 0001 Synth Encoder Speed 1698
Anin 01 Offset 0957 Synth Encoder Invert 1702
Anin 01 Scale 0958 SB Encoder Slot1
Anin 02 Type 0002 Encoder Supply 1663
Anin 02 Offset 0959 Encoder Lines 1664
Anin 02 Scale 0960 Encoder Invert 1665
Anout 01 Type 0003 Encoder Type 1666
Anout 01 Scale 0686 High Input Threshold 1667
Anout 01 Offset 1108 Encoder Count Reset 1669
Anout 01 ABS 1441 SB Encoder Slot2
Anout 02 Type 0004 Encoder Lines 1671
Anout 02 Scale 1460 Encoder Invert 1672
Anout 02 Offset 1467 Encoder Type 1673
Anout 02 ABS 1468 High Input Threshold 1674
Option Encoder Count Reset 1676
Option IO Required 1178 Communications
Thermistor Type 1184 Base Ethernet
Encoder Supply 1511 DHCP 0929
Encoder Lines 1512 Auto IP 0930
Encoder Invert 1513 User IP Address 0933
Encoder Type 1514 User Subnet Mask 0934
Encoder Single Ended 1515 User Gateway Address 0935
Encoder Count Reset 1517 Web Access 0944
Resolver Frequency 1791 Base Modbus
Resolver Voltage 1790 Maximum Connections 0939
Resolver Ratio 1792 High Word First 0940
Resolver Max Speed 1825 Modbus Timeout 0941
Resolver Poles 1793 Modbus Trip Enable 0942
Resolver Built-In Gear 1822 Modbus Mapping[16] 1567
Resolver Invert 1810 Modbus TCP Password 1659
Resolver Speed Filter 1815 Base Ethernet IP
Resolver Min Filter 1851 Ethernet IP Enable 3128
Resolver Resolution 1816 Ethernet IP Trip 3129
Anin 11 Offset 1461 Input Mapping 3000
Anin 11 Scale 1462 Output Mapping 3064
Anin 12 Offset 1463 Option
Anin 12 Scale 1464 Comms Required 0044
Anin 13 Offset 1465 BACnet MAC Address 1091
Anin 13 Scale 1466 BACnet MSTP Device ID 1092
System Board Option BACnet Baud Rate 1093
System Board Required 1739 BACnet MSTP Timeout 1094
Output Enable 1678 BACnet IP Device ID 0209
Output Source 1679 BACnet IP Timeout 0210
Output Voltage 1680 CANopen Node Address 0212

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Menu Organisation 5-5
CANopen Baud Rate 0213 Clone Filename 1534
ControlNet MAC ID 0215 Clone Direction 1537
DeviceNet MAC ID 0219 Full Restore 1538
DeviceNet Baud Rate 0220 Application 1539
Modbus Device Address 0229 Power Parameters 1541
Modbus RTU Baud Rate 0230 Other Parameters 1540
Parity And Stop Bits 0231 Clone Start 1542
High Word First RTU 0232 Clone Status 1543
Modbus RTU Timeout 0233 Environment
High Word First TCP 0235 Drive Name 0961
Profibus Node Address 0238 GKP Password 1142
Modbus TCP Timeout 0236 Web Access 0944
Address Assignment 0199 Display Timeout 0983
Fixed IP Address 0200 Startup Page 0982
Fixed Subnet Mask 0201 Monitor
Fixed Gateway Address 0202 Quick Monitor
Option Web Enable 0203 Application
Web Parameters Enable 0204 Motor and Drive
Option FTP Enable 0205 Actual Speed RPM 0393
Option FTP Admin Mode 0206 DC Link Voltage 0392
IPConfig Enable 0207 Actual Speed rps 0394
Comms Trip Enable 0048 Actual Speed Percent 0395
Comms Reset Allow 1853 DC Link Volt Filtered 0396
BACnet Max Master 1095 Actual Torque 0399
BACnet Max Info Frames 1096 Actual Field Current 0400
DNet Producing Inst 0222 Motor Current Percent 0401
DNet Consuming Inst 0223 Motor Current 0402
CNet Producing Inst 0216 Motor Terminal Volts 0405
CNet Consuming Inst 0217 Actual Pos Torque Lim 0420
ENet Producing Inst 0226 Actual Neg Torque Lim 0421
ENet Consuming Inst 0227 Heatsink Temperature 0407
Modbus Password 1640 CM Temperature 0406
Read Mapping[32] 0055 PMAC Wiring 1809
Write Mapping[32] 0120 Inputs and Outputs
PTP Digout Value 0022
PTP Enable 1661 Digin Value 0005
PTP Clock Type 1684 Anout 01 Value 0042
PTP Clock Mode 1683 Anout 02 Value 0043
PTP Domain Number 1787 Anin 01 Value 0039
PTP Log Sync Interval 1681 Anin 01 Break 0040
PTP Priority2 1686 Anin 02 Value 0041
PTP Lock Threshold 1685 Anin 11 Value 1181
Peer to Peer Anin 12 Value 1182
Peer to Peer Enable 1725 Anin 13 Value 1183
Destination IP Address 1726 Encoder Speed 1516
Destination Port 1727 Encoder Count 1518
Local Port 1728 SB Digital Input 1 1759
Clone SB Digital Input 2 1722

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

Menu Organisation 5-6
SB Digital Input 3 1723 Comms Event Active 0186
Resolver Speed % 1814 Option MAC Address 0189
resolver position 1824 Option IP Address 0195
Resolver Turns 1811 Option Subnet Mask 0196
Resolver Fraction Turns 1812 Option Gateway 0197
System Board Option DHCP Enabled 0198
Encoder Slot 1 Comms Module Version 0049
Encoder Speed 1668 Comms Module Serial 0050
Encoder Count 1670 Comms Diagnostic 0051
Encoder Slot 1 Comms Diagnostic Code 0052
Encoder Speed 1675 Comms Exception 0053
Encoder Count 1677 Comms Net Exception 0054
Communications PTP
Base Ethernet PTP State 1689
Ethernet State 0919 PTP Clock 1699
MAC Address 0920 PTP Offset 1687
IP Address 0926 PTP Locked 1688
Subnet Mask 0927 Peer to Peer
Gateway Address 0928 Peer to Peer State 1729
Base Modbus Energy Meter
Open Connections 1241 Energy kWh 0383
Process Active 0943 Power kW 0380
Mapping Valid 1632 Power HP 0381
Base Ethernet IP Reactive Power 0382
Ethernet IP State 3130 Power Factor Est 0385
Ethernet IP Diag 3131 Trips
Option First Trip 0696
Comms Fitted 0045 Active 1 - 32 0763
BACnet MSTP State 1089 Active 33 - 64 0513
BACnet IP State 0208 Warnings 1 - 32 0829
Profibus State 0237 Warnings 33 - 64 0514
EtherNet IP State 0225 RTA Code 0998
Modbus TCP State 0234 RTA Data 0999
Modbus RTU State 0228 Regen Control
EtherCAT State 0224 AFE Sync Frequency 1703
PROFINET State 0239 AFE Status 1721
PROFINET Device Name 0240 DC Link Voltage 0392
CANopen State 0211 Favourites
ControlNet State 0214
DeviceNet State 0218
CANopen Actual Baud 1251
DeviceNet Actual Baud 0221
Comms Supervised 0047

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Setup Wizard 6-1

Chapter 6: Setup Wizard

GKP Setup Wizard
Purpose of the Setup Wizard
The purpose of the setup wizard is to configure the inverter in a clear and concise manner.
First familiarize yourself with Chapter 4 Graphical Keypad, for the keypad functions.
Starting the Setup Wizard
The Setup Wizard is automatically invoked when first powered up. The setup wizard may be
invoked at any other time by pressing the set-up key ( ). This is shown on the Welcome
Screen, (at the “top” of the MMI menu structure). The Setup Wizard is also invoked by
changing the parameter “Run Wizard?” to YES (you will find this under the “Parameters:
Device Manager: Setup Wizard" menu).
Running the Setup Wizard
At each point in the wizard pressing the OK key selects the displayed value and moves on to
the next step. Soft Key 1
OK key

Pressing Soft key 1 moves back a step. Pressing the UP and DOWN keys modifies the
selected value.

The default setting for all parameters depends on earlier answers and on the physical
configuration of the inverter so pressing OK repeatedly will result in no parameter values being
altered. All data entered is automatically saved without the need for any additional commands.
Information that you will need in order to set up the motor control
When you run the setup wizard you will be asked for various items of information in order to
set up the motor control.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

6-2 Setup Wizard
Setup Wizard Stages
The Setup Wizard is divided into sections. With the exception of the first group of parameters, each section may be skipped. The first group of
parameters sets the inverter operating environment.

PNO Parameter Comment

1141 View Level Select the view level, Operator, Technician or Engineer.
1005 Language Select the required language to be used on the GKP. There may be a slight pause while the inverter adopts the
selected language.
1002 Update Firmware Select YES to update the inverter’s firmware. Only visible in Engineering view mode with a firmware file on the
SD Card.
1006 Run Wizard Select YES to continue. Select NO to exit with the new settings for View Level and Language
1000 Reset to Defaults Changing this parameter to TRUE then pressing OK resets all parameters back to the default value determined
by the inverters hardware configuration. If this choice is left FALSE all parameters retain their previously set
values.
987 Power Stack Required Only shown if the control module is not attached to a matching power stack.
1186 Time and Date Only shown if an IO option with RTC hardware is fitted.
0944 Web Access Set to FULL to allow access to parameter values via the web page.
1738 Enable Auto Save Set to TRUE to automatically save parameter values as they are entered on the GKP and Web page. Set to
FALSE to enable the manual save feature.
All parameters are saved on completion of the GKP wizard regardless of the setting of this parameter. Also, this
parameter is always saved when changed.
0961 Drive Name Defaults to show the Ethernet MAC address

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

6-3 Setup Wizard
Application selection
Selection of the specific Macro and associated parameters.
PNO Parameter Validity Comment
Setup Application? Select YES to configure the application parameters, NO to skip this section
1900 Selected Application

AUTO/MANUAL

RAISE/LOWER

PROCESS PID
BASIC SPEED
CONTROL

CONTROL

PRESETS
SPEED

SPEED

AFE
1937 Disable Coast Stop ● ● ● ● ●
1938 Disable Quickstop ● ● ● ● ●
1901 RL Ramp Time ● Sets the rate of change of the output of the Raise/Lower ramp.
1902 RL Reset Value ● The value of the Raise/Lower ramp output when reset.
1903 RL Maximum Value ● The upper limit of the Raise/Lower ramp output.
1904 RL Minimum Value ● The lower limit of the Raise/Lower ramp output
1916 Preset Speed 0 ● The preset speed output when the selected preset is 0.
1917 Preset Speed 1 ● The preset speed output when the selected preset is 1.
1918 Preset Speed 2 ● The preset speed output when the selected preset is 2.
1919 Preset Speed 3 ● The preset speed output when the selected preset is 3.
1920 Preset Speed 4 ● The preset speed output when the selected preset is 4.
1921 Preset Speed 5 ● The preset speed output when the selected preset is 5.
1922 Preset Speed 6 ● The preset speed output when the selected preset is 6.
1923 Preset Speed 7 ● The preset speed output when the selected preset is 7.
1926 PID Setpoint Negate ● Changes the sign of the setpoint input.
1927 PID Feedback ● Changes the sign of the feedback input.
Negate
1928 PID Prop Gain ● The proportional gain of the PID controller.
1929 PID Integral TC ● The integral time constant of the PID controller.
1930 PID Derivative TC ● The derivative time constant of the PID controller.
1931 PID Output Filter TC ● The time constant of the first order filter used to filter the PID output.
1932 PID Output Pos Limit ● The maximum positive excursion, (limit), of the PID controller.
1933 PID Output Neg Limit ● The maximum negative excursion, (limit), of the PID controller.
1934 PID Output Scaling ● The overall scaling factor which is applied after the positive and negative limit
clamps

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

6-4 Setup Wizard
Input and Output Option
Configuration of the type and settings for the available IO options.
PNO Parameter Comment
Setup Option IO? Select TRUE to configure the IO Option. Set to FALSE to skip this section
Only shown if an IO option is fitted, or if one has been previously configured.
1178 Option IO Required Select the required IO Option type.
1184 Thermistor Type Select the required thermistor type.
1511 Encoder Supply For the Pulse Encoder option, configures the encoder supply output.
1512 Encoder Lines For the Pulse Encoder option, configures the number of pulses per revolution
1514 Encoder Type For the Pulse Encoder option, configures the encoder type
1515 Encoder Single Ended For the Pulse Encoder option, configures whether the input is single ended or differential.
1791 Resolver Frequency Frequency of the Resolver excitation in kHz
1790 Resolver Voltage Voltage supply of the Resolver excitation in Vrms
1792 Resolver Ratio Resolver Ratio, corresponding to the ratio between excitation voltage and max sin and cos voltages
1825 Resolver Max Speed Mechanical Resolver max speed in rpm
1793 Resolver Poles Resolver poles number -Should be an even number
1822 Resolver Built-In Gear Number of shaft mechanical turns for 1 Resolver turn
1810 Resolver Invert To change the count direction of the Resolver
1815 Resolver Speed Filter Speed filter action, in % of the actual speed value in Hz
1851 Resolver Min Filter Minimum filter value applied to the speed information. The filter value is at leat equal to this value
1816 Resolver Resolution Resolver resolution selection, in bits per electrical turns (eg: 16 bits is 65536 counts per electrical resolver turn)

Analog Input and Output

Configuration of the ranges for the analog inputs and outputs. Also selects the thermistor type if an IO option is fitted.
PNO Parameter Comment
Setup Input/Output? Select TRUE to configure the analog input and output ranges. Set to FALSE to skip this section
0001 Anin 01 Type Select the hardware range for analog input 1
0002 Anin 02 Type Select the hardware range for analog input 2
0003 Anout 01 Type Select the hardware range for analog output 1
0004 Anout 02 Type Select the hardware range for analog output 2

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

6-5 Setup Wizard
Motor Data
Selection of the motor type, control mode and setting the motor control and process control parameters. The Validity column indicates which
parameters are shown, dependent on the control mode.
Validity
PNO Parameter IM IM Comment
PMAC AFE
VHz VECT
Setup Motor? Select TRUE to configure the motor parameters, FALSE to skip this
section
0511 Motor Type or AFE ● ● ● ● Selects the motor type.

0512 Control Strategy ● ● Selects between Volts/Hz and Vector Control.

1533 Control Type ● ● Only visible if Vector Control is selected.
Selects between Sensorless Control, and Closed Loop Control (with
encoder).
1743 Encoder Feedback ● ●
0976 Nominal Supply ● ● Defines the default value for the motor frequency parameters.
0457 Base Frequency ● ● The base frequency on the motor name plate
0456 Base Voltage ● ● The rated voltage on the motor name plate
0458 Motor Poles ● ● The number of motor poles. Always enter an even number.
0455 Rated Motor Current ● ● Current rating from the motor name plate.
0460 Motor Power ● ● Power rating from the motor name plate.
0459 Nameplate Speed ● ● Nominal speed from the motor name plate.
0461 Power Factor ● Power factor from the motor name plate, (often shown as φ). If this is
not available then leave this at the default value.
0555 PMAC Max Speed ● The motor’s maximum speed.
0556 PMAC Max Current ● The motor’s maximum current
0557 PMAC Rated Current ● The motor’s rated current.
0558 PMAC Rated Torque ● The motor’s rated torque
0559 PMAC Motor Poles ● The number of motor poles. Always enter an even number.
0560 PMAC Back EMF Const KE ● The motor’s Back EMF line to line, rms value (Ke, Volts rms per 1000
rpm)
1387 PMAC Base Volt ● Rated motor rated voltage in Volt rms
0561 PMAC Winding Resistance ● The motor’s resistance, line to line at 25 °C.
0562 PMAC Winding Inductance ● The motor’s inductance line to line at maximum current
0563 PMAC Torque Const KT ● Torque constant (Kt, Nm/A rms).
1808 PMAC Encoder Offset ●
1809 PMAC Wiring ●
0565 PMAC Therm Time Const ● The motor’s thermal time constant
0564 PMAC Motor Inertia ● The motor’s inertia
0478 PMAC SVC Start Cur ● The current level during the startup procedure.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

6-6 Setup Wizard
Validity
PNO Parameter IM IM Comment
PMAC AFE
VHz VECT
0479 PMAC SVC Start Speed ● The speed setpoint at which the speed control is switched from an
open loop mode to a closed loop mode during the startup procedure
0464 100% Speed in RPM ● ● ● This is the speed in rpm at which the motor will turn when given a
speed demand of 100%.
0486 Acceleration Time ● ● ● The time that the inverter will take to ramp the setpoint from 0.00% to
100.00% when Ramp Type is LINEAR.
0487 Deceleration Time ● ● ● The time that the inverter will take to ramp the setpoint from 100.00%
to 0.00% when Ramp Type is LINEAR.
1257 Seq Stop Method VHz ● Selects stopping mode that the controller will use once the run
command has been removed when in Volts/Hertz control mode,
0484 Seq Stop Method SVC ● Selects stopping mode that the controller will use once the run
command has been removed when in Sensorless Vector or Closed
Loop Vector control mode.
0422 VHz Shape ● Selects the Volts to Frequency curve.
0390 Duty Selection ● ● ● Selects the inverter rating. Affects the ratio of nominal current
compared with maximum overload current.
1730 AFE Inductance ● Total inductance (3% + 5%) in the AFE configuration.
1711 AFE VDC Demand ● DC Link level demand in voltage control mode.
1693 AFE Current Control ● Sets AFE in current control mode.
1705 AFE Iq Demand ● Reactive power current demand.
1704 AFE Id Demand ● Active power current demand.

Fieldbus Options
This section is only shown if a communications option is fitted.
PNO Parameter Comment
0044 Comms Required This defaults to match the communications option that is fitted. If no option is required select NONE. Selecting
a different option will result in a configuration error.

These parameters are shown when the CANopen option is fitted.

PNO Parameter Comment
0044 Comms Required CANOPEN Refer to CANopen Technical Manual HA501841U001
0212 CANopen Node Address ●
0213 CANopen Baud Rate ●
0048 Comms Trip Enable ●

These parameters are shown when the DeviceNet option is fitted.

PNO Parameter Comment
0044 Comms Required DEVICENET Refer to DeviceNet Technical Manual HA501840U001

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

6-7 Setup Wizard
PNO Parameter Comment
0219 DeviceNet MAC ID ●
0220 DeviceNet Baud Rate ●
0048 Comms Trip Enable ●

These parameters are shown when the Ethernet IP option is fitted.

PNO Parameter Comment
0044 Comms Required ETHERNET IP Refer to EtherNet IP Technical Manual HA501842U001
0199 Address Assignment ●
0200 Fixed IP Address ●
0201 Fixed Subnet Mask ●
0202 Fixed Gateway Address ●
0203 Option Web Enable ●
0048 Comms Trip Enable ●

These parameters are shown when the Modbus RTU option is fitted.
PNO Parameter Comment
0044 Comms Required MODBUS RTU Refer to Modbus RTU Technical Manual HA501839U001
0229 Modbus Device Address ●
0230 Modbus RTU Baud Rate ●
0231 Parity And Stop Bits ●
0232 High Word First RTU ●
0233 Modbus RTU Timeout ●
0048 Comms Trip Enable ●

These parameters are shown when the Profibus DPV1 option is fitted.
PNO Parameter Comment
0044 Comms Required PROFIBUS DPV1 Refer to Profibus DP-V1 Technical Manual HA501837U001
0238 Profibus Node Address ●
0048 Comms Trip Enable ●

These parameters are shown when the Profinet IO option is fitted.

PNO Parameter Comment
0044 Comms Required PROFINET IO Refer to Profinet IO Technical Manual HA501838U001
0199 Address Assignment ●
0200 Fixed IP Address ●
0201 Fixed Subnet Mask ●
0202 Fixed Gateway Address ●
0203 Option Web Enable ●
0048 Comms Trip Enable ●

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

6-8 Setup Wizard
On-board Ethernet
Configuration of the on board Ethernet.
PNO Parameter Comment
Setup Base Ethernet? Select TRUE to configure the on board Ethernet port. Select FALSE to skip this section
0929 DHCP
0930 Auto IP
0933 User IP Address Only visible if DHCP and Auto IP are both FALSE.
0934 User Subnet Mask Only visible if DHCP and Auto IP are both FALSE.
0935 User Gateway Address Only visible if DHCP and Auto IP are both FALSE.
Setup Base Modbus? Select TRUE to configure the on board Ethernet port to also act as a Modbus IP client. Select FALSE to skip the
following parameters
0939 Maximum Connections Sets the maximum number of Modbus clients allowed. If set to zero, then no connections will be allowed.
0942 Modbus Trip Enable Set TRUE to enable the Modbus Trip. The parameter Modbus Timeout must be set to a value other than zero
0940 High Word First If set to TRUE, the most significant word of a 32-bit parameter will be mapped to the first register, and the least
significant word to the next register.
0941 Modbus Timeout Sets the process active timeout
Setup Base Ethernet IP?
3128 EtherNet IP Enable Enables EtherNet/IP
3129 EtherNet IP Trip Trip method for the built-in EtherNet/IP
Setup Base PROFINET?
3132 PROFINET Enable Enables the built-in PROFINET IO
3133 PROFINET Trip Enables the trip for the built-in PROFINET IO

Autotune Parameters
Autotune enable and autotune mode. To run the autotune process, complete the wizard then run the inverter.
PNO Parameter Comment
0255 Autotune Enable Select TRUE to enable a motor autotune next time the motor is started. (Only visible for induction motor
sensorless and feedback vector control mode). Refer to Appendix C Parameter Reference for more details.

Finalising Setup
Once the Setup Wizard has been run to completion the feature is automatically disabled. Re-starting the inverter will not cause the Setup Wizard
to be run again. (If it is desired to re-run the Setup Wizard, this can be achieved as detailed above in “Starting the Setup Wizard”).

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 6-9 Setup Wizard
Set Up PMAC Motor Control - Sensorless
Minimum steps ( and list of parameters ) for setting a PMAC motor control in Sensorless mode are given below :
Setup Menu Parameters Menu ( if (1141 View Level = Engineer) ) Parameters

/Motor Control/Control & Type OR /Control Mode 0511 Motor Type

PMAC Control Selected?
/Motor Control/Motor Data PMAC OR /Motor Control / PMAC Motor Data 0555 PMAC Max Speed
0556 PMAC Max Current
Y

0557 PMAC Rated Current

0558 PMAC Rated Torque
Enter basic motor
0559 PMAC Motor Poles
parameters
0564 PMAC Motor Inertia
1387 PMAC Base Volt

Sensorless? N See PMAC Encoder Feedback diagram

Y

Enter Control mode /Motor Control/Control & Type OR /Control Mode 1533 Control Type = SENSORLESS

Enter 100% speed setpoint Setup speed control OR /Motor Control /Scale Setpoint 0464 100% Speed in RPM
/Motor Control/Control & Type

Set Acceleration – /Motor Control/Control & Type OR /Motor Control /Ramp 0486 Acceleration Time
Deceleration rate 0487 DecelerationTime

Choose Stopping mode /Motor Control/Control & Type OR /Motor Control /Ramp 1257 Seq Stop Method SVC

/Motor Control/SVC PMAC OR /Motor Control /PMAC SVC 0478 PMAC SVC Start Cur
Set SVC PMAC
0479 PMAC SVC Start Speed
Autotune

/Motor Control/Autotune /Motor Control/Autotune 255 Autotune Enable

Run Auto-tune ? Y
Motor models parameters
identified by autotune
0560 PMAC Back Emf Const KE
N /Motor Control/Motor Data PMAC OR /Motor Control / PMAC Motor Data
0561 PMAC Winding Resistance
Enter Motor models 0562 PMAC Winding Inductance
parameters from datasheet 0563 PMAC Torque Const KT

Select stack OR
/Motor Control/Control & Type /Motor Control / Feedbacks 0390 Duty Selection
overload capability

First Run
1st motor run

Speed unstable ? Y /Motor Control/Motor Data PMAC OR /Motor Control / PMAC Motor Data 0564 PMAC Motor Inertia

Reduce speed loop bandwidth

/Motor Control / Spd Loop Settings 1247 Ratio Load Mot Inertia
01248 Speed Loop Bandwidth

Motion too smooth ? Y

Increase speed loop bandwidth

End of minimum settings

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 6-10 Setup Wizard
Set Up PMAC Motor Control – Encoder Feedback
Minimum steps ( and list of parameters ) for setting a PMAC motor control in Closed Loop mode are given below :
Setup Menu Parameters Menu ( if (1141 View Level = Engineer) ) Parameters
Setup Type and control
Select PMAC mode /Motor Control/Control & Type OR /Control Mode 0511 Motor Type

Enter basic PMAC /Motor Control/Motor Data PMAC OR /Motor Control / PMAC Motor Data 0555 PMAC Max Speed
Motor parameters 0556 PMAC Max Current
0557 PMAC Rated Current
0558 PMAC Rated Torque
0559 PMAC Motor Poles
0564 PMAC Motor Inertia
1387 PMAC Base Volt
Sensorless? Y See PMAC Sensorless diagram
N

Enter Control mode /Motor Control/Control & Type OR /Control Mode 1533 Control Type = ENCODER FEEDBACK

Select Active Speed Feedback /Motor Control/Control & Type /Control Mode 1743 Encoder Feedback

Setup Active Speed

Feedback /Inputs and Outputs/Option /Inputs and Outputs/Option IO 1178 Option IO Required
I/O Option?
1790 Resolver Voltage
Resolver? Y /Inputs and Outputs/Option /Inputs and Outputs/Resolver 1791 Resolver Frequency
1792 Resolver Ratio
1793 Resolver Poles
1822 Resolver Built In Gear
No

1810 Resolver Invert

No

1816 Resolver Resolution

Pulse Encoder Y
/Inputs and Outputs/Option /Inputs and Outputs/Resolver 1511 Encoder Supply
No 1512 Encoder Lines
1513 Encoder Invert
1515 Encoder Single Ended

System Board Encoder? 1739 System Board Required

/Inputs and Outputs/SB Encoder Slot1 /System Board/Encoder Slot 1 1663 Encoder Supply
Encoder Slot 1? Y 1664 Encoder Lines
1665 Encoder Invert
1666 Encoder Type
No
No

/Inputs and Outputs/SB Encoder Slot2 /System Board/Encoder Slot 2 1761 Encoder Supply
Encoder Slot 1? Y 1671 Encoder Lines
1672 Encoder Invert
1673 Encoder Type

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 6-11 Setup Wizard
Setup speed control /Motor Control/Control & Type /Motor Control / Scale Setpoint 0464 100% Speed in RPM
Enter 100% speed setpoint

Set Acceleration – /Motor Control/Control & Type OR /Motor Control /Ramp 0486 Acceleration Time
Deceleration rate 0487 DecelerationTime

Choose Stopping mode /Motor Control/Control & Type OR /Motor Control /Ramp 1257 Seq Stop Method SVC

Autotune

/Motor Control/Autotune /Motor Control/Autotune 255 Autotune Enable

Run Auto-tune ? Y
Motor models parameters
identified by autotune
0560 PMAC Back Emf Const KE
N /Motor Control/Motor Data PMAC OR /Motor Control / PMAC Motor Data
0561 PMAC Winding Resistance
Enter Motor models 0562 PMAC Winding Inductance
parameters from datasheet 0563 PMAC Torque Const KT

Pos Alignment

Run Pos Algnment ? Y /Motor Control/Pos Fbk Alignment Motor Control/Pos Fbk Alignment 1797 Alignment Method

Setup pos alignment 1799 Alignment Level

1798 Alignment Enable

Enter by hand PMAC Encoder

/Motor Control/Motor Data PMAC OR Motor Control/PMAC Motor Data 1808 PMAC Encoder Offset
Offset and PMAC wiring

/Motor Control/Motor Data PMAC Motor Control/PMAC Motor Data 1809 PMAC Wiring

Select stack /Motor Control/Control & Type OR /Motor Control / Feedbacks 0390 Duty Selection
overload capability

1st motor run First Run

Speed unstable ? Y /Motor Control/Motor Data PMAC OR /Motor Control / PMAC Motor Data 0564 PMAC Motor Inertia

Reduce speed loop bandwidth

/Motor Control / Spd Loop Settings 1247 Ratio Load Mot Inertia
01248 Speed Loop Bandwidth

Motion too smooth ? Y

Increase speed loop bandwidth

End of minimum settings

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

6-12 Setup Wizard
Set Up PMAC Motor Control – Pos Alignment after Power-up
Vector Control of a PMAC motor needs to know the relative position between the rotor and the stator.
Pos Alignment sequence allows to synchronise encoder position to Motor Back EMF.
This feature is used to automatically calculate any offset between the encoder absolute position and the motor back EMF, as well as selecting the
correct wiring of the motor ( U, V, W sequence ) with the encoder position.
The feature needs to be run after each power cycle with a PMAC motor associated to a non absolute encoder type ( pulse encoder )

The feature is run on a motor free of rotation, no load attached to the motor shaft.
Depending of the Alignment Method selected, the motor is moving during the sequence.
Below is a simple example on how to force the system to run a Pos Alignment sequence on the first start after power_up :

Alignment Method is set to Manual ( It could have been set to AUTOMATIC ).

Alignment Enable is TRUE from Start-up.
The first start command will run the Pos Alignment sequence.
A running and successfully sequence resets Alignment_Enable to FALSE.
A 1s negative pulse is generated at the end of the sequence. This information can be used to toggle any command to start the system.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

6-13 Setup Wizard
Parker Drive Quicktool (PDQ) PC Software
Installation

Launch the installer, setup.exe, from the latest version from www.parker.com/ssd/pdq

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

6-14 Setup Wizard

Figure 9-1 InstallShield

Follow the steps of the InstallShield Wizard.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

6-15 Setup Wizard
Starting the Wizard

Figure 9-2 Desktop shortcut

Once the InstallShield completes, run the PDQ from the “Start” menu
as shown or from the desktop shortcut as shown in

Figure 9-3 Start the Wizard

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

6-16 Setup Wizard
Task selection

Figure 9-4 Task selection

The start page of the PDQ allows you to create and open projects or select a Wizard task for a connected drive

Note: For Wizard tasks no data or settings will be changed in the Drive until the “Commission” page is reached and download is confirmed by the
Engineer. For offline projects a Login button is provided to go online to a connected Drive and make changes.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

6-17 Setup Wizard
All the Wizard Tasks use a similar sequence of pages to find and program a Drive. The following page shows the Setup a New Drive wizard and
the Find a Drive page

Figure 9-5 Automatic Drive detection

The wizard will automatically detect all the inverters that are visible to the PC via it’s Ethernet connections. This normally takes 10 seconds,
during which time the user interface will go grey and will not respond to you. Once the inverter detection is complete, find your inverter in the list
and click on it with the mouse. Information about the selected Drive will be displayed in the status area at the bottom of the screen. Ensure you
have selected the correct Drive before continuing. If Drive Brake Switch is not fitted it will be indicted by the symbol as shown in Figure 9-5.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

6-18 Setup Wizard
Note: The selected drive’s name will match that shown on the GKP home screen.

Click on the “Next” button to begin Commissioning this Drive.

Troubleshooting Drive Detection
Problem Possible cause Solution
Drive not found Drive not connected to the same physical Ethernet Connect Drive and PC to the same network or directly to
network as the PC each other
Drive found but no Another person has their PC connected to the Drive Disconnect the other PC
information displayed

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

6-19 Setup Wizard
Application Macro

Figure 9-6 Macro selection

Select the desired Application Macro from the drop down list. Adjust any parameters that are needed for your specific application. To make
changes to the application logic choose the Custom button.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

6-20 Setup Wizard
Drive Hardware

On the Drive Hardware page there are 4 tabs for Motor setup, Motor Control Strategy, IO setup and Communication setup.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

6-21 Setup Wizard
Motor Setup

Figure 9-7 Motor selection from database

The Motor Setup tab allows the engineer to define the motor parameters or use the built in motor database to search and select known motor
data. Other parameters such as acceleration and deceleration can also be entered here.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

6-22 Setup Wizard
Motor Control Strategy

Figure 9-8 Motor Control Strategy

The “Motor Control Strategy” tab allows configuration of the Drive control. The figure above shows a simple V/Hz control strategy but when
Vector Control is selected additional parameters are shown for the user to select and configure.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

6-23 Setup Wizard
I/O
On this tab the I/O can be changed. If an I/O option card is fitted it can be configured in the “I/O Option” drop down.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

6-24 Setup Wizard
Communications
On this tab the Communication to and from the Drive can be configured.

Figure 9-9 Drive Communications setup

If required, the built in Modbus can be setup from, the “Base Modbus Communication” selection.
If an optional Fieldbus is fitted, it can be configured from the “Comms Option” selection.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

6-25 Setup Wizard
Commission the Drive

Figure 9-10 Programming the Drive

The “Commission” page is used to commission the Drive with the Selected macro and motor settings chosen during the Wizard session.
There are two steps that are performed to finalise the Commissioning of the Drive.
1. Enter the Project File name and the Drive’s name in the left of the screen.
2. “Program Drive”. This step writes your settings to the Drive and overwrites any existing configuration in the Drive.
After these steps, the Drive is ready to use.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

6-26 Setup Wizard
Monitor the Drive

Figure 9-11 Monitor the Drive and fine tune

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

6-27 Setup Wizard

Figure 9-16 Scoping Drive Parameters

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

6-28 Setup Wizard

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Trips & Fault Finding 7-1

Chapter 7: Trips & Fault Finding

What Happens when a Trip Occurs
When a trip occurs, the drive’s power stage is immediately disabled causing the motor and load to coast to a stop. The trip is latched until action
is taken to reset it. This ensures that trips due to transient conditions are captured and the drive is disabled, even when the original cause of the
trip is no longer present.

Keypad Indications
If a trip condition is detected the activated alarm is displayed on the GKP display.

Resetting a Trip Condition

All trips must be reset before the drive can be re-enabled. A trip can only be reset once the trip condition is no longer active, i.e. a trip due to a
heatsink over-temperature will not reset until the temperature is below the trip level.
You can reset the trip as follows:

1. Press the (STOP) key to reset the trip and clear the alarm from the display.
2. In remote terminal sequencing mode, create a 0 to 1 transition on the RESET TRIP bit, (bit 7), in the App Control Word parameter.
3. In remote communications sequencing mode, create a 0 to 1 transition on the RESET TRIP bit, (bit 7), in the Comms Control Word
parameter.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

7-2 Trips & Fault Finding
Using the Keypad to Manage Trips
Trip Messages
If the drive trips, then the display immediately shows a message indicating the reason for the trip. The possible trip messages are given in the
table below.

ID Trip Name Possible Reason for Trip Criteria for Warning

1 OVER VOLTAGE The drive internal dc link voltage is too high: Internal dc link voltage has
• The supply voltage is too high reached midway between the
• Trying to decelerate a large inertia load too quickly; DECEL TIME time too short over voltage trip level and the
The brake resistor is open circuit dynamic braking resistor control
To help prevent this trip, enable the DC Link Volts Limit feature voltage.

2 UNDER VOLTAGE DC link low trip: Internal dc link voltage has

• Supply is too low/power down reached midway between the
lowest expected instantaneous
voltage and the under voltage
trip level.
3 OVER CURRENT The motor current being drawn from the drive is too high: The over current trip makes up of
• Trying to accelerate a large inertia load too quickly; ACCEL TIME time too short a multiple-attempt strategy.
• Trying to decelerate a large inertia load too quickly; DECEL TIME time too short The warning is triggered if two or
• Application of shock load to motor more consecutive overcurrent
• Short circuit between motor phases events are encountered (whereas
• Short circuit between motor phase and earth five consecutive events are
• Motor output cables too long or too many parallel motors connected to the drive required for a Trip to occur).
• FIXED BOOST level set too high
4 STACK FAULT Stack self protection Not applicable.
• Instantaneous overcurrent detected by the power stack. Refer to OVERCURRENT
in this table.
• Instantaneous over voltage event. Refer to OVER VOLTAGE in this table
5 STACK OVER The motor current exceeded the capabilities of the power stack. Not applicable.
• Instantaneous overcurrent detected by the power stack. Refer to OVERCURRENT
CURRENT
in this table.
6 CURRENT LIMIT V/Hz mode only: If the current exceeds 200% of stack rated current for a period Not applicable.
of 1 second, the drive will trip. This is caused by shock loads

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Trips & Fault Finding 7-3
ID Trip Name Possible Reason for Trip Criteria for Warning
7 MOTOR STALL The motor has stalled (not rotating) Drive in current limit >200 seconds: The stall condition has been
• Motor loading too great detected for more than half of
• FIXED BOOST level set too high the configured Stall Time.

8 INVERSE TIME A prolonged overload condition, exceeding the Inverse Time allowance, has caused the An overload condition has
trip: exceeded one half of the Inverse
• Remove the overload condition Time allowance.
9 MOTOR I2T Only for PMAC Motor: A prolonged load condition, exceeding the motor rated An overload condition has
current, has caused the trip. The estimated motor load has reached a value of 105% exceeded one half of the motor
Inverse Time allowance.
10 LOW SPEED I The motor is drawing too much current (>100%) at zero output frequency: Not applicable.
• FIXED BOOST level set too high
11 HEATSINK Drive heatsink temperature too high The drive heatsink has exceeded
OVERTEMP
• The ambient air temperature is too high the warning temperature level
• Poor ventilation or spacing between drives (which is approx. 10°C below the
• Check heatsink fan is rotating trip temperature).

12 INTERNAL Processor temperature or ambient temperature within the power stage too high The drive processor temperature
OVERTEMP
• The ambient temperature in the drive is too high has exceeded the warning
temperature level (which is
approx. 10°C below the trip
temperature).
13 MOTOR The motor temperature is too high, (required IO Option card) The motor has been over
OVERTEMP
• Excessive load temperature for 7.5 seconds.
• Motor voltage rating incorrect
• FIXED BOOST level set too high
• Prolonged operation of the motor at low speed without forced cooling
• Break in motor thermistor connection
14 EXTERNAL TRIP The external (application) trip input is high: Not applicable.
• Refer to the application description to identify the source of the signal
15 BRAKE SHORT External dynamic brake resistor has been overloaded: Not applicable.
• The external dynamic brake has developed a short circuit.
CCT

• Wiring fault

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

7-4 Trips & Fault Finding
ID Trip Name Possible Reason for Trip Criteria for Warning
16 BRAKE RESISTOR External dynamic brake resistor has been overloaded: The power calculation for the
• Trying to decelerate a large inertia too quickly or too often external resistor has exceeded
one half of the Brake Overrating
allowance.
17 BRAKE SWITCH Internal dynamic braking switch has been overloaded: The power calculation for the
• Trying to decelerate a large inertia too quickly or too often internal dynamic braking switch
has exceeded one half of the its
overrating allowance.
18 LOCAL CONTROL Keypad has been disconnected from drive whilst drive is running in Local Control: Not applicable.
• GKP accidentally disconnected from drive
19 COMMS BREAK Lost option communications: Not applicable.
• A break in option communications has been detected. Refer to option
communications manual.
20 LINE CONTACTOR DC Link failed to reach the undervoltage trip level within the contactor feedback time. Not applicable.
• The Line contactor failed to connect.
• Missing 3-phase line supply
21 PHASE FAIL • Indicates a missing input phase, for Frame K, L and M drives. Disable this trip for Not applicable.
DC fed units.
22 VDC RIPPLE The DC link ripple voltage is too high: The dc link ripple has exceeded
• Check for a missing input phase 75% of the trip level.
• Repetitive start / stop or forward reverse action.
23 BASE MODBUS Lost Base Modbus communications: Not applicable.
• A break in the Base Modbus communications has been detected. Refer to
BREAK
“Appendix A Fieldbuses
24 24V OVERLOAD 24V rail is low Not applicable.
• Output overload due to excess current being drawn from the 24v terminal.
25 PMAC SPEED Only for PMAC motor : When using the Start feature in Sensorless Vector Control, the Not applicable.
ERROR real speed hasn’t reached the speed setpoint after 5 seconds to move from open to
closed loop control or to move from closed to open loop
26 OVERSPEED Overspeed: Not applicable.
• >150% base speed when in Sensorless Vector mode

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Trips & Fault Finding 7-5
ID Trip Name Possible Reason for Trip Criteria for Warning
27 STO ACTIVE Attempt to run the motor with the Safe Torque Off active Not applicable.
• Check the STO wiring. It may be necessary to power the drive off and on to
completely clear this event.
28 FEEDBACK The drive has been configured to run in Closed Loop Vector control mode with a Pulse Not applicable.
MISSING Encoder IO Option, but the IO Option has not been correctly configured.
The drive has been configured to run in Closed Loop Vector control mode with a
System Board and/or a Pulse Encoder IO Option (using one of the 3 possible
encoder inputs), but the system board or the IO option has not been declared as
required.
29 INTERNAL FAN An internal cooling fan has failed. This will reduce the lifetime of the power electronics. Not applicable.
• Return the power stack to a Parker Hannifin repair centre.
FAIL

30 CURRENT Current feedback phase missing Not applicable.

• Check motor phase connections
SENSOR

31 POWER LOSS A Power Loss Ride Through sequence has occurred and either 1650 Pwrl Time Limit Not applicable.
STOP has been exceeded or the motor speed has reached a zero speed during the sequence.
32 SPEED SENSOR Not applicable. Encoder has failed whilst
FAULT
operating in vector control of
induction motor. The drive
switches to sensorless
operation automatically (if
this feature is enabled), and
provides a warning to the
user.
33 A1 Application trip 1. The application trips are controlled by the Application_Trips block in Application warning 1.
the configuration. The text associated with each trip can be re-defined by the
Application_Trips_Text block in the configuration.
34 A2 Application trip 2 Application warning 2.
35 A3 Application trip 3 Application warning 3.
36 A4 Application trip 4 Application warning 4.
37 A5 Application trip 5 Application warning 5.
38 A6 Application trip 6 Application warning 6.
39 A7 Application trip 7 Application warning 7.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

7-6 Trips & Fault Finding
ID Trip Name Possible Reason for Trip Criteria for Warning
40 A8 Application trip 8 Application warning 8.
41 SPEED ERROR Difference between actual motor speed and the speed setpoint is greater than a Difference between actual motor
FAULT threshold for a period of time. speed and the speed setpoint has
been greater than the trip
threshold for more than half the
trip delay time.
42 PEER TO PEER Configuration error on Master and/or Slave(s) side Multiple delayed Peer To
OVERRUN Peer messages have
PTP or Peer to Peer are OFF on one drive
occurred. This may cause
Destination IP or Destination Port incompatible between Master and Slave(s)
incorrect phase alignment if
Peer to Peer is not useable phase control is being used.
43 PHASE CONFIG Something is wrong in the phase configuration : one or more of the encoders set up Not applicable.
for speed control, master and/or slave are wrongly declared. See Phase Ctrl Config :
Error Number for a detailed description of the error
(Only applicable if phase control is enabled)
44 ETHERNET IP Lost Base EtherNet IP communications: Not applicable.
BREAK A break in the Base EtherNet IP communications has been detected. Refer to
“Appendix A Fieldbuses”.
45 RESOLVER An error has been detected on the resolver signals Not applicable
ERROR
Error type is available by looking at 1820 Resolver Trip Type
46 PMAC ALIGN If 1796 Alignment on Power On has been set to TRUE, the drive should run a Not applicable
ERROR
successful Pos Alignment sequence, at power up before being run safely.
Or
Something wrong occurred during the last Pos Alignment sequence.
Error type is available by looking at 1807 Alignment error
47 CURRENT The motor current on the three output phases is not equal. Not applicable
• Check for Motor earth fault
IMBALANCE

48 CONFIGURATION The hardware fitted, (IO Option, Communications Option or Stack Rating), does not Not applicable
match the configuration.
• Check PNO1178 Option IO Required, PNO0044 Comms Required and PNO0987
Power Stack Required.
49 APPLICATION The application is taking longer than 500ms to complete a single execution. Half the trip time

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Trips & Fault Finding 7-7
ID Trip Name Possible Reason for Trip Criteria for Warning
50 AC30A ENCODER Missing sin and/or cos signals Not applicable
51 CPU USAGE Combination of high switching frequency, high network traffic and complicated Time based, warning issued at
configuration. Run the application at a slower task rate, reduce the Ethernet load or least 0.5s before the trip.
reduce the switching frequency.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

7-8 Trips & Fault Finding
Hexadecimal Representation of Trips
Each trip has a unique, eight-digit hexadecimal number as shown in the tables below. This number is referred to as the trip mask. The trip masks
are used in the Enable, Active and Warnings parameters in the Trips module.

ID Trip Name Mask User ID Trip Name Mask User

Disable Disable
1 OVER VOLTAGE 00000001 27 SAFE TORQUE OFF 04000000
2 UNDER VOLTAGE 00000002 28 FEEDBACK MISSING 08000000
3 OVER CURRENT 00000004 31 POWER LOSS STOP 40000000 
4 STACK FAULT 00000008 32 SPEED SENSOR FAULT 80000000 
5 STACK OVER CURRENT 00000010 33 A1 00000001* 
6 CURRENT LIMIT 00000020  34 A2 00000002* 
7 MOTOR STALL 00000040  35 A3 00000004* 
8 INVERSE TIME 00000080  36 A4 00000008* 
9 MOTOR I2T 00000100  37 A5 00000010* 
10 LOW SPEED I 00000200  38 A6 00000020* 
11 HEATSINK OVERTEMP 00000400 39 A7 00000040* 
12 AMBIENT OVERTEMP 00000800  40 A8 00000080* 
13 MOTOR OVERTEMP 00001000  41 SPEED ERROR FAULT 00000100* 
14 EXTERNAL TRIP 00002000  42 PEER TO PEER OVERRUN 00000200* 
15 BRAKE SHORT CCT 00004000  43 PHASE CONFIG 00000400* 
16 BRAKE RESISTOR 00008000  44 ETHERNET IP BREAK 00000800* 
17 BRAKE SWITCH 00010000  45 RESOLVER ERROR 00001000*
18 LOCAL CONTROL 00020000  46 PMAC ALIGN ERROR 00002000*
19 COMMS BREAK 00040000  47 STACK IMBALANCE 00004000* 
20 LINE CONTACTOR 00080000  48 CONFIGURATION 00008000*
21 PHASE FAIL 00100000  49 APPLICATION 00010000*
22 VDC RIPPLE 00200000  50 AC30A ENCODER 00020000*
23 BASE MODBUS BREAK 00400000  51 CPU Usage 00040000*
24 24V OVERLOAD 00800000  * These masks apply to parameter words “33 – 64”
25 PMAC SPEED ERROR 01000000 
26 OVERSPEED 02000000 

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Trips & Fault Finding 7-9
Runtime Alerts
A Runtime Alert is a fault that indicates a permanent hardware error. The Runtime Alert display is of the form

RUNTIME ALERT
CODE 00000000 xx

CODE is a number in the range 0 to 65000. The following value is used to provide additional information to assist Parker Hannifin Technical
Support personnel.

CODE ERROR Possible Reason for Error

• VCM not secured to power stack
1 to • Option not secured correctly to VCM control card
Internal exception
255 • Earth bonding failure.
• Fault during firmware upgrade
• Attempt to read or write to protected memory. Most likely this will be due to a configuration error. Press
12 Memory access OK several times until the drive resets correctly, then replace the configuration using PDQ.
• Record the error message and contact Technical Support
1001
• Select a lower switching frequency, (Parameters::Motor Control::Pattern Generator::Stack Frequency)
to Processor overload
• Record the error message and contact Technical Support
1003
• Reduce the complexity of the application
1006 Memory overflow • Reduce the number of parameters being accessed via the on board Modbus TCP protocol
• Reduce the number of parameters being accessed by the fieldbus communications option.
1007 Uninitialized pointer • Record the error message and contact Technical Support
1010,
1101
Initialization error • Record the error message and contact Technical Support
to
1113
1200 • Ensure the communications option is correctly fitted
Communications option
to • Update the firmware in the inverter.
error
1299 • Replace the communications option
1300 Ethernet fault • Record the error message and contact Technical Support

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

7-10 Trips & Fault Finding
CODE ERROR Possible Reason for Error
1301 Modbus server • Record the error message and contact Technical Support
1302 HTTP server fault • Record the error message and contact Technical Support
1303 DCT server fault • Record the error message and contact Technical Support
1311 Ethernet PHY • Record the error message and contact Technical Support

1312 Precision Time • Record the error message and contact Technical Support
Protocol
1313 EtherNet IP • Record the error message and contact Technical Support
1314 PROFINET • Record the error message and contact Technical Support
1401
Control Module test • Control module self-test error
1402
1403 • VCM not secured to power stack
Power stack test
1404 • Power stack self-test error
1501 IO Option identity • Ensure the IO option is correctly fitted
1502 IO Option processor • Update the firmware in the inverter.
1503 Unknown IO Option • Replace the IO option
• The IO Option has become disconnected
1504 IO Option watchdog
• Option reset problem. Upgrade drive firmware to 1.11 or greater to improve the option reset control.
1601 Stack internal fault • Return the power stack to Parker Hannifin repair center.
1602 Incompatible stack • Return the power stack to Parker Hannifin repair center.
Heatsink thermsistor
1801 • Return the power stack to Parker Hannifin repair center.
unplugged
1901 System Board Data • The identifying data on the system board is corrupt
• The system board type is not recognized by this version of drive firmware. Update the firmware to the
1902
latest version.
System Board Type

2001 Unimplemented Function • Record the error message and contact Technical Support
2002 Memory allocation error • Record the error message and contact Technical Support

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Trips & Fault Finding 7-11
Autotune Alerts
If the autotune fails to complete for any reason, an alert will be displayed and the autotune abandoned. Alerts are as follows:

Alert message Possible Cause Remedy

LEAKAGE L TIMEOUT The autotune has attempted to determine the leakage Problem with motor connection.
inductance of the motor, but cannot make the required
test current.
MOTOR TURNING The autotune is trying to find the encoder direction by Wait till the motor stops.
ERROR spinning the motor, but the motor is already spinning.
NEGATIVE SLIP FREQ Autotune has calculated a negative slip frequency, Check nameplate rpm, base frequency, and pole pairs are
which is not valid. Nameplate rpm may have been set correct.
to a value higher than the base speed of the motor.
TR TOO LARGE The calculated value of rotor time constant is too large. Check the values of Nameplate Speed and Base Frequency.
TR TOO SMALL The calculated value of rotor time constant is too small. Check the values of Nameplate Speed and Base Frequency.
MAX SPEED TOO LOW During Autotune the motor is required to run at the Increase the value of 100% Speed in RPM parameter up to
nameplate speed of the motor. If 100% Speed in RPM the nameplate rpm of the motor (as a minimum). It may be
parameter limits the speed to less than this value, an reduced, if required, after the Autotune is complete.
error will be reported.
SUPPLY VOLTS LOW The autotune will compensate for low supply volts, Re-try when mains volts are within specification.
down to 70% of motor rated volts. Below this value it
will stop the autotune and raise an alert.
NOT AT SPEED The motor was unable to reach the required speed to Possible reasons include: motor shaft not free to turn; the
carry out the Autotune. motor data is incorrect.
MAG CURRENT ERROR It was not possible to find a suitable value of Check the motor data is correct, especially nameplate rpm
magnetising current to achieve the required operating and motor volts. Also check that the motor is correctly
condition for the motor. rated for the drive.
KE TOO LARGE Ke value calculated during the autotune (stationary) is Check the motor data is correct, especially nameplate rpm,
too large (the max value is 840V) rated amps and motor volts.
If low speed motor with a Ke value higher than 840V, enter
by hand the corresponding value after the autotune
completion.
KE TOO SMALL Ke value calculated during the autotune (stationary) is Check the motor data is correct, especially nameplate rpm,
too small (the min value is 1V) rated amps and motor volts.
ALL TESTS DISABLED All auto tune tests are disabled Check parameter 0257: Autotune Test Disable

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

7-12 Trips & Fault Finding
Other Alerts
Alert message Possible Cause Remedy
** ALERT ** First power up with new control module Initialise all parameters using the GKP setup wizard or PDQ
DEFAULTS LOADED
** ALERT ** Fault during application download. Re-install the application from PDQ or PDD
APPLICATION Application deleted by the drive Custom applications only: check the application for any delays or
loops that may cause the application task to “hang”.
MISSING
** ALERT ** Parameter 0987 “Power Stack Required” does Change “Power Stack Required” to match “Power Stack Fitted”.
POWER STACK not equal the ID of the stack. After doing this it may be necessary to restore parameters to
default and reconfigure the drive. This is to ensure that all
MISMATCH
parameters have appropriate values.
** ALERT ** Application deleted by the drive Custom applications only: check the application for any delays or
APPLICATION loops that may cause the application task to “hang”.
DELETED
** ALERT ** Fire Mode has been activated If this message is not expected, use PDD to check if the Fire Mode
FIRE MODE block is in the configuration.
COAST TO STOP Attempting to start the drive in local mode The Coast To Stop input is active low. This input needs to be
with Coast To Stop active. driven high.
The input may be ignored in the standard application by setting
“Disable Coast Stop”.
ENABLE VOLTAGE Attempting to start the drive in local mode The Enable input needs to be driven high. This is done in the
with the Enable input inactive default application.
QUICKSTOP ACTIVE Attempting to start the drive in local mode The Quick Stop input is active low. This input needs to be driven
with Quick Stop active. high.
The input may be ignored in the standard application by setting
“Disable Quick Stop”.
OPERATION ENABLED Attempting to change from Local control to To change to Remote control, (terminals), ensure that the Run
Remote control with the Run signal true input is false.
MAX SPD GT ATN Parameter 0464 “100% Speed in RPM” has Check the value of “100% Speed in RPM”.
SPD been increased since auto-tune. It may be necessary to repeat the auto tune with the higher value
of max speed.
** ALERT ** The stack is not known to the firmware Upgrade the drive firmware.
UNKNOWN STACK

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Trips & Fault Finding 7-13
Alert message Possible Cause Remedy
** ALERT ** Fault during application download. Re-install the application from PDQ or PDD
APPLICATION LOAD Application deleted by the drive Custom applications only: check the application for any delays or
loops that may cause the application task to “hang”.
FAILED
COMMS OPTION Parameter 0044 “Comms Required” is not Fit the correct communications option.
HARDWARE MISMATCH compatible with the fitted communications Change the application to be compatible with the fitted option,
option (setting “Comms Required” to NONE will avoid this alert).
COMMS OPTION The configuration settings are not compatible Refer to the communications option manual, “Troubleshooting”.
CONFIGURATION with the selected option
ERROR
IO OPTION Parameter 1178 “Option IO Required” is not Fit the correct IO option.
HARDWARE MISMATCH compatible with the fitted IO option Change the application to be compatible with the fitted option,
(setting “Option IO Required” to NONE will avoid this alert).
** ALERT ** Attempt to run in Encoder Feedback control Change the control mode to VHz or Sensorless
FEEDBACK MISSING mode with no feedback device fitted, (or Fit the correct feedback option
configured). Check parameter 1178 “Option IO Required”
** ALERT ** The IO Option has been changed. IO Option removed, IO Option attached or different IO Option
IO OPTION CHANGED fitted.
This alert is for information only and occurs just once following the
change.
** ALERT ** The Communications Option has been Comms Option removed, Comms Option attached or different
COMMS OPTION changed. Comms Option fitted.
CHANGED This alert is for information only and occurs just once following the
change.
** ALERT ** Updating the translations held in the GKP. This No action required. The language update should complete within
UPDATING LANGUAGE may happen the first time a language is one minute.
selected.
PCR NOT CLOSED The pre-charge relay is not closed, (probably Check the 3-phase input or common supply.
due to low DC Link volts)
SYSTEM BOARD Parameter 1739 “System Board Required” not This indicates that the drive has never been commissioned. It is
HARDWARE MISMATCH correctly set. advised to reset all parameters to their default values.
** ALERT ** Unreliable connection to the system board Power off / on then verify that the system board is functioning
SYSTEM BOARD correctly.
If this message occurs more than once contact the service
CHANGED
department for assistance.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

7-14 Trips & Fault Finding
Fault Finding
Problem Possible Cause Remedy
Drive will not power-up Fuse blown Check supply details, fit correct fuse.
Check Product Code against Model No.
Faulty cabling Check all connections are correct/secure.
Check cable continuity
Drive fuse keeps blowing Faulty cabling or connections wrong Check for problem and rectify before replacing with
correct fuse
Faulty drive Contact Parker
Cannot obtain power-on state Incorrect or no supply available Check supply details
Motor will not run at switch-on Motor jammed Stop the drive and clear the jam
Safe Torque Off circuit active. Check the STO
connections then power the drive off and on to clear
any latched STO fault.
Motor runs and stops Motor becomes jammed Stop the drive and clear the jam
Open circuit speed reference Check terminal
potentiometer

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Trips & Fault Finding 7-15
Black Box Feature
The Black Box feature can be used to help find the source of a trip. Data is saved automatically whenever a trip occurs that causes the drive to
stop running. The data records the moments leading up to the trip and the state of the drive when the trip occurs. This may then be transferred to
an SD card for off line analysis.

Black Box File Format

When copied to an SD card, the black box feature creates one file for each trip event, or record. The files are called “blackbox_xxxx.csv” where
xxxx is replaced with a decimal number that is incremented automatically by the drive every time a trip occurs.
The data recorded in the lead up to the trip is:
• Up to four user defined parameters
• Output Current in phases U and V expressed as a percent of motor rating
• The rotor electrical frequency in Hz.
• The demanded electrical frequency in Hz
• The DC Link volts, (parameter 0392 DC Link Voltage)
• The temperature of the control card PCB in centigrade, (parameter 0406 CM Temperature)
• The temperature of the heatsink in centigrade, (parameter 0407 Heatsink Temperature)
• The sequencing control word, (parameter 0644 Control Word)
• The sequencing status word, (parameter 0641 Status Word)
• The input and output digital signals on the stack, words 1 and 2.
• The control card digital output and input latches.
• Various digital inputs to the micro-controller.
• Trip latch state
• Motor sequencer state
• Motor sequencer start and stop states.
• Main sequencer state, (parameter 0678 Sequencing State)
• High current limit activity
• Stall trip torque limit state
• Stall trip current limit state

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

7-16 Trips & Fault Finding
The data recorded at the instant of the trip is output at the end of the file. This consists of:
• Control module serial number, (parameter 0977 Control Module Serial)
• Time of the trip. This is either the control board age, or the time from the optional Real Time Clock if fitted.
• State of all other trips, active or warning.
• Count of total motor starts, (parameter 1732 Motor Start Count)
• Count of total times the 3-phase has been powered
• For each trip, a count of the total times that trip has been activated.
• A record of near trip events for Over Current, Over Voltage and Under Voltage.
• The product code of the drive, expressed as a number in internal format.
• The IO Option fitted, (parameter 1179 Option IO Fitted)
• The Communications Option fitted, (parameter 0045 Comms Fitted)
• The System board type, (parameter 1740 System Board Fitted)
• The motor control type, (parameter 0511 Motor Type or AFE)
• The control strategy, (parameter 0512 Control Stragegy)
• The control type, (parameter 1533 Control Type)
• The firmware version
• The version of CoDeSys used to create the application.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Trips & Fault Finding 7-17
Diagnostic LEDs
There are two diagnostic LEDs fitted next to the SD Card slot. The Health LED is on the left, closest to the connector for the GKP. The flash
period is 1s when the drive firmware is active and 2s in the Firmware Update mode

HEALTH LED RUN LED

STOPPED

RUNNING

STOPPING, (NORMAL)

QUICKSTOPPING

FAULTED

INITIALISING

CONFIGURATION MODE

CONFIGURATION FAULT

FIRMWARE UPDATE – Idle

FIRMWARE UPDATE - Erasing firmware

FIRMWARE UPDATE – Writing firmware

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

7-18 Trips & Fault Finding

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Ethernet 8-1

Chapter 8: Ethernet
Communications to the inverter is via Ethernet on the Control Module. This allows access to:
• The PDQ and PDD PC programming tools
• The Modbus TCP server (see Appendix A – Fieldbuses: Modbus TCP)
• The HTTP server (see section below)
• Application access to the Ethernet including peer-to-peer communications
• EtherNet/IP adapter (see Appendix A – Fieldbuses: EtherNet/IP Adapter)
• IEEE 1588v2 Precision Time Protocol

The Ethernet operates at 10/100 MHz, half/full duplex. Internet Protocol version 4 (IPv4) is supported.
The AC30P or AC30D has a built-in Ethernet switch with two external Ethernet ports allowing for daisy chaining of inverters.

Connecting to the Inverter

Recommended Cable
CAT5e screened or CAT6 screened Ethernet cable is recommended.

AC30V
Insert the Ethernet cable as shown below on an AC30V. Connection is recommended via an Ethernet switch.

To remove the cable first remove the GKP and

then insert a screwdriver to release the catch on
the Ethernet clip.

Ethernet LEDs
Activity Link

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverters

8-2 Ethernet
AC30P or AC30D

Port 1 LEDs Port 2 LEDs

Activity Activity
Link Link

DO NOT TOUCH

DO NOT touch the board surface via the aperture shown

Insert the Ethernet cable on an AC30P or AC30D as shown below.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverters

 Ethernet 8-3
Ethernet Setup
Configuration
To enable communications over the Ethernet an IP address must be set. With the default setting, an attempt at automatically obtaining an IP
address will be made.
Note: The IP address will be obtained or modified when an Ethernet cable is connected or the inverter is powered-up.
For the AC30P or AC30D if one port is already connected to a network, the IP address of the inverter will not be modified when the other port is
connected to a network.

The state of the Ethernet can be monitored using the parameter 0919 Ethernet State and from the Ethernet icon on the GKP status bar.
The current IP settings of the inverter can be monitored using the following parameters:
0926 IP Address
0927 Subnet Mask
0928 Gateway Address
The MAC address of the Ethernet port is fixed at the factory and can be read using the parameter 0945 MAC Address

Advanced Configuration
The IP address on the inverter may be set using the following methods:
• Manually to a fixed address
• Automatically by a DHCP server connected on the network
• Automatically by the inverter to a link-local address using Auto-IP (also known as Automatic Private IP Addressing)
The parameters 0929 DHCP and 0930 Auto IP are used to determine how the IP address is set. The default of these two parameters is TRUE.
The parameter 0936 Setting Lock, when set to TRUE, prevents a configuration tool from modifying the IP settings.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverters

8-4 Ethernet
Manually Setting the IP Address
Parameter Setting
0929 DHCP FALSE
0930 Auto IP FALSE
0933 User IP Address Preferred IP Address
0934 User Subnet Mask Preferred Subnet Mask
0935 User Gateway Address Preferred Gateway Address

To set the IP address manually both the DHCP and Auto-IP must be disabled. The IP address, subnet mask and gateway address will be set
from the values in the parameters 0933 User IP Address, 0934 User Subnet Mask, 0935 User Gateway Address.
If the network does not have a gateway to another network then the gateway address may be set to 0.0.0.0

Automatically Assigning an IP Address using DHCP

Parameter Setting
0929 DHCP TRUE
0930 Auto IP FALSE
If the network on which the inverter is connected has a DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) server then the IP address may be
assigned by this server. The DHCP must be enabled. The inverter will then request an IP address, subnet mask and gateway address from the
DHCP server.

Note: There is no guarantee that the DHCP server will provide the same IP address each time. The IP address is requested by the inverter when
the Ethernet port is connected to a network or when the inverter is powered up.

Automatically Assigning an IP Address using Auto-IP

Parameter Setting
0929 DHCP FALSE
0930 Auto IP TRUE

The inverter may assign itself a link-local address automatically using Auto-IP. This would be used where an automatic address is required but
where no DHCP server is available, such as a small local network or when connecting an inverter directly to a PC (point to point). The Auto-IP
must be enabled.

The inverter will choose an IP address randomly from the link-local range 169.254.*.*. The AC30 checks that no other Ethernet device on the
network is using the address before allocating it. The Inverter will store this IP address (in parameter 0931 Last Auto IP Address) and attempt
to use it next time Auto-IP is used. The gateway address is fixed to 0.0.0.0

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverters

 Ethernet 8-5
Using Both DHCP and Auto-IP
Parameter Setting
0929 DHCP TRUE
0930 Auto IP TRUE
If both the DHCP and Auto-IP are enabled then an IP address will be obtained automatically depending on the network. This is the default
setting.

The inverter will take a link-local address in the range 169.254.*.* if no DHCP server is discovered on the network. If a DHCP server is available
(or becomes subsequently available) then the inverter will take the IP address from the server. Note that the DHCP has precedence.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverters

8-6 Ethernet
Typical Wiring Configurations

On the AC30P or AC30D either Ethernet port may be used.

Point to Point Connection

When connecting a PC directly to an inverter either:

• Both sides use local-link addresses 169.254.*.* (recommended) , or
• Both sides are set with a fixed IP address (each must be different and on the same subnet)

When using local-link addresses the parameter 0930 Auto IP must be set to TRUE (see the section Automatically Assigning an IP Address using
Auto-IP). Normally the PC is already configured to allow for an Automatic Private IP address. However if problems are encountered check the
PC’s network settings (see the section Troubleshooting the Ethernet – Changing the Ethernet settings on the PC).

Note: It may take some PCs up to 2 minutes to obtain an Automatic private IP address when the Ethernet cable is plugged in.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverters

 Ethernet 8-7
Local Network with a DHCP Server

For the inverter, the parameter 0929 DHCP must be set to TRUE
(see the section Automatically Assigning an IP Address using DHCP). DHCP Server

Ethernet Switch

Local Network without a DHCP Server

Devices on the network either:

Ethernet Switch
• Use fixed addresses, in which case the parameters 0929 DHCP
and 0930 Auto IP must be set to FALSE (see the section
Advanced Configuration - Manually Setting the IP Address), or

• Use link-local addresses, in which case the parameter 0930 Auto

IP must be set to TRUE (see the section Advance Configuration -
Automatically Assigning an IP Address using Auto-IP).

Ethernet Daisy Chaining

The Ethernet on the AC30P or AC30D may be daisy-chained. The
order of the ports is not important, but it is recommended to follow the
order of, for example, Port 2 on the left-hand side inverter to Port 1 on
the right-hand side inverter. However, an Ethernet loop MUST be
avoided.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverters

8-8 Ethernet
Ethernet Parameter Summary
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable
Ethernet State 0919 Monitor::Communications::Base Ethernet 0:INITIALISING 0:INITIALISING NEVER
Parameters::Base Comms:: Ethernet 1:NO LINK
2:RESOLVING IP
3:RESOLVING DHCP
4:RESOLVING AUTO-IP
5:RESOLVED IP
6:STOPPING DHCP
7:DUPLICATE IP
8:FAULT
Ethernet parameter.
Provides the state of the inverter Ethernet link.

Enumerated values:
0: INITIALISING - Driver initialising
1 :NO LINK - Ethernet not connected to a network
2: RESOLVING IP - Waiting for an IP address to be set manually
3: RESOLVING DHCP - Waiting for a DHCP server to provide an IP address
4: RESOLVING AUTO-IP - Waiting to Auto-IP to provide an IP address
5: RESOLVED IP - IP address is set – communication is possible
6: STOPPING DHCP - Inverter is stopping the DHCP service
7: DUPLICATE IP - Another device on the network has the same IP address
8: FAULT - Fault detected
MAC Address 0920 Monitor::Communications::Base Ethernet 00-00-00-00-00-00 xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx NEVER
Parameters::Base Comms:: Ethernet
Ethernet parameter.
Provides the Ethernet MAC address.
IP Address 0926 Monitor::Communications::Base Ethernet 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 to NEVER
Parameters::Base Comms:: Ethernet 255.255.255.255
Ethernet parameter.
Provides the current IP address of the Ethernet

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverters

 Ethernet 8-9
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable
Subnet Mask 0927 Monitor::Communications::Base Ethernet 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 to NEVER
Parameters::Base Comms:: Ethernet 255.255.255.255
Ethernet parameter.
Provides the current subnet mask of the Ethernet.
Gateway Address 0928 Monitor::Communications::Base Ethernet 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 to NEVER
Parameters::Base Comms:: Ethernet 255.255.255.255
Ethernet parameter.
Provides the current gateway address of the Ethernet.
Last Auto IP Address 0931 Parameters::Base Comms:: Ethernet 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 to NEVER
255.255.255.255
Ethernet parameter.
Provides the last Auto-IP IP address used.
Ethernet Diagnostic 0937 Parameters::Base Comms:: Ethernet 0000 0000h 0000 0000h to NEVER
FFFF FFFFh
Ethernet parameter.
Diagnostic for the Ethernet.
DHCP State 1269 Parameters::Base Comms:: Ethernet 0000 0000h 0000 0000h to NEVER
FFFF FFFFh
Ethernet parameter.
Diagnostic for the Ethernet DHCP client.
Free Packets 0938 Parameters::Base Comms:: Ethernet 0 0 to NEVER
100
Ethernet parameter.
Diagnostic providing the remaining number of Ethernet packets
Free Sockets 1782 Parameters::Base Comms:: Ethernet 0 0 to NEVER
255
Ethernet parameter.
Diagnostic providing the remaining number of BSD sockets.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverters

8-10 Ethernet
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable
DHCP 0929 Setup::Communications::Base Ethernet TRUE FALSE ALWAYS
Parameters::Base Comms:: Ethernet TRUE
Ethernet parameter.
DHCP enable. Set to TRUE to obtain an IP address from the connected DHCP server.
Auto IP 0930 Setup::Communications::Base Ethernet TRUE FALSE ALWAYS
Parameters::Base Comms:: Ethernet TRUE
Ethernet parameter.
DHCP enable. Set to TRUE to obtain an IP address using Auto-IP.
User IP Address 0933 Setup::Communications::Base Ethernet 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 to ALWAYS
Parameters::Base Comms:: Ethernet 255.255.255.255
Ethernet parameter.
The preferred fixed IP address of the Ethernet.
For the Ethernet to take on this address both DHCP and Auto-IP must be disabled.
User Subnet Mask 0934 Setup::Communications::Base Ethernet 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 to ALWAYS
Parameters::Base Comms:: Ethernet 255.255.255.255
Ethernet parameter.
The preferred fixed subnet mask of the Ethernet.
For the Ethernet to take on this address both DHCP and Auto-IP must be disabled.
User Gateway Address 0935 Setup::Communications::Base Ethernet 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 to ALWAYS
Parameters::Base Comms:: Ethernet 255.255.255.255
Ethernet parameter.
The preferred fixed gateway address of the Ethernet.
For the Ethernet to take on this address both DHCP and Auto-IP must be disabled.
Lock 0936 Parameters::Base Comms:: Ethernet FALSE FALSE ALWAYS
TRUE
Ethernet parameter.
When set to TRUE, this prevents the IP settings being changed via an IP configuration tool. The IP settings may still be modified from the GKP
and the inverter web Parameters page.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverters

 Ethernet 8-11
Troubleshooting the Ethernet
The following parameters are useful for monitoring the IP settings:
0929 IP Address
0928 Subnet Mask
0931 Gateway Address
The state of the Ethernet can be monitored using the parameter 944 Ethernet State, normal operation is when the state is RESOLVED IP, and
from the GKP icon

No IP address - flashing GKP icon

Normally, once the inverter is connected to a network, the GKP Ethernet icon will flash for a short period as the IP address is being resolved, and
then will become a solid icon indicating an IP address has been set. If the icon continues to flash for more than 1 – 2 minutes this can indicate a
problem. Check the parameter 0919 Ethernet State.
Resolving IP
The inverter is waiting for a valid IP address to be set automatically, or manually using the parameters:
0933 User IP Address
0934 User Subnet Mask
0935 User Gateway Address
Note that the IP address must be set to a non-zero value.

Resolving DHCP
The inverter is waiting for a DHCP server to provide an IP address. If there is no DHCP server detected on the network then the Ethernet will
stay in this state. If there is no DHCP server the IP address may be obtained using Auto-IP or set manually.

Duplicate IP
Another device on the network with the same IP address has been detected. This will cause communication issues. The Duplicate IP warning
will clear after approximately 1 minute once the conflicting device has been removed or the IP address changed.

Fault
An Ethernet loop has been detected. To clear the fault, break the loop by removing an Ethernet cable from one of the ports.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverters

8-12 Ethernet
An IP address is set but there is no communication
If there is an IP address set but there are problems communicating with other devices (say a PC) then the IP address may not match the subnet
on which it is connected. The range of the IP address permitted on a network depends upon the particular network. Normally if the IP address is
obtained automatically then the settings will be correct for the network.

If connecting to a PC, the PC settings should also be checked – see the section Changing the Ethernet settings on the PC.

The administrator of a network should be aware of what IP settings are required.

Link detection
When the inverter Ethernet is connected to a network or other device, the Ethernet Link LED will be on and the Ethernet Activity LED will be
flickering.

When first connected, the inverter will attempt to determine the speed and duplex of the Ethernet link. This is done using a method call auto-
negotiation.

Some older devices or hubs do not support auto-negotiation, in which case the inverter will use parallel detection. As parallel detection will only
provide the link speed, the inverter will default to half-duplex.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverters

 Ethernet 8-13
Changing the Ethernet settings on the PC
Normally the PC Ethernet adapter is set to obtain an IP address automatically either from a DHCP server or using an automatic private IP
address (Auto-IP). The adapter settings may be checked / modified as follows:
For Windows XP under Control Panel  Network Connections
For Windows 7 under Control Panel  Network And Sharing Center  Change adapter settings
Right-click on the required network adapter and choose Properties, then double-click on Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) (Windows XP) or Internet
Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) (Windows 7).

To use a fixed IP address make sure Use the following Ip address under the General tab is chosen and enter the required IP address, subnet
mask and default gateway.

To use DHCP or Auto-IP make sure Obtain IP address automatically under the General tab is selected and under the Alternate
Configuration tab that Automatic private IP address is selected.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverters

8-14 Ethernet
Web (HTTP) Server
The inverter has a built-in web server. To access the web server the parameter 0944 Web Access must be set to LIMITED (default) or FULL.

To access the inverter, enter the IP address into a web browser. The following browsers are suitable:
• Internet Explorer 10 or above
• Mozilla Firefox 33 or above
• Google Chrome 48 or above

Web Pages
A number of built-in web pages can be accessed from the inverter.

Summary Page
The Summary page displays a summary of the inverter.

Parameters Page
The Parameters page provides access to the inverter parameters similar to the GKP. This page may only be accessed when the parameter 0944
Web Access is set to FULL. The view level of the parameters may be modified using the parameter 0945 Web View Level.

Parameters may be modified from this web page. If a parameter is successfully modified, and supports save, it will be saved if the parameter
1738 Enable Auto Save is set to TRUE. If Enable Auto Save is set to FALSE then the Save button will appear in the parameter menu navigation
bar. Pressing the Save button will save all parameters.

Some parameters may only be modified when in configuration mode, in which case the parameter number will be highlighted orange.
Some parameters may only be modified when the motor is stopped, in which case the parameter number will be highlighted purple.

It is recommended to use the refresh button provided on the parameter menu navigation bar, rather than on the browser itself, to view the latest
parameter values.

Parameters may be continuously monitored by clicking on the “monitoring” button on the parameter menu navigation bar.

If a web access password is set (see Services Page section below) then this must be entered in the pop-up box on the browser correctly to be
able to gain full access to the web page. If the pop-up box is cancelled then a read-only Parameters page will be shown. The read-only web
page allows parameters to be viewed but not changed.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverters

 Ethernet 8-15
Change parameter Put the inverter into operational Inverter Application
web view level or configuration mode status status

Parameter menu
navigation bar

Enable / disable continual Refresh parameter

monitoring of parameters values

Services Page
The Services page allows the Web Password to be changed. The password provides a means of restricting access to the web pages using
Basic Authenticate. By default the password is cleared providing unrestricted access.

The username is fixed to “ac30”.

Note 1. Basic Authenticate is a very low level of defence against unauthorized access. It is the responsibility of the system administrator to
assess the network security and provide adequate protection.
Note 2. The username and password are case sensitive.
Note 3. If passwords are lost, they may only be cleared by a return to defaults of all the parameters.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverters

8-16 Ethernet
Web Server Parameter Summary
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable
Web Access 0944 Setup::Communications::Base Ethernet 1:LIMITED 0:DISABLED ALWAYS
Parameters::Base Comms::Web Server 1:LIMITED
2:FULL
Web Server parameter.
Enables access to the inverter web server.

Enumerated values:
0: DISABLED – a web browser is prevented from accessing the inverter web server.
1: LIMITED – a web browser may access a limited set of pages on the inverter web server.
2: FULL – a web browser has full access to the pages on the inverter web server, however authentication will be required if a password has been
set.
Web View Level 0945 Parameters::Base Comms::Web Server 1:TECHNICIAN 0:OPERATOR ALWAYS
1:TECHNICIAN
2:ENGINEER
Web Server parameter.
Sets the view level when accessing parameters via the web server.

Enumerated values:
0: OPERATOR
1: TECHNICIAN
2: ENGINEER
Web Password 0946 Parameters::Base Comms::Web Server none - ALWAYS

Web Server parameter.

Sets the password for access to restricted inverter web pages such as the Parameters Page. This may only be changed on the web Services
page.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverters

 Ethernet 8-17
Troubleshooting the Web Server
Troubleshooting of the Ethernet in general is described in the section Troubleshooting below.

If the inverter web page still cannot be accessed then this may be due to the browser’s proxy server settings, especially if the PC has been used
on a corporate network. To check the settings, access the Internet Options dialog from within the browser and click on the Connections tab,
then click on LAN settings. Make sure the Proxy server checkbox is cleared, alternatively click on Advanced and add the IP address of the
inverter to the Exceptions list.

Contact your network administrator before making any changes to your browser settings.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverters

8-18 Ethernet
Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) Client
The SNTP Client is implemented in the AC30P and AC30D inverters.
The SNTP Client may be used to connect to a Network Time Protocol server on the World Wide Web. When configured, the SNTP Client
automatically updates PNO1186 “Time and Date” to the current UTC time, (Co-ordinated Universal Time).

SNTP Client Parameter Summary

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable
SNTP Client Enable 1788 Parameters::Base Comms::SNTP Client FALSE FALSE ALWAYS
TRUE
Enables the Simple Network Time Protocol Client
SNTP Remote Server 1789 Parameters::Base Comms::SNTP Client 0.0.0.0 ALWAYS
Defines the TCP/IP address of the NPT server to connect to.
If left at 0.0.0.0 the AC30 will use PNO 0928 “Gateway Address” as the address for the NTP server.
SNTP Status 1386 Parameters::Base Comms::SNTP Client 0: IDLE NEVER
1: UPDATING
2: OK
3: BIND ERROR
4: CONNECT ERROR
5: TRANSMIT ERROR
6: RECEIVE ERROR
7: RECEIVE TIMEOUT
The SNTP Client occasionally requests a time update from the server. If the update fails the reason is shown here.

SNTP Client Operation

The SNTP client sends a request to the NTP server specified in the parameter “SNTP Remote Server”. On receiving a reply the client updates
the time in the AC30. The request rate varies between 64s and 1024s, (about 17 minutes). The actual period between requests is based on the
error between the local time and the server time at the instant of the request. The smaller the error, the longer the request period.
If an option if fitted that includes a Real Time Clock, the RTC is also updated by the SNTP Client if the RTC and SNTP time are more than 1s
apart.

SNTP Relationship with time zone and Daylight Saving

SNTP time is transferred as UTC, (Coordinated Universal Time), which is equivalent to GMT. The AC30 maintains a local copy of UTC. If fitted,
the time held in the RTC option is also held in UTC. To display time in the correct time zone there are two parameters, PNO1228 Time Zone
Offset, and PNO1225 DST Active. Set the Time Zone Offset to control the difference in hours between the local time zone and UTC. If Daylight
Saving Time is active, set DST Active to add one hour to the displayed time.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverters

 Ethernet 8-19
Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) Server
The SNTP Server is implemented in the AC30P and AC30D inverters.
The SNTP Server may be used to share the time and date within a local network.

SNTP Server Parameter Summary

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable
SNTP Server Enable 1891 Parameters::Base Comms::SNTP Server FALSE FALSE ALWAYS
TRUE
Enables the Simple Network Time Protocol Server

SNTP Server Operation

The server requires no configuration other than a simple enable / disable. It will respond to requests from SNTP clients, returning the time from
the local parameter PNO1186 “Time and Date”. This may be useful in a local network that has no access to the World Wide Web or any other PC
or Ethernet device that has a local time source. In this case the AC30 with the server enabled should be fitted with a Real Time Clock to allow the
time to be preserved during a power outage. The local RTC hardware only tracks time to the nearest second. This limits the precision of the
AC30 SNTP server.
The SNTP server transmits UTC time, see above for a description of the relationship between UTC time, the local time zone and daylight saving.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverters

8-20 Ethernet
Precision Time Protocol (PTP)
The Precision Time Protocol (IEEE 1588v2 or IEEE 1588-2008) is implemented in the AC30P and AC30D inverters.

The PTP will synchronize the internal clocks over the Ethernet to better than 1 microsecond. No external master is required for the PTP network;
any of the inverters may become a PTP master.

The initial use of the PTP is for shaft locking applications using the Virtual Master or Real Master control.

Note: Currently up to 16 inverters are supported on a PTP network.

Configuration
The two Ethernet ports provide a means of daisy chaining the inverters. The port order is not important, but an Ethernet loop must be avoided.
An external Ethernet switch should not be used, unless it is an IEEE 1588v2 transparent switch, as this will reduce the synchronization accuracy
by an indeterminate amount. Ethernet cables should be kept to a minimum length possible.

To enable the PTP set the parameter 1661 PTP Enable to TRUE on all inverters participating.

In a PTP network, one device will be a master clock and the others will be slave clocks. On the AC30P or AC30D any inverter can become a
master or a slave clock. The decision on which inverter becomes the master is automatic when using the default parameter configuration.
However, it is possible to influence which becomes a master or slave by changing the PTP parameters.

Whilst the inverter is synchronising the icon on the GKP status bar will flash. Once an inverter has become synchronised to the master
clock or has become the master clock, the diagnostic parameter 1688 PTP Locked will be set to TRUE and he GKP icon will stop flashing.

Advanced Configuration
PTP Modes
One-Step and Two-Step modes: In one-step mode the hardware timestamping directly modifies the network packets, in two-step mode the
timestamps are stored and sent in a second step.

End-to-End (E2E) and Peer-to-Peer (P2P) Delay modes: In E2E mode the slaves determine the delay between them and the master over the
whole network from end to end. In P2P mode each device only determines the delay to their nearest neighbour and adds this to the packets.
Standard Ethernet switches may be used with the E2E mode but is not recommended as it can add an indeterminate delay between clocks.

Address and ports

The PTP protocol uses the multicast IP address 224.0.1.129 and UDP ports 319 (event) and 320 (general).

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverters

 Ethernet 8-21
PTP Profile
Each PTP device has a set of attributes as define by IEEE1588-2008. On the inverter the default attributes values are set as follows. Note that
some may be modified by a parameter.

Attribute Description Inverter default value Modified by parameter

domainNumber A domain consists of one or more PTP devices 0 1787 PTP Domain Number
communicating with each other. Devices on the
same domain will have the same domain number.

slaveOnly When slaveOnly is TRUE the PTP device may only FALSE 1684 PTP Clock Type
be a slave and not become a master clock.

logAnnounceInterval A port in the MASTER state will periodically transmit 1 -

an Announce message. (2 seconds)

Announce messages will be transmitted such that the

logarithm to the base 2 of the mean value of the
interval in seconds between message transmissions
is the value of the logAnnounceInterval.

logSyncInterval A port in the MASTER state will periodically transmit -1 1681 PTP Log Sync Interval
a Sync message. (0.5 seconds)

Sync messages will be transmitted such that the

logarithm to the base 2 of the mean value of the
interval in seconds between message transmissions
is the value of the logSyncInterval.

logMinDelayReqInterval The logMinDelayReqInterval will specify the 0 -

minimum permitted mean time interval between
successive Delay_Req messages.

This value is determined and advertised by a master

clock based on the ability of the master clock to
process the Delay_Req message traffic.

announceReceiptTimeout The value of announceReceiptTimeout will specify 3 -

the number of announceInterval that has to pass
without receipt of an Announce message

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverters

8-22 Ethernet
The following attributes are used to determine the best master clock. They are listed in order of precedence.

Attribute Description Inverter Default Value Modified by parameter

priority1 Lower values of Priority1 take precedence. 128 -

clockClass Used to define a clock’s TAI traceability. 248 or -

255 (slave only)
clockAccuracy Indicates the expected accuracy of a clock. Given FEh -
as an enumerated value.
offsetScaledLogVariance This defines the stability of the clock. FFFFh -
(not computed)

priority2 Lower values of Priority2 take precedence. 128 1686 PTP Priority2

clockIdentity The clockIdentity identifies a clock. The - 0920 MAC Address

clockIdentity is an 8-octet identifier created from the
Ethernet MAC address in the format:
First 3 octets – most significant octets of MAC
address
Next 2 octets – have values FFh and FEh
respectively
Last 3 octets – least significant octets of MAC
address
The clockIdentity is used as a tie-breaker for the
master clock.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverters

 Ethernet 8-23
PTP Parameter Summary
Note: The value of the PTP configuration parameters only become active when the PTP module initialises, i.e. on inverter power-up, on transition
of the parameter 1661 PTP Enable to TRUE or connection of one or more Ethernet cables.
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable
PTP Enable 1661 Setup::Communications::PTP FALSE FALSE ALWAYS
Parameters::Base Comms::PTP TRUE
PTP parameter.
Enables the precision time protocol.
PTP Clock Type 1684 Setup::Communications::PTP 0: MASTER OR SLAVE 0:MASTER OR SLAVE ALWAYS
Parameters::Base Comms::PTP 1:SLAVE ONLY
PTP parameter
Sets if the inverter can become a master or slave clock, or a slave clock only.

Enumerated values:
0: MASTER OR SLAVE - the device clock will become a Master if it is determined to be the best master in a network, otherwise it
will become a Slave
1: SLAVE ONLY - the device clock can only become a Slave
PTP Clock Mode 1683 Setup::Communications::PTP 0:E2E 0:E2E ALWAYS
Parameters::Base Comms::PTP
PTP parameter.
Sets the PTP clock mode to either end-to-end (E2E) or peer-to-peer (P2P). See description in section Advanced Users for more details. Note that
currently E2E is only available.

Enumerated values:
0: E2E
PTP Domain Number 1787 Setup::Communications::PTP 0 0 to ALWAYS
Parameters::Base Comms::PTP 127
PTP parameter.
Sets the Domain Number of the inverter. A PTP device will only communicate with other PTP devices that have the same domain number even
if it is on the same physical network.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverters

8-24 Ethernet
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable
PTP Log Sync Interval 1681 Setup::Communications::PTP -1 -1 to ALWAYS
Parameters::Base Comms::PTP 0
PTP parameter.
Sets the Log Sync Interval. See description in section Advanced Configuration for more details. This parameter should be set to the same value
on all inverters using PTP.
PTP Priority2 1686 Setup::Communications::PTP 128 0 to ALWAYS
Parameters::Base Comms::PTP 255
PTP parameter.
Sets the Priority 2 used as part of the process in determining which PTP device becomes the master clock. See description in section Advanced
Configuration for more details.
PTP Lock Threshold 1685 Setup::Communications::PTP 0.5 us 0.1 us to 100 us us ALWAYS
Parameters::Base Comms::PTP
PTP parameter.
Sets the Lock Threshold when the inverter is a slave clock. When the average offset between the slave clock and the master clock falls below the
Lock Threshold then the slave clock is deemed to be synchronised as indicated by the parameter 1688 PTP Locked. Note that it will take longer
for a slave clock to be deemed synchronised when a smaller threshold is set.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverters

 Ethernet 8-25
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable
PTP State 1689 Monitor::Communications::PTP NONE 0:NONE NEVER
Parameters::Base Comms::PTP 1:INITIALISNG
2:FAULTY
3:DISABLED
4:LISTENING
5:PRE-MASTER
6:MASTER
7:PASSIVE
8:UNCALIBRATED
9:SLAVE
PTP parameter.
A diagnostic parameter indicating the state of the internal PTP state machine.

Enumerated values:
0: NONE the PTP module is disabled or the Ethernet cables are removed
1: INITIALISNG the PTP is initialising the data sets and communications
2: FAULTY the PTP module failed to initialise
3: DISABLED the PTP will not send any messages and will accept only PTP management messages
4: LISTENING the PTP is listening for Announce messages from a master or waiting to timeout on received announce
messages.
5: PRE-MASTER the PTP behaves as though it were in the MASTER state but will not send any messages except for peer delay,
signalling or management messages.
6: MASTER the PTP is behaving as a master
7: PASSIVE the PTP will not send any messages except for peer delay, signalling or management messages
8: UNCALIBRATED the PTP is in a transient state. One or more master ports have been detected in the domain. The appropriate
master port has been selected, and the local port is preparing to synchronize to the selected master port.
9: SLAVE the PTP is synchronizing or synchronized to a master

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverters

8-26 Ethernet
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable
PTP Clock 1699 Monitor::Communications::PTP 1970/01/01 00:00:00 - NEVER
Parameters::Base Comms::PTP
PTP parameter.
Diagnostic parameter giving the current value of the PTP clock to 1 second accuracy. Note this is not intended to represent the actual date and
time.
PTP Offset 1687 Monitor::Communications::PTP 0 ns -2000000000 to NEVER
Parameters::Base Comms::PTP 2000000000
PTP parameter.
Diagnostic parameter giving the average offset in nanoseconds between the PTP clock and the master clock.
PTP Locked 1688 Monitor::Communications::PTP FALSE FALSE NEVER
Parameters::Base Comms::PTP TRUE
PTP parameter.
Diagnostic parameter indicating when the inverter is a slave that the PTP clock has synchronised to a master clock determined by parameter 1685
PTP Locked Threshold. If the inverter is a master then this parameter will be set to TRUE.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverters

 Ethernet 8-27
Peer to Peer
The Peer to Peer module is implemented in the AC30P and AC30D inverters and provides Ethernet communications between inverters.

The data sent is not accessible to the user. The initial use of the Peer to Peer module is for shaft locking applications using the Virtual Master or
Real Master control and used in conjunction with the Precision Time Protocol (PTP).

Note: The Peer to Peer module broadcasts data at a high rate, as such, when the Peer to Peer module is enabled it is recommended not to
connect the inverters to a corporate or other sensitive network.

Configuration
To enable the Peer to Peer module set the parameter 1725 Peer to Peer Enable to TRUE on all inverters participating. For most applications
the default settings may be used.

An inverter would be configured as a master (sending data) or a slave (receiving data). It is also possible that an inverter may be both a master
and a slave.

Typical configurations would be:

• Unicast – a master sends to a single slave. The master sends data to the host IP address of the slave.
• Broadcast – a master sends to all slaves. The master sends data using the broadcast IP address of 255.255.255.255
• Multicast – a master sends to a group of slaves. The master sends data using a multicast IP address. The range of 239.0.0.0 to
239.255.255.255 is permitted. Slaves must join the group to listen to a particular master sending multicast data.

For further information about configuring the module see the section Peer to Peer Parameter Summary.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverters

8-28 Ethernet
Example Configurations

Unicast – inverter 1 is a master to inverter 2

Inverter 1 (IP Address 192.168.1.11) Inverter 2 (IP Address 192.168.1.12)

Master Slave
Dest IP Address: 192.168.1.12 Dest IP Address: 0.0.0.0
Dest Port: 1250 Dest Port: 0
Group IP Address: 0.0.0.0 Group IP Address: 0.0.0.0
Local Port: 1250 Local Port: 1250

Broadcast - inverter 1 is a master to inverters 2 and 3 (note that this could also be done as a multicast)

Inverter 1 (IP Address 192.168.1.11) Inverter 2 (IP Address 192.168.1.12) Inverter 3 (IP Address 192.168.1.13)
Master Slave Slave
Dest IP Address: 255.255.255.255 Dest IP Address: 0.0.0.0 Dest IP Address: 0.0.0.0
Dest Port: 1250 Dest Port: 0 Dest Port: 0
Group IP Address: 0.0.0.0 Group IP Address: 0.0.0.0 Group IP Address: 0.0.0.0
Local Port: 1250 Local Port: 1250 Local Port: 1250

Multicast – inverter 1 is a master to inverter 2 and 3, also inverter 3 is a master to inverters 4 and 5

Inverter 1 (IP Address 192.168.1.11) Inverter 2 (IP Address 192.168.1.12) Inverter 3 (IP Address 192.168.1.13)
Master Slave Slave & Master
Dest IP Address: 239.200.20.1 Dest IP Address: 0.0.0.0 Dest IP Address: 239.200.20.2
Dest Port: 1251 Dest Port: 0 Dest Port: 1252
Group IP Address: 0.0.0.0 Group IP Address: 239.200.20.1 Group IP Address: 239.200.20.1
Local Port: 1251 Local Port: 1251 Local Port: 1251

Inverter 5 (IP Address 192.168.1.15)

Inverter 4 (IP Address 192.168.1.14)
Slave
Slave
Dest IP Address: 0.0.0.0 Dest IP Address: 0.0.0.0
Dest Port: 0
Dest Port: 0
Group IP Address: 239.200.20.2
Group IP Address: 239.200.20.2
Local Port: 1252 Local Port: 1252

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverters

 Ethernet 8-29

Peer to Peer Parameter Summary

Note: The value of the Peer to Peer configuration parameters only become active when the Peer to Peer module initialises, i.e. on inverter power-
up or transition of the parameter 1725 Peer to Peer Enable to TRUE.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Peer to Peer Enable 1725 Setup::Communications::Peer to Peer FALSE FALSE ALWAYS
Parameters::Base Comms::Peer to Peer TRUE
Peer to Peer Parameter.
Enables the Peer to Peer module.
Destination IP Address 1726 Setup::Communications::Peer to Peer 255.255.255.255 0.0.0.0 to ALWAYS
Parameters::Base Comms::Peer to Peer 255.255.255.255
Peer to Peer Parameter.
Sets the destination IP address of the data when the Peer to Peer module is sending as a master. If the inverter is not sending data then this may
be set to 0.0.0.0
• If the Destination IP Address is set to a unicast address then the sent data is only received by the slave inverter that has this IP address.
• If the Destination IP Address is set to 255.255.255.255 then the sent data is broadcast and all slave inverters will receive the data.
• If the Destination IP address is set to 239.x.x.x then the data is sent as a multicast and all slave inverters listening to this multicast address will
receive the data. See Group IP Address below.
Destination Port 1727 Setup::Communications::Peer to Peer 1250 0 to ALWAYS
Parameters::Base Comms::Peer to Peer 65535
Peer to Peer Parameter.
Sets the UDP port number the Peer to Peer module sends data to. This will be set the same as the Local Port receiving the data.
If the inverter is not sending data then this may be set to zero.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverters

8-30 Ethernet
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable
Group IP Address 0114 Setup::Communications::Peer to Peer 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 to ALWAYS
Parameters::Base Comms::Peer to Peer 255.255.255.255
Peer to Peer Parameter.
Sets the group (multicast) IP address to join. The inverter will accept multicast data sent by a master to this multicast IP address. Only the
multicast IP address range 239.x.x.x is permitted. If the inverter is receiving unicast or multicast data then this parameter should be set to its
default of 0.0.0.0
Local Port 1728 Setup::Communications::Peer to Peer 1250 1 to ALWAYS
Parameters::Base Comms::Peer to Peer 65535
Peer to Peer Parameter.
Sets the UDP port number the Peer to Peer module receives the data on. This will be set to the same value as the Destination Port of the master
sending the data. If the inverter is a master only and not receiving data then this may be set to the same value as its own Destination Port.
Peer to Peer State 1729 Monitor::Communications::Peer to Peer DISABLED DISABLED NEVER
Parameters::Base Comms::Peer to Peer ACTIVE
ERROR
Peer to Peer Parameter.
A diagnostic parameter indicating the state of the Peer to Peer module.

Enumerated values:
0: DISABLED - the Peer to Peer module is disabled.
1: ACTIVE - the Peer to Peer module is enabled and ready for communications.
2: ERROR - the Peer to Peer module is in an error state and communications could not be established.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverters

 Fire Mode 9-1
Chapter 9: Fire Mode
Caution
When Fire Mode is active the Drive and Motor protection trips are disabled. The use of Fire Mode itself increases the risk of causing a fire by
overloading the drive or motor, so it must only be used after assessing the risks.

Intended Use
Fire mode is intended for use in critical situations where it is imperative for the motor to be kept running if at all possible. In such a situation it may
be reasonable to override the drive’s normal protective functions. An example of a critical situation may be a ventilation fan in a stairwell, where
continued operation in the event of a fire may assist the safe evacuation of personnel.

Summary
When Fire Mode is enabled the drive firmware attempts to keep the drive running wherever possible. If the drive was running when Fire Mode
was activated it will continue to run. If the drive was stopped when Fire Mode was activated then the Fire Mode firmware will attempt to start it.
While Fire Mode is enabled the majority of trips will be ignored, (possibly leading to damage to the drive, motor or attached equipment). If one of
the remaining enabled trips does occur then the Fire Mode firmware will wait until the trip source has become inactive and will then restart the
drive.
When Fire Mode is deactivated the drive will return to its previous sequencing mode. If the drive was running in Local mode the motor will be
stopped. If the drive was running in remote terminals or remote communications mode the drive will continue running according to the relevant
control word, (refer to Appendix B).

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

9-2 Fire Mode
Configuration
The parameters used to configure Fire Mode are detailed in Appendix C. This description is partially duplicated here for convenience.
PNO* Parameter Descriptions
Activate
A Boolean input. Set to TRUE to enable Fire Mode according to the Fire Mode parameter. This input parameter may only be set by
connection to a digital input.
Default value FALSE
1961* Setpoint
A reference value to be used when Fire Mode is active. Setting a negative setpoint will cause the drive to rotate in reverse direction.
Default value 0.0%. Range -100% to 100%
1962* Level
An enumerated input parameter. Selects the mode of operation when Fire Mode is enabled
0. DISABLED
1. PARTIAL
2. FULL
Default value is DISABLED.
1963* Restart Delay
Specifies the time to wait before attempting to reset a trip.
1964* Activated
A Boolean output that indicates when Fire Mode is active. This is TRUE when Level is either PARTIAL or FULL, the Setpoint is not
0.0% and Activate is TRUE.
1965* Ready
A Boolean output that indicates when Fire Mode will be activated if Activate is set TRUE. This is TRUE when Level is either
PARTIAL or FULL and the Setpoint is not 0.0%.
1966* Last Activated
A Data and Time output parameter that records the last time that the fire mode became active. This may be used to validate that the
fire mode has been tested. This value is recorded in non-volatile memory. The value will be reset if an application is loaded that does
not implement Fire Mode.
1967* Activation Count
An integer output parameter that records the number of times the fire mode has become active. This value is saved in non-volatile
memory. The activation count will be reset if an application is loaded that does not implement Fire Mode.
∗ These PNO values are correct for the Fan Application. Custom configurations may assign the Fire Mode parameter to different PNOs.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Fire Mode 9-3
Functional Description
When Fire Mode is enabled the normal speed reference and start / stop control of the drive are modified.
Sequencing
Sequencing is the term given to controlling when the drive runs. When Fire Mode is enabled the normal sequencing control signals are over-
ridden. The parameters that control this are
Activate
Setpoint
Level
PNO 0610 Sequencing::App Control Word bit 0, Switch On, (refer to Appendix B:Sequencing Logic). In typical applications bit 0 of the App
Control Word is driven from a digital input, used as a Coast Stop signal.

If Level is set to DISABLED or Setpoint is zero then setting Activate to TRUE will have no effect.

If Level is set to either PARTIAL or FULL and Setpoint is not zero then setting Activate to TRUE will activate Fire Mode. When Fire Mode is
active the drive will run, (turn the motor).

The only reasons that the drive will not run are:

• Level is changed back to DISABLED

• Activate is changed back to FALSE
• Setpoint is change to zero
• The Coast Stop input is activated.
• The STO circuit is activated.
• An enabled trip source becomes active.
• A hardware fault
Reference
The Fire Mode Setpoint parameter is selected automatically whenever Fire Mode is Activated. The Setpoint is passed through the System
Ramp, (see Appendix D).

Caution Fire Mode does not override the standard Ramp features. Specifically 0497 Ramp Hold can prevent the setpoint changing to
the Fire Mode Setpoint value.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

9-4 Fire Mode
Trips and Auto Restart
The following table summarizes which trips are disabled in the two modes of operation. Also shown are those trips which are designed to protect
the drive.
Caution Disabling the Drive Protection trips will invalidate the drive’s warranty. Selecting PARTIAL mode leaves the drive protection features
enabled. Selecting FULL mode disables some of the drive protection features.

Caution Regardless of the setting of Level, activating Fire Mode may cause damage to the motor or attached equipment.

ID Trip Name Disabled in Partial mode Disabled in Full mode Drive Protection
1 OVER VOLTAGE 
2 UNDER VOLTAGE(1) Note 1 Note 1
3 OVER CURRENT 
4 STACK FAULT 
5 STACK OVER CURRENT 
6 CURRENT LIMIT  
7 MOTOR STALL  
8 INVERSE TIME  
9 MOTOR I2T  
10 LOW SPEED I  
11 HEATSINK OVERTEMP  
12 AMBIENT OVERTEMP  
13 MOTOR OVERTEMP  
14 EXTERNAL TRIP  
15 BRAKE SHORT CCT  
16 BRAKE RESISTOR  
17 BRAKE SWITCH  
18 LOCAL CONTROL  
19 COMMS BREAK  
20 LINE CONTACTOR  
21 PHASE FAIL  
22 VDC RIPPLE  
23 BASE MODBUS BREAK  
24 24V OVERLOAD  
25 PMAC SPEED ERROR  

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Fire Mode 9-5
ID Trip Name Disabled in Partial mode Disabled in Full mode Drive Protection
26 OVERSPEED  
27 SAFE TORQUE OFF  
28 FEEDBACK MISSING  
29 INTERNAL FAN FAIL  
30 CURRENT SENSOR  
31 POWER LOSS STOP  
32 SPEED SENSOR FAULT  
33 A1  
34 A2  
35 A3  
36 A4  
37 A5  
38 A6  
39 A7  
40 A8  
41 SPEED ERROR FAULT  
42 PEER TO PEER OVERRUN  
43 PHASE CONFIG  
44 ETHERNET IP BREAK  
45 RESOLVER ERROR  
46 PMAC ALIGN ERROR  
47 CURRENT IMBALANCE  
48 CONFIGURATION  
Note 1. The Under Voltage trip is enabled when Fire Mode is active, but the trip level is reduced by 50%.

If a trip source becomes active when the associated trip is disabled the drive will continue to run. This is also the normal behavior of the drive,
(when Fire Mode is not active). If the associated trip is designed for drive protection, this will be recorded in non-volatile memory. The recorded
values are available to view in the Trips History parameter block, (refer to Appendix C).
When Fire Mode is activated and a trip source becomes active and the associated trip is enabled, the drive will trip, causing the motor to stop.
This is similar to the normal behavior of the drive, (when Fire Mode is not active). However, when Fire Mode is active the drive firmware
continues to monitor the trip source, once the trip source has become inactive the drive automatically resets the trip condition and restarts the
drive.
The Fly catching feature can be used to allow the drive to smoothly resume control of a moving load on restart.
The operation of Fire Mode is independent of the motor type motor and the control mode, (Open Loop or Sensorless Vector control).

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

9-6 Fire Mode

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Fieldbuses A-1

Appendix A: Fieldbuses
Modbus TCP
Introduction
The inverters built-in Ethernet includes a Modbus TCP server. The Modbus registers are mapped to the inverters parameters. Up to 3
simultaneous connections to Modbus clients are possible. TCP port 502 is used.
Making a connection to the Ethernet and setting an IP address on the inverter is described in Chapter 12 (Ethernet). If the Modbus TCP is used
as part of a process control it is recommended a dedicated network be used with fixed IP addresses for the inverter.
To allow Modbus TCP connections to the inverter, the parameter 0939 Maximum Connections must be set to a value greater than zero.

Modbus Register Mapping Summary

The inverter parameters are mapped to the Holding Registers and Input Registers, either as a fixed mapping or as a user-defined mapping.
There is no mapping to Coils or Discrete Inputs.
Holding Register Address Input Register Address Description

00001 - 00256 00001 - 00256 User-defined mapping to the inverter parameter values.

00257 - 00528 00257 - 00528 Reserved area.

Do not write into this register range.

00529 - onwards 00529 - onwards Fixed mapping to the inverter parameter values.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

A-2 Fieldbuses
Fixed Parameter Mapping
Each parameter number is mapped onto two consecutive Modbus registers regardless of the parameter data type. The relationship between the
Holding Register or Input Register is given as:
Register number = (parameter number - 1) * 2 + 529

• If the parameter has a data type that uses one byte then it will occupy the low byte of the first register and the high byte will be zero, i.e. the
register will not be sign extended.
• If the parameter has a data type that uses two bytes then it will occupy the first register.
• Unused register locations will read zero; writing to that location will have no effect.
• The word order of 32-bit parameters is determined by the inverter parameter 0940 High Word First.
• Writable 32-bit parameters will only accept a change in value if both registers mapped to the parameter are written to in the same request.

Fixed Parameter Mapping - Arrays

Some parameters have multiple elements and are classified as parameter arrays. A parameter array has a parameter number that represents
the whole of the array, but also has parameter numbers that represent each element of the array. An example is given below.

Array Example
A parameter array called Recent Trips has 10 elements.
Parameter Number Parameter – Recent Trips
895 Whole array
896 index 0
897 index 1

905 index 9

If the parameter number of the whole array is 895, then the parameter number of the element index 0 of the array will be 896, the parameter
number of the element index 1 will be 897, etc.
Note: String array parameters access their elements via parameter numbers that are calculated in a different way (see Fixed Parameter Mapping
- Strings).
Accessing the parameter arrays via the parameter number that represents the whole array is not recommended. This will access only the first
four bytes (2 registers) of the array. The array should rather be accessed via its elements.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Fieldbuses A-3
Fixed Parameter Mapping - Strings
Strings parameters have a parameter number that represents the whole string. This parameter number is mapped to two registers so limits
access to the first four characters. Additional contiguous parameter numbers are set aside so that the whole string can be accessed: one
additional parameter number for each four characters. The strings are packed into the registers low byte first.

String Example
A string parameter called My String has a string length of 12 characters (plus the null terminator). This will have one parameter number allocated
for the whole string (in this example 161) and 3 further parameter numbers for the string fragments (162-164).
If the value of the string is “0123456789AB”:
Parameter Represents Register Register Value
Number Number hi-byte lo-byte
0161 whole string 00849 ‘1’ ‘0’
“0123456789AB” 00850 ‘3’ ‘2’
0162 Fragment 00851 ‘1’ ‘0’
“0123” 00852 ‘3’ ‘2’
0163 fragment 00853 ‘5’ ‘4’
“4567” 00854 ‘7’ ‘6’
0164 fragment 00855 ‘9’ ‘8’
“89AB” 00856 ‘B’ ‘A’
Note: This is example is not a real parameter.

As each inverter parameter maps to two registers, if the registers that represent the whole string are accessed then only the first four characters
will appear. To access the whole string over Modbus use the registers that map to the parameter number of the whole array plus one, in this
example 0162 (register 00851). A multiple read or write of registers will then provide access to the whole string.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 A-4 Fieldbuses
String Array Example
A string array parameter called My String Array has 2 elements of string length 5 characters (plus the null terminator) each. In this example the
parameter number of the whole array is 175.
If the values of the array elements are “12345” and “abc”:
Parameter Represents Register Register Value
Number Number hi-byte lo-byte
0175 whole array 00877 ‘2’ ‘1’
[“12345”, “abc”] 00878 ‘4’ ‘3’
0176 1st element 00879 ‘2’ ‘1’
“12345” 00880 ‘4’ ‘3’
0177 fragment 00881 ‘2’ ‘1’
“1234” 00882 ‘4’ ‘3’
0178 fragment 00883 null ‘5’
“5” 00884 undefined undefined
0179 2nd element 00885 ‘b’ ‘a’
“abc” 00886 null ‘c’
0180 fragment 00887 ‘b’ ‘a’
“abc” 00888 null ‘c’
0181 fragment 00889 undefined undefined
“” 00890 undefined undefined
Note: This example is not a real parameter.

To access the first element of the array over Modbus then parameter number 0177 (register 00881) would be used. To access the second element
then parameter number 0180 (register 00887) would be used.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Fieldbuses A-5
User-Defined Parameter Mapping
The inverter parameters may be mapped to the user-defined register area (00001 – 00256). This allows parameters to be grouped together so
that they may be accessed through a single Modbus request.
To map parameters add the required parameter numbers to the user mapping table using parameter 1567 Modbus Mapping. The following
applies:
• The mapping starts at register 00001.
• Any valid fixed or application parameter may be added excluding password parameters and parameter arrays - individual elements of the
array may be added however.
• Parameter strings may be added.
• The mapping ends on the first mapping entry of zero or when the mapping table is full.
Note: The mapping may be modified at any time. However no Modbus requests should be made when the mapping is being modified to avoid
indeterminate response data.

Unlike the fixed mapping, the user-defined parameter mapping will only use as many registers as necessary to accommodate the parameter. An
example is given below:

Mapping Table Parameter Name Data Type No. of Registers Start Register End Register
0 0627 Comms Control Word WORD 1 00001 00001
1 0681 Comms Reference REAL 2 00002 00003
2 0696 First Trip USINT 1 00004 00004
3 0661 Status Word WORD 1 00005 00005
4 0395 Actual Speed Percent REAL 2 00006 00007
5 0961 Drive Name 23-character STRING 12 00008 00019
6 0000

The mapping table is continually checked for valid entries. The diagnostic parameter 1632 Mapping Valid will be TRUE if all entries in the table
are valid parameters. If the diagnostic parameter is FALSE, meaning there are invalid entries, then Modbus requests are still accepted but the
invalid entries will be skipped over and will occupy no registers in the mapping.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

A-6 Fieldbuses
The following applies to user-mapped parameters:
• If the parameter has a data type that uses one byte then it will occupy the low byte of the Modbus register and the high byte will be zero,
i.e. the register will not be sign extended.
• The word order of 32-bit parameters is determined by the inverter parameter 0940 High Word First.
• Writable 32-bit parameters will only accept a change in value if both registers mapped to the parameter are written to in the same
request.
• String parameters are packed into the registers low byte first.
• Writable string parameters will only accept a change if the first register is included in the request. If the string is not null terminated, then
a null termination will be added automatically.

Password Protection
Write access to parameters via the fixed mapping registers may be restricted by setting the parameter 1659 Modbus TCP Password.
Note that there is no restriction to parameters via the user-defined mapping registers.
When this password is set to a value other than zero, writing to parameters will only be possible when the password is unlocked. If the password
is not unlocked then writes will be ignored.
To unlock the password write to the Modbus register 00518 the value set in the parameter 1659 Modbus TCP Password. Write access
will be available until a subsequent write to the Modbus register 00518 of value 0000.
Note the following:
• A read of Modbus register 00518 will always respond with a value of 0000 regardless of the password being locked or unlocked.
• Locking and unlocking the password will apply to all Modbus connections.
• When all Modbus connections are closed, write access will returned back to the locked state if a password is set.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Fieldbuses A-7
Supported Modbus Functions
Four Modbus functions are supported:

Read Holding Registers (#3)

This function allows multiple Input registers to be read. Up to 125 registers may be read. As the Holding registers and Input registers map to the
same inverter parameters this will return the same values as the Read Input Registers function.

Read Input Registers (#4)

This function allows multiple Holding registers to be read. Up to 125 registers may be read. As the Holding registers and Input registers map to
the same inverter parameters this will return the same values as the Read Holding Registers function.

Write Single Register (#6)

This function allows a single Holding register to be written to. Note that this function may only be used on registers that map to 1-byte or 2-byte
inverter parameters. An attempt to write to a register that maps to a 4-byte parameter will have no effect on the parameter.

Write Multiple Registers (#16)

This function allows a contiguous block of Holding registers to be written to. Up to 120 registers may be written. Note that when writing to
registers that map to 4-byte inverter parameters both registers must be written to. Writing to one-half of a 4-byte parameter will have no effect on
the parameter.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

A-8 Fieldbuses
Modbus Exception Codes
Three Modbus exception codes are supported:

Illegal Function (01)

The Modbus function is not supported by the slave.

Illegal Data Address (02)

If the register data address contained in the Modbus request maps to an inverter parameter that is outside the range of parameter numbers then
this exception will occur.

Illegal Data Value (03)

If the number of bytes or words contained in the Modbus request field is out of range then this exception will occur.

Process Active and Lost Communications Trip

Process Active Flag

The Process Active flag is represented by the inverter parameter 0943 Process Active. This parameter changes to TRUE on the first valid
Modbus request.
If the parameter 0941 Modbus Timeout is set to a non-zero value then the Process Active parameter will subsequently change to FALSE if a
Modbus request is not received within the timeout period.

Trip
If enabled, a break in the Modbus communications can be used to generate a trip. The 0943 Process Active parameter is used to generate the
trip. If this parameter transitions from TRUE to FALSE then a trip will event will be generated.
To enable the base communications Modbus trip, the parameter 0942 Modbus Trip Enable must be set to TRUE and the BASE MODBUS
BREAK bit set in the parameter 0697 Enable 1-32. The parameter 0941 Modbus Timeout must be set to a value other than zero.
For information on enabling trips see Chapter 10 Trips & Fault Finding.

Connection Timeout
The parameter 1241 Open Connections indicates the number of open connections to the inverter Modbus TCP server.
A connection receive timeout may be set using the parameter 1458 Modbus Conn Timeout. If this is set to a value other than zero, then the
connection will be closed by the server if no data has been received within the timeout period. This is useful, for example, if the link between the
server and client is lost, otherwise the connection may remain open indefinitely.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Fieldbuses A-9
Parameter Summary
The following parameters are relevant to the Modbus TCP.
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Writable
Maximum Connections 0939 Setup::Communications::Base Modbus * 0-3 ALWAYS
Parameters::Base Comms::Modbus
Modbus TCP parameter.
Sets the maximum number of Modbus clients allowed. If set to zero, then no connections will be allowed.
* The default value is set to the value of Open Connections, PNO1241. This is typically 0.
High Word First 0940 Setup::Communications::Base Modbus FALSE FALSE ALWAYS
Parameters::Base Comms::Modbus TRUE
Modbus TCP parameter.
If set to TRUE, the most significant word of a 32-bit parameter will be mapped to the first register, and the
least significant word to the next register.
Modbus Timeout 0941 Setup::Communications::Base Modbus 3.0 seconds 0.0 – 65.0 seconds ALWAYS
Parameters::Base Comms::Modbus
Modbus TCP parameter.
Sets the process active timeout.
Modbus Trip Enable 0942 Setup::Communications::Base Modbus TRUE FALSE ALWAYS
Parameters::Base Comms::Modbus TRUE
Modbus TCP parameter.
Set TRUE to enable the Modbus Trip. The parameter Modbus Timeout must be set to a value other than zero
Open Connections 1241 Monitor::Communications::Base Modbus 0 0-3 NEVER
Parameters::Base Comms::Modbus
Modbus TCP parameter.
Indicates the number of open connections to the inverter Modbus TCP server.
Process Active 0943 Monitor::Communications::Base Modbus FALSE FALSE NEVER
Parameters::Base Comms::Modbus TRUE
Modbus TCP parameter.
Indicates that a Modbus request addressed to this node has been received within the period set by the
parameter Modbus Timeout, or if no timeout is specified, this parameter will stay active after the first received
Modbus request.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

A-10 Fieldbuses
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Writable
Modbus Conn Timeout 1458 Setup::Communications::Base Modbus 66 seconds 0 – 100,000 seconds ALWAYS
Parameters::Base Comms::Modbus

Modbus TCP parameter.

Sets the Modbus connection timeout. If this parameter is set to zero then the connection will not timeout.
Modbus Mapping 1567 Setup::Communications::Base Modbus none 0 ALWAYS
Parameters::Base Comms::Modbus Last parameter number

Modbus TCP parameter.

User-defined Modbus parameter mapping table. Each entry in the table represents the required parameter
number.
Mapping Valid 1632 Monitor::Communications::Base Modbus TRUE FALSE NEVER
Parameters::Base Comms::Modbus TRUE

Modbus TCP parameter.

Status of the user defined mapping area. This will be set to TRUE if all entries in the mapping table are valid.
Modbus TCP Password 1659 Setup::Communications::Base Modbus 0000 0000 ALWAYS
Parameters::Base Comms::Modbus FFFF

Modbus TCP parameter.

Modbus password. When set to a value other than zero, write access to parameters via the fixed mapping
registers will be restricted. To unlock the password, write to the Modbus register 00518 the value set in this
password. A subsequent write of value 0000 to Modbus register 00518 will lock the password.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Fieldbuses A-11

EtherNet/IP Adapter
Introduction
The built-in EtherNet/IP adapter (slave/server) is implemented in the AC30P and AC30D inverters.

To make use of this feature, firmware version V3.x.x needs to be installed in the inverter. The firmware may be updated by downloading the
firmware file from the Parker website (see section Firmware Update in Chapter 4) or installed from the latest version of PDQ. With version
V3.x.x firmware installed, the AC30EIPS CoDeSys (PDQ/PDD) device is required.
Note: V3.x.x firmware has no AFE support and an application size of 128Kbytes (rather than 192Kbytes).

Features
The following EtherNet/IP features are implemented:
• Class 1 and Class 3 connections
• One input assembly instance of up to 500 bytes
• One output assembly instance of up to 496 bytes
• Input mapping of up to 32 inverter parameters
• Output mapping of up to 32 inverter parameters
• Unicast or multicast communications
• Requested Packet Interval (RPI) down to 2ms
• Explicit access of inverter parameters (read and write)

Identity
The EtherNet/IP adapter has the following identity:
Vendor ID 4 (Parker-Hannifin)
Product Code 306 (Parker AC30 Drive)

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

A-12 Fieldbuses
Inverter Configuration

Enabling
To enable the EtherNet/IP adapter set the parameter 3128 EtherNet IP Enable to TRUE.
The current state of the EtherNet/IP adapter is given by the parameter 3130 EtherNet IP State.
Note the EtherNet/IP adapter is only active when the inverter is in the Operational state.

IP Settings
The IP settings are set up from the inverter using the Ethernet parameters described in Chapter 12. The IP settings of the inverter cannot be set
via the PLC.
The current IP settings are monitored using the parameters:
0926 IP Address
0927 Subnet Mask
0928 Gateway Address

If parameter 0929 DHCP is set to TRUE, then the IP address will be set from the DHCP server on the network, if one is available.
If parameter 0930 Auto IP is set to TRUE, then the IP address will be automatically be assigned a link-local address.
If both parameters 0929 DHCP and 0930 Auto IP are FALSE, then the IP address, subnet mask and gateway address will be set from the values
in the parameters:
0933 User IP Address
0934 User Subnet Mask
0935 User Gateway Address

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Fieldbuses A-13
Parameter Mapping
The input and output assembly mappings of the inverter parameters are set in the parameters AC30 Data Type Bytes
3000 Input Mapping (PLC->inverter) and 3064 Output Mapping (inverter->PLC). BOOL 1
Parameters created in the application may be added into the mapping. The mapping of each SINT 1
table ends on the first zero entry. INT 2
DINT 4
The total number of input and output USINT (incl enumerated) 1
bytes mapped depends on the type of UINT 2
parameters added to the mapping UDINT 4
tables. The number of bytes used by REAL 4
each data type is summarized in the TIME 4
table. DATE 4
TIME_OF_DAY 4
DATE_AND_TIME 4
BYTE 1
WORD 2
DWORD 4

Input Mapping Table Data Type Bytes

For the input mapping each parameter must be read-writable.
Parameter arrays are permitted. Configuration type parameters, string 000 0627 Comms Control Word WORD 2
parameters, password parameters and reserved parameters are not 001 0681 Comms Reference REAL 4
permitted. The default input mapping is given in the table. 002 0000

Output Mapping Table Data Type Bytes

For the output mapping each parameter may be read-only or read-
writable. Parameter arrays are permitted. String parameters and 000 0661 Status Word WORD 2
password parameters are not permitted. The default input mapping is 001 0395 Actual Speed Percent REAL 4
given in the table. 002 0000

If the input and output mappings have invalid entries then the parameter 3130 EtherNet IP State will report ERROR and the inverter will not go
into the Operational state.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

A-14 Fieldbuses
Assembly Instances
The assembly instance numbers are:

Assembly Instance Number

Input (T2O) 100
Output (O2T) 150
Input only 198
Listen Only 199

Electronic Data Sheet (EDS) File

The latest EtherNet/IP EDS file for the inverter may be downloaded from www.parker.com
The EDS file may also be downloaded directly from the drive via a web browser. To access this make sure the parameter 0944 Web Access is
set to LIMITED or FULL.
Enter the inverter IP address into the web browser and access the web page “Services” and under EtherNet/IP EDS file click the Download
button. Alternatively type the following into the browser address bar (replacing ip_address with the inverter’s IP address):
ip_address/eds/eips.zip

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Fieldbuses A-15
Example PLC Configurations

Using RSLogix 5000

The example in this section uses the default parameter mapping of the inverter described under Parameter Mapping in the Inverter Configuration
section above:
Input Mapping Table Data Type Bytes Output Mapping Table Data Type Bytes
000 0627 Comms Control Word WORD 2 000 0661 Status Word WORD 2
001 0681 Comms Reference REAL 4 001 0395 Actual Speed Percent REAL 4
002 0000 002 0000

A CompactLogic L32E controller is used.

1. Start a new project from within RSLogix 5000 and select the required controller.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

A-16 Fieldbuses
2. Open the Ethernet Port properties and enter the IP address of the Controller.

3. Right-click on the Ethernet Port and select New Module. Under Communications select the Generic Ethernet Module.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Fieldbuses A-17

4. Enter the Name and IP address of the inverter. Set the Comm Format as Data – SINT. The Input Assembly Instance is 100 and in this
example the data size is a total of 6 bytes. The Output Assembly Instance is 150 and in this example the data size is a total of 6 bytes.
The mapping sizes on the inverter MUST match that on the PLC. Set the Configuration Assembly Instance to 128 size 0.

5. Within the Controller Tags the communications data arrays are automatically created:

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

A-18 Fieldbuses
6. Additional tags can be created to represent the actual data on the AC30.

7. The data can be transferred between the communication data arrays and the program data using the Synchronous Copy File (CPS) copy
instruction as shown in the ladder diagram. Note that the CPS function is not interrupted until the copy is done.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Fieldbuses A-19
Using a CoDeSys Based PLC

The example in this section uses the default parameter mapping of the inverter described under Parameter Mapping in the Inverter Configuration
section above:

Input Mapping Table Data Type Bytes Output Mapping Table Data Type Bytes
000 0627 Comms Control Word WORD 2 000 0661 Status Word WORD 2
001 0681 Comms Reference REAL 4 001 0395 Actual Speed Percent REAL 4
002 0000 002 0000

A CoDeSys (V3.5 SP10) soft PLC running on a PC is used.

1. Start a new project from CoDeSys using a CODESYS Control Win V3 device.
2. From the CoDeSys menu select Tools->Device Repository… and install the AC30 EDS file. The device will appear under Fieldbuses as
shown.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

A-20 Fieldbuses
3. Under Devices, select the CODESYS Control Win 3 device, right click and select Add Device…, then add an Ethernet Adapter. Under the
Ethernet device add an EtherNet/IP Scanner. Under the EtherNet/IP Scanner add a Parker AC30 Drive.

4. Double-click on CODESYS Control Win 3 and under Communications Settings tab select Scan Network... and select the required PC
(note the softPLC on the PC must be started).

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Fieldbuses A-21
5. Double-click on Ethernet and under the General tab select the required interface.

6. Double-click on Parker AC30 Drive and under the General tab set the IP address to that of the inverter.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

A-22 Fieldbuses
7. Under the Connections tab edit the connection if necessary. The input mapping uses a total of 6 bytes (O->T) and the output mapping also
uses a total of 6 bytes (T->O). The mapping sizes on the inverter MUST match that on the PLC. The RPI (Requested Packet Interval) may
also be changed.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Fieldbuses A-23
8. Under the EtherNet/IP IO Mapping tab the mappings can be seen.
%IB0 will be the first byte of the Status Word and %IB2 will be the first byte of the Actual Speed Percent
%QB0 will be the first byte of the Comms Control Word and %QB2 will be the first byte of the Comms Reference

9. In the application program the IO mappings can be accessed as variables as shown in this example.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

A-24 Fieldbuses
Explicit Access of Parameters
Explicit access of the AC30 parameters is possible via the vendor specific object. Details of this are given in the section CIP Objects – Vendor
Specific Object.
A parameter value may be read or written via Class 64h, Attribute 5h. The instance number is the same as the parameter number (PNO). The
supported services are Get Attribute Single and Set Attribute Single.
Strings parameters use the SHORT_STRING format – the string is preceded by a single byte that specifies the length of the string.

Parameter Arrays
Parameter arrays may be accessed either as a whole or as a single element.
Using the parameter number (instance number) that represents the whole array with attribute 5h will return or modify the contents of all
parameters.
Using the parameter number that represents a single element will return or modify only that element.
String arrays may not be accessed as a whole array, but may be accessed via each element.

Using a CoDeSys Based PLC

CoDeSys based PLCs can access parameters explicitly using the function blocks Get_Attribute_Single and Set_Attribute_Single from the
library EtherNetIP Services.

Lost Communications Trip

A trip may be issued by the inverter on the loss of all Class1 connections of the EtherNet/IP adapter. To enable this, set the parameter 3129
EtherNet IP Trip to LOSS OF CONNECTION and set the ETHERNET IP BREAK bit in the parameter 0730 ENABLE 33 – 64.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Fieldbuses A-25
Troubleshooting and Tips

The inverter fails to come out of configuration mode

The input or output mapping tables have invalid parameter mappings. The parameter 3130 EtherNet IP State will report ERROR. Check the
parameter 3131 EtherNet IP Diag to determine which mapping table has the incorrect mapping. Note the input mapping table may only contain
read-writable parameters.

Failure to make a connection

A connection between scanner and the adapter will not be made if:
• the input and output assembly data sizes of the scanner do not match the input and output mapping data sizes of the inverter
• the Requested Packet Interval (RPI) of the scanner is set to less than 2ms

Requested Packet Interval (RPI)

When mapping a large amount of data use an RPI of at least 10ms.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

A-26 Fieldbuses
CIP Objects
The following CIP objects are supported:
01h Identity
02h Message Router
04h Assembly
06h Connection Manager
64h Vendor Specific
F5h TCP/IP Interface
F6h Ethernet Link

Class Attributes
Each object has the following class attributes.
Attribute Description Type Access
1 Revision UINT Get
2 Maximum Instance UINT Get
3 Number of Instances UINT Get
4 Optional Attribute List UINT Get
5 Optional Service List UINT Get
6 Maximum Class Attribute UINT Get
7 Maximum Instance Attribute UINT Get
Supported Service Code Service Name
0Eh Get_Attribute_Single

Identity Object – 01h

Instance Attribute Description Type Value Access
1 1 Vendor UINT 0004h (Parker Hannifin) Get
2 Device Type UINT 002Bh (Generic) Get
3 Product Code UINT 306 Get
4 Product Revision UINT 02C02h (minor/major) Get
5 Status WORD 0 Get
6 Serial Number UDINT Last 4 bytes of inverter MAC address Get
7 Product Name SHORT STRING “Parker AC30 Drive” Get
Supported Service Code Service Name
01h Get_Attribute_All
05h Reset - Type 0 and Type 1 Reset are supported 1
0Eh Get_Attribute_Single
1. Both Type 0 and Type 1 Reset will restart DHCP if enabled.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Fieldbuses A-27
Message Router Object – 02h
Instance Attribute Description Type Value Access
1 1 Object List - - Get
2 Total connections UINT - Get
3 Active connections UINT - Get
Supported Service Code Service Name
01h Get_Attribute_All
0Eh Get_Attribute_Single

Assembly Object – 04h

Instance Attribute Description Type Value Access
100 3 Input USINT[500] Parameter mapped values Get
150 3 Output USINT[496] Parameter mapped values Get/Set
Supported Service Code Service Name
0Eh Get_Attribute_Single
10h Set_Attribute_Single

Connection manager – 06h

There are no attributes for the Connection Manager.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

A-28 Fieldbuses
TCP/IP Interface Object – F5h
Instance Attribute Description Type Value Access
1 1 Status UINT 0 Interface Configuration not Get
configured
1 Interface Configuration comes
from DHCP
2 Interface Configuration comes
from non-CIP settings
2 Configuration DWORD Bit 2 – DHCP capable (1) Get
capability Bit 5 – non-CIP setting capable (1)
3 Configuration control DWORD - If DHCP is disabled then writing a Get/Set
value of 0 is allowed
- If DHCP is enabled then writing a
value is 2 is allowed
4 Physical Link Object Get
Structure of:
Path Size UINT 2
Path Array of WORD 20F6h 2401h
5 Interface Get
Configuration
Structure of:
IP Address UDINT Inverter IP address
Network Address UDINT Inverter network mask
Gateway Address UDINT Inverter gateway address
Name Server UDINT 0
Name Server 2 UDINT 0
Domain Server Size UINT Returns the Domain Name if DHCP is
Domain Name STRING enabled and the DHCP server has
provided it.
6 Host Name If DHCP is enabled and bound, returns Get
Structure of: the Host Name if the DHCP server has
Size UINT provided it, otherwise returns the
Host Name STRING default Host Name derived from the
AC30 MAC address.
13 Encap TMO UINT Inactivity TMO seconds. Get/Set
On Type 1 Reset this value will revert
to a value of 120.
Supported Service Code Service Name
01h Get_Attribute_All
0Eh Get_Attribute_Single
10h Set_Attribute_Single

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Fieldbuses A-29
Ethernet Link Object – F6h
Instance Attribute
Description Type Value Access
1 1 Interface Speed UDINT 10 or 100 Get
2 2 Interface Flags DWORD Link status Get
3 Physical address USINT[6] MAC address Get
10 Interface label SHORT STRING “Port 1” or “Port 2” Get
11 Interface capability Get
Structure of:
Capability bits DWORD Auto-negotiation and MDIX supported (6)
Speed/duplex array USINT 0
count
Supported Service Code Service Name
01h Get_Attribute_All
0Eh Get_Attribute_Single

Vendor Specific Object – 64h

The vendor specific object allows explicit access to AC30 parameters, including string parameters but excluding string arrays.
Instance Attribute Description Type Access
PNO 1 Parameter Name SHORT STRING Get
2 CIP data type 1 USINT Get
3 Number of parameter USINT Get
elements 2
4 Parameter qualifier BYTE Get
Bit 0: Gettable
Bit 1: Settable
5 Parameter value Depends on parameter Get/Set
6 Parameter min value Depends on parameter Get
7 Parameter max value Depends on parameter Get
Supported Service Code Service Name
01h Get_Attribute_All
0Eh Get_Attribute_Single
1. Equivalent CIP data types – Volume 1 CIP Specification, Chapter 5A 14.2.1.2
2. For a standard parameter the number of elements will be 1, for a parameter array it will be the number elements in the array, and for a string parameter it will be the maximum
number of characters.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

A-30 Fieldbuses
Parameter Summary
The following parameters are relevant to the EtherNet/IP adapter.
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Writable
EtherNet IP 3128 Setup::Communications::Base EtherNet FALSE FALSE CONFIG
Enable IP Parameters::Base Comms::EtherNet TRUE
IP Adapter
EtherNet/IP adapter parameter. / Enables the built-in EtherNet/IP adapter.
EtherNet IP Trip 3129 Setup::Communications::Base EtherNet LOSS OF 0: DISABLED CONFIG
IP Parameters::Base Comms::EtherNet CONNECTION 1: LOSS OF
IP Adapter CONNECTION
EtherNet/IP adapter parameter. / Enables the EtherNet/IP trip on loss of connection.
Enumerated values:
0: DISABLED the trip is disabled
1: LOSS OF CONNECTION the inverter will trip on the loss of all Class 1 connections
EtherNet IP 3130 Monitor::Communications::Base SETUP 0: SETUP NEVER
State EtherNet IP 1: NW_INIT
Parameters::Base Comms::EtherNet IP 2: WAITING TO
Adapter CONNECT
3: CONNECTION IDLE
4: CONNECTION
ACTIVE
5: ERROR
6, 7: Reserved
8: NONE
EtherNet/IP adapter parameter.
Diagnostic indicating the state of the EtherNet/IP adapter.
Enumerated values:
0: SETUP EtherNet/IP adapter enabled – the inverter is in the configuration state
1: NW_INIT network initialization
2: WAITING TO CONNECT waiting for a Class 1 connection
3: CONNECTION IDLE Class 1 connection made with scanner in Idle mode
4: CONNECTION ACTIVE Class 1 connection made with scanner in Run mode
5: ERROR configuration error
8: NONE EtherNet/IP adapter disabled

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Fieldbuses A-31
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Writable
EtherNet IP 3131 Monitor::Communications::Base NONE 0: NONE NEVER
Diag EtherNet IP 1: INPUT MAPPING FAILED
Parameters::Base Comms::EtherNet IP 2: OUTPUT MAPPING FAILED
Adapter
EtherNet/IP adapter parameter.
Diagnostic indicating if there is a configuration error.
Enumerated Values:
0: NONE no configuration error
1: INPUT MAPPING FAILED invalid input mapping
2: OUTPUT MAPPING FAILED invalid output mapping
Input Mapping 3000 Setup::Communications::Base EtherNet 0627 0000 NEVER
IP Parameters::Base Comms::Fieldbus 0681 Maximum parameter
Mapping 0000 number
…
EtherNet/IP adapter parameter.
List of PNOs for the built-in fieldbus input parameter mapping.
Output Mapping 3064 Setup::Communications::Base EtherNet 0661 0000 NEVER
IP Parameters::Base Comms::Fieldbus 0395 Maximum parameter
Mapping 0000 number
…
EtherNet/IP adapter parameter.
List of PNOs for the built-in fieldbus output parameter mapping.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

A-32 Fieldbuses
PROFINET IO Device
Introduction
The built-in PROFINET IO device (slave) is implemented in the AC30P/D inverters.

To make use of this feature, firmware version V4.x.x needs to be installed in the inverter. The firmware may be updated by downloading the
firmware file from the Parker website (see section Firmware Update in Chapter 4) or installed from the latest version of PDQ. With version
V4.x.x firmware installed, the AC30PNIO CoDeSys (PDQ/PDD) device is required.
Note: V4.x.x firmware has no AFE support and an application size of 96Kbytes (rather than 192Kbytes). The switching frequency is limited to
10kHz for induction motor control and 8kHz for PMAC motor control.

Features
The following PROFINET IO features are implemented:
• Minimum cyclic update time of 8ms
• Up to 64 slots
• Input mapping of up to 32 inverter parameters
• Output mapping of up to 32 inverter parameters
• Access of inverter parameters via read and write records
• Local or DCP address assignment

Identity
The PROFINET IO device has the following identity:
Vendor ID: 0x010F
Vendor Name: Parker Hannifin
Product Code 0xAC30

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Fieldbuses A-33
Inverter Configuration

Enabling
To enable the PROFINET IO device set the parameter 3132 PROFINET Enable to TRUE. Note the PROFINET IO device will only operate when
the inverter is the Operational state.
The current state of the PROFINET IO device is given by the parameter 3143 PROFINET State.

Station Name
A station name must be assigned to the PROFINET device. This is set using a PROFINET configuration program. Typically this is done from
within the PC program used to program the PROFINET PLC. The station name is stored in non-volatile memory within the inverter.
The station name should consist of only alpha-numeric, period (.) and hyphen (-) characters. The diagnostic parameter 3136 PROFINET Station
Name shows the first 21 characters of the station name.

Update Time
The cyclic I/O update time is set by the PLC. Update times allowed are calculated by multiples (8, 16, …, 512) of the send clock (1ms). Thus the
lowest update time is 8ms. However due to constraints in the inverter the update time is further restricted by the switching frequency, as given in
the table below.
Note: If an update time that exceeds the restrictions is attempted then a connection by the PLC will be rejected by the inverter and the
parameter 3144 PROFINET Diagnostic will be in the CONNECTION REJECTED state.

Minimum I/O Update Time

Switching Frequency 2-4kHz 4-6kHz 6-8kHz 8-10kHz
Induction motor control 8ms 8ms 16ms 32ms
PMAC motor control 8ms 16ms 32ms Not permitted

It is recommended to increase the update time for larger mapped cyclic I/O data.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

A-34 Fieldbuses
IP Address Assignment
Local and DCP IP address assignment is supported.
Local assignment refers to setting the IP address via the GKP, using the tools PDQ or PDD, or from within the inverter’s application. For the
AC30, local assignment also can refer to the use of DHCP or Auto-IP.
DCP assignment refers to setting the IP address via a PROFINET configuration tool or from the PLC itself when a connection is made. This is
either marked as permanent or temporary.
The current IP settings of the inverter are monitored using the parameters:
0926 IP Address
0927 Subnet Mask
0928 Gateway Address

Local Assignment
If parameter 0929 DHCP is set to TRUE, then the IP address will be set from the DHCP server on the network, if one is available.
If parameter 0930 Auto IP is set to TRUE, then the IP address will be automatically be assigned a link-local address.
If both parameters 0929 DHCP and 0930 Auto IP are FALSE, then the IP address, subnet mask and gateway address will be set from the values
in the parameters:
0933 User IP Address
0934 User Subnet Mask
0935 User Gateway Address

DCP Assignment
When the IP address is set via DCP then the parameters 0929 DHCP and 930 Auto IP will both automatically be set to FALSE.
Note: The enabling of DHCP via DCP is not possible.
The IP address is stored in non-volatile memory and marked as temporary or permanent when the IP address is assigned via DCP. If the IP
address is marked as temporary, when the PROFINET device is re-enabled or power-cycled the IP address will be 0.0.0.0 as per the PROFINET
specification. If it is preferred that this does not happen then the parameter 3134 PROFINET Use Drive IP should be set to TRUE. In this case,
on enabling the PROFINET device the last IP address of the inverter will be used.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Fieldbuses A-35
I/O Parameter Mapping
The input and output mappings of the inverter parameters are set in the AC30 Data Type PROFINET module
parameters 3000 Input Mapping (PLC->inverter) and 3064 Output REAL Real
Mapping (inverter->PLC). Parameters created in the application may be SINT Integer8
added into the mapping. The mapping of each table ends on the first zero INT Integer16
entry. DINT Integer32
BOOL
The PROFINET device and GSD file defines a number of input and output
USINT (incl enumerated) Unsigned8
modules that plug into the slots. The modules used depend on the type of
BYTE
parameter that is being mapped. This is summarized in the table.
UINT Unsigned16
WORD
UDINT
DWORD
TIME Unsigned32
DATE
TIME_OF_DAY
DATE_AND_TIME

For the inverter input mapping (output from the PLC) each parameter must be read-writable. Parameter arrays, configuration type parameters,
string parameters, password parameters and reserved parameters are not permitted. The AC30 default input mapping is given in the table
alongside the equivalent mapping required in the PLC.
AC30 Input Mapping Table PLC Outputs
AC30 Parameter Data Type Plugged Modules
000 0627 Comms Control Word WORD Output Unsigned16
001 0681 Comms Reference REAL Output Real
002 0000

For the inverter output mapping (input to the PLC) each parameter may be read-only or read-writable. Parameter arrays, string parameters and
password parameters are not permitted. The AC30 default output mapping is given in the table alongside the equivalent mapping required in the
PLC.
AC30 Output Mapping Table PLC Inputs
AC30 Parameter Data Type Plugged Modules
000 0661 Status Word WORD Input Unsigned16
001 0395 Actual Speed Percent REAL Input Real
002 0000

If the input and output mappings have invalid entries then the parameter 3143 PROFINET State will report ERROR and the inverter will not go
into the Operational state. The parameter 3144 PROFINET Diagnostic can be used to determine which mapping table has an invalid entry.
Note: On the PLC all output modules must be plugged before input modules.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

A-36 Fieldbuses

GSD File
The latest PROFINET GSD file for the inverter may be downloaded from www.parker.com
The GSD file may also be downloaded directly from the drive via a web browser. To access this make sure the parameter 0944 Web Access is
set to LIMITED or FULL.
Enter the inverter IP address into the web browser and access the web page “Services” and under PROFINET GSDML file click the Download
button. Altenatively type the following into the browser address bar (replacing ip_address with the inverter’s IP address):
ip_address/eds/pnio.zip

The GSD file has the default mapping modules are ready plugged. This may be modified within the PLC configuration tool as required.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Fieldbuses A-37
Example PLC Configurations
The examples in this section uses the default parameter mapping of the inverter:
AC30 Input Mapping Table PLC Outputs
AC30 Parameter Data Type Plugged Modules
000 0627 Comms Control Word WORD Output Unsigned16
001 0681 Comms Reference REAL Output Real
002 0000

AC30 Output Mapping Table PLC Inputs

AC30 Parameter Data Type Plugged Modules
000 0661 Status Word WORD Input Unsigned16
001 0395 Actual Speed Percent REAL Input Real
002 0000

Example Using a SIMATIC S7-300 PLC and SIMATIC Manager

1. Create a project

Start SIMATIC Manager and create a new project. Right-click on the

project name at the top level and from Insert New Object select
SIMATIC 300 Station.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

A-38 Fieldbuses
2. PLC Interface

The interface between the PLC and PC is selected by clicking on the

Options menu and choosing Set PG/PC Interface.

In this example the PC Ethernet card is chosen.

3. Start HW Config.

To configure the PLC, click on SIMATIC 300 and double-click on

Hardware. This will start HW Config.

4. Configure the PLC hardware.

In HW Config, select Insert from the menu followed by Insert

Object. From the pop-up menu choose SIMATIC 300 RACK 300
 Rail. The rail should then appear as shown.

Right-click on slot 1 to add the appropriate power supply.

Right-click on slot 2 to add the appropriate CPU.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Fieldbuses A-39
5. Install the GSD file.

Install the PROFINET IO GSD XML file. This can be downloaded

from http://www.parker.com or from the inverter’s web server.

From the Options menu select Install GSD File…

This will then become available in the catalogue

shown on the right-hand side of the window under
PROFIBUS IO Additional Field Devices Drives
AC30

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

A-40 Fieldbuses
6. Add the PROFINET Controller.

Double-click on the PROFINET IO (PN-IO) Controller module to

reveal the dialog box. Click on Properties… to set up the IP address
and Subnet mask.

Click on New… to create a new network and select this.

Right-click on the PROFINET IO (PN-IO) Controller module and

select Insert PROFINET IO System.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Fieldbuses A-41
7. Add the slave.

Click and drag the AC30 device from the catalogue and drop onto the
PROFINET IO System.

Two Device Access Points (DAPs) are available: AC30 and AC30
DAP V2.2
• Normally the AC30 DAP would be used.
• For older controllers that do not support extended PROFINET
diagnostics, AC30 DAP V2.2 should be used.

Double click on the PROFINET slave device to configure it.

Set the Device Name (Station Name) of the slave.

If the IP address of the slave is to be set by the PLC via DCP, check
the Assign IP address via IO controller and click on Ethernet… to
configure.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

A-42 Fieldbuses
8. Assign the Device Name of the PROFINET Slave

Double-click on the PROFINET IO-System to reveal the dialog box.

Make sure the checkbox Use Name in IO-Device / Controller is
cleared, otherwise the device name will require a dot extension.

If the Station Name (Device Name) of the slave is not yet set or is to
be changed then select PLC from the menu and choose Assign
Device Name… to reveal the dialog box.

To carry out this task, an Ethernet interface must be used between

the PC and PLC (see part 2 above).

Make sure the slave device is connected to the network.

The Device name drop down contains a list of all the device names
of the slaves in the PLC configuration.

The Available devices list show all connected slaves.

Match the device name with the available device and click on Assign
name. The slave will then take on its device name. This can be
seen on the inverter parameter 3143 PROFINET Station Name.

To help identify the slave click on Flashing on. The AC30 GKP will
flash.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Fieldbuses A-43
9. Configure the process data for the slave.

By clicking on the slave, the input and output process data may be
configured. This must match the configuration set up in the AC30.

The appropriate input and output modules may be dragged from the
catalogue and dropped into the appropriate slot. All output modules
must come before the input modules.

The default modules will be seen already plugged. These may be

changed as necessary.

10. Set the required update time.

Double click on the PROFINET IO System and click on the

Update Time tab. The update time of the AC30 may be changed.

11. Save, compile and download.

Make sure the PC/PLC interface is connected. Select Station from the menu and Save and Compile then select PLC and Download…

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

A-44 Fieldbuses

Example Using a CoDeSys Based PLC

A CoDeSys (V3.5 SP11) soft PLC running on a PC is used.

1. Start a new project from CoDeSys using a CODESYS Control Win V3 device.
2. From the CoDeSys menu select Tools->Device Repository… and install the AC30 GSD file. The device will appear under Fieldbuses as
shown. Two device access points (DAPs) are given: AC30 and AC30 DAP V2.2 Normally AC30 DAP would be used.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Fieldbuses A-45
3. Under Devices, select the CODESYS Control Win 3 device, right click and select Add Device…, then add an Ethernet Adapter. Under the
Ethernet device add a PN-Controller.

4. Under the PN-Controller right-click add the AC30 device. The default output and input modules will be added. These may be changed as
required. Double-click on the AC30 device to modify the station name, IP address and update rate as required.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

A-46 Fieldbuses
5. Double-click on CODESYS Control Win 3 and under Communications Settings tab select Scan Network... and select the required PC
(note the soft PLC on the PC must be started).

6. The Output and Input modules may be mapped to application variables in the PLC program. Double click on the required module and select
the PNIO Module I/O Mapping tab. Under Variable click on the ellipses to select the required application variable.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Fieldbuses A-47
7. Set the Station Name of the inverter if it is not already set:

Make sure the inverter is connected to the network and PROFINET is enabled. Go online with the PLC and right-click on the PN-Controller
and select Scan for Devices… The Station Name of the required device can be modified. Select Set Name+IP for this to take effect.

Note that the device may also be added from this dialog box rather than adding it manually.

8. Build the project and go online.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

A-48 Fieldbuses
Acyclic Access of Inverter Parameters
Acyclic access of inverter parameters by the PLC is possible using read and write record requests in the user specific index range (0 to 0x7FFF).

Access is achieved via any plugged slot/subslot, however use of the DAP slot is recommended as this is always plugged regardless of the
application. There is a direct relationship between the Parameter Number (PNO) and the record Index. This is shown in the table below.

API Slot Subslot Index

0 0 (DAP) 1 (DAP) Parameter number (PNO)
0x8000 (Interface)
0x8001 (Port 1)
0x8002 (Port 2)
Other plugged slot/subslot

The current value of the parameter plugged into a slot/subslot may also be read using index 0. Writing to a parameter via index 0 is not possible.

Function Blocks
The functions blocks RDREC and WRREC are used for read requests and write requests respectively. The inputs / outputs to the function blocks
of interest are:

Inputs Description Notes

REQ Starts a request -
ID Identifier of a slot/subslot For a Step 7 PLC the diagnostic address found in Slot 0 and Subslot 1 would be used.
For a CoDeSys PLC the ID field of the PROFINET slave would be used.
INDEX Index of the record data To access the inverter parameters use the PNO for the index
MLEN Data length RDREC only - maximum length of the data to be read. See Read Record section
LEN Data length WRREC only - length of the data to be written. See Write Record section.
RECORD Record data Data will be written to this area following a read request.
Data will be read from this area for a write request.

Outputs Description Notes

LEN Length of read data RDREC only
VALID New data received and is valid RDREC only
DONE Data written WRREC only
BUSY Function block is busy -
ERROR Error detected See Record Error Codes section
STATUS Last detected status See Record Error Codes section

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Fieldbuses A-49
Read Record
The RDREC function block is used to read a record. The record data and MLEN input must be at least the size of the parameter being read:
• For a standard parameter either 1,2 or 4 bytes respectively
• For an array parameter the total number of bytes of all elements
• For a string parameter the maximum number of characters allowed for the string plus 1 for the null terminator

Write Record
The WRREC function block is used to write to a record. The LEN input must be equal to the size as the parameter being written to unless it is a
string parameter:
• For a standard parameter either 1,2 or 4 bytes respectively
• For an array parameter the total number of bytes of all elements
• For a string parameter LEN should be no more than the maximum number of characters allowed for the string plus 1 for the null terminator

Endian
The endian type for acyclic read and write requests of AC30 parameters is set using parameter 3135 PROFINET Acyclic Endn. This does not
apply to the cyclic I/O data which is always Big Endian.

Record Error Codes

If the inverter cannot process a parameter read or write request then the ERROR output of the function block will be set TRUE and the STATUS
output will be set to one of the following error codes:

Code 0xDE Read Response

0xDF Write Response
Decode 0x80 PNIO Read/Write
Code 1 0x80 Invalid Index
0x81 Write Length Error
0x82 Invalid Slot or Subslot
0x84 Invalid Area API
0x86 Access Denied
0x87 Invalid Range
0x8B User Specific (record length not big enough)
Code 2 0 -

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

A-50 Fieldbuses
Example Acyclic Access of Parameters

A CoDeSys (V3.5 SP11) soft PLC running on a PC is used. In this example, two parameters are accessed:
• Reading from parameter 0005 Digin Value of data type WORD
• Writing to parameter 0305 Current Limit of data type REAL

Example structured text code to access these parameters acyclically is shown below.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Fieldbuses A-51
Lost Communications Trip
A trip may be issued by the inverter on the loss of connection to the PLC. To enable this, set the parameter 3133 PROFINET Trip to ENABLED
and set the FIELDBUS BREAK bit in the parameter 0730 ENABLE 33 – 64.

With the motor running, the trip will occur when the parameter 3143 PROFINET State transitions from the CONNECTED state to any other state.

Troubleshooting and Tips

Inverter fails to come out of configuration mode

• Check the parameter 3144 PROFINET Diagnostic for INPUT MAPPING FAILED or OUTPUT MAPPING FAILED. See Parameter Mapping
section.

Inverter fails to come out of Waiting for Connection PROFINET state

• Check that the Station Name has been set. See Station Name section.
• Make sure the Update Time is set to an appropriate rate for the control mode / switching frequency. Check the parameter 3144 PROFINET
Diagnostic for CONNECTION REJECTED state. See Update Time section.

PLC reports incorrect module

• Check the parameter 3144 PROFINET Diagnostic for MAPPING MISMATCH state. Make sure the parameter mappings on the inverter
match those of the PLC (see Parameter Mapping section).
 The inverter Input Mapping table must match the plugged Output Modules of the PLC
 The inverter Output Mapping table must match the plugged Input Modules of the PLC
 All Output Modules must be plugged before the Input Modules on the PLC

The inverter loses its IP address at startup

• When the IP address is set with a temporary flag using DCP, the IP address will startup as 0.0.0.0 when the inverter is power-cycled or
PROFINET is enabled. The IP address is subsequently set when the PLC next makes a connection. This behavior is part of the PROFINET
standard. However, this may be overridden by setting the parameter 3134 PROFINET Use Drive IP to TRUE so that the last IP address
used will be set at startup. See DCP Assignment section.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

A-52 Fieldbuses
Parameter Summary
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Writable
PROFINET Enable 3132 Setup::Communications::Base PROFINET FALSE FALSE CONFIG
Parameters::Base Comms::PROFINET IO Device TRUE
PROFINET IO parameter.
Enables the built-in PROFINET IO Device.
PROFINET Trip 3133 Setup::Communications::Base PROFINET ENABLED 0: DISABLED CONFIG
Parameters::Base Comms:: PROFINET IO Device 1: ENABLED
PROFINET IO parameter.
Enables the FIELDBUS BREAK trip on loss of connection.
Enumerated values:
0: DISABLED the trip is disabled
1: ENABLED the inverter will trip on the loss of connection to the PLC
PROFINET Use Drive 3134 Setup::Communications::Base PROFINET FALSE FALSE CONFIG
IP Parameters::Base Comms:: PROFINET IO Device TRUE
PROFINET IO parameter.
Determines the IP address after PROFINET is enabled or the AC30 is power-cycled.
If set to FALSE then the behaviour is that of the PROFINET standard and the IP address will be set to zero if the IP address were
previously set by DCP with the temporary setting.
If set to TRUE then the IP address will be the last IP address set.
PROFINET Acyclic 3135 Setup::Communications::Base PROFINET BIG ENDIAN 0: LITTLE ENDIAN WRITABLE
Endn Parameters::Base Comms:: PROFINET IO Device 1: BIG ENDIAN
PROFINET IO parameter.
Sets the endian type for acyclic read and write requests of AC30 parameters. This does not apply to the cyclic I/O data which is
always Big Endian.
Enumerated values:
0: LITTLE ENDIAN The least significant byte (LSB) of the data is sent first.
1: BIG ENDIAN The most significant byte (MSB) of the data is sent first.
PROFINET Station 3136 Monitor::Communications::Base PROFINET - - NEVER
Name Parameters::Base Comms::PROFINET IO Device
PROFINET IO parameter.
Indicates the PROFINET device Station Name. Only the first 21 characters are displayed.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Fieldbuses A-53
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Writable
PROFINET State 3143 Monitor::Communications::Base PROFINET NONE 0: SETUP NEVER
Parameters::Base Comms::PROFINET IO Device 1: NW_INIT
2: WAITING TO
CONNECT
3: STOP MODE
4: CONNECTED
5: ERROR
6, 7: Reserved
8: NONE
PROFINET IO parameter.
Diagnostic indicating the state of the PROFINET IO Device.
Enumerated values:
0: SETUP PROFINET IO enabled – the inverter is in the configuration state
1: NW_INIT Network initialization
2: WAITING TO CONNECT Waiting for a connection to a PLC
3: STOP MODE Connection made in Stop Mode – inverter parameters will not be written to by the PLC
4: CONNECTED Connection made in Run mode
5: ERROR Configuration error
8: NONE PROFINET IO disabled
PROFINET Diagnostic 3144 Monitor::Communications::Base PROFINET NONE 0: NONE NEVER
Parameters::Base Comms::PROFINET IO Device 1: INPUT MAPPING
FAILED
2: OUTPUT MAPPING
FAILED
3: CONNECTION
REJECTED
4: MAPPING MISMATCH
PROFINET IO parameter.
Diagnostic indicating if there is a configuration error.
Enumerated Values:
0: NONE No configuration error
1: INPUT MAPPING FAILED Invalid input mapping
2: OUTPUT MAPPING FAILED Invalid output mapping
3: CONNECTION REJECTED Inverter has rejected a connection attempt from the PLC due to invalid switching
frequency and update time combination.
4: MAPPING MISMATCH The mapping between the PLC and inverter does not match. A connection may still be
allowed in this state.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

A-54 Fieldbuses
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Writable
Input Mapping 3000 Setup::Communications::Base PROFINET 0627 0000 NEVER
Parameters::Base Comms::Fieldbus Mapping 0681 Maximum
0000 parameter number
…
PROFINET IO parameter.
List of PNOs for the built-in fieldbus input parameter mapping. These map to the PLC output modules.
Output Mapping 3064 Setup::Communications::Base PROFINET 0661 0000 NEVER
Parameters::Base Comms::Fieldbus Mapping 0395 Maximum
0000 parameter number
…
PROFINET IO parameter.
List of PNOs for the built-in fieldbus output parameter mapping. These map to the PLC input modules.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Sequencing Logic B-1

Appendix B: Sequencing Logic

Drive State Machine
DS402
The sequencing of the inverter is based on the DS402 / DriveCOM / IEC 61800-7 standard as used by most industrial fieldbuses . This allows it to
be easily controlled and monitored by a PLC using the standards’ Control Word and Status Word.

Sequencing State
The sequencing state of the unit is indicated by an enumerated value given by the 0678 Sequencing State parameter.

Value DS402 Sequencing State Description

0 NOT READY TO SWITCH ON Not ready to switch on. The drive is initialising or being configured.
1 SWITCH ON DISABLED The Drive will not accept a switch on command
The Drive will accept a switch on command.
2 READY TO SWITCH ON

The Drive will accept an Operation Enable (Run or Jog) command.

3 SWITCHED ON - Power stage of the Drive is ready to operate.
- Voltage has not yet been applied to the motor terminals.
Normal operational state of the drive. This state includes Running, Jogging,
4 OPERATIONAL ENABLED Stopping (Disabling Operation) and Shutting Down (Switching Off).
- Voltage applied to the motor terminals.
5 QUICKSTOP ACTIVE Emergency stop (Fast stop) is active
6 FAULT REACTION ACTIVE The Drive is processing a trip event
7 FAULTED The Drive is tripped awaiting trip reset

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

B-2 Sequencing Logic
Sequencing Diagram
No Power
0

NOT READY TO SWITCH ON

From all states

1
13

SWITCH ON DISABLED FAULT REACTION ACTIVE

2 7 14

10 READY TO SWITCH ON FAULTED

3 6
15
SWITCHED ON
8

4 5

OPERATION ENABLED QUICKSTOP ACTIVE

9 11 12

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Sequencing Logic B-3
The OPERATION ENABLED state is the normal operation state of the Drive. In this state the Reference Ramp is active, generating a Speed
Demand. Sub-states and allowed transitions are shown below. Note – the RUNNING sub-state also includes JOGGING.

4 5

OPERATION
OPERATION ENABLED
ENABLED

STOPPING
RUNNING
(DISABLE OPERATION)

SHUTTING DOWN
(SWITCH OFF)

9 11 8

State Transitions

State transitions are caused by internal events in the Drive or external commands via the Control Word. The transition numbers below relate to
those on the Sequence Diagram.
Transition 0: No Power to NOT READY TO SWITCH ON
Power has been applied to the control electronics of the drive.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

B-4 Sequencing Logic
Transition 1: NOT READY TO SWITCH ON to SWITCH ON DISABLED
Automatic transition when initialisation has been completed and application has been loaded.
Transition 2: SWITCH ON DISABLED to READY TO SWITCH ON
Shutdown command received from control device or local signal.
Transition 3: READY TO SWITCH ON to SWITCHED ON
Switch On command received from control device or local signal.
Transition 4: SWITCHED ON to OPERATION ENABLED
Enable Operation (Run Forward, Run Reverse or Jog) command received from control device or local signal.
Transition 5: OPERATION ENABLED to SWITCHED ON
Disable Operation (Stop) command received from control device or local signal and Disabling (Stopping) function completed.
Transition 6: SWITCHED ON to READY TO SWITCH ON
Shutdown command received from control device or local signal.
Transition 7: READY TO SWITCH ON to SWITCH ON DISABLED
Quick Stop or Disable Voltage command received from control device or local signal.
Transition 8: OPERATION ENABLED to READY TO SWITCH ON
Shutdown command received from control device or local signal and Shutdown function completed.
Transition 9: OPERATION ENABLED to SWITCH ON DISABLED
Disable Voltage command received from control device or local signal.
Transition 10: SWITCHED ON to SWITCH ON DISABLED
Disable Voltage or Quick Stop command received from control device or local signal.
Transition 11: OPERATION ENABLED to QUICKSTOP ACTIVE
Quick Stop command received from control device or local signal.
Transition 12: OPERATION ENABLED to QUICKSTOP ACTIVE
Automatic transition when the Quick Stop function is completed or Disable Voltage command received.
Transition 13: any state to FAULT REACTION ACTIVE
Fault (Trip) occurred.
Transition 14: FAULT REACTION ACTIVE to FAULT
Automatic transition when Fault Reaction function completed or Disable Voltage command received.
Transition 15: FAULT to SWITCH ON DISABLED
Fault Reset command received from control device or local signal and there are no active faults.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Sequencing Logic B-5
Control Word
The commands that request a change in sequencer state are received via the Control Word. The current value is given by 0644 Control Word.
This is a read-only parameter which is updated from a source depending on the selected sequencing control channel. The sources available are
COMMS, APP and LOCAL.

If COMMS is selected, the value will be taken from 0627 Comms Control Word. This will normally be written to over either the Fieldbus interface
or built-in Ethernet Modbus TCP. The Not Quickstop, Enable Voltage and Switch On bits are ANDed with 0610 App Control Word. The External
Fault is ORed with the 0610 App Control Word.

If APP is selected, the value will be taken from 0610 App Control Word. This will normally be written to by the loaded application which is
responsible for routing the control signals from Digital Input terminals.

If LOCAL is selected, the value will be written to by the GKP with the Not Quickstop, Enable Voltage, External Fault and Switch On bits from 0610
App Control Word.
Bit Name Description
0 Switch On OFF1 = 1 to switch on
1 Enable Voltage OFF2 = 0 to coast stop
2 Not Quickstop OFF3 = 0 to emergency stop
3 Enable Operation 1 = Run
4 Enable Ramp Output =0 to set ramp output to zero Not implemented, See note below
5 Enable Ramp =0 to hold ramp Not implemented, See note below
6 Enable Ramp Input =0 to set ramp input to zero Not implemented, See note below
7 Reset Fault Reset trips on 0 to 1 transition
8 External Fault 1 = External (Application) trip active
9 unused
10 Use Comms Control 1 = Use 0627 Comms Control Word as the Control Word source for sequencing
11 Use Comms Reference 1 = Use 0681 Comms Reference as the Reference source
12 Use Jog Reference 1 = Run using 0501 Jog Setpoint when Enable Operation = 1
13 Reverse Direction 1 = Run in reverse direction when Enable Operation = 1
14 Auto Initialise 1 = Allow SWITCH ON DISABLED to READY TO SWITCH ON transition regardless of bit 0 (Switch On)
Event Triggered OP 1 = Rising-edge of Enable Operation required for SWITCHED ON to OPERATION ENABLED transition
15
Setting “Event Triggered OP” to 0 could cause the motor to start unexpectedly.

Note – bits 4, 5, 6 must be set (= 1) to allow the ramp control feature to be added in the future.

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

B-6 Sequencing Logic
Example Comms Control Words (hexadecimal):

CC77 STOP (Normal) or go to SWITCHED ON state

CC7F RUN
CC7B QUICKSTOP
CC7D COAST STOP
CCF0 FAULT RESET

Status Word

The Status Word provides the detailed status of the sequencer. Regardless of the source of the Control Word, this is always available as 0661
Status Word.

Bit Name Description

0 Ready To Switch On Drive initialised and not in Configuration mode
1 Switched On Drive in SWITCHED ON or OPERATION ENABLED state
2 Operation Enabled Running (or stopping)
3 Faulted Unacknowledged fault present
4 Voltage Enabled Line supply present
5 Quickstop Inactive = 0 when reacting to a Quickstop request
6 Switch On Disabled Drive in SWITCH ON DISABLED state
7 unused
8 unused
9 Control From Comms Using 0627 Comms Control Word as the Control Word source
10 unused
11 unused
12 Jog Operation Using Jog Reference or will use Jog Reference when Operation Enabled
13 Reverse Operation Running backwards or will run backward when Operation Enabled
14 Reference From Comms Using 0681 Comms Reference as the Reference source
15 Stopping Operation Enable command removed or Quickstop active

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Parameter Reference C-1
Appendix C: Parameter Reference
Parameter Descriptions
The parameter descriptions in this section are arranged alphabetically; however, they are also listed below by Category as on the
GKP and web page. Engineer view level must be selected to see all the parameters listed under the Parameters menu.
Control Mode Slew Rate C-196 SNTP Server C-198 Keypad Override C-104
Control Mode C-38 Slip Compensation C-197 Web Server C-228 Application
Motor Control Spd Direct Input C-201 Option Comms App Info C-13
Auto Restart C-15 Spd Loop Diagnostics C-202 Communications Options C-34 Minimum Speed C-108
Autotune C-20 Spd Loop Settings C-203 Read Process 1 PID C-124
Braking C-27 Speed Ref C-208 Write Process 1 Preset Speeds C-153
Current Limit C-43 Stabilisation C-209 Event 1 Raise Lower C-157
Current Loop C-44 Stack Inv Time C-210 Option Ethernet 1 Skip Frequencies C-193
DC Link Volts Limit C-51 Torque Limit C-216 BACnet IP Option C-24 System Board
Energy Meter C-64 Tr Adaptation C-219 BACnet MSTP Option C-25 System Board Option C-214
Fan Control C-68 Voltage Control C-227 CANopen Option C-29 SB Encoder C-176
Feedbacks C-69 Regen Control ControlNet Option C-42 SB Encoder Slot 1 C-179
Filter On Torque Dmd C-74 AFE C-2 DeviceNet Option C-56 SB Encoder Slot 2 C-181
Fluxing VHz C-78 Inputs And Outputs EtherCAT Option C-66 SB Retransmit C-182
Flycatching C-83 IO Configure C-94 EtherNet IP Option C-67 SB Digital IO C-173
Induction Motor Data C-90 IO Values C-101 Modbus RTU Option C-110 Phase Control
Inj Braking C-92 Option IO Modbus TCP Option C-111 Configure C-35
Motor Load C-112 IO Option Common C-99 Profibus DP-V1 Option C-155 Device Manager
Motor Nameplate C-115 General Purpose IO C-85 Profinet IO Option C-156 Device State C-54
Motor Sequencer C-117 Encoder C-62 Trips Device Commands C-53
MRAS C-118 Resolver C-166 Trips Status C-221 Drive info C-57
Pattern Generator C-121 Thermistor C-215 Trips History C-220 Clone C-30
PMAC Flycatching C-126 Base Comms Stall Trip C-213 Parameter Backup C-120
PMAC Motor Advanced C-128 Ethernet C-67 VDC Ripple C-226 Data Logger C-46
PMAC Motor Data C-129 Modbus C-109 Current Sensor Trip C-45 Flash File System C-77
PMAC SVC C-133 EtherNet IP Adapter C-67 Speed Error Trip C-207 SD Card C-186
Pos Fbk Alignment C-141 Profinet IO Device C-156 Black Box Recorder C-26 Real Time Clock C-165
Power Loss Ride Thru C-149 Fieldbus Mapping C-73 Maintenance Monitor C-106 Runtime Statistics C-171
Ramp C-159 Peer to Peer C-123 Keypad Setup Wizard C-191
Scale Setpoint C-185 Precision Time Protocol C-152 Graphical Keypad C-87 Soft Menus C-199
Sequencing C-187 SNTP Client C-198 Local Control C-105
1. Refer to the appropriate fieldbus communications option.

For additional parameter details refer to the Parameter Table at the end of this appendix. The Parameter Number, (PNO), provided next to each
parameter description may be used to find the corresponding entry in the Parameter Table.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-2 Parameter Reference
Active Front End (AFE)
Control Screen
Setup:: Regen Control
Monitor:: Regen Control
Active Front End (AFE) is a mode of operation of the drive required for full 4-Q regeneration capabilities. AFE control mode allows a single
AC30P/AC30D drive to act as a 4-Q power supply unit that is capable of drawing (motoring) and supplying (regenerating) sinusoidal, near-unity
power factor current from the supply. The output from the 4-Q Regen drive acts as a DC supply which is used to power other drives on a common
DC Bus system.
AFE Control Mode is available as a standard option in the AC30P/AC30D firmware, however set-up and installation requirements need to be
adhered to in order to use a drive as 4-Q regen unit. These requirements are described in more detail in the paragraphs that follow.
Hardware Requirements
The figure below shows the typical installation configuration of the drive operating in AFE control mode.

3 – ph
Input
Line Fuses Contactor
U (M1) DC +
Common DC Link
3 – ph Optional EMC
Supply
LCL Filter V (M2) AC30P 4-Q
Filter
W (M3) DC -
-

Encoder Option Card

External Pre-charge 7004-04-00

DC Link Fuses

DC + DC - DC + DC -

AC30 AC30

Line sync card U V W U V W

LA471892U001 3 – ph
Output
Contactor

Motor Motor

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-3
The correct installation requires the following components:
- LCL filter
o 3% and 5% chokes (as part of an LCL filter, custom designed )
o Capacitor panel (as part of an LCL filter, custom designed)
- Pre-charge resistor with external pre charge control
- Thee phase contactors
- EMC filter (optional)
- AC Line fuses
- DC Link fuses
- Line sync card (LA471892U001)
- Encoder option card (7004-04-00)

Drive Set-up
Typically the system will contain an AC30P/AC30D regen drive providing 4-Q power supply, and one or more drives on the common DC bus.
ALL drives in the system MUST have their internal EMC “Y” caps to earth disconnected.
A 4-Q regen drive is set into AFE control mode by setting the Control Mode “Motor Type or AFE” parameter to AFE as shown in picture below.

This setting must be accompanied by selection of an appropriate AFE macro from the default application:

If the “Motor Type or AFE” and “Selected Application” do not match, it would not be possible to operate the drive correctly.Both these settings are
necessary for proper configuration of the drive to work as an active front end.
When drive is in AFE mode, its current rating is limited to 85% of the equivalent set up current rating when in one of the motor modes.
The standard set of AFE parameters required to finalise the drive AFE configuration are located within Setup/Regen Control menu. Based on the
“AFE Current Control” bit, AFE would operate in voltage control mode (left), or current control mode (right):

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-4 Parameter Reference

AFE inductance parameter must be set to the value of the total line choke inductance.
AFE VDC Demand parameter sets the required DC link voltage for the common DC link bus. Recommended level for nominal drive voltage rating of
400V (with 820V overvoltage trip level and 410V undervoltage trip level) is 720V.
AFE VDC Min Level parameter defines the level of DC link voltage at which external precharge closure is instigated. By default it is equal to
undervoltage trip level.

For any additional adjustments (if required) the full set of the AFE related parameters can be found in the Parameters::Regen Control::AFE menu.

Other (non-AFE) drives, supplied through common DC bus MUST have the following set-up:

DC Link volts limit feature disabled

If in V/Hz mode the Terminal Voltage Mode parameter set to FIXED

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-5
AFE Application
A standard AFE macro (App_5_AFE_Control) is included as part of the default application. It provides necessary application layer logic to operate in
AFE control mode. This macro can be modified (if necessary) using standard AC30 PDQ or PDD tools. It enables the user immediate operation
without any additional diagram logic wiring, providing that electrical connections to digital inputs and outputs are the same as in default AFE macro.

The default macro requires the following electrical wiring diagram for AC30P/AC30D control board. Use of different inputs will need to be
accompanied by the appropriate change in the application.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-6 Parameter Reference

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-7

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-8 Parameter Reference
AFE Start Up Sequence
In order to minimise the potential occurrence of initial current transients when AFE is switched on, an “AFE Start Settings” block was included in the
default macro. It works in conjunction with the following four soft parameters:
- 1943 AFE Current Limit
- 1944 AFE Current Loop P Gain
- 1945 AFE Stack Frequency
- 1946 AFE Default Stack Frequency

AFE Default Macro Setup Parameters

These soft parameters have to be populated with the values that are required for operation in normal running mode, before first start of AFE mode is
attempted!

Start up values are set as constants within the macro, and can only be changed by reprogramming AFE application into the drive. Soft parameter
1946 AFE Default Stack Frequency allows the user to specify if drive should operate (post start up) with its default switching frequency, or with a
different one, as specified in soft parameter 1945.
It is, by default, set that start up is finished after 1.5 seconds since the run command has taken effect.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-9
Line Synchronisation
Typically the system will contain an AC30P/AC30D regen drive providing 4-Q power supply, and one or more drives on the common DC bus.
However, in order for the AFE control procedures to operate correctly, a synchronization of the IGBT firing sequence to the three phase mains
supply voltage frequency, angle, and direction of rotation need to be performed. This is achieved by using a line sync card (LA471892U001),
connected to a standard AC30 encoder option board (7004-04-00). Failure to successfully synchronise could cause significant supply distortion, poor
power factor, or even catastrophic failure.

AFE Parameter List

The full set of AFE related parameters are given in a table below:
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

AFE Inductance 1730 Setup::Regen Control 0.00 0.00 to 1000.00 mH ALWAYS

Parameters::Regen Control::AFE

Total inductance (3% + 5%) from the LCL filter in the AFE configuration.

AFE PF Angle Demand 1693 Parameters::Regen Control::AFE 0.00 -90.00 to 90.00 deg ALWAYS

Sets AFE in current control mode (TRUE) or leaves it in voltage control mode (FALSE).

AFE Id Demand 1705 Same as PNO 1693 0.10 -1.50 to 1.50 ALWAYS

Iq current demand. Set directly in both current control mode, or voltage control mode.

AFE Id Demand 1704 Same as PNO 1693 0.10 -1.50 to 1.50 ALWAYS

Id current demand. Set directly only in current control mode. In voltage control mode set by dc link voltage loop.

AFE Max Current 1706 Parameters::Regen Control::AFE 1.50 0.00 to 1.50 ALWAYS

Maximum allowed current in AFE mode.

AFE Close Ext PCR 1690 Parameters::Regen Control::AFE FALSE ALWAYS

Link to digital output to send command to close external pre charge

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-10 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

AFE Ext PCR Closed 1691 Parameters::Regen Control::AFE FALSE ALWAYS

Link to digital input to provide information if external pcr is closed.

AFE Sync Frequency 1703 Monitor::Regen Control Hz NEVER

Parameters::Regen Control::AFE

Mains frequency as measured by the AFE module.

AFE Sync Angle 1718 Parameters::Regen Control::AFE deg NEVER

Mains angle as measured by the AFE module.

AFE PLL Kp 1694 Parameters::Regen Control::AFE 5.48 0.00 to 30.00 ALWAYS

PLL proportional gain.

AFE PLL Ti 1695 Parameters::Regen Control::AFE 0.0318 0.0000 to 3.0000 ALWAYS

PLL integral term.

AFE VDC Kp 1707 Parameters::Regen Control::AFE 8.27 0.00 to 300.00 ALWAYS

DC link voltage loop proportional gain.

AFE VDC Ti 1708 Parameters::Regen Control::AFE 0.0319 0.0000 to 3.0000 ALWAYS

DC link voltage loop integral term.

AFE VDC Demand 1711 Same as PNO 1693 720 340 to 820 V ALWAYS

DC link voltage demand, setpoint for voltage control loop.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-11
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

AFE VDC Ramp 1709 Parameters::Regen Control::AFE 0.05 0.01 to 100.00 % ALWAYS

DC link voltage ramp rate.

AFE VDC Feed Forward 1710 Parameters::Regen Control::AFE 0.0000 -1.5000 to 1.5000 ALWAYS

DC link voltage loop feed forward term.

AFE VDC Min Level 1697 Parameters::Regen Control::AFE 400.00 340.00 to 5000.00 ALWAYS

AFE healthy DC link level, for precharge control, if necessary to be set lower than undervoltage trip level.

AFE Correction Angle 1717 Parameters::Regen Control::AFE 0.00 -90.00 to 90.00 ALWAYS

Angle correction offset.

AFE Transf Angle Offset 1731 Parameters::Regen Control::AFE 0.00 0.00 to 360.00 deg ALWAYS

Angular offset necessary due to (potential) transformer delta/star connections.

AFE Synchronizing 1712 Parameters::Regen Control::AFE NEVER

TRUE if AFE in synchronizing state.

AFE Synchronized 1713 Parameters::Regen Control::AFE NEVER

TRUE if AFE has synchronized to mains frequency.

AFE Enable Drive 1714 Parameters::Regen Control::AFE NEVER

Drive enabled to do AFE.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-12 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

AFE PF Angle Demand 1692 Parameters::Regen Control::AFE 0.00 -90.00 to 90.00 deg ALWAYS

Power factor angle demand.

AFE Phase Loss 1715 Parameters::Regen Control::AFE NEVER

Indicates if phase loss occurred.

AFE Brake Mode 1716 Parameters::Regen Control::AFE FALSE ALWAYS

Sets AFE control into brake mode.

AFE Status 1721 Same as PNO 1703 0:INACTIVE NEVER

1:SYNCHRONIZING
2:SYCHRONIZED
3:SUPPLY FREQ HIGH
4:SUPPLY FREQ LOW
5:SYNC FAILED

AFE module status reporting.

NOTES
1 – To correctly set up AFE mode for frame K
- phase fail trip needs to be disable in AFE mode
- parameter 1707 needs to be set at 0.75
- parameter 1708 needs to be set at 0.02

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-13
App Info
Parameters::Application::App Info
Details of the Application loaded in the Drive. An Application is built as part of a project using a suitable programming tool. When downloaded into
the Drive an Application within the Project can be selected to run. Some Projects only contain a single Application, so in this case will always be
selected.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Project File Name 1040 Parameters::Application::App Info NEVER

The name of the file on the programming PC used to store the application. (This does not include the project or projectarchive file
name extension.)

0410 NEVER
Archive Flags Parameters::Application::App Info

Indicates if the source code corresponding to the loaded configuration in saved in the drive as an archive. For the AC30V the this
archive must be saved on the SD Card. On the AC30P the archive can be saved internally or on the SD Card.
Bit 0 Indicates that the project archive file on the SD card matches the loaded application
Bit 4 Indicates that the language file on the SD card for the selected language matches the loaded application
Bit 8 Indicates that the project archive file stored internally matches the loaded application

Last Modification 1047 Parameters::Application::App Info 1970/01/01 to 2038/01/19 NEVER

Timestamp of when the loaded Project was last modified. (Note - the RTC option is not required for this.)

IDE Version 1048 Parameters::Application::App Info NEVER

The version of programming tool (Interactive Development Environment) used to create the loaded Project.

Project Author 1054 Parameters::Application::App Info NEVER

The Author of the loaded Project as entered in the programming tool when it was created

Project Version 1061 Parameters::Application::App Info NEVER

The Project version of the loaded Project as entered by the programmer when creating the Project.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-14 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Project Description 1068 Parameters::Application::App Info NEVER

A description of up to 80 characters entered by the programmer when creating the Project.

Application Name 1554 Parameters::Application::App Info NEVER

The name of the selected Application within the loaded Project.

0118 Parameters::Application::App Info FALSE ALWAYS

Configuration Lock

Set TRUE to prevent the application being over-written from the configuration tool or from a clone file.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-15
Auto Restart
Setup:: Motor Control::Auto Restart
Parameters::Motor Control::Auto Restart
The Auto Restart feature provides the facility to automatically reset a choice of trip events and restart the drive with a programmed number of
attempts. The number of attempted restarts is monitored. A manual or remote trip reset is required if the drive is not successfully restarted within the
maximum number of restarts. The purpose of this feature is to allow automatic recovery from trip conditions. This is especially useful on remote or
unmonitored sites.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

AR Enable 1469 Setup::Motor Control::Auto Restart FALSE ALWAYS

Parameters::Motor Control::Auto Restart

Enables the auto restart function.

0:TRIP RESET
AR Mode 1470 Same as PNO 1469 1 1:AUTO RESTART ALWAYS
2:AUTO START

Defines the action that the AR function will take following a trip.
0. TRIP RESET Trips will be reset when the trip sources are inactive. The drive will not be restarted.
1. AUTO RESTART If it was running the drive will be restarted when the trip sources are inactive and run is active.
2. AUTO START The drive will be started when the trip sources are inactive if the run signal is high
Refer to the Functional Description below for more details.

AR Max Restarts 1471 Same as PNO 1469 10 1 to 20 ALWAYS

Defines the maximum number of restart attempts permitted before the AR function disables itself.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-16 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable
0:01 OVER VOLTAGE
AR Trip Mask 1472 Same as PNO 1469 FFFFFFFF 1:02 UNDER VOLTAGE ALWAYS
2:03 OVER CURRENT
3:04 STACK FAULT
4:05 STACK OVER CURRENT
5:06 CURRENT LIMIT
6:07 MOTOR STALL
7:08 INVERSE TIME
8:09 MOTOR I2T
9:10 LOW SPEED I
10:11 HEATSINK OVERTEMP
11:12 INTERNAL OVERTEMP
12:13 MOTOR OVERTEMP
13:14 EXTERNAL TRIP
14:15 BRAKE SHORT CCT
15:16 BRAKE RESISTOR
16:17 BRAKE SWITCH
17:18 LOCAL CONTROL
18:19 COMMS BREAK
19:20 LINE CONTACTOR
20:21 PHASE FAIL
21:22 VDC RIPPLE
22:23 BASE MODBUS BREAK
23:24 24 V OVERLOAD
24:25 PMAC SPEED ERROR
25:26 OVERSPEED
26:27 STO ACTIVE
27:28 FEEDBACK MISSING
28:29 INTERNAL FAN FAIL
29:30 CURRENT SENSOR
30:31 POWER LOSS STOP
31:32 SPEED SENSOR

0796 Setup::Motor Control::Auto Restart 0:33 A1

AR Trip Mask 2 FFFFFFFF ALWAYS
Parameters::Motor Control::Auto 1:34 A2
2:35 A3
Restart
3:36 A4
4:37 A5
5:38 A6
6:39 A7
7:40 A8
8:41 SPEED ERROR
9:42 PEERTOPEER OVERRUN
10:43 PHASE CONFIG
11:44 FIELDBUS BREAK
18:51 CPU USAGE

Defines the trip causes that the AR feature will attempt to automatically reset, followed by an attempt to restart the drive if appropriate.
Refer to Chapter 7 “Trips and Fault Finding” for details of the value corresponding to each trip.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-17
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

AR Initial Delay 1505 Same as PNO 1502 10.000 0.000 to 3600.000 s ALWAYS

The timein seconds for which the AR feature will wait before attempting to restart the drive for the first restart attempt, (1509 AR
Restarts Remaining equals 1471 AR Max Restarts). The delay time is started once all trips have become inactive.
The delay time is ignored if the AR feature is configured to simply reset the trip without attempting to restart the motor.

AR Repeat Delay 1506 Same as PNO 1502 60.000 0.000 to 3600.000 s ALWAYS

The time in seconds for which the AR feature will wait before attempting to restart the drive for the second and subsequent restart
attempts, (1509 AR Restarts Remaining is not equal to 1471 AR Max Restarts). The delay time is started once all trips have become
inactive.
The delay time is ignored if the AR feature is configured to simply reset the trip without attempting to restart the motor.

1734 Parameters::Motor Control::Auto 00000000 ALWAYS

AR Trip Mask B
Restart

1735 Parameters::Motor Control::Auto 00000000 ALWAYS

AR Trip Mask 2 B
Restart

1736 Parameters::Motor Control::Auto 60.000 0.000 to 3600.000 s ALWAYS

AR Initial Delay B
Restart

1737 Parameters::Motor Control::Auto 120.000 0.000 to 3600.000 s ALWAYS

AR Repeat Delay B
Restart

The ‘B’ parameters define a second set of trips and associated restart delays. This set operates in parallel with the primary set. If a trip
is enabled in both sets, the restart time associated with the primary set, (A), will apply.
Typically use of the ‘B’ set of trips will be to configure some trips to cause a delayed restart action, while the primary set of trips may be
acted on with a shorter delay.

NEVER
AR Active 1507 Parameters::Motor Control::Auto Restart

Indicates that the AR feature will reset the trip source once all trips have become inactive, (following a delay time if the AR feature has
been configured to also restart the motor).

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-18 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

AR Restart Pending 1508 Parameters::Motor Control::Auto Restart NEVER

Indicates that the AR feature will reset the trip source and attempt to restart the motor once all trips have become inactive and the
relevant delay timer has expired.

AR Restarts Remaining 1509 Parameters::Motor Control::Auto Restart 0 to 20 NEVER

Indicates the number of restart attempts remaining before the AR feature disables itself.
This count is reset to 1471 AR Max Restarts after a successful manual or remote trip reset. This includes any restart or trip reset
performed due the the configuration taking some programmed action. The count is also reset after a period of trip free operation. This
period is the longer of 5 minutes, or 5 * AR Repeat Delay B.

AR Time Remaining 1510 Parameters::Motor Control::Auto Restart 0.000 to 3600.000 s NEVER

Indicates the time remaining before a restart attempt will be made. This value starts to count down once all trip sources are inactive.

Functional Description
The AR feature can be configured to operate in one of three modes via the parameter 1470 AR Mode.
In all modes the AR feature becomes active when the drive trips on one of the trips selected by one of the Trip Mask parameters. If the drive trips
due to a trip not selected in one of these parameters the AR feature will remain in the idle state.

Setting parameter 1469 AR Enable to FALSE will disable the AR feature regardless of its current state.

1470 AR Mode 0: Trip Reset

In Trip Reset mode, once the AR feature becomes active it monitors all possible trip sources. Once all trip sources are inactive the AR feature will
attempt to reset the trip event, moving the Sequencing State from the FAULTED state, (see Appendix B: Sequencing Logic). The AR feature resets
the trip as soon as possible, it does not wait for either 1505 Initial Delay or 1506 AR Repeat Delay.
In this mode the AR feature will not attempt to restart the motor.

This mode may be used when an external supervisiory system is monitoring the Faulted bit in 0661 Status Word. This bit will be cleared once all trip
sources are inactive and the trip has been successfully cleared, indicating that the drive may be started.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-19
1470 AR Mode 1: Auto Restart
Caution: when Auto Restart is selected the motor may run unexpectedly.

In Auto Restart mode, once the AR feature becomes active it monitors all possible trip sources. Once all trip sources are inactive the AR feature
starts the programmed delay. Once the delay timer expires the AR feature attempts to reset the trip and to restart the motor.

The AR feature will not restart the motor if it was not running at the time of the trip, nor will it restart the motor if the run signal has been removed at
any time since the trip, (even if it is subsequently re-applied). When a motor restart will not be attempted the AR feature will act as if it had been
configured for Trip Reset only. If a motor restart will be attempted the parameter 1508 AR Restart Pending is set TRUE.

Each time a restart is attempted the value in 1509 Restarts Remaining is decremented. Once this value reaches zero, any further trip selected for
auto restart will cause the AR feature to disable itself.

1470 AR Mode 2: Auto Start

Caution: when Auto Start is selected the motor may run unexpectedly.

In Auto Start mode, once the AR feature becomes active it monitors all possible trip sources. Once all trip sources are inactive the AR feature starts
the programmed delay. Once the delay timer expires the AR feature attempts to reset the trip and to restart the motor.

The AR feature will attempt to start the motor even if it was not running at the time of the trip, as long as the Sequencing Logic parameter 0644
Control Word is configured to run, (typically bits 0, 1, 2 and 3 all set), see Appendix B: Sequencing Logic.
In this mode the parameter 1508 AR Restart Pending is set TRUE. Each time a restart is attempted the value in 1509 Restarts Remaining is
decremented. Once this value reaches zero, any further trip selected for auto restart will cause the AR feature to disable itself.
Recovery from Self Disabled state
The AR feature will remain in the Self Disabled state indefinitely. It may be re-activated by the trip condition being reset by some other means, (ie.
Manually by pressing the stop key on the GKP, or remotely using trip reset). Alternatively the AR feature may be re-enabled by setting
1469 AR Enable to FALSE then back to TRUE.
Indication
When the AR feature is activated the parameter 1507 AR Active is set TRUE.
While a restart is pending the parameter 1508 AR Restart Pending is set TRUE. In addition the green LED illuminating the run key on the GKP will
flash.
All indicators are reset once the restart, (or trip reset), attempt has been completed or if the AR feature is disabled.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-20 Parameter Reference
Autotune
Setup:: Motor Control::Autotune
Parameters::Motor Control::Autotune
The autotune is an automatic test sequence performed by the Drive to identify motor model parameters. The motor model is used by the Vector
control modes.
If an induction motor is used, and the control mode is set to vector control, you MUST perform an autotune before operating the Drive. It the control
mode is set to Open Loop (V/Hz) mode an autotune is not necessary. Whether the drive is in Vector Control mode or in Open Loop mode is
determined by the parameter 0512 Control Strategy in menu Control Mode (see page D-40). Induction motor nameplate parameters must be
entered before running the autotune procedures in order for them to correctly measure motor model parameters.
The motor must be allowed to spin freely. It is acceptable for the motor to be connected to a load during autotune, provided that the load is purely
inertia, with negligible friction, and does not require the motor to produce torque in order to turn.
If stationary autotune is selected in the AC30V variant, a parameter Nameplate Mag Current will appear. The user must enter the motor
magnetising current into this parameter before proceeding with the stationary autotune. Stationary autotune in AC30V should be avoided if possible:
first, because the magnetising current may not be accurate; second, because operation above base speed requires the rotating autotune to map the
motor characteristics in the field weakening region, and if this is not done, operation may not be possible above base speed.
If stationary autotune is selected in the AC30P/D variant, a test procedure will be invoked that will attempt to calculate all the necessary motor
model parameters from injected tests signals, without rotation. The success rate of this procedure during development has been around 80% (i.e.
there were 20% of motors whose parameters were not successfully extracted by this method, and they couldn’t be controlled in vector mode unless
rotating autotuned was performed…), so its use has to be considered with caution. If there are practical difficulties performing rotating autotune with
fully free motor shaft (e.g. gearbox, pump, compressor, lift, etc., already mounted) then stationary autotuned is to be attempted. However, if the
obtained set of values does not result in a full, smooth speed or torque control, or if it isn’t even sufficient to rotate the motor at all, a rotating
autotune has to be performed. It is recommended that the stationary autotune is not used for the motors above 30kW. Also, if operation above base
speed in the field weakening region is required, a rotating autotune needs to be performed.
If a permanent magnet motor is used and there is no datasheet available from your motor provider, You MUST perform an autotune before operating
the Drive in the Vector control mode . Before running the autotune, some PMAC Motor parameters should be set. Some are available on the motor
nameplate :
- 0555 PMAC Max Speed :motor rated speed
- 0557 PMAC Rated Current : motor rated current
- 0558 PMAC Rated Torque : motor rated torque
- 1387 PMAC Base Volts : motor voltage
- 0556 PMAC Max Current : motor max current ( if not known, set it to the same value as 0557 PMAC Rated Current)
- 0559 PMAC Motor Poles : motor number of poles ( should be an even number )
- 0564 PMAC Motor Inertia : motor inertia : try to set good estimated value, the speed loop will use it for setting correct control parameters
If a permanent magnet motor is used and there is datasheet available from your motor provider, You must either perform an autotune before
operating the Drive in the Vector control mode or enter the required motor parameters from the datasheet.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-21
If a permanent magnet motor is used, setting the 0412 Stack Frequency to 4kHz or less will help to better estimate the motor resistance ( 0562
PMAC Winding Resistance ).
For best results is is better to carry out the autotune at the maximum speed that is likely to be required. If you run the autotune at a particular speed,
the motor characteristics will be measured up to this speed, and estimated above this speed. If you later discover that you need to run the motor
faster than this, you can do this up to twice the speed at which the autotune is carried out, but the values will not be so accurate, and the control may
not be as good in this region. It is better to run another autotune at the higher speed. If you wish to run the motor at more than twice the speed at
which the autotune was carried out, this will not be allowed. If in doubt, the autotune speed is recorded in the parameter Max Spd When Autotuned,
described below.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Setup::Motor Control::Autotune
Parameters::Motor Control::Autotune
Autotune Enable 0255 FALSE STOPPED

Puts the autotune feature into a state where it will carry out the autotune when the drive is started.
0:STATIONARY
Autotune Mode 0256 Same as PNO 255 1 1:ROTATING STOPPED

Selects whether the autotune is carried out on a rotating motor, or whether it just calculates from nameplate data (not the preferred
method). It may be necessary to carry out a stationary autotune if the motor is not free to rotate, for example if it is already connected
to a machine. Leakage inductance (to tune the current loop) and stator resistance may be measured when the motor is stationary, but
other parameters can only be inferred from nameplate data. Use the rotating autotune where possible.

Nameplate Mag Current 1550 Setup::Motor Control::Autotune 0.88 0.01 to 1000.00 A STOPPED
Parameters::Motor Control::Autotune

This parameter will only become visible if Autotune Mode = STATIONARY is selected.
If you select stationary autotune, you must enter the motor magnetising current into this parameter before proceeding with the
stationary autotune. If this is not known, it can be approximated from the motor rated current and the power factor, as motor current
times √(1 – PF^2).
The value of mag current entered here will be copied into the magnetising current parameter in the Induction Motor Data menu. If a
rotating autotune is run at a later date, it will be replaced with the more accurate value, and this parameter will be irrelevant.
0:Stator Resistance
Autotune Test Disable 0257 Same as PNO 255 0000 1:Leakage Inductance STOPPED
2:Magnetising Current
3:Rotor Time Constant
4:Encoder Direction
This is only valid for induction motor autotune
Allows selected tests to be disabled (default all tests are carried out).
Each test can be individually disabled by setting to TRUE.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-22 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable
Setup::Motor Control::Autotune 0:Stator Resistance
ATN PMAC Test Disable 1388 Parameters::Motor Control::Autotune 0000 1:Leakage Inductance STOPPED
2:KE Constant

This is only valid for Permanent magnet motor control

Allows selected tests to be disabled (default all tests are carried out).
Each test can be individually disabled by setting to TRUE.
Bitfield Value : Test

Autotune Ramp Time 0274 Same as PNO 255 10.000 1.000 to 1000.000 s STOPPED

Sets the ramp up time to motor base speed during autotune.

ATN PMAC Ls Test Freq 1405 Same as PNO 1388 100.0 0.0 to 500.0 Hz STOPPED

This is only valid for Permanent magnet motor control

Set up the test frequency for the leakage inductance autotune of the permanent magnet motor control0255 Autotune Ramp Time

Max Spd when Autotuned 1459 Parameters::Motor Control::Autotune x. -1 to 100000 RPM NEVER

This parameter records the value of the "100% speed in rpm" parameter at the time the autotune was carried out.
"100% speed in rpm" determines the max speed at which the motor can be commanded to run. When the autotune is carried out, it
can only measure the motor characteristics up to this speed. Beyond this speed, the motor characteristics are filled in according to the
best possible estimate, but are not necessarily accurate.
If at a later date the "100% speed in rpm" parameter is increased, then that will allow the motor to run in the region where the motor
characteristics have been estimated, not measured. The further into this region the motor is allowed to run, the less accurate will be
the motor characteristics and hence the control.
The user is allowed to increase "100% speed in rpm" up to 2 times the value stored in “Max Spd when Autotuned”. Beyond this it is
considered that the resulting control inaccuracy may be unacceptable. In this case, an error will be generated. If the user wishes to
run the motor more than 2 times the value at which it was autotuned, then he must carry out a new autotune at the higher speed.

Functional Description
IMPORTANT You MUST carry out an Autotune if you intend to use the drive in vector control mode. If you are using it in
Volts/Hz control an Autotune is not necessary.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-23
Autotune can only be initiated from the “stopped” condition. When the test is complete, the stack is disabled and Autotune Enable is set to FALSE.

Note Refer to the Chapter 6: Setup Wizard for details on how to perform an Autotune.
Standard Autotune

If an induction motor is fitted, the autotune will identify parameters as follows.

Parameter Description Note

MAG CURRENT Magnetising current Not measured by Stationary Autotune
STATOR RES Per phase stator resistance
LEAKAGE INDUC Per phase stator leakage inductance
MUTUAL INDUC Per phase mutual inductance
ROTOR TIME CONST Rotor time constant This will be identified while the motor is spinning, while measuring the
magnestising current. If stationary autotune is selected, it will be
identified from magnetising current and motor nameplate rpm

♦ The Rotating autotune sequence rotates the motor up to the user-programmed MAX SPEED (Scale Setpoint function) in order to
identify these parameters. (A rotating autotune is required if the motor is to be operated above base speed).
♦ The Stationary autotune sequence does not rotate the motor and requires the correct value of MAG CURRENT to be entered.
(Stationey Autotune should only be considered if roatating autotune is not possible to execute).
If a permanent magnet motor is fitted, the autotune will identify parameters as follows.

Parameter Description Note

STATOR RES Phase to phase stator resistance
LEAKAGE INDUC Phase to phase stator leakage inductance
KE CONSTANT Back-emf constant This will be identified while the motor is spinning. If stationary autotune
is selected, it will be identified from motor nameplate parameters

♦ The Stationary autotune sequence does not rotate the motor and requires the correct permanant magnet nameplate value to be
entered.
♦ The Rotating autotune sequence rotates the motor up to the half of the rated motor speed in order to identify these parameters.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-24 Parameter Reference
BACnet IP Option
Monitor::Communications::Option
Setup::Communications::Option
Parameters::Option Comms::Comms
Parameters::Option Comms::Write Process
Parameters::Option Comms::Option Ethernet
Parameters::Option Comms::BACnet IP

Refer to BACnet IP Technical Manual HA501939U001

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-25
BACnet MSTP Option
Monitor::Communications::Option
Setup::Communications::Option
Parameters::Option Comms::Comms
Parameters::Option Comms::Write Process
Parameters::Option Comms::BACnet MSTP

Refer to BACnet MSTP Technical Manual HA501940U001

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-26 Parameter Reference
Black Box
Parameters::Trips::Black Box Recorder

The Black Box Recorder feature captures the state of the drive in the moments leading up to a trip, and at the moment of the trip. This data is saved
in the drive’s internal memory. The captured data may be transferred to an SD card for investigation.
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Parameters::Trips::Black Box Recorder

Black Box PNOs[0] 1831 0829 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS

Black Box PNOs[1] 1832 Parameters::Trips::Black Box Recorder 0514 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS

Black Box PNOs[2] 1833 Parameters::Trips::Black Box Recorder 1022 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS

Black Box PNOs[3] 1834 Parameters::Trips::Black Box Recorder 0393 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS

Select up to four parameters that are recorded leading up to a trip along with the fixed set of data.

Copy to SD Card 1829 Parameters::Trips::Black Box Recorder FALSE ALWAYS

When a usable SD Card is inserted in the drive, changing this parameter from FALSE to TRUE will start the process of copying the
black box records from internal memory to the SD card. Each record is created as a separate file on the SD card.
Once started, the copy process will continue until all the records have been transferred, this can take up to a minute. To ensure that
the ERROR status is correctly displayed, it is recommended that this value is left at TRUE until the copy has completed.
This parameter is not saved. It is initialised to FALSE when the drive powers on.

Parameters::Trips::Black Box Recorder

Copy Status 1852 0:IDLE NEVER
1:ACTIVE
2:DISABLED

Indicates the status of the copy process. Once the copy is complete the status will return to IDLE. The ERROR status is cleared on
changing the parameter “Clone to SD Card” back to FALSE.

Functional Description
Refer to chapter 7 “Trips and Fault Finding” for further information.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-27
Braking
Parameters::Motor Control::Braking

The braking function controls the rate at which energy from a regenerating motor is dumped into a resistive load. This dumping prevents the dc link
voltage reaching levels which would cause an Overvoltage trip.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Braking Enable 0249 Parameters::Motor Control::Braking TRUE ALWAYS

Enables operation of the dynamic braking feature.

Brake Resistance 0251 Parameters::Motor Control::Braking 100.00 0.01 to 1000.00 Ohm STOPPED

The value of the dynamic braking load resistance.

Brake Rated Power 0252 Parameters::Motor Control::Braking 0.11 0.10 to 510.00 kW STOPPED

The power that the load resistance may continually dissipate.

Brake Overrating 0253 Parameters::Motor Control::Braking 25.00 1.00 to 40.00 STOPPED

Multiplier that may be applied to Brake Power for power overloads lasting no more than 1 second.

Braking Active 0254 Parameters::Motor Control::Braking NEVER

A read-only parameter indicating the state of the brake switch.

Functional Description
When enabled, the Braking feature monitors the internal dc link voltage every millisecond and sets the state of the brake switch accordingly. When
using braking, the brake resistor information must be entered it ordered for the resistor protection to operate.

The Braking feature operates even when the motor output is not enabled. This allows the function to continually monitor the energy dumped into the
braking resistor, and the energy dissipated across the brake switch. With this information the Drive is able to deduce the loading on the brake
resistor.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-28 Parameter Reference
If the instantaneous braking power is greater than the Brake Rated Power parameter then this overload is accumulated. If the overload area (power
excess x time) reaches the level set in the Brake Overrating parameter then the brake switch is automatically disabled. This can then lead to an
overvoltage trip protecting the inverter.

The voltage level at which braking occurs is nominally 764V, but rises linearly to 773V as the overload area rises to the Brake Overrating limit. This
improves the brake energy sharing in a multi-brake common d.c. bus system, which can be effected by variation in the exact braking voltage level in
each inverter.

Power Nominal Braking

Voltage Level
Brake Overrating x
Brake Rated Power Overload Area 773V

764V

Brake Rated Power

Overload Area (kWs)

0 1s Time
0
(Brake Overating-1)
x Brake Rated Power

The Braking feature also provides a control signal that is used by the Slew Rate limit feature. This causes the setpoint to be temporarily frozen
whenever the brake is operating because the dc link voltage exceeds the internal comparison level. This allows the stop rate to be automatically
tuned to the characteristics of the load, motor, Drive and brake resistor.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-29
CANopen Option
Monitor::Communications::Option
Setup::Communications::Option
Parameters::Option Comms::Comms
Parameters::Option Comms::Read Process
Parameters::Option Comms::Write Process
Parameters::Option Comms::Event
Parameters::Option Comms::CANopen

Refer to CANopen Technical Manual HA501841U001

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-30 Parameter Reference
Clone
Setup::Clone
Parameters::Device Manager::Clone

The clone feature allows the drive configuration (application and parameters) to be saved to an SD card and subsequently loaded to the same or a
different drive.

All parameters fall into one of the following cloning categories listed in the parameter table at the end of this appendix:
• Never: This type of parameter would never be copied to a new drive. This category includes parameters that are not saved
and parameters that contain information such as runtime statistics.
• Drive Unique: This type of parameter is normally unique to the drive, such as the drive name.
• Power: This type of parameter is related to the power stack of the drive or to the motor connected to the drive.
• Other: Any saved parameter that is not in the other cloning categories. This category is the majority of the parameters
including the application parameters.

The visibility of the following cloning parameters on the GKP may depend on the selection of other cloning parameters and whether an SD card is
fitted.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Clone Filename 1534 Setup::Clone clone ALWAYS

Parameters::Device Manager::Clone

The filename used for saving or loading the clone file. The file extension for clone files is “.cln” and will be added to the filename if it is
not provided by the user.
A single file contains the information for the parameters and the application.

Clone Direction 1537 Same as PNO 1534 0 0:SAVE TO FILE ALWAYS

1:LOAD FROM FILE

Sets whether a clone save or a clone load should be performed.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-31
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Full Restore 1538 Same as PNO 1534 0 0:YES ALWAYS

1:PARTIAL

If the parameter 1537 Clone Direction is set to LOAD FROM FILE, then the parameter Full Restore determines if a full restore or a
partial restore is required from the file specified.
If YES is chosen then all the saved parameters and the saved application will be loaded including ‘drive unique’ parameters.
If PARTIAL is chosen then the user has the choice of what to restore, however ‘drive unique’ parameters will keep their current values.
The following clone parameters apply:
1539 Application
1541 Power Parameters
1540 Other parameters
Notes:
If the power stack of the drive is different to the power stack from which the clone file was saved and the user chooses YES then the
clone load will not be permitted. However the clone load will be permitted if the control module on which the user is restoring is not
attached to a power stack, or if PARTIAL is chosen instead.
The power parameters cannot be restored from a clone file that was saved on a control module with the parameter 0989 Power Stack
Required set to NONE.

Application 1539 Same as PNO 1534 0 0:LOAD FROM FILE ALWAYS

1:LEAVE CURRENT APP

If the parameter 1538 Full Restore is set to PARTIAL, then the parameter Application allows the user to either load the application
from the file or to leave the currently installed application.

Power Parameters 1541 Same as PNO 1534 0 Same as PNO 1540 ALWAYS

If the parameter 1538 Full Restore is set to PARTIAL, then the parameter Power Parameters allows the user to load the ‘power’
parameters from the file, leave the current values or set the values to the defaults.
Notes:
If the power stack of the drive is different to the power stack from which the clone file was saved and the user chooses LOAD FROM
FILE then the clone load will not be permitted. However the clone load will be permitted if the control module on which the user is
restoring is not attached to a power stack, or if LEAVE CURRENT VALUES or SET TO DEFAULT VALUES is chosen instead.
The power parameters cannot be restored from a clone file that was saved on a control module with the parameter 0989 Power Stack

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-32 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable
Required set to NONE.
Enumerated Value : Power Parameters
0 : LOAD FROM FILE
1: LEAVE CURRENT VALUES
2 : SET TO DEFAULT VALUES

Other Parameters 1540 Same as PNO 1534 0 0:LOAD FROM FILE ALWAYS
1:LEAVE CURRENT VALUES
2:SET TO DEFAULT VALUES

If the parameter 1538 Full Restore is set to PARTIAL, then the parameter Other Parameters allows the user to load the ‘other’
parameters from the file, leave the current values or set the values to the defaults.
Enumerated Value : Power Parameters

Clone Start 1542 Same as PNO 1534 FALSE ALWAYS

When TRUE this parameter starts the cloning process, either saving or loading depending on the parameter 1537 Clone Direction.
The cloning process will only start if the parameter 1543 Clone Status is IDLE.
Once the cloning has completed the parameter 1543 Clone Status will be DONE. Set the Clone Start parameter back to FALSE to
return to the IDLE state.

0:IDLE
Clone Status 1543 Same as PNO 1534 NEVER
1:SAVING
2:RESTORING
3:VERIFYING
4:DONE
5:CANNOT START
6:FAILED
7:NO SD CARD
8:VERIFY FAILED
9:FILE NOT OPENED
10:FILE INCOMPATIBLE
11:FILE FAILURE
12:POWER MISMATCH
13:APPLICATION FAILURE
14:PARAMETERS FAILURE
15:PNET SECTION MISSING
16: CARD FAULT

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-33
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

This parameter indicates the status of the cloning process.

Enumerated Value :
0. IDLE Waiting for the user to start the cloning process.
1. SAVING In the process of saving the drive configuration to file.
2. RESTORING I the process of loading the configuration from file.
3. VERIFYING In the process of verifying the clone file either before a load or after a save.
4. DONE Ihe cloning process has completed successfully either for a load or a save.
5. CANNOT START The cloning process cannot start. When restoring a configuration the drive must be stopped.
6. FAILED General failure of the cloning process.
7. NO SD CARD No SD card is fitted.
8. VERIFY FAILED Could not restore the parameters. E.g. the parameters are missing from the clone file.
9. FILE NOT OPENED Could not open the file, possibly because the file is already open or the file name is incorrect.
10. FILE INCOMPATIBLE Source file was saved by a different major version of firmware, ie: AC30P version 2.x trying to read
a file saved using version 1.x AC30V.
11. FILE FAILURE Unable to save to the cone file on the SD Card.
12. POWER MISMATCH Stack saved in the clone file is unknown to this drive.
13. APPLICATION FAILURE On a save, the application was not found. On a load the application was not recognized or could
not be run.
14. PARAMETERS FAILURE Parameter data in the clone file is not in the expacted format.
15. PNET SECTION MISSING Only relevant for Profinet build. The data containing the station name was not found.
16. CARD FAULT Problem with the SD card. Try a different type of SD card.

Notes:
1) The clone file only contains the parameters that were stored in non-volatile memory on the drive when a clone save was
performed. When performing a clone load and a full restore is performed or a LOAD FROM FILE is used for the parameters,
then any parameter not previously saved in the file will be set to its defaults.
2) Each application parameter is restored only if the parameter definition on the target drive matches the saved parameter.
3) The clone saving process will take between 3 – 15 seconds depending on the type of SD card used.
4) When saving a file with the same filename as an existing file on the SD card, the existing file will be overwritten. To prevent
this, use a PC to set the read-only attribute of the file.
5) During the clone loading process the GKP screen may blank momentarily.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-34 Parameter Reference
Communications Options
Monitor::Communications::Option
Setup::Communications::Option
Parameters::Option Comms::Comms
Parameters::Option Comms::Event
Parameters::Option Comms::Read Process
Parameters::Option Comms::Write Process
Parameters::Option Comms::Option Ethernet *

Refer to any of the following Technical Manuals:

Product Code Description Part Number

7003-PB-00 Profibus DP-V1 HA501837U001

7003-PN-00 PROFINET IO * HA501838U001

7003-DN-00 DeviceNet HA501840U001

7003-CN-00 ControlNet HA501936U001

7003-CB-00 CANopen HA501841U001

7003-IP-00 EtherNet IP * HA501842U001

7003-EC-00 EtherCAT HA501938U001

7003-BI-00 BACnet IP * HA501939U001

7003-BN-00 BACnet MSTP HA501940U001

7003-RS-00 Modbus RTU HA501839U001

7003-IM-00 Modbus TCP * HA501937U001

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-35
Configure, (Phase Control)
Parameters::Phase Control::Configure

Used to select Master and slave encoder source.

Gives a diagnostics of the configuration related to the encoder selection for the motor control, the Master ( Reference ) and the Slave.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

1745 Parameters::Phase Control::Configure

Master Position Src 3 0:MAIN SPD FEEDBACK STOPPED
1:SYSTEM BOARD SLOT 1
2:SYSTEM BOARD SLOT 2
3:NONE

Specifies the encoder to be used as the Master, (Reference) input :

 MAIN SPEED FEEDBACK: corresponds to the I/O feedback option
 SYSTEM BOARD SLOT 1: corresponds to the Slot 1 of the system board option
 SYSTEM BOARD SLOT 2: corresponds to the Slot 2 of the system board option
 NONE : no Master selected

1744 Parameters::Phase Control::Configure

Slave Position Src 0 0:SAME AS MOTOR FBK STOPPED
1:MAIN SPD FEEDBACK
2:SYSTEM BOARD SLOT 1
3:SYSTEM BOARD SLOT 2
4:OTHER

Specifies the encoder to be used as the Slave input. Normally this will be the same as the speed feedback.
 SAME AS MOTOT FBK : the Slave encoder is the encoder used as the motor feedback.
 MAIN SPEED FEEDBACK : corresponds to the I/O feedback option
 SYSTEM BOARD SLOT 1 : corresponds to the Slot 1 of the system board option
 SYSTEM BOARD SLOT 2 : corresponds to the Slot 2 of the system board option

By default, the value SAME AS MOTOT FBK is selected.

If the Slave and the Motor Feedback are the same encoder, use SAME AS MOTOT FBK, otherwise, an error 301 or 302 or 303 will
occur : Motor speed feedback and position feedback ( slave ) cannot be the same.

1749 Parameters::Phase Control::Configure

Setup Successful NEVER

The configuration of the master, slave and Speed loop encoders is correct

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-36 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

1750 Parameters::Phase Control::Configure

Error Number -32768 to 32767 NEVER

Indicates the nature of the fault giving an error

0. No error. SetUpSuccessful is TRUE
1. Feedback vector mode selected, but speed feedback source set to NONE
2. Encoder feedback requested via the I/O option encoder board, but no hardware is fitted.
3. Encoder feedback requested via System Board Encoder Slot1, but no system board is fitted.
4. Encoder feedback requested via System Board Encoder Slot2, but no system board is fitted.
5. Reference encoder requested via the I/O option encoder board, but no hardware is fitted.
6. Reference encoder requested via System Board Encoder Slot1, but no hardware is fitted.
7. Reference encoder requested via System Board Encoder Slot2, but no system board is fitted.
8. Position loop feedback requested via the I/O option encoder board, but no hardware is fitted.
9. Position loop feedback requested via System Board Encoder Slot1, but no system board is fitted.
10. Position loop feedback requested via System Board Encoder Slot2, but no system board is fitted.
101. Conflict between selected motor speed feedback and position reference (cannot be the same!) : I/O option encoder board
102. Conflict between selected motor speed feedback and position reference (cannot be the same!) : System Board Encoder Slot1
103. Conflict between selected motor speed feedback and position reference (cannot be the same!) : System Board Encoder Slot2
201. Conflict between selected position reference and position feedback (cannot be the same!) : I/O option encoder board
202. Conflict between selected position reference and position feedback (cannot be the same!) : System Board Encoder Slot1
203. Conflict between selected position reference and position feedback (cannot be the same!) : System Board Encoder Slot2
301. Conflict between selected motor speed feedback and position feedback (cannot be the same!). : I/O option encoder board
302. Conflict between selected motor speed feedback and position feedback (cannot be the same!) : System Board Encoder Slot1
303. Conflict between selected motor speed feedback and position feedback (cannot be the same!) : System Board Encoder Slot2

1751 Parameters::Phase Control::Configure

Master Encoder 0:EMPTY FUNC NEVER
1:ESTIMATOR
2:PRIMARY
3:SYSTEM BOARD SLOT 1
4:SYSTEM BOARD SLOT 2
5:OTHER

Diagnostic giving the encoder set up as the master encoder

• SB SLOT1
• SB SLOT2
• PRIMARY ( I/O option encoder board )

1752 Parameters::Phase Control::Configure

Slave Encoder Same as PNO 1751 NEVER

Diagnostic giving the encoder set up as the slave encoder

• SB SLOT1
• SB SLOT2
• PRIMARY (I/O option encoder board)

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-37
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

1753 Parameters::Phase Control::Configure

Spd Loop Encoder Same as PNO 1751 NEVER

Diagnostic giving the encoder set up for the speed loop control
• SB SLOT1
• SB SLOT2
• PRIMARY (I/O option encoder board)

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-38 Parameter Reference
Control Mode
Setup:: Motor Control::Control & Type:: Control Strategy
Parameters::Motor Control::Control & Type::Control Strategy

The control mode block provides the means for selecting the type of motor and the desired method of controlling the motor.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Motor Type or AFE 0511 Setup::Motor Control::Control and Type 0 0:INDUCTION MOTOR STOPPED
Setup::Regen Control 1:PMAC MOTOR
Parameters::Control Mode::Control
Mode
2:AFE

Motor type selection parameter

Allows the user to select the type of motor.

Control Strategy 0512 Setup::Motor Control::Control and Type 0 0:VOLTS - HERTZ CONTROL STOPPED
Parameters::Control 1:VECTOR CONTROL
Mode::Control Mode
This parameter will only become visible if an induction motor is selected. If a PMAC motor is selected, the Control Strategy will
automatically be set to Vector Control.
Select control strategy selection parameter.
Allows the user to select the method of controlling the motor.

Control Type 1533 Setup::Motor Control::Control and Type 0 0:SENSORLESS STOPPED

Parameters::Control Mode::Control 1:ENCODER FEEDBACK
Mode

This parameter will only become visible if Control Strategy is set to Vector Control. If the encoder option is not fitted, selecting
ENCODER FEEDBACK will give a trip.
This parameter allows selects between sensorless control, and control using encoder feedback.
If an encoder feedback is available, it would normally be the preferred choice as it gives better speed control and higher performance.

Setup::Motor Control::Control and Type 0:MAIN SPD FEEDBACK

1743 0 STOPPED
Encoder Feedback Parameters::Control Mode::Control 1:SYSTEM BOARD SLOT 1
Mode 2:SYSTEM BOARD SLOT 2
3:NONE

This parameter will only become visible if Control Strategy is set to Vector Control and Control Type is set to Encoder Feedback, and the drive is

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-39
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable
an AC30P/D
The parameter selects between encoder inputs :
MAIN SPD FEEDBACK : encoder option fitted or resolver option fitted. It corresponds to the option fitted in the I/O options. If selected, the I/O
option has to be set up in the corresponding option ( Resolver or Encoder )
SYSTEM BOARD SLOT 1 : encoder connected on SLOT1 if AC30D
encoder connected on AC30A
SYSTEM BOARD SLOT 2 : encoder connected on SLOT 2 if AC30D
NONE : no encoder connected – corresponds to SENSORLESS control selected
If an encoder is available, encoder feedback control would normally be the preferred choice as it gives better speed control and higher
performance.
Setup::Motor Control::Control and Type
1885 0 0:DISABLED ALWAYS
Startup Alignment Parameters::Control Mode::Control
Mode 1:ONCE
2:ALWAYS
Only available for PMAC motor if Encoder Feedback control type selected.
0:DISABLED : Start up aligment feature disabled. No action.

1: ONCE : Start up alignment run once from a cold start state.

At the end of the sequence, the drive is in Full Closed loop Vector control. A position Offset has been calculated and set up in 1808 PMAC
Encoder Offset parameter.
Only a trip condition will reset the system to run again the sequence.
Changing this value will also reset the system and will cause the drive to run again the sequence on the next start.

2: ALWAYS : At each motor start ( Torque OFF to Torque ON condition ), the drive goes through the Pseudo PMAC sequence and a new position
offset is calculated, which will remain valid until next Torque OFF condition.

Monitor::Motor and Drive

1886 Same as PNO 1533 NEVER
Actual Control Type Parameters::Control Mode::Control
Mode

Only visible for PMAC motor if Encoder Feedback control type selected.Default: Equals to Control Type
While the sequence is running, gives the drive actual control type.

1887 Same as PNO 1886 NEVER

Start Align Done

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-40 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Only available for PMAC motor if Encoder Feedback control type selected.
Only appears if Startup Alignment set to ONCE.
Set to TRUE when the method has been run successfully.
Reset to FALSE after a cold start and/or a trip condition.

Functional Description
The motor selection is the first step in setting the control mode.

The selection of control strategy comes next, with the permitted settings as follows:

- Induction motors can be run in either volts hertz mode or vector mode
- Permanent magnet motors can only be run in vector control mode

If vector control is selected, and an encoder option or a resolver option is fitted, it is then necessary to choose whether to select vector control with
encoder feedback for improved performance.

Pseudo PMAC control

To make the PMAC control compatible with incremental encoder type ( pulse encoder, sin-cos, etc) which does not give absolute position
information, a Virtual Zero Position needs to be determined, creating a position offset which changes the incremental encoder position to an absolute
encoder position. After either a drive OFF or a trip condition situation, this offset is no longer valid and should be extracted again.

The method to align the encoder to the motor back EMF uses the AC30V Sensorless Vector Control motor scheme to start the motor ( the meaning
of ‘to align’ is determine the Virtual Zero Position ). The absolute motor position is estimated by the sensorless control when the motor is turning. At
least, reaching a motor speed of 5% is needed to have a good estimation of the absolute position. ( 5% is the default and recommended threshold
value to move from a VHz motor control to a sensorless closed loop control mode in the actual AC30V sensorless Vector Control mode )

Once the motor is rotating at a higher speed than the threshold value, a position offset is calculated. This position offset is then used in real Closed
Loop Vector Control. The incremental position from the encoder is now processed as an absolute position.

The method should be enabled if the drive is in speed control mode. ( In torque control mode, the method won’t give correct and accurate position
offset ).

The method is run until the final state :

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-41
- if the speed setpoint is set to a higher value than 5% ( the speed threshold appearing in the PMAC SVC block ). A time out of 5s allows to
trip if the estimated speed stays below 5%.

If the speed setpoint is set to a lower value than 5%, then the drive stays in open loop (VHZ ) as long as the setpoint is kept below 5%.

- If the speed from the estimator is the same sign as the speed from the encoder feedback. If not, the drive trips.

- If the speed value from the estimator and the speed from the actual encoder feedback follow the same gradient. Considering a speed error
betwen speed estimator an speed feedback of less than 0.5 Hz ( Electrical speed ) as a target provides a good criterion.

If not, a time out of 1s allows to trip the drive.

Because of timing constraint, especially when the pwm frequency is set to a high value ( 8kHz for high speed motors ), the method will force the
pwm to run at 4kHz, no random pattern.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-42 Parameter Reference
ControlNet Option
Monitor::Communications::Option
Setup::Communications::Option
Parameters::Option Comms::Comms
Parameters::Option Comms::Read Process
Parameters::Option Comms::Write Process
Parameters::Option Comms::Event
Parameters::Option Comms::ControlNet

Refer to ControlNet Technical Manual HA501936U001

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-43
Current Limit
Parameters::Motor Control::Current Limit
Designed for all Motor Control Modes

This function allows you to set the maximum level of motor rated current (as a % of the user-set Motor Current) which is allowed to flow before
current limit action occurs. If the measured motor current exceeds the current limit value with a motoring load, the motor speed is reduced to control
the excess load. If the measured motor current exceeds the current limit value with a regenerating load, the motor speed is increased up to a
maximum of 100% Speed in RPM (Scale Setpoint).

The maximum value of current limit for a particular motor is limited by the AC30V current rating.

If a motor of larger rating than the AC30V is connected, then the current limit max value is limited by the AC30V current rating.

If a motor of lower rating than the AC30V is connected, then the current limit max value is limited to 300% (if compatible with the AC30V current
rating) for an induction motor (IM) and to the ratio PMAC Max Current to PMAC Rated Current for a PMAC motor.

% are always expressed as % of the user set Motor Current (rated current of PMAC or IM Motor).
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Setup::Motor Control::Control and Type

Current Limit 0305
Parameters::Motor Control::Current Limit
150.0 0.0 to 600.0 % ALWAYS

This parameter sets the level of motor current, as a % of Motor Current (refer to the relevant MOTOR definition , PMAC or IM
function) at which the Drive begins to take current limit action.

Regen Limit Enable 0307 Parameters::Motor Control::Current Limit TRUE ALWAYS

This parameter enables or disables regenerative current limit action.

Note that this parameter only works in open-loop VOLTS / Hz motor control mode.

Functional Description
Internal limit : output of the Stack Inv Time module + Current limit
reduction as a function of electrical low speed ( <
3Hz ) and as function of heatsink temperature minimum Current Limit Output

Internal limit

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-44 Parameter Reference
Current Loop
Setup:: Motor Control::Control & Type:: Motor Type
Parameters::Motor Control::Control Loop

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Enable Predict Term 0955 Parameters::Motor Control::Current Loop TRUE ALWAYS

To enable the predictive term of the current loop.

Functional Description
This is to add the predictive term into the voltage demand formulated by the current regulator so to to increase the dynamic performance of motor
drive. It is recommented to enable this parameter if the permanent magnet motor is used.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-45
Current Sensor Trip
Parameters::Trips::Current Sensor Trip

This function contains parameters associated to the missing current sensor detection and trip condition

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Current Diff Level 1658 Parameters::Trips::Current Sensor Trip 25.00 0.00 to 100.00 % ALWAYS

The percentage of motor rated current which, if exceeded by difference between RMS values of two current sensor measurements,
causes this trip to become active. This trip detects missing, or broken connections in the current sensing circuitry that result in loss of
measurement of one sensor. Enabled in V/Hz mode of operation only.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-46 Parameter Reference
Data Logger
Parameters::Device Manager::Data Logger

Regularly log the value of the selected parameters to the SD Card

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Parameters::Device Manager::Data Logger

Log Enable 1835 FALSE ALWAYS

Set to TRUE to enable the data logger

Parameters::Device Manager::Data Logger

Log Period 1836 1.000 0.500 to 86400.000 s ALWAYS

Defines the period between each set of data. The maximum value is equivalent to 24 hours.

Parameters::Device Manager::Data Logger

Log File Name 1837 logfile_ ALWAYS

Defines the first characters of the log file name. The Data Logger automatically appends this name with a 4 digit sequence number and
the extension “.csv”.

Parameters::Device Manager::Data Logger

Log to New File 1838 FALSE ALWAYS

On a change from FALSE to TRUE the Data Logger creates a new log file and starts saving data to this. The log file sequence number
is automatically incremented each time a new file is created.
If TRUE when Log Enable is set to TRUE then a new log file will be created.
This parameter is not saved.

Parameters::Device Manager::Data Logger

Log New File On Reset 1839 FALSE ALWAYS

If TRUE the Data Logger will create a new log file each time the drive is powered up.

Log Now 1868 Parameters::Device Manager::Data Logger FALSE ALWAYS

When data logging is enabled, a change from FALSE to TRUE forces a log record to be captured and written.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-47
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Parameters::Device Manager::Data Logger

Limit Log File Size 1840 FALSE ALWAYS

When TRUE the data logger limits the maximum log file size to 10 M Bytes. When this size is reached the Data Logger creates a new
log file and starts saving data to this. The log file sequence number is automatically incremented each time a new file is created.

Log Parameters[0] 1843

to to Parameters::Device Manager::Data Logger 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS
Log Parameters[7] 1850

Defines up to 8 parameters to log. The list of parameters may be extended in the application by adding the Data_Logger_Int and / or
the Data_Logger_Real blocks, see below.

Parameters::Device Manager::Data Logger

Log File Size 1841 NEVER

The size of the currently active log file. This may be used in the application together with “1836 Log to new File” to force the Data
Logger to create a new log file when the current file reaches an arbitrary size. This value is zero when 1835 Log Enable is FALSE.

Functional Description
The Log file is designed to be easy to read in either a text editor or a spreadsheet application, such as Microsoft Excel. The file format has the
extension “csv” which stands for Comma Separated Variables.
Once each period, the drive records the nominated parameter values and writes these to a line in the log file. The data values are separated by
columns, and the line is terminated with a carriage return line feed.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-48 Parameter Reference
Below is an example configuration for the Data Logger.

The first few rows of the log file corresponding to this setting would be:
Serial Number,123456789012345
Date and Time,Notes,392 DC Link Voltage,393 Actual Speed RPM,406 CM Temperature,407 Heatsink Temperature,,,,,
2016/02/20 10:19:20.279,Continuation,643.6444,0.0000,31.0000,60.0364,,,,,
2016/02/20 10:19:21.274,,643.6700,0.0000,31.0000,60.0397,,,,,
2016/02/20 10:19:22.274,,643.7726,0.0000,31.0000,60.0397,,,,,
2016/02/20 10:19:23.274,,643.6445,0.0000,31.0000,60.0429,,,,,
2016/02/20 10:19:24.279,,643.6444,0.0000,31.0000,60.0405,,,,,

When viewed in Excel the data is organized into columns:

Row 1 The control module serial number

Row 2 column headings
Row 3... Time stamp, Notes and the data points.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-49
Time stamp
The Time stamp format depends whether the parameter 1186 Time and Date is valid and updating. This will typically be the case if an option with a
Real Time Clock is fitted. It is also possible to keep this parameter valid over Ethernet. If the time and date is valid the time stamp will be in the
format illustrated above. To display this format correctly in Excel it may be necessary to force the format of this column to be Custom, using this
format string: “dd/mm/yyyy hh:mm:ss.000”.
If the time and date value is not valid, the time stamp will be the age of the control card, expressed as a value in seconds with three decimal places,
(giving resolution to one milli-second).
Notes
The notes column indicates a log event. The notes are:
Note Description
Power On Power has been applied to the control module.
Log Start Log Enable changed from FALSE to TRUE.
Continuation A new log file has been created due to:
• changing 1838: Log to New File from FALSE to TRUE
• file size exceeding 10 MB and 1840: Limit Log File Size is TRUE.
Changed setup A change to one or more of the selected parameters to log. This also causes a new log file to be created.
New file name A change to the file name, causing a new log file to be created.
Data values
The output data values are organized into columns with a header in row 2 indicating the parameter number and name. The values are output in a
formate determined by the parameter data type. String data types are not supported. Enumerated data types are output as integers, with 0
corresponding to the first enumeration in the list.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-50 Parameter Reference
Extending the list of parameters
If it is necessary to log more than 8 parameters then the number of parameters to be logged may be increased to 40 in total, (an additional 32), by
adding the Data_Logger_Int and / or the Data_Logger_Real blocks. The variables to be logged are to be gathered into an array of Long Integers, or
an array of Reals and attached to the logger blocks, as illustrated here:

Here, the RealArray and IntArray variables are initialized with values, but in practice the values will be updated from application variables and fixed
parameter values as part of the application program.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-51
DC Link Volts Limit
Parameters::Motor Control::DC Link Volts Limit

This function prevents over-voltage faults occurring due to a rapidly changing setpoint.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

VDC Lim Enable 1641 Parameters::Motor Control::DC Link FALSE STOPPED

Volts Limit

nable DC Link Volts Limit during a fast deceleration to prevent overvoltage trip

VDC Lim Level 1642 Parameters::Motor Control::DC Link 91.0 78.0 to 100.0 % STOPPED
Volts Limit

Determines the dc link volts at which the DC Link Volts Limit sequence is started.
Entered as a percentage of the max DC link voltage (drive overvoltage level = 100%).

VDC Lim Active 1643 Parameters::Motor Control::DC Link NEVER

Volts Limit

Set True when the deceleration ramp is paused in order to limit the DC link voltage

VDC Lim Output 1644 Parameters::Motor Control::DC Link x.x Min to Max Hz NEVER
Volts Limit

This diagnostic represents the speed setpoint output of the DC Link Volts limit Feature in Electrical Hz

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-52 Parameter Reference
Functional Description
During a fast deceleration, the kinetic energy of the motor load is regenerated to the drive, charging the DC link capacitors.
When the VDC Lim Level is reached, the speed septoint is held, waiting for the DC link to go below VDC Lim Level.
When the DC link falls below this level, the speed setpoint is released and is ramped down using system ramp deceleration.
This sequence is run until the speed septoint reaches the user speed demand.

By Default, VDC Lim Level is set to the same value as the braking threshold.

This feature is run at a rate of 1 milli-second.

Speed Setpoint path

User Speed control loop

Power Loss DC Link Slew Rate
Ramp
Ride Thru Volts Limit (V/Hz only)

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-53
Device Commands
Parameters::Device Manager::Device Commands
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Update Firmware 1002 Parameters::Device Manager::Device FALSE STOPPED

Commands

This parameter is only visible when an SD card with a firmware update file is inserted into the drive. Changing this parameter to TRUE
will start the firmware update procedure.
Following a firmware update it is advisable to power re-run the Setup Wizard, D-61

Save All Parameters 1001 Parameters::Device Manager::Device FALSE ALWAYS

Commands

When a parameter is modified via the GKP or via the built-in web page the parameter value is saved automatically. When a parameter
is modified via another source, (for example via the Modbus TCP/IP communications protocol), the value will not be saved
automatically. In this case a save may be instigated by changing this parameter from FALSE to TRUE.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-54 Parameter Reference
Device State
Parameters::Device Manager::Device State
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

0988
Target State Parameters::Device Manager::Device 3:PREOPERATIONAL STOPPED
State 7:OPERATIONAL

The requested operating state. This may be set from the Web Page or GKP. The PDQ configuration tool changes the operating state
of the drive using a different mechanism.

0989
Actual State Parameters::Device Manager::Device 0:INITIALISING NEVER
State 1:INITIALISED
2:PREPARING PREOP
3:PREOPERATIONAL
4:PREPARING OP
5:FAILED TO READY
6:READY FOR OP
7:OPERATIONAL
8:FAULTED
9:FATAL ERROR RECOVER

Reports the actual operating state of the drive.

0990
Application FE State Parameters::Device Manager::Device Same as PNO 989 NEVER
State

0991
Base IO FE State Parameters::Device Manager::Device Same as PNO 989 NEVER
State

0992
Basic Drive FE State Parameters::Device Manager::Device Same as PNO 989 NEVER
State

0993
Ethernet FE State Parameters::Device Manager::Device Same as PNO 989 NEVER
State

0994
Keypad FE State Parameters::Device Manager::Device Same as PNO 989 NEVER
State

0995
Comms Option FE State Parameters::Device Manager::Device Same as PNO 989 NEVER
State

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-55
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

0996
IO Option FE State Parameters::Device Manager::Device Same as PNO 989 NEVER
State

1742
System Board FE State Parameters::Device Manager::Device Same as PNO 989 NEVER
State

The parameters above indicate the state of individual components, (or Functional Elements), within the drive. They may help with fault
finding if the drive ever fails to enter the normal Operational state.

0997
Config Fault Area Parameters::Device Manager::Device 0:NONE NEVER
State 1:POWER STACK
2:OPTION IO
3:OPTION COMMS
4:APPLICATION
5:MOTOR CONTROL
6:KEYPAD
7:BASE COMMS
8:BASE IO
9:FEEDBACK MISSING
10:SYSTEM BOARD

Indicates which component within the drive is preventing the drive from entering the normal Operational state.

0998
RTA Code Monitor::Trips NEVER
Parameters::Device Manager::Device
State

Run Time Alert fault code, indicates a fault in the hardware or configuration, typicaly detected during power on initialization. Refer to
chapter 7, Trips and Fault Finding.

0999
RTA Data Same as PNO 998 NEVER

Data associated with a Run Time Alert.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-56 Parameter Reference
DeviceNet Option
Monitor::Communications::Option
Setup::Communications::Option
Parameters::Option Comms::Comms
Parameters::Option Comms::Read Process
Parameters::Option Comms::Write Process
Parameters::Option Comms::Event
Parameters::Option Comms::ControlNet

Refer to DeviceNet Technical Manual HA501840U001

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-57
Drive info
Setup::Environment
Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Drive Name 0961 Setup::Environment ALWAYS

Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info

A string value that may be used to identify this drive in a system.

Firmware Version 1100 Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info NEVER

The version of the firmware running in the Control Module.

Boot Version 0951 Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info NEVER

The version of the boot loader firmware running in the Control Module, presented as a text string.

Boot Version Number 0687 Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info NEVER

The version of the boot loader firmware running in the Control Module.

Auto Defaults 1869 Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info FALSE ALWAYS

This parameter interacts with PNO 0976 Nominal Supply, and PNO 0987 Power Stack Required. When Auto Defaults is TRUE,
changing either of these parameters from the GKP or Web page will cause their child parametes to be set to the corresponding
defaults. The child parameters for PNO 0976 Nominal Supply are shown below, the child parameters for PNO 0987 Power Stack
Required are shown in the table of Power Dependent Parameter Defaults at the end of this appendix.
When TRUE, this parameter also controls the operation of the drive on Power up when the Control Module is attached to a new stack.
If the new stack has a different power rating from the previously connected to stack, then “Power Stack Required” will automatically be
set to match the new stack, the child parameters will be set to their default values, and these parameters will be saved in non-volatile
memory if PNO1738 “Enable Auto Save” is TRUE.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-58 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

0:50 Hz
Nominal Supply 0976 Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info 0 1:60 Hz
STOPPED

Defines the default supply frequency. In the GKP Setup Wizard, this parameter controls the default values for this child parameters:
PNO Parameter 50Hz 60Hz
0464 100% Speed in RPM 1500 1800
0456 Base Voltage 400 460
0457 Base Frequency 50 60
0459 Nameplate Speed 1450 1750
When this parameter is changed from the GKP or Web page when PNO1869 “Auto Defaults” is TRUE then the child parameters are
set to their corresponding default values, (and saved if PNO1738 “Enable Auto Save” is TRUE).

Power Stack Required 0987 Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info 0 Same as PNO 543 CONFIG

The rating of the power electronics for the configuration loaded in the drive. This controls the default value for the child parameters
listed in the Power Dependent Parameter Defaults table at the end of this appendix.
If 0987 Power Stack Required is different from 0543 Power Stack Fitted the drive will be prevented from running until the configuration
is corrected.
If Power Stack Required is set to NONE, then it is automatically reset to match Power Stack Fitted on the next power on. This does not
automatically modify any of the child parameters. To do this, set PNO 1869 Auto Defaults to TRUE.

Power Stack Fitted 0543 Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info 0:NONE NEVER

1:3.5 A 400 V
2:4.5 A 400 V
3:5.5 A 400 V
4:7.5 A 400 V
5:10.0 A 400 V
6:12.0 A 400 V
7:16.0 A 400 V
8:23.0 A 400 V
9:32.0 A 400 V
10:38.0 A 400 V
11:45.0 A 400 V R1(1)
12:60.0 A 400 V R1(1)
13:73.0 A 400 V R1(1)
14:87.0 A 400 V
15:105 A 400 V

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-59
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable
16:145 A 400 V
17:180 A 400 V
18:205 A 400 V
19:260 A 400 V
20:45.0 A 400 V
21:60.0 A 400 V
22:73.0 A 400 V
23:315 A 400 V
24:380 A 400 V
25:440 A 400 V
26:530 A 400 V
27:590 A 400 V
28:650 A 400 V
29:700 A 400 V
30:790 A 400 V
31:45.0 A 400 V r3(2)
The rating of the power stack that the Control Module is fitted to. When the Control Module not attached to a stack this parameter is not
visible and is ignored.
1. The Power Stack names ending in “R1” are for the initial release of Frame G stacks with ventilation holes in the casing. Later
revisions of the Frame G stacks have no ventilation holes but have an internal cooling fan.
2. The 45 A “r3” stack is a repackaged 45 A stack in a frame F, (previous 45 A stacks were frame G).

Attached to Stack 0695 Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info NEVER

A Boolean parameter that indicates that the Control Module is attached to a power stack. When the Control Module is not attached to a
stack but is powered using the auxiliary 24v input this parameter will indicate FALSE.

Stack Pcode 1109 Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info NEVER

The product code string that may be used to order an equivalent Power Stack.

Stack Serial No 1258 Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info NEVER

The serial number of the Power Control Card, (part of the Power Stack assembly).

Control Module Pcode 1116 Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info NEVER

The product code string that may be used to order an equivalent Control Module, excluding options.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-60 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Control Module Serial 0977 Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info NEVER

The serial number of the Control Module.

Comms Option Pcode 1121 Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info NEVER

The product code string that may be used to order an equivalent Communications Option, (only visible when a Communications Option
is selected).

Comms Option Serial 1129 Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info NEVER

The serial number of the fitted Communications Option, (only visible when a Communications Option is selected).

IO Option Pcode 1125 Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info NEVER

The product code string that may be used to order an equivalent IO Option, (only visible when an IO Option is selected).

IO Option Serial No 1134 Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info NEVER

The serial number of the fitted IO Option, (only visible when an IO Option is selected).

IO Option SW Version 1254 Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info NEVER

For intellilgent IO options this parameter shows the version of the firmware running in the option.

Drive Diagnostic 0688 Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info 0:OK NEVER

1:STACK NOT CONNECTED
2:STACK DATA CORRUPT
3:UNKNOWN STACK
4:STACK MISMATCH

Indicates the health of the drive configuration. When the drive configuration includes a mutually conflicting requirement, this parameter
indicates the problem; for example, it attempting to run in Closed Loop Vector control mode when no feedback option is configured.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-61
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Product Code Flags 1551 Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info NEVER

Manufacturing flags byte read from the power electronics stack.

Bit 0 When set, indicates that the dynamic brake switch power electronics is fitted. On larger frame sizes the brake switch is a
factory fit option. On frames C,D,E,F and G this bit is ignored.
Bit 1 – 7 Reserved

Manufacturing Flags 1636 Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info NEVER

Manufacturing flags word read from the control module.

Bit 0 When set, indicates that the drive is a special build.
Bits 1 – 15 Reserved

OEM ID 1256 Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info NEVER

A 16-bit integer set in the factory, that identifies the equipment manufacturer. This may be used to lock or tailor an application to a
given manufacturer. To obtain a unique ID apply to Parker Hannifin Electomechanical Drives Business Unit.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-62 Parameter Reference
Encoder
Setup::Inputs and Outputs::Option
Monitor::Inputs and Outputs
Parameters::Option IO::Encoder

This feature allows you to setup and monitor the operation of the Encoder.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Encoder Supply 1511 Setup::Inputs and Outputs::Option 0 0:5 V STOPPED

Parameters::Option IO::Encoder 1:12 V
2:15 V
3:24 V

Allows the user to select the correct supply voltage for the pulse encoder.

Encoder Lines 1512 Same as PNO 1511 2048 1 to 100000 STOPPED

The number of lines per one encoder revolution, as required by the encoder in use. Incorrect setting of this parameter will result in an
erroneous speed measurement.

Encoder Invert 1513 Same as PNO 1511 FALSE STOPPED

Reverses the encoder direction if set to TRUE. The encoder direction needs to be correct if encoder feedback is used to control the
motor in vector mode. The autotune identifies whether the parameter is in the correct state required to control the motor, and changes
it if necessary. It is possible to do this manually, by attempting to run the motor, and changing the parameter if necessary until the
motor is controlled correctly.

Encoder Type 1514 Same as PNO 1511 0 0:QUADRATURE STOPPED

1:CLOCK/DIRECTION

Normally the encoder type will be quadrature. Exceptionally, e.g. if a proximity sensor or other pulse train is used, it needs to be clock /
direction type.

Encoder Single Ended 1515 Same as PNO 1511 FALSE STOPPED

If set to TRUE this parameter informs the encoder option card to expect just A and B from the encoder, not differential /A and /B.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-63
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Encoder Speed 1516 Monitor::Inputs and Outputs x. Min to Max RPM NEVER
Parameters::Option IO::Encoder

The speed measured by the encoder, in revolutions per minute.

Encoder Count Reset 1517 Same as PNO 1511 FALSE ALWAYS

If set to TRUE resets the encoder count.

Encoder Count Init 1783 Parameters::Option IO::Encoder TRUE ALWAYS

If set to TRUE the encoder count is reset to zero when the drive powers up.

Encoder Count 1518 Same as PNO 1516 Min to Max NEVER

This parameter shows the encoder count, which is a 32 bit counter that will increment and decrement with the encoder pulses, up to
2^31 or down to -2^31.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-64 Parameter Reference
Energy Meter
Monitor::Energy Meter
Parameters::Motor Control::Energy Meter
This feature measures the electrical energy used by the motor.
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Power kW 0380 Monitor::Energy Meter x.xx 0.00 to 1000000.00 kW NEVER

Parameters::Motor Control::Energy Meter

This diagnostic shows the power being delivered to the load in kilowatts.

Power HP 0381 Same as PNO 380 x.xx 0.00 to 1000000.00 HP NEVER

This diagnostic shows the power being delivered to the load in horsepower.

Reactive Power 0382 Same as PNO 380 x.xx 0.00 to 1000000.00 kVAr NEVER

This diagnostic shows the reactive power being delivered to the load in kilo volt-amperes reactive.

Energy kWh 0383 Same as PNO 380 x.xx 0.00 to 10000000.00 kWh NEVER

This diagnostic shows the total energy consumed by the load in kilowatt hours.

Power Factor Est 0385 Same as PNO 380 x.xx 0.00 to 1.00 NEVER

This diagnostic shows the power factor estimate (between 0 and 1).

Power Factor Angle Est 0386 Parameters::Motor Control::Energy x.xx 0.00 to 90.00 deg NEVER
Meter

This diagnostic shows the power factor angle estimate.

Reset Energy Meter 0389 Parameters::Motor Control::Energy FALSE ALWAYS

Meter

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-65
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

When Reset Energy Meter is set to TRUE, the Energy KWh parameter is reset to zero automatically when the maximum value is
reached.
When Reset Energy Meter is set to FALSE, the Energy KWh parameter is held at the maximum value when the maximum value has
been reached
Changing this from FALSE to TRUE at anytime will cause the Energy KWh parameter to be reset to zero.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-66 Parameter Reference
EtherCAT Option
Monitor::Communications::Option
Setup::Communications::Option
Parameters::Option Comms::Comms
Parameters::Option Comms::Read Process
Parameters::Option Comms::Write Process
Parameters::Option Comms::Event
Parameters::Option Comms::EtherCAT

Refer to EtherCAT Technical Manual HA501938U001

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-67
Ethernet
Monitor::Communications::Base Ethernet
Setup::Communications::Base Ethernet
Parameters::Base Comms::Ethernet

Refer to Chapter 8 Ethernet

EtherNet IP Adapter
Setup::Communications:: Base EtherNet IP
Monitor::Communications::Base Ethernet IP
Parameters::Base Comms::Ethernet IP Adapter

Refer to Appendix A

EtherNet IP Option
Monitor::Communications::Option
Setup::Communications::Option
Parameters::Option Comms::Comms
Parameters::Option Comms::Read Process
Parameters::Option Comms::Write Process
Parameters::Option Comms::Event
Parameters::Option Comms::Option Ethernet
Parameters::Option Comms::EtherNet IP

Refer to EtherNet IP Technical Manual HA501842U001

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-68 Parameter Reference
Fan Control
Parameters::Motor Control::Fan Control

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Force Fan On 0113 Parameters::Motor Control::Fan FALSE

ALWAYS
Control

Turns the main cooling fan on.

Functional Description
The purpose of this parameter is to turn the fan on when it would otherwise not be running. This may be useful to stir air in an enclosure if the drive
has been idle for an extended period of time. Stiring air can help to reduce condensation in an enclosure.
The fan will always turn on independently of “Force Fan On” if the drive heatsink is hot or if the drive is running. In this case the fan will continue to
run for one minute after the drive has stopped and the heatsink is cool. This mode of operation over-rides the “Force Fan On” parameter.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-69
Feedbacks
Parameters::Motor Control::Feedbacks

The Feedbacks feature allows you to view speed feedback and motor current related diagnostics.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Duty Selection 0390 Setup::Motor Control::Control and Type 1 0:HEAVY DUTY STOPPED
Parameters::Motor Control::Feedbacks 1:NORMAL DUTY

Heavy Duty ( typically 150%, 60s).

Normal Duty allowing higher continuous ratings with less overload capability ( typically 110%, 60s).
% are related to the Drive/stack ratings.
For example, a 12A drive ( @4kHz ) under Normal Duty becomes a 10A drive ( @4kHz) under Heavy Duty

DC Link Voltage 0392 Monitor::Motor and Drive x. 0 to 1000 V NEVER

Monitor::Regen Control
Parameters::Motor Control::Feedbacks

This shows the voltage across the dc link capacitors.

Actual Speed RPM 0393 Monitor::Motor and Drive x.xx -100000.00 to 100000.00 RPM NEVER
Parameters::Motor Control::Feedbacks

This parameter changes according to the Control Strategy:

• In Vector Control mode the parameter shows the calculated mechanical speed of the motor shaft in rpm.
• In Volts-Hertz Control mode the parameter shows motor synchronous speed in rpm.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-70 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Actual Speed rps 0394 Same as PNO 393 x.xx -1500.00 to 1500.00 rev/s NEVER

This parameter changes according to the Control Strategy:

• In Vector Control mode the parameter shows the calculated mechanical speed of the motor shaft in revolutions per second.
• In Volts-Hertz Control mode, the parameter shows the motor synchronous speed in revolutions per second.

Actual Speed Percent 0395 Same as PNO 393 x.xx -200.00 to 200.00 % NEVER

This parameter changes according to the Control Strategy

• In Vector Control mode the parameter shows the calculated mechanical speed of the motor shaft as a percentage of the user
maximum speed setting (100% Speed in RPM in the Scale Setpoint function).
• In Volts-Hertz Control mode, the parameter shows the electrical drive output frequency as a percentage of the user maximum
speed setting (100% Speed in RPM in the Scale Setpoint function).

Actual Position 1213 Same as PNO 393 x.x -180.0 to 180.0 deg NEVER

This parameter is visible when the system ir run in Vector Control Mode with a feedback selected.
This parameter is the feedback position in degrees ( the feedback is selected in the Control Mode menu )

DC Link Volt Filtered 0396 Same as PNO 393 x. 0 to 1000 V NEVER

This shows the filtered voltage across the dc link capacitors.

DC Link Volts Trim 0119 Parameters::Motor Control::Feedbacks 0 -20 to 20 V ALWAYS

Specifies a trim to add to the DC Link voltage feedback. This is useful when it is necessary for all the drives in a system to read exactly
the same DC Link voltage.

id 0397 Parameters::Motor Control::Feedbacks x.x -600.0 to 600.0 % NEVER

Current in the flux axis (Vector Control)

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-71
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

iq 0398 Parameters::Motor Control::Feedbacks x.x -600.0 to 600.0 % NEVER

Current in the torque axis (Vector Control)

Actual Torque 0399 Same as PNO 393 x.x -600.0 to 600.0 % NEVER

Calculated torque, based on the Iq current.

Actual Field Current 0400 Same as PNO 393 x.x -200.0 to 200.0 % NEVER

Calculated field, based on the Id current.

Motor Current Percent 0401 Same as PNO 393 x.x 0.0 to 600.0 % NEVER

This diagnostic shows the level of rms line current being drawn from the drive as a percentage of the rated current of the relevant
motor definition.

Motor Current 0402 Same as PNO 393 x.x 0.0 to 2000.0 A NEVER

This diagnostic shows the level of rms line current in Amps being drawn from the Drive.

100% Stack Current A 0403 Parameters::Motor Control::Feedbacks x.x 0.0 to 2000.0 A NEVER

This diagnostic indicates the stack rating in Amps. This reduces as a function of pwm switching frequency.

Stack Current (%) 0404 Parameters::Motor Control::Feedbacks x. 0 to 500 % NEVER

Stack current percentage.

Motor Terminal Volts 0405 Same as PNO 393 x. 0 to 1000 V NEVER

Volts between motor phases in Vrms.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-72 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

CM Temperature 0406 Same as PNO 393 x.x -25.0 to 200.0 °C NEVER

Temperature of Control Module in o Centigrade.

Heatsink Temperature 0407 Same as PNO 393 x.x -25.0 to 200.0 °C NEVER

Power stack heatsink temperature in o Centigrade.

Elec Rotor Speed 0408 Parameters::Motor Control::Feedbacks x.x -1500.0 to 1500.0 Hz NEVER

Mechanical speed (shaft speed in rev/s) x number of motor pole pairs. This parameter is not filtered.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-73
Fieldbus Mapping
Parameters::Base Comms::Fieldbus Mapping

Refer to Appendix A

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-74 Parameter Reference
Filter On Torque Dmd
Parameters::Motor Control::Filter On Torque Dmd

This feature allows to select the type of filter applied to the Torque setpoint:
- Either the output of the speed loop PI corrector if the speed loop is active
- Or the torque Setpoint .
Speed or
Torque Control

Torque Setpoint

Torque Limits

Filter On
Torque
Dmd Torque Demand

Speed Demand

PI Controller
Speed Feedback

The general structure of the filter is given below :

X(n) Y(n)

a0
Z-1

-b1 Z-1 a1

-b2 a2

a0 + a1.z −1 + a2 .z −2
H ( z) = or 𝑦𝑦𝑛𝑛 = a0 ⋅ xn + a1 ⋅ xn −1 + a2 ⋅ xn − 2 − b1 ⋅ yn −1 − b1 ⋅ yn − 2
1 + b1.z −1 + b2 .z − 2

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-75
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Filter Type 1544 Parameters::Motor Control::Filter On 0 0:NONE ALWAYS

Torque Dmd 1:MAX ATTENUATION
2:MINIMUM PHASE
3:PHASE ADVANCE
4:NOTCH

NONE : no filter applied – no parameter selection

MAX ATTENUATION : First Order Low Pass Filter (Butterworth form). 3dB attenuation frequency given by Cut Off Frequency.
1 a0 + a1 z −1
H (s) = H ( z −1 ) =
1+τ ⋅ s 1 + b1.z −1

MINIMUM PHASE : First Order Low Pass Fitler (similar to preceeding, but with less phase shift and less efficient roll off
characteristics). 3dB attenuation frequency given by Cut Off Frequency.
1 a0
H (s) = H ( z −1 ) =
1+τ ⋅ s 1 + b1.z −1

PHASE ADVANCE : Gives a phase advance between Frequency 1 and Frequency 2.

1+τ1 ⋅ s a0 + a1 z −1
H (s) = H (z ) =
−1

1+τ 2 ⋅ s 1 + b1.z −1

NOTCH : Zero transmission notch at a frequency given by Cut Off Frequency. The damping factor is given by Factor.
s2
1+
s +ω
2 2
ω2 a0 + a1 z −1 + a 2 ⋅ z − 2
H ( s ) = 1. = H ( z −1 ) =
s 2 + 2ξωs + ω 2 s s2 1 + b1.z −1 + b2 ⋅ z − 2
1 + 2ξ +
ω ω2

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-76 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Cut Off Frequency 1545 Parameters::Motor Control::Filter On 2000 20 to 6000 Hz ALWAYS

Torque Dmd

3dB attenuation frequency if Filter Type is MAX ATTENUATION or MINIMUM PHASE

Frequency of Zero transmission if Filter Type is NOTCH

Frequency 1 1546 Parameters::Motor Control::Filter On 2000 20 to 6000 Hz ALWAYS

Torque Dmd

Frequency 1 if Filter Type is PHASE ADVANCE

Frequency 2 1547 Parameters::Motor Control::Filter On 2000 20 to 6000 Hz ALWAYS

Torque Dmd

Frequency 2 if Filter Type is PHASE ADVANCE

Factor 1548 Parameters::Motor Control::Filter On 0.20 0.10 to 1.00 ALWAYS

Torque Dmd

Damping factor if Filter Type is NOTCH

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-77
Flash File System
Parameters::Device Manager::Flash File System

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

NEVER
Free Space (kBytes) 1754 Parameters::Device Manager::Flash
File System

Indicates the remaning space available in the internal file system, (not on AC30V).

Functional Description
The internal file system on the AC30P / AC30D is primarily used to store the source code for applications. The total space available in 12MB.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-78 Parameter Reference
Fluxing VHz
Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz

Designed for VOLTS/Hz motor Control Mode.

This function allows user parameterisation of the conventional (volts/hertz) fluxing strategy of the Drive. This is achieved through three flexible Volts-
to-frequency templates. Starting torque performance can also be tailored through the Fixed Boost, Acceleration Boost and Auto Boost
parameters.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

VHz Shape 0422 Setup::Motor Control::Control and Type 0 0:LINEAR LAW STOPPED
Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz 1:FAN LAW
2:USER DEFINED
3:APPLICATION DEFINED

Type of volts to frequency template to flux the motor. The choices for this parameter are:
Enumerated Value : VHz Shape
0 : LINEAR LAW This gives a constant flux characteristic up to the Base Frequency (see Motor Nameplate function).
1 : FAN LAW This gives a quadratic flux characteristic up to the Base Frequency. This matches the load requirement for fan
and most pump applications
2 : USER DEFINED This gives a user defined flux characteristic up to the Base Frequency.
3 : APPLICATION DEFINED This gives a user the ability to set up and apply fluxing law from the application layer.
V/F SHAPE

CONSTANT CONSTANT
OUTPUT VOLTS TORQUE POWER RANGE
RANGE (field weakening)
100%

LINEAR

QUADRATIC LAW

FREQUENCY
fB fB
= BASE FREQUENCY

Fixed Boost 0447 Same as PNO 422 0.0 0.0 to 25.0 % ALWAYS

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-79
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

This parameter allows for no-load stator resistance voltage drop compensation. This correctly fluxes the motor (under no-load
conditions) at low output frequencies, thereby increasing available motor torque. Fixed boost can be set in addition to auto boost and
acceleration boost.

100%

BOOST = 10%

0
f BASE FREQUENCY

Auto Boost 0448 Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz 0.0 0.0 to 25.0 % ALWAYS

This parameter allows for load dependent stator resistance voltage drop compensation. This correctly fluxes the motor (under load
conditions) at low output frequencies, thereby increasing available motor torque. Auto Boost can be set in addition to Fixed Boost.
The value of the Auto Boost parameter determines level of additional volts supplied to the motor for 100% load.
Setting the value of auto boost too high can cause the Drive to enter current limit. If this occurs, the Drive will be unable to ramp up in
speed. Reducing the value of auto boost will eliminate this problem.

Acceleration Boost 0450 Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz 0.0 0.0 to 25.0 % ALWAYS

Additional amount of fixed boost when the drive is accelerating.

Energy Saving Enable 0451 Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz FALSE ALWAYS

Enable/Disable energy saving mode to minimize energy consumption.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-80 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

VHz User Freq 0423 Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz % STOPPED

Array of user defined frequency for V/f control

VHz User Volts 0435 Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz 0.0 to 100.0 % STOPPED

Array of VHz User Volts for V/f control

Application User Boost 1633 Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz 0.00 0.00 to 25.00 % ALWAYS

User boost for V/Hz control from application

Application Volts 1549 Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz 0.00 0.00 to 150.00 % ALWAYS

Volts for V/Hz control, if fluxing law is done in the application

Energy Saving Lower Lim 1526 Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz 0.00 0.00 to 1.00 ALWAYS

Energy Saving Lower Limit for application defined fluxing

Vsd Demand 0453 Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz x.x % NEVER

The amount of voltage applied in the direct or flux axis

Vsq Demand 0454 Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz x.x % NEVER

The amount of voltage applied in the quadrature or torque axis

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-81
Functional Description

BASE FREQUENCY
AUTO BOOST
LOAD FILTER

MEASURED
LOAD

V/F SHAPE
ENERGY SAVING

DRIVE LINEAR LAW

FREQUENCY DEMANDED
VOLTS

FAN LAW
ACCELERTN BOOST BASE VOLTS

(x,y) FIXED BOOST

USER DEFINED

(x,y)

APPLICATION DEFINED

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-82 Parameter Reference
V/F Shape
The function allows the user to parameterise the Drive’s conventional V/F motor fluxing scheme. Four V/F shapes are available, LINEAR LAW, FAN
LAW, USER DEFINED, and APPLICATION DEFINED:
♦ Linear Law V/F shape should be used in applications requiring constant motor torque though out the speed range (e.g. machine tools or
hoists).
♦ Fan Law V/F shape provides less torque capabilities for lower speeds, which means some energy savings can be achieved for fan or
pump applications when they operate at lower speed/load setpoints. When choosing fan law shape the user should carefully consider if
such profile is suitable for the overall load cycle of their application.
♦ User Defined V/F shape provides a method for the user to define any profile. 10 user definable (x,y) points are provided. Linear
interpolation is used between each point. The drive also assumes the following points - (0%,0%) and (100%,100%) - though these may
be overridden. For example, (USER FREQ 1 = 0%, USER VOLTAGE 1 = 5%) takes precedence over (0%, 0%).
♦ Application Defined V/F shape provides a method for the user to define any fluxing profile within the application layer. In the application
the user can set desired voltage level for any operating frequency, and the application will dynamically provide that value to the
firmware, via the “Application Volts” parameter. If this mode is used, it is recommended that such application is executed in 1ms time
frame.
For any of these V/F shapes the Base Frequency parameter (in the Motor Nameplate function) which is the value of Drive output frequency at
which maximum output volts is provided, can be set by the user.
Boost Parameters
♦ Correct no-load motor fluxing at low Drive output frequencies can be achieved by setting the Fixed Boost parameter.
♦ Correct motor fluxing under load conditions is achieved by setting the Auto Boost parameter. The motor is correctly fluxed when the
Actual Field Current diagnostic in the Feedbacks function reads 100.0% .
♦ Additional Fixed Boost can be applied during acceleration by setting the Acceleration Boost parameter. This can be useful for starting
heavy/high stiction loads.
Saving Energy
An Energy Saving mode is provided to allow the user to choose to optimize energy consumption under low load conditions in steady state. As soon
as the load is increased or acceleration is required, the drive suspends energy saving mode, and returns to it only if the load conditions are such that
it is allowed to do so. If enabled, energy saving mode is reducing the voltage of the motor to a level required to maintain specific setpoint speed at a
particular low load. For sustained low load conditions it is not necessary to keep the motor fluxed for rated torque capabilities, so the motor voltage is
reduced to a level that will still provide required torque, but not much more torque. This operation on the cusp of required torque is also the biggest
weakness of energy saving mode. Energy saving procedure does monitor torque demand and as soon as it detects its rise the drive switches from
energy saving mode to normal mode of operation. However, sudden increases in load may be too quick to be dealt with by energy saving mode,
and may lead to stall or trip conditions. This will occur if the time to correctly re-flux the motor takes longer than the time of load increase, when there
can be a window of time when the motor is simply not able to generate sufficient torque necessary for the new, increased load conditions. For this
reason the user has to be very careful when choosing to utilize energy saving mode.
Energy saving mode should ideally be used in applications where there are prolonged periods of low load operation, with no fast excursions towards
rated torque. The user always has to be certain that the overall load cycle for their application would still be correctly serviced if the energy saving
mode is enabled, and that energy saving mode is not being incorrectly used at the expence of required performance.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-83
Flycatching
Parameters::Motor Control::Flycatching
Only available if IM MOTOR selected in Control Mode

This feature performs a directional speed search. It allows the Drive to seamlessly catch a spinning motor before controlling the motor to the desired
setpoint. This is especially useful for large inertia fan loads, where drafts in building air ducts can cause a fan to `windmill’.
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

VHz Flying Start Enable 0310 Parameters::Motor Control::Flycatching FALSE ALWAYS

Enable flycatching in V/Hz control mode when TRUE

VC Flying Start Enable 0311 Parameters::Motor Control::Flycatching FALSE ALWAYS

Enable flycatching in Vector control mode when TRUE

Flying Start Mode 0312 Parameters::Motor Control::Flycatching 0 0:ALWAYS ALWAYS

1:TRIP OR POWER UP
2:TRIP

Mode of operation - V/Hz control

Search Mode 0313 Parameters::Motor Control::Flycatching 0 0:BIDIRECTIONAL ALWAYS

1:UNIDIRECTION

The type of speed search carried out by the flycatching sequence.

Search Volts 0314 Parameters::Motor Control::Flycatching 9.0 0.0 to 100.0 % ALWAYS

Only under VHz control

The percentage level of the search volts applied to the motor during the speed search phase of the flycatching sequence. Increasing
this parameter improves the accuracy of the discovered motor speed but increases the braking influence of the speed search on the
rotating motor.

Search Boost 0315 Parameters::Motor Control::Flycatching 40.0 0.0 to 50.0 % ALWAYS

Only under VHz control

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-84 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable
The level of search boost applied to the motor during the speed search phase of the flycatching sequence.

Search Time 0316 Parameters::Motor Control::Flycatching 5.000 0.100 to 60.000 s ALWAYS

Only under VHz Control

The search rate during the speed search phase of the flycatching sequence. Performing the flycatching speed search too quickly can
cause the drive to inaccurately identify the motor speed. Refluxing at an inaccurate motor speed can cause the drive to trip on
overvoltage. If this occurs, increasing this parameter will reduce the risk of tripping.

Min Search Speed 0317 Parameters::Motor Control::Flycatching 5 0 to 500 Hz ALWAYS

Only under VHz Control

The lowest search speed before the speed search phase of the flycatching sequence is considered to have failed.

Flying Reflux Time 0318 Parameters::Motor Control::Flycatching 3.000 0.100 to 10.000 s ALWAYS

Only under VHz Control

The rate of rise of volts from the search level to the working level after a successful speed search. Refluxing the motor too quickly can
cause the Drive to trip on either overvoltage or overcurrent. In either case, increasing this parameter will reduce the risk of tripping.

Functional Description
The flycatching function enables the drive to be restarted smoothly into a spinning motor. It applies small search voltages to the motor whilst ramping
the Drive frequency from maximum speed to zero. When the motor load goes from motoring to regenerating, the speed search has succeeded and
is terminated. If the search frequency falls below the minimum search speed, the speed search has failed and the Drive will ramp to the speed
setpoint from zero.
The flycatching sequence can be triggered by different starting conditions:

ALWAYS: All starts (after controlled or uncontrolled stop, or after a power-up)

TRIP or POWER-UP: After uncontrolled stop, i.e. trip or coast, or after a power-up
TRIP: After uncontrolled stop, i.e. trip or coast

The type of speed sequence may be Bi-directional or Unidirectional:

Bi-directional
Initially, the search is performed in the direction of the speed setpoint. If the drive fails to identify the motor speed in this direction, a second speed
search is performed in the reverse direction.

Unidirectional
The search is performed only in the direction of the speed setpoint.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-85
General Purpose IO
Monitor::Inputs and Outputs
Parameters::Option IO::General Purpose IO
The General Purpose IO parameters configure the use of the four IO Options. This group of parameters is only visible when an IO Option is selected.
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Monitor::Inputs and Outputs

Anin 11 Value 1181
Parameters::Option IO::General Purpose
x.xx -100.00 to 100.00 % NEVER
IO

(Terminal X21.2) - The input value expressed as a percentage of range, (+/- 100%), following Offset and Scale.

Anin 12 Value 1182 Same as PNO 1181 x.xx -100.00 to 100.00 % NEVER

(Terminal X21.3) - The input value expressed as a percentage of range, (+/- 100%), following Offset and Scale.

Anin 13 Value 1183 Same as PNO 1181 x.xx -100.00 to 100.00 % NEVER

(Terminal X21.4) - The input value expressed as a percentage of range, (+/- 100%), following Offset and Scale.

Setup::Inputs and Outputs::Option

Anin 11 Offset 1461
Parameters::Option IO::General Purpose
0.00 Min to Max % ALWAYS
IO

The offset is expressed as a percentage of the hardware range. For example an offset of 10% is equivalent to 1V on the input.
The offset is added to the measured value.

Anin 11 Scale 1462 Same as PNO 1461 1.0000 Min to Max ALWAYS

The scale is a simple multiplication factor. The input voltage is converted to a percentage value. 1461 Anin 11 Offset is added and the
result is multiplied by Scale. The result is presented in parameter 1181 Anin 11 Value.

Anin 12 Offset 1463 Same as PNO 1461 0.00 Min to Max % ALWAYS

The offset is expressed as a percentage of the hardware range. For example an offset of 10% is equivalent to 1V on the input.
The offset is added to the measured value.

Anin 12 Scale 1464 Same as PNO 1461 1.0000 Min to Max ALWAYS

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-86 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

The scale is a simple multiplication factor. The input voltage is converted to a percentage value. 1463 Anin 12 Offset is added and the
result is multiplied by Scale. The result is presented in parameter 1182 Anin 12 Value.

Anin 13 Offset 1465 Same as PNO 1461 0.00 Min to Max % ALWAYS

The offset is expressed as a percentage of the hardware range. For example an offset of 10% is equivalent to 1V on the input.
The offset is added to the measured value.

Anin 13 Scale 1466 Same as PNO 1461 1.0000 Min to Max ALWAYS

The scale is a simple multiplication factor. The input voltage is converted to a percentage value. 1465 Anin 13 Offset is added and the
result is multiplied by Scale. The result is presented in parameter 1183 Anin 13 Value.

Parameters::Option IO::General Purpose

RTC Trim 1187
IO
0 -40 to 40 ALWAYS

A trim value that may be used to speed up or slow down the Real Time Clock on the IO option. A positive trim value will cause the RTC
to run faster, an negative value causes the RTC to run slower. Refer to the AC30V General Purpose I/O Option manual for more
details.
Once programmed, the RTC trim affects the operation of the RTC both in battery backed up mode and normal running mode.

Analog input Scale and Offset

The input signal is converted to a percentage of the hardware range, that is -10V…10V is represented as -100 to 100%. The Offset is then added to
this input and the result of this is multiplied by the Scale factor. The result is presented in the Value parameter.

Offset % Scale

Input
-100...100%
+ x Value

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-87
Graphical Keypad
Setup::Environment
Parameters::Keypad::Graphical Keypad
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

View Level 1141 Parameters::Keypad::Graphical Keypad 1 Same as PNO 945 ALWAYS

The view level may be used as a convenient method to hide menus and parameters not currently required. The view levels are:
0. Operator – only the “Control Screen”, “Favourites”, “Setup” and “Monitor” menus are visible.
1. Technician – additional menus are visible in the “Setup” and “Monitor” menus
2. Engineer – the “Parameters” menu is visible in addition to the above.

0982 80000000
Startup Page Setup::Environment ALWAYS
Parameters::Keypad::Graphical Keypad

On power-up the GKP briefly displays the drive name, rating and software version. After a short timeout the display automatically
changes to the menu defined here. To set Startup Page, navigate to the position in the menu structure that is required, then press and
hold the centre blue OK key for about 4 seconds, until the message “Startup Page” is shown.
The following special cases are defined for compatibility with previous versions of firmware.
80000000 Default
80000001 Control Screen
80000002 Favourites
80000003 Monitor
When Startup Page is set to “Default” the first menu will be:
• The “Control Screen” menu if the drive is in local sequencing mode, otherwise
• The “Favourites” menu if the Favourites menu is not empty, otherwise
• The “Monitor” menu.

Display Timeout 0983 Same as PNO 982 0.000 0.000 to 86400.000 s ALWAYS

When the GKP is idle, (no keys pressed), for a period longer than the Display Timeout, the display will automatically revert to the
menu defined in the Startup Page parameter.
Setting the Display Timeout to zero defeats this feature.

GKP Password 1142 Setup::Environment 0000 ALWAYS

Parameters::Keypad::Graphical Keypad

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-88 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Defines the password to be entered to allow modification to parameters using the GKP. This password does not affect access via the
web page. A value of 0000, (the default value), inhibits the password feature. Entering a value other than 0000 causes the GKP to
prompt for the password before proceeding to the parameter edit mode.
Once a password has been entered the GKP remains unlocked. To re-lock the password return to the top of the menu tree then press
Soft Key 1.

Password in Favourite 1097 Parameters::Keypad::Graphical Keypad FALSE ALWAYS

When the GKP Password is active this parameter may be used to selectively defeat the password feature in the Favourites menu. By
default this parameter is FALSE, meaning that the password is ignored when modifying Favourites parameters.

Password in Local 1098 Parameters::Keypad::Graphical Keypad FALSE ALWAYS

When the GKP Password is active this parameter may be used to selectively defeat the password feature in the Control Screen menu.
By default this parameter is FALSE, meaning that the password is ignored when modifying the Local Setpoint and other related
parameters.

Technician Password 1099 Parameters::Keypad::Graphical Keypad 0000 ALWAYS

The password required to change from Operator View level to Technician View Level. If this is zero then no password is required.

Engineer Password 1637 Parameters::Keypad::Graphical Keypad 0000 ALWAYS

The password required to change from Operator or Technician View level to Engineer View Level. If this is zero then no password is
required.

Version 1143 Parameters::Keypad::Graphical Keypad NEVER

Indicates the firmware version of the attached GKP.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-89
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

1794 ALWAYS
Soft Key 2 Mode Parameters::Keypad::Graphical Keypad 0 0:LOCAL / REMOTE
1:FORWARD / REVERSE
2:CUSTOM

Configures the use of Soft Key 2 when the GKP is being used to navigate through menus or parameters. When the GKP is being used
to edit a parameter, or is showing the Welcome page the use of Soft Key 2 is pre-defined, as detailed in section 7.
• LOCAL / REMOTE: The key may be used to change the sequencing mode of the drive. When 1253 Local/Rem Key Active is
FALSE this feature is disabled.
• FORWARD / REVERSE: The key may be used to change the direction of rotation of the drive. The icon shown above the icon
indicates the direction that will be selected on pressing the key. This setting only applies in Local sequencing mode and when 1255
Local Dir Key Active is TRUE.
• CUSTOM: The key may be used to toggle 1795 Soft Key 2 Value. The icon shown above the soft key indicates the
present state of this parameter.

1795 FALSE ALWAYS

Soft Key 2 Value Parameters::Keypad::Graphical Keypad

A parameter that is driven by Soft Key 2 when 1794 Soft Key 2 Mode is set to CUSTOM. This may be used within the configuration to
allow keypad driven functionality.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-90 Parameter Reference
Induction Motor Data
Setup::Motor Control::Induction Motor Data
Parameters::Motor Control::Induction Motor Data

Only available if IM MOTOR selected in Control Mode

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Magnetising Current 0568 Parameters::Motor Control::Induction 1.00 0.00 to 10000.00 A ALWAYS

Motor Data

The no load current of the induction motor, defined as rotor flux / magnetising inductance, usually given the title "imr".

Rotor Time Constant 0569 Parameters::Motor Control::Induction 0.100 0.005 to 100.000 s ALWAYS
Motor Data

Induction Motor rotor time constant.

Leakage Inductance 0570 Parameters::Motor Control::Induction 1.000 0.000 to 1000.000 mH ALWAYS

Motor Data

Induction motor leakage inductance. Displayed as star or delta equivalent value according to "Per Phase Parameters" setting.

Stator Resistance 0571 Parameters::Motor Control::Induction 0.0000 0.0000 to 100.0000 Ohm ALWAYS
Motor Data

Induction motor stator resistance. Displayed as star or delta equivalent value according to "Per Phase Parameters" setting.

Stator Resistance 0571 Parameters::Motor Control::Induction 0.0000 0.0000 to 100.0000 Ohm ALWAYS
Motor Data

Induction motor rotor resistance. Displayed as an interim “by-product” of stationary autotune procedure. Not used in control functions.

Mutual Inductance 0572 Parameters::Motor Control::Induction 100.00 0.00 to 10000.00 mH ALWAYS

Motor Data

Induction motor mutual inductance. Displayed as star or delta equivalent value according to "Per Phase Parameters" setting.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-91
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Stator Resistance 0571 Parameters::Motor Control::Induction 0.0000 0.0000 to 100.0000 Ohm ALWAYS
Motor Data

Induction motor wiring direction of the motor phases.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-92 Parameter Reference
Inj Braking
Parameters::Motor Control::Inj Braking

Designed for VOLTS/Hz Motor Control Mode.

The injection braking feature provides a method of stopping spinning induction motors without returning the kinetic energy of the motor and load
back in to the dc link of the Drive. This is achieved by running the motor highly inefficiently so that all the energy stored in the load is dissipated in the
motor. Thus, high inertia loads can be stopped without the need for an external dynamic braking resistor.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

DC Inj Deflux Time 0324 Parameters::Motor Control::Inj Braking 0.500 0.100 to 20.000 s ALWAYS

Motor defluxed duration before starting injection braking

DC Inj Frequency 0325 Parameters::Motor Control::Inj Braking 9 1 to 500 Hz ALWAYS

Max frequency applied to the motor

DC Inj Current Limit 0326 Parameters::Motor Control::Inj Braking 100.0 50.0 to 150.0 % ALWAYS

Motor current value

DC Pulse Time 0327 Parameters::Motor Control::Inj Braking 2.000 0.000 to 100.000 s ALWAYS

Duration of dc pulse for motor speed below 20% of base speed

Final DC Pulse Time 0328 Parameters::Motor Control::Inj Braking 1.000 0.000 to 10.000 s ALWAYS

Duration of the final dc holding pulse

DC Current Level 0329 Parameters::Motor Control::Inj Braking 3.0 0.0 to 25.0 % ALWAYS

Level of dc pulse applied

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-93
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

DC Inj Timeout 0330 Parameters::Motor Control::Inj Braking 90.000 0.000 to 600.000 s ALWAYS

Maximum time in the low frequency injection braking state

DC Inj Base Volts 0331 Parameters::Motor Control::Inj Braking 100.00 0.00 to 115.47 % ALWAYS

Maximum volts applied at base speed

Note: DC injection braking procedure has higher percentage of successful stoppages for the lower power range (frames D-G), than at higher power
range (frames H-K).

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-94 Parameter Reference
IO Configure
Setup::Inputs and Outputs
Parameters::Inputs And Outputs::IO Configure

These parameters are used to configure the input signal processing.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Anin 01 Type 0001 Setup::Inputs and Outputs::Base IO 0 0:-10..10 V ALWAYS

Parameters::Inputs And Outputs::IO 1:0..10 V
Configure 2:0..20 mA
3:4..20 mA

Analog input 1 is associated with terminal X11.1

The signal processing electronics for analog input 1 supports four input ranges.

Anin 01 Offset 0957 Setup::Inputs and Outputs::Base IO 0.00 Min to Max % ALWAYS
Parameters::Inputs And Outputs::IO
Configure

The offset is expressed as a percentage of the hardware range selected by 0001 Anin 01 Type. For example, with the 4..20mA range
an offset of 10% is equivalent to 1.6mA on the input.
The offset is added to the measured value.

Anin 01 Scale 0958 Same as PNO 957 1.0000 Min to Max ALWAYS

The scale is a simple multiplication factor. The input voltage or current is converted to a percentage value. 0957 Anin 01 Offset is
added and the result is multiplied by 0958 Anin 01 Scale. The result is presented in parameter 0039 Anin 01 Value.

Anin 02 Type 0002 Same as PNO 1 0 0:-10..10 V ALWAYS

1:0..10 V

Analog input 2 is associated with terminal X11.2

The signal processing electronics for analog input 2 supports two input ranges.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-95
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Anin 02 Offset 0959 Same as PNO 957 0.00 Min to Max % ALWAYS

The offset is expressed as a percentage of the hardware range selected by 0002 Anin 02 Type. For example, with the -10..10V range
an offset of 10% is equivalent to 1v on the input.
The offset is added to the measured value.

Anin 02 Scale 0960 Same as PNO 957 1.0000 Min to Max ALWAYS

The scale is a simple multiplication factor. The input voltage is converted to a percentage value. 0959 Anin 02 Offset is added and the
result is multiplied by 0960 Anin 02 Scale. The result is presented in parameter 0041 Anin 02 Value.

Anout 01 Type 0003 Same as PNO 1 0 0:-10..10 V ALWAYS

1:0..10 V
4:TORQUE OUT -10..10 V

Analog output 1 is associated with terminal X11.3

The signal processing electronics for analog output 1 supports two output ranges:
0. -10..10V
1. 0..10V
4. TORQUE OUT : output of the speed loop ( torque setpoint) directly feeding the analog output 1. No delay.

Anout 01 Scale 0686 Setup::Inputs and Outputs::Base IO 1.0000 Min to Max ALWAYS
Parameters::Inputs And Outputs::IO
Configure

The scale is a simple multiplication factor applied to 0042 Anout 01 Value.

Anout 01 Offset 1108 Setup::Inputs and Outputs::Base IO 0.00 Min to Max % ALWAYS
Parameters::Inputs And Outputs::IO
Configure

The offset is expressed as a percentage of the hardware range selected by 0003 Anout 01 Type. For example, with the -10..10V
range an offset of 10% is equivalent to 1v on the output.
The demand value 0042 Anout 01 Value is multiplied by 0686 Anout 01 Scale then added to the Offset. The resultant value is then
limited to -100 to 100%, (for the -10..10V type) or 0..100%, (for the 0..10V range).

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-96 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Anout 01 ABS 1441 Setup::Inputs and Outputs::Base IO FALSE ALWAYS

Parameters::Inputs And Outputs::IO
Configure

When ABS is set TRUE, the absolute value of the result of combining 0042 Anout 01 Value, 0686 Anout 01 Scale and
1108 Anout 01 Offset is used to drive the output electronics.

Anout 02 Type 0004 Same as PNO 1 1 1:0..10 V ALWAYS

2:0..20 mA
3:4..20 mA

Analog output 1 is associated with terminal X11.4

The signal processing electronics for analog output 2 supports the three output ranges

Anout 02 Scale 1460 Same as PNO 1441 1.0000 Min to Max ALWAYS

The scale is a simple multiplication factor applied to 0043 Anout 02 Value.

Anout 02 Offset 1467 Same as PNO 1441 0.00 Min to Max % ALWAYS

The offset is expressed as a percentage of the hardware range selected by 0004 Anout 02 Type. For example, with the 4..20mA
range an offset of 10% is equivalent to 1.6mA on the output.
The demand value 0043 Anout 02 Value is multiplied by 1460 Anout 02 Scale then added to the Offset. The resultant value is then
limited to 0..100%.

Anout 02 ABS 1468 Same as PNO 1441 FALSE ALWAYS

When ABS is set TRUE, the absolute value of the result of combining 0043 Anout 02 Value, 1460 Anout 02 Scale and
1467 Anout 02 Offset is used to drive the output electronics.

Digin Invert 1294 Setup::Inputs and Outputs::Base IO 0000 ALWAYS

Parameters::Inputs And Outputs::IO
Configure

Inverts all the digital inputs to the drive as a 16-bit word. The bits within the word may be accessed individually, or the entire word may
be accessed as a group.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-97
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable
Bit Signal name Terminal Comment PNO for individual bit access
0 Inv Digin 01 X13.2 1295
1 Inv Digin 02 X13.3 1296
2 Inv Digin 03 X13.4 1297
3 Inv Digin 04 X12.1 Common terminal with digital output 1 1298
4 Inv Digin 05 X12.2 Common terminal with digital output 2 1299
5 Inv Digin 06 X12.3 Common terminal with digital output 3 1300
6 Inv Digin 07 X12.4 Common terminal with digital output 4 1301
7 Inv STO Inactive X10 1302
8 Inv Digin 11 X20.1 GPIO option 1303
9 Inv Digin 12 X20.2 GPIO option 1304
10 Inv Digin 13 X20.3 GPIO option 1305
11 Inv Digin 14 X20.4 GPIO option 1306
12 Inv Run Key - GKP Run key pressed* 1307
13 Inv Not Stop Key - GKP Stop key not pressed* 1308
14 Inv Stop Key - GKP Stop key pressed* 1309

Digout Invert 1335 Setup::Inputs and Outputs::Base IO 0000 ALWAYS

Parameters::Inputs And Outputs::IO
Configure

Inverts the digital outputs from the drive as a 16-bit word. The bits within the word may be accessed individually, or the entire word may
be accessed as a group.
Bit Signal Name Terminal Comment PNO for individual bit access
0 Inv Digout 01 X12.1 Common terminal with digital input 4 1336
1 Inv Digout 02 X12.2 Common terminal with digital input 5 1337
2 Inv Digout 03 X12.3 Common terminal with digital input 6 1338
3 Inv Digout 04 X12.4 Common terminal with digital input 7 1339
4 Inv Relay 01 X14.1&2 1340
5 Inv Relay 02 X14.3&4 1341
8 Inv Digout 11 X20.1 GPIO option 1344
9 Inv Digout 12 X20.2 GPIO option 1345
10 Inv Digout 13 X20.3 GPIO option 1346
11 Inv Digout 14 X20.4 GPIO option 1347
14 Inv Relay 11 X23.1 & 2 GPIO option 1350
15 Inv Relay 12 X23.3 & 4 GPIO option 1351

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-98 Parameter Reference
Functional Description
The values associated with each terminal are shown in the IO Values parameter (D-61).
Analog input
The input signal is converted to a percentage of the selected hardware range. For the -10V…10V range the input is represented as -100 to 100%, for
all other ranges the input is represented as 0 to 100%. The Offset value is then added to this input and the result of this is multiplied by the scale
factor. The result is presented in the Value parameter.

Offset % Scale

+ x
Input
0...100%
Value
or
-100...100%

Analog output
The output demand value is multiplied by Scale before being added to the Offset. If ABS is TRUE the absolute value of this result is used. The
output demand value is expressed as a percentage of the selected range.

Scale Offset ABS

x +
Demand
Value % |Result| 0...100%
or
-100...100%

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-99
IO Option Common
Parameters::Option IO:: Option IO

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

STOPPED
Option IO Required 1178 Setup::Inputs and Outputs::Option 0 0:NONE
Parameters::Option IO::Option IO 1:GENERAL PURPOSE
2:THERMISTOR
3:RTC AND THERMISTOR
4:PULSE ENCODER
5:RESOLVER AND THERMIST

Defines the type of IO option required by the configuration.

Option IO Fitted 1179 Parameters::Option IO::Option IO Same as PNO 1178 NEVER

Indicates the type of IO option that is currently fitted

Option IO Diagnostic 1180 Parameters::Option IO::Option IO 0:OK NEVER

1:OPTION NOT FITTED
2:TYPE MISMATCH
3:TYPE UNKNOWN
4:HARDWARE FAULT

Indicates the status of the IO option

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-100 Parameter Reference
Functional Description
These parameters are used to set and verify the IO Option configuration. If the status parameter is not OK then the drive will not enter the
Operational state.

Status Description
OK The configuration is valid. The status will always be OK if no IO option is required, even if one is fitted. Alternatively, if
the IO option fitted is working correctly and supports the required functionality then the status will be OK
For example, if the required type is THERMISTOR and the actual type is GENERAL PURPOSE then the status will
be OK as the General Purpose option supports the thermistor functionality.
OPTION NOT FITTED An option was required and none was detected
TYPE MISMATCH The fitted option does not support the required features
TYPE UNKNOWN The firmware in the drive does not recognise the fitted option
HARDWARE FAULT The fitted option is not working as expected.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-101
IO Values
Monitor::Inputs and Outputs
Parameters::Inputs and Outputs::IO Values

These parameters present the Input and Output values in a form suitable for processing by the application and fieldbus.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Digout Value 0022 Monitor::Inputs and Outputs 0000 0:Digout 01 ALWAYS

Parameters::Inputs And Outputs::IO 1:Digout 02
Values 2:Digout 03
3:Digout 04
4:Relay 01
5:Relay 02
8:Digout 11
9:Digout 12
10:Digout 13
11:Digout 14
14:Relay 11
15:Relay 12

Presents all the digital outputs from the drive as a 16-bit word. The bits within the word may be accessed individually, or the entire
word may be accessed as a group.
Bit Signal Name Terminal Comment PNO for individual bit access
0 Digital Output 01 X12.1 Common terminal with digital input 4 0023
1 Digital Output 02 X12.2 Common terminal with digital input 5 0024
2 Digital Output 03 X12.3 Common terminal with digital input 6 0025
3 Digital Output 04 X12.4 Common terminal with digital input 7 0026
4 Relay 01 X14.1&2 0027
5 Relay 02 X14.3&4 0028
8 Digital Output 11 X20.1 GPIO option 0031
9 Digital Output 12 X20.2 GPIO option 0032
10 Digital Output 13 X20.3 GPIO option 0033
11 Digital Output 14 X20.4 GPIO option 0034
14 Relay 11 X23.1 & 2 GPIO option 0037
15 Relay 12 X23.3 & 4 GPIO option 0038

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-102 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Digin Value 0005 Monitor::Inputs and Outputs 0:Digin 01 NEVER

Parameters::Inputs And Outputs::IO 1:Digin 02
Values 2:Digin 03
3:Digin 04
4:Digin 05
5:Digin 06
6:Digin 07
7:STO Inactive
8:Digin 11
9:Digin 12
10:Digin 13
11:Digin 14
12:Run Key
13:Not Stop Key
14:Stop Key

Presents all the digital inputs to the drive as a 16-bit word. The bits within the word may be accessed individually, or the entire word
may be accessed as a group.
Bit Signal name Terminal Comment PNO for individual bit access
0 Digital Input 01 X13.2 0006
1 Digital Input 02 X13.3 0007
2 Digital Input 03 X13.4 0008
3 Digital Input 04 X12.1 Common terminal with digital output 1 0009
4 Digital Input 05 X12.2 Common terminal with digital output 2 0010
5 Digital Input 06 X12.3 Common terminal with digital output 3 0011
6 Digital Input 07 X12.4 Common terminal with digital output 4 0012
7 STO Inactive X10 0013
8 Digital Input 11 X20.1 GPIO option 0014
9 Digital Input 12 X20.2 GPIO option 0015
10 Digital Input 13 X20.3 GPIO option 0016
11 Digital Input 14 X20.4 GPIO option 0017
12 Run Key - GKP Run key pressed* 0018
13 Not Stop Key - GKP Stop key not pressed* 0019
14 Stop Key - GKP Stop key pressed* 0020

* If the GKP is not fitted then both “Not Stop Key” and “Stop Key” will be 0. This condition may be used to detect a disconnected GKP.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-103
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Anin 01 Value 0039 Same as PNO 38 x.x -100.0 to 100.0 % NEVER

Terminal X11.1
The value returned by the signal processing electronics. For unipolar ranges, (all except -10..10V), the value is expressed as a
percentage of the hardware range. For the -10..10V range the full range signal is expressed as -100% to +100%.

Anin 01 Break 0040 Same as PNO 38 NEVER

When the input range is set to 4..20mA a break is defined as an input signal less than 3mA. Otherwise this parameter is set to FALSE.

Anin 02 Value 0041 Same as PNO 38 x.x -100.0 to 100.0 % NEVER

Terminal X11.2
The value returned by the signal processing electronics. For the 0..10V range the value is expressed as a percentage of the hardware
range, (0 to 100%). For the -10..10V range the full range signal is expressed as -100% to +100%.

Anout 01 Value 0042 Same as PNO 38 0.00 Min to Max % ALWAYS

Terminal X11.3
The desired output value expressed as a percentage of the output range.
Range Mapping
0..10V 0% gives 0V, 100% gives 10V
0..20MA 0% gives 0mA, 100% gives 20mA
4..20MA 0% gives 4mA, 100% gives 20mA

Anout 02 Value 0043 Same as PNO 38 0.00 Min to Max % ALWAYS

Terminal X11.4
The desired output value expressed as a percentage of the output range.
Range Mapping
-10..10V -100% gives -10V, 100% gives 10V
0..10V 0% gives 0V, 100% gives 10V

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-104 Parameter Reference
Keypad Override
Parameters::Keypad::Keypad Override

These parameters may be used to modify the behaviour of the Display/Keypad.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Green LED Force On 1862 Parameters::Keypad::Keypad Override FALSE ALWAYS

When TRUE, turns the LED under the RUN key on. It is not possible to force this LED off when the drive is running.

Red LED Force Off 1863 Parameters::Keypad::Keypad Override FALSE ALWAYS

When TRUE, turns the LED under the STOP key off. It is not possible to force this LED on when the drive is running.

Disable Keys 1865 Parameters::Keypad::Keypad Override 0000 ALWAYS

Mask to disable the normal operation of the selected keys. The corresponding bits are 2 - UP, 3 - DOWN, 4 - LEFT, 5 - RIGHT, 6 - OK.
The mask is ignored when a parameter is being edited, or when an alert message or password entry is active.
This parameter is not saved.

Key Press 1866 Parameters::Keypad::Keypad Override NEVER

Indicates which key(s) are pressed on the GKP. The corresponding bits are 0 - STOP, 1 - START, 2 - UP, 3 - DOWN, 4 - LEFT, 5 -
RIGHT, 6 - OK, 7 - SOFT KEY 1, 8 - SOFT KEY 2

Selected Parameter 1867 Parameters::Keypad::Keypad Override NEVER

Shows the PNO of the parameter selected on the GKP. The value is zero when no parameter is selected, or when a parameter is
being edited.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-105
Local Control
Parameters::Keypad::Local Control

These parameters configure the use of the GKP keys for local start / stop control of the drive.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Run Key Action 1140 Parameters::Keypad::Local Control 0 0:RUN STOPPED

1:JOG

Defines the use of the green run key in local mode.

When RUN is selected, pressing the green Run key will start the drive using Local Reference as the active setpoint. To stop the drive
press the RED Stop key.
When JOG is selected, pressing the green Run key will start the drive running using the Jog Setpoint as the active setpoint. The drive
will stop when the key is released.

Local/Rem Key Active 1253 Parameters::Keypad::Local Control TRUE ALWAYS

Enables the L/R soft key function. This is used to change between Local and Remote sequencing modes from the GKP.

Local Dir Key Active 1255 Parameters::Keypad::Local Control TRUE ALWAYS

Enables the ability to change the direction from the GKP when running in local sequencing mode. When FALSE the direction will
always be positive.

Local Run Key Active 1239 Parameters::Keypad::Local Control TRUE ALWAYS

Enables the green Run key function when in local sequencing mode. When FALSE the Run key is ignored, (for both RUN and JOG
modes).

Local Reverse 1240 Parameters::Keypad::Local Control FALSE ALWAYS

Used to change the direction the motor will rotate when in local sequencing mode. When FALSE the direction will be “Forwards”. When
TRUE the direction will be reverse.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-106 Parameter Reference
Maintenance Monitor
Parameters::Trips::Maintenance Monitor
Monitors various components of the drive. An indication is given if one of more components is near the end of its expected life.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Maintenance Warnings 0890 Parameters::Trips::Maintenance Monitor NEVER

Indicates which components require replacing

Maintenance Reporting 0891 Parameters::Trips::Maintenance Monitor FFFF ALWAYS

Enables the flashing maintenance icon. Clear the corresponding bit to zero to acknowledge the maintenance warning. When the
warning is acknowledged the maintenance warning icon on the GKP is still shown, but no longer flashes.

Maintenance Reset 0892 Parameters::Trips::Maintenance Monitor 0000 ALWAYS

Set the corresponding bit to 1 to reset the recorded age of the component.

Ambient Temperature 0893 Parameters::Trips::Maintenance Monitor 25.0 -20.0 to 70.0 °C ALWAYS

Enter the expected ambient temperature around the drive.

A Warning is generated when any component is within 80% of its expected life.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-107
Identification of drive components
Each of the monitored drive components is represented by a bit in the 16-bit words, “Maintenance Warnings” and “Maintenance Reset”. Only the
bottom 6 bits of these words have any meaning, the other bits are ignored. The table below indicates which components are selected for a given
value.

Relays
IO Option

Relays
Control Board

Main Fan

Auxilliary Fan

Capacitors(1)
DC Link
Value
xxx0 x x x x
xxx1 x x x 
xxx2 x x  x
xxx3 x x  
xxx4 x  x x
xxx5 x  x 
xxx6 x   x
xxx7 x   
xxx8  x x x
xxx9  x x 
xxxA  x  x
xxxB  x  
xxxC   x x
xxxD   x 
xxxE    x
xxxF    
xx0x x
xx1x 

(1) For future use. The DC Link Capacitors are not monitored in version x.16

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-108 Parameter Reference
Minimum Speed
Setup::Application::Minimum Speed

Function availability depends on macro selected.

The minimum speed function is used to determine how the AC30V will follow a reference.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Minimum Speed Value 1906 Setup::Application::Minimum Speed -100.0 -100.0 to 100.0 % ALWAYS

Specifies the minimum output value.

Minimum Speed Mode 1907 Setup::Application::Minimum Speed 0:PROP WITH MINIMUM ALWAYS
0 1:LINEAR

There are two modes of operation.

Functional Description
output

100

input
Min

-100
0 100%
There are two operating modes for the MINIMUM SPEED function:
PROP WITH MINIMUM (proportional with minimum)
In this mode the MINIMUM SPEED function behaves like a simple clamp. The Minimum Speed Value has the valid range -100% to 100% and the
output is always greater than or equal to the Minimum Speed Value.

LINEAR
In this mode the MINIMUM SPEED function first clamps the input to zero then rescales the input such that the output goes linearly between
minimum and 100% for an input that goes from 0 to 100%.

Note the constraints:-

min >= 0
input >= 0
max = 100%

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-109
Modbus
Monitor::Communications::Base Modbus
Setup::Communications::Base Modbus
Parameters::Base Comms::Modbus

Refer to Appendix A Fieldbuses

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-110 Parameter Reference
Modbus RTU Option
Monitor::Communications::Option
Setup::Communications::Option
Parameters::Option Comms::Comms
Parameters::Option Comms::Read Process
Parameters::Option Comms::Write Process
Parameters::Option Comms::Event
Parameters::Option Comms::Modbus RTU

Refer to Modbus RTU Technical Manual HA501839U001

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-111
Modbus TCP Option
Monitor::Communications::Option
Setup::Communications::Option
Parameters::Option Comms::Comms
Parameters::Option Comms::Read Process
Parameters::Option Comms::Write Process
Parameters::Option Comms::Event
Parameters::Option Comms::Option Ethernet
Parameters::Option Comms::Modbus TCP

Refer to Modbus TCP Technical Manual HA501937U001

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-112 Parameter Reference
Motor Load
Parameters::Motor Control::Motor Load

Motor Protection, function of the motor type.

The Motor Load parameters determines the allowed level of motor overload. This can be especially useful when operating with motors smaller than
the drive rating.
For an IM, an IxT protection is used and provides a current reduction if the max overload level is reached.
The max overload level is calculated based on a 150% for 60s.

For a PMAC motor, the motor load is calculated using the rated motor current and the thermal time constant (2 parameters of the PMAC motor
module). The Thermal time constant is used as the constant time of a simple 1st order low pass filter.

% Are all related to rated motor current.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

100% Mot Current 0332 Parameters::Motor Control::Motor Load x.x 0.0 to 10000.0 NEVER

Motor current in Amps rms corresponding to 100%

Mot Inv Time Overload 0333 Parameters::Motor Control::Motor Load x. 0 to 500 % NEVER

Only available for IM motor

Overload % of the motor inverse time protection

Mot Inv Time Delay 0334 Parameters::Motor Control::Motor Load 6.000 to 60.000 s ALWAYS

Only available for IM motor

Overload time of the motor inverse time protection from cold state

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-113
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Mot Inv Time Warning 0335 Parameters::Motor Control::Motor Load NEVER

Only available for IM motor

Output information. Becomes TRUE when the overload is 5% of the maximum value before reducing the current

Mot Inv Time Active 0336 Parameters::Motor Control::Motor Load NEVER

Only available for IM motor

Output information. Becomes TRUE when overload reaches 100% of the overload limit

Mot Inv Time Output % 0337 Parameters::Motor Control::Motor Load x.x 0.0 to 600.0 % NEVER

Only available for IM motor

Actual output limit of the inverse time motor protection.
This value is compared to the Stack Inv Time current limit output to provide the internal limit to the current limit module.

Mot I2T TC 0338 Parameters::Motor Control::Motor Load 0.000 to 1000000.000 s NEVER

Only available for PMAC motor

Time constant of the motor, define in the PMAC Motor Data module

Mot I2T Active 0340 Parameters::Motor Control::Motor Load NEVER

Only available for PMAC motor

Motor load has reached 105%

Mot I2T Warning 0341 Parameters::Motor Control::Motor Load NEVER

Only available for PMAC motor

Motor load has reached 95%

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-114 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Mot I2T Enable 0342 Parameters::Motor Control::Motor Load NEVER

Only available for PMAC motor

Output information : Motor I2T protection is active.

Functional Description

IM Motor Current
Limit

150 % Motor current limit

Im magnitude^

105 %
Current Feedback In
IxT motor %
Motor % Time
60s

I* T Limit Profile

PMAC motor
Motor load in %

Motor load estimation

Rms Current Feedback In Trip information

Motor %

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-115
Motor Nameplate
Setup::Motor Control::Motor Nameplate
Parameters::Motor Control::Motor Nameplate

Only available if IM MOTOR selected in Control Mode.

In this function you enter the details of the motor under control and any available motor nameplate information.

Refer to Induction Motor Data parameters which are determined by the Auto Tune feature for example the Magnetising Current, Stator
Resistance, Leakage Inductance, Mutual Inductance and Rotor time Constant for model parameters.
Note Do not attempt to control motors whose rated current is less than 25% of the drive rated current. Poor motor control or
Autotune problems may occur if you do.
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Rated Motor Current 0455 Setup::Motor Control::Motor Nameplate 1.56 0.00 to 10000.00 A STOPPED
Parameters::Motor Control::Motor
Nameplate

Rated motor current on the name plate

Base Voltage 0456 Same as PNO 455 400.00 0.00 to 1000.00 V STOPPED

The rated motor voltage on the name plate

Base Frequency 0457 Same as PNO 455 50.00 0.00 to 1000.00 Hz STOPPED

The base motor frequency on the name plate

Motor Poles 0458 Same as PNO 455 4, 2 to 1000 STOPPED

Motor poles on the nameplate

Nameplate Speed 0459 Same as PNO 455 1450.00 0.00 to 100000.00 RPM STOPPED

Rated motor speed on the name plate

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-116 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Motor Power 0460 Same as PNO 455 0.75 0.00 to 3000.00 kW STOPPED

Motor power rating

Power Factor 0461 Same as PNO 455 0.71 0.00 to 1.00 STOPPED

Only under VHz Control

Motor power factor on the name plate

Automatic Pole Pairs 1214 Same as PNO 455 TRUE STOPPED

If TRUE Motor Poles (458) calculated automatically from Nameplate Speed (459). If FALSE the user has to input Motor Poles.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-117
Motor Sequencer
Parameters::Motor Control::Motor Sequencer

These parameters are associated to the internal motor sequencer states machine to start and stop the motor control.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Start Delay Enable 1560 Parameters::Motor Control::Motor FALSE STOPPED

Sequencer

Enable the delay to action “ramping to Setpoint” from the Run Command. This can allow a period for motor flux to establish ( AC
induction motor ) before the ramp to setpoint

Start Delay 1634 Parameters::Motor Control::Motor 0.000 0.000 to 30.000 s STOPPED

Sequencer

Time to delay the action of “ramping to Setpoint” from the Run Command in seconds.

Delay To Start 1635 Parameters::Motor Control::Motor 0.000 to Max s NEVER

Sequencer

Remaining time of the delay before “ ramping to Setpoint” after the Run Command occurs.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-118 Parameter Reference
MRAS
Parameters::Motor Control::MRAS

These parameters are associated to the internal induction motor speed estimator (MRAS) module.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

x.xx Min to Max % NEVER

MRAS Speed Percent 286 Parameters::Motor Control::MRAS

Diagnostic parameter that dispays speed calculated by the estimator as percent.

Parameters::Motor Control::MRAS x.xx 0.000 to 30.000 s

MRAS Speed RPM 1634 NEVER

Diagnostic parameter that dispays speed calculated by the estimator as RPM.

MRAS Field Frequency 1635 Parameters::Motor Control::MRAS x.xx 0.000 to 30.000 Hz NEVER

Diagnostic parameter that dispays field frequency (electrical frequency) that the estimator provides for vector rotation.

MRAS Torque Percent 1560 Parameters::Motor Control::MRAS x.xx Min to Max % NEVER

Diagnostic parameter that dispays torque calculated by the estimator as percent.

MRAS Torque 1634 Parameters::Motor Control::MRAS x.xx 0.000 to 30.000 Nm NEVER

Diagnostic parameter that dispays torque calculated by the estimator as Nm.

Switchover Enable 1701 Parameters::Motor Control::MRAS ALWAYS

1635

A boolean that enables or disables the ability to automatically switch into sensorless operation in the case of an encoder failure. Not on
the AC30V

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-119
Functional Description
The Switchover Enable parameter (1701) provides the user with the option to automatically, and as seamlessly as possible, continue operating in
sensorless mode in case of an encoder failure. The MRAS estimator tracks the speed of the motor even if the drive uses encoder as its primary
feedback for control. If the discrepancy between the speed measured by encoder and the estimated speed is greater than 300 RPM it is assumed
that the encoder has malfunctioned and the control will automatically be transferred to use estimated speed as its feedback signal. The drive will
continue to work in sensorless mode until the next stop cycle. There will be no attempt to ‘reconnect’ encoder on the fly even if its signal recovers.
Upon the move to sensorless operation a warning will be issued that this has taken place.

The switchover will not be performed, even if enabled, during autotune sequence, if the flycathcing is enabled, until the estimator converges to
correct speed (typically within first 50-100ms after starting the drive), and until the motor has accelerated to 95% of its initial speed setpoint. The
switchover will also not be performed if the setpoint speed is lower than the switchover threshold of 300 RPM.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-120 Parameter Reference
Parameter Backup
Parameters::Device Manager::Parameter Backup

The parameter backup feature allows you to take a snapshot of a working set of parameters. This may be of particular interest after a successful
auto-tune. The parameters may be restored as a complete set or as partial pre-defined groups.
The parameter backup feature does not save the drive’s configuration.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

0182 Parameters::Device
Backup Action 0 0:SAVE ALWAYS
Manager::Parameter Backup
1:LOAD ALL
2:LOAD POWER
3:LOAD OTHER
4:LOAD AUTOTUNE

Defines the action that will be started on a change of FALSE to TRUE of Backup-Restore Start. The restore groups are identified in the
NOTES in the parameter table at the end of this appencix.

0183 Parameters::Device
Backup-Restore Start FALSE ALWAYS
Manager::Parameter Backup

Initiates the selected Backup Action on a change from FALSE to TRUE

0184 Parameters::Device
Backup-Restore Status 0:IDLE NEVER
Manager::Parameter Backup
1:SAVING
2:RESTORING
3:VERIFYING
4:DONE
6:FAILED
8:VERIFY FAILED
15:PNET SECTION MISSING

Indicates the progress of the backup or restore action.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-121
Pattern Generator
Parameters::Motor Control::Pattern Generator

The pattern generator function allows you to configure the Drive’ PWM (Pulse Width Modulator) operation.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Stack Frequency 0412 Parameters::Motor Control::Pattern 4.00 2.00 to 16.00 kHz ALWAYS
Generator

This parameter selects the PWM switching frequency of the output power stack.
The higher the switching frequency, the lower the level of motor audible noise. However, this is only achieved at the expense of increased drive
losses and reduced stack current rating.
Max value is Control Mode dependant.
Max value is also Stack size dependant.
Max value is also configuration dependant.
8kHz If a Resolver option board is fitted,
9kHz if an AC30A encoder – sincos type is fitted
VHz PMAC IM PMAC with IM with pulse PMAC or IM PMAC with IM with
Max PWM Frequency no option no option pulse encoder encoder with resolver Profinet Profinet
( kHz )
AC30V 12 10 12 10 12 8
AC30P 12 9 10 9 10 8 8 10
AC30D 12 8 10 8 10 8 8 10
AC30A 12 9 9 9 9 8 8 9

If the Peer To Peer feature is enabled, then the switching frequency is limited to 8kHz
Max value may also be adapted by the user related to the drive load in term of processing, due to application size and hardware settings.
The user may have to reduce it to get the system working.

Random Pattern IM 0413 Parameters::Motor Control::Pattern TRUE ALWAYS

Generator

This parameter selects between random pattern (quiet motor noise) or the more conventional fixed carrier PWM strategies, for
induction motor only. When TRUE, random pattern is enabled. For Induction Motor Control, random pattern is only suitable for Stack
Frequency <=12kHz.Default value for induction motors is TRUE.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-122 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable
If the Peer To Peer feature is enabled, random pattern is only suitable for Stack Frequency <= 6 kHz

Random Pattern PMAC 1268 Parameters::Motor Control::Pattern FALSE ALWAYS

Generator

This parameter selects between random pattern (quiet motor noise) or the more conventional fixed carrier PWM strategies, for PMAC motor only.
When TRUE, random pattern is enabled. For PMAC SVC control random pattern is only suitable for Stack Frequency <=8kHz. Default value for
PMAC motors is FALSE.
If the Peer To Peer feature is enabled, random pattern is only suitable for Stack Frequency <= 6 kHz

Deflux Delay 0414 Parameters::Motor Control::Pattern 1.000 0.000 to 60.000 s STOPPED

Generator

Sets the minimum allowed delay between disabling and then re-enabling PWM production (i.e. stopping and starting the drive).
Functional Description
The Drive provides a unique quiet pattern PWM strategy in order to reduce audible motor noise. The user is able to select between the quiet pattern
or the more conventional fixed carrier frequency method. With the quiet pattern strategy selected (RANDOM PATTERN enabled), audible motor
noise is reduced to a dull hiss.

In addition, the user is able to select the PWM carrier frequency. This is the main switching frequency of the power output stage of the Drive. A high
setting of carrier frequency (e.g. 6kHz) reduces audible motor noise but only at the expense of higher Drive losses and smooth motor rotation at low
output frequencies. A low setting of carrier frequency (e.g. 3kHz), reduces Drive losses but increases audible motor noise.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-123
Peer to Peer
Setup::Communications::Peer to Peer
Monitor:: Communications::Peer to Peer
Parameters::Base Comms::Peer to Peer

Refer to Chapter 8 “Ethernet”.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-124 Parameter Reference
PID
Setup::Application::PID
Monitor::Application::PID*

This function allows the AC30V to be used in applications requiring a trim to the reference, depending on feedback from an external measurement
device. Typically this will be used for process control, i.e. pressure or flow.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Setpoint

This is connected to an Analog Input as part of the selected macro.

Feedback

This is connected to an Analog Input as part of the selected macro.

Enable

This is connected to a Digital Input as part of the selected macro. It globally resets the PID output and integral term when FALSE.
Enable must be TRUE for the PID to operate.

Integral Defeat

This may be connected to a Digital Input as part of the selected macro. It resets the p integral term when FALSE.

PID Setpoint Negate 1926 Monitor::Application::Preset Speeds REAL -100.0 to 100.0 % NEVER

Changes the sign of the Setpoint input

PID Feedback Negate 1927 Setup::Application::PID BOOL ALWAYS

Changes the sign of the Negate input

PID Proportional Gain 1928 Setup::Application::PID REAL ALWAYS

This is the true proportional gain of the PID controller. When set to zero the PID Output is zero.

Functional Description

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-125
P GAIN
PID ERROR
I TIME CONST
SETPOINT NEGATE
D TIME CONST OUTPUT POS LIMIT OUTPUT SCALING
sign change
+100.00%

X
Kp(1+sTi)(1+sTd)
SETPOINT PID OUTPUT
sTi(1+sTf)
-100.00%
ENABLE OUTPUT NEG LIMIT

FEEDBACK INTEGRAL DEFEAT

sign change

FEEDBACK NEGATE

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-126 Parameter Reference
PMAC Flycatching
Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC Flycatching
Only available if PMAC MOTOR selected in Control Mode.

This block performs a directional speed search. It allows the Drive to seamlessly catch a spinning motor before controlling the motor to the desired
setpoint. This is especially useful for large inertia fan loads, where drafts in building air ducts can cause a fan to `windmill’.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

PMAC Flycatching Enable 0689 Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC FALSE ALWAYS

Flycatching

Enable the flycatching for PMAC motor

PMAC Fly Search Mode 0690 Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC 0 Same as PNO 312 ALWAYS
Flycatching

The PMAC Flycatching sequence can be triggered by different starting conditions:

ALWAYS: All starts (after controlled or uncontrolled stop, or after a power-up)
TRIP or POWER-UP: After uncontrolled stop, i.e. trip or coast, or after a power-up
TRIP: After uncontrolled stop, i.e. trip or coast

PMAC Fly Search Time 0691 Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC 0.200 0.100 to 60.000 s ALWAYS
Flycatching

PMAC Fly Search Time to catch the right speed

PMAC Fly Load Level 0692 Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC 5.0 -50.0 to 50.0 % ALWAYS
Flycatching

PMAC Fly Load Level during fly catching

PMAC Fly Active 0693 Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC NEVER

Flycatching

Diagnostic to show if the PMAC fly catching is active or inactive

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-127
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

PMAC Fly Setpoint 0694 Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC x. -1000 to 1000 Hz NEVER

Flycatching

PMAC Fly Setpoint

Functional Description
The flycatching function enables the drive to be restarted smoothly into a spinning motor.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-128 Parameter Reference
PMAC Motor Advanced
Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC Motor Advanced

Only available if PMAC Motor selected in Control Mode.

The PMAC Motor Advanced allows to move the current setpoint of a PMAC Motor to the D and Q axis, adding a predictive phase shift to the current.
The phase shift is proportional to the current level.
By default, values are set to Zero.
Only change values if data are from the motor manufacturer.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Phase at Rated Curent 1858 Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC 0.0 0.0 to 90.0 deg STOPPED
Motor Advanced

Phase advance in electrical degrees on current at rated current level. The value applied is proportional to the current level.
The current setpoint is separated into D and Q axis :
Cos of the angle is applied to the Q axis.
Sin of the angle is applied to the D axis.

Max Phase 1859 Same as PNO 1858 0.0 0.0 to 90.0 deg STOPPED

Max phase advance applied to the current.

Angle ( deg )

Isetpoint Iq
Max Phase
Angle Iq
Phase at Isetpoint Iq = Isetpoint*cos(angle)
Rated Current Id = -Isetpoint*sin(angle ) Id
Id
current

Rated Current

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-129
PMAC Motor Data
Setup::Motor Control::MotorData PMAC
Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC Motor Data

Only available if PMAC Motor selected in Control Mode.

The PMAC Motor Data contains the parameters needed to run and control of a PMAC motor. A PMAC motor is a Permanent Magnet AC Motor with
sinusoidal back EMF.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

PMAC Max Speed 0555 Setup::Motor Control::Motor Data PMAC 3000 0 to 100000 RPM ALWAYS
Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC Motor
Data

Set the motor’s rated speed in rpm.

PMAC Max Current 0556 Same as PNO 555 4.50 0.00 to 5000.00 A ALWAYS

Set the motor’s maximum current ( Amps rms ).

PMAC Rated Current 0557 Same as PNO 555 4.50 0.00 to 5000.00 A ALWAYS

Set the motor’s rated current ( Amps rms ).

Refer to Motor Current Percent in the Feedbacks function. A value of 100% = PMAC rated Current.

PMAC Rated Torque 0558 Same as PNO 555 4.50 0.00 to 30000.00 Nm ALWAYS

Set the motor’s rated torque.

Refer to Actual Torque in the Feedbacks function. A value of 100% = PMAC Rated Torque.

PMAC Motor Poles 0559 Same as PNO 555 10 0 to 400 ALWAYS

Set the number of motor poles, e.g. for a 4 poles motor enter "4".

PMAC Back Emf Const KE 0560 Same as PNO 555 60.0 0.0 to 30000.0 V ALWAYS

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-130 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Set the motor’s Back EMF line to line, rms value (Ke, Volts rms per 1000 rpm)

PMAC Winding 0561 Same as PNO 555 6.580 0.000 to 500.000 Ohm ALWAYS
Resistance

Set the motor’s resistance, line to line at 25 °C.

PMAC Winding 0562 Same as PNO 555 20.00 0.00 to 1000.00 mH ALWAYS
Inductance

Set the motor’s inductance line to line at maximum current. This parameter is used within the current loop and is related to the overall
proportional gain.

PMAC Torque Const KT 0563 Same as PNO 555 1.00 0.00 to 10000.00 Nm/A ALWAYS

Torque constant (Kt, Nm/A rms).

This parameter is used to compute the current demand given a torque demand :
Torque demand = KT x Current demand

PMAC Motor Inertia 0564 Same as PNO 555 0.00100 0.00000 to 100.00000 kgm² ALWAYS

Rotor inertia of motor.

PMAC Therm Time Const 0565 Same as PNO 555 62.000 0.000 to 10000.000 s ALWAYS

Copper Thermal Time constant(s). If not known set to 300s.

This parameter is used for the motor thermal protection : Refer to Motor Load module.
It represents the time needed to reach 63% of the rated load of the motor if 100% of the rated current is applied to the motor (typical
time constant of a first order low pass filter).

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-131
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

PMAC Base Volt 1387 Setup::Motor Control::Motor Data PMAC 400.00 0.00 to 1000.00 V ALWAYS
Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC Motor
Data

Rated motor rated voltage in Volt rms

PMAC Encoder Offset 1808 Setup::Motor Control::Motor Data 0.0 -180.0 to 180.0 deg ALWAYS
PMAC
Parameters::Motor
Control::PMAC Motor Data

Only available if 1533 Control Type = ENCODER FEEDBACK

Electrical position Offset between encoder Zero position and motor Back EMF
Automatically set up if Alignment sequence runs and completed

PMAC Wiring 1809 Setup::Motor Control::Motor Data 0 Same as PNO 1804 ALWAYS
PMAC
Monitor::Motor and Drive
Parameters::Motor
Control::PMAC Motor Data

Only available if 1533 Control Type = ENCODER FEEDBACK

Wiring direction of the motor phase :
- STANDARD : U V W
- REVERSE : U W V
Allow to change connection of phase V and W internally to the drive. No external action required.
Automatically set up if Alignment sequence runs and completed.
Changing this parameter will change the direction of motor rotation. Please verify if the new direction is compatible with your
application.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-132 Parameter Reference
Functional Description
By definition, the motor Vector Control is based on the assumption that the back EMF is crossing the 0V line in a positive direction when the
electrical position is also crossing the 0° line in a positive way. Another requirement is to insure a positive ‘encoder/resolver’ rotation with a positive
electrical motor rotation ( U, V, W ).

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-133
PMAC SVC
Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC SVC
Only available if PMAC MOTOR selected in Control Mode.
Parameters related to the SVC Control mode of a PMAC Motor
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

PMAC SVC Auto Values 0467 Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC SVC TRUE ALWAYS

Selection of pre-calculated values

When selected, do some pre-calculations of the following PMAC SVC parameters:
PMAC SVC LPF Speed Hz
PMAC SVC P Gain
PMAC SVC I Gain Hz

PMAC SVC LPF Speed Hz 0468 Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC SVC 60.00 0.00 to 10000.00 Hz ALWAYS

Set the Low Pass Filter frequency of the estimated speed.

PMAC SVC P Gain 0469 Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC SVC 2.42 0.00 to 10000.00 ALWAYS

Set the Proportional gain of the PI corrector used for extracting speed and position.

PMAC SVC I Gain Hz 0470 Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC SVC 20.00 0.00 to 10000.00 Hz ALWAYS

Set the Integral frequency of the PI corrector used for extracting speed and position.

PMAC SVC Open Loop 0476 Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC SVC TRUE ALWAYS
Strt

This parameter is used to enable/disable a specific startup procedure when the motor/drive is switched ON (starting rotation). This
parameter is also used to work in up – down motion, where we need to go down to zero speed or crossing the zero speed point.
When set TRUE, the following procedure is applied each time the motor is switched on and before closing the speed loop, based on
the external speed setpoint.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-134 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable
The drive must be used in speed loop mode.
When the drive is switched ON, the system is placed in open loop control.

Step 1:
For a time equal to the ‘PMAC SVC Start Time’ parameter, the current is ramped to the PMAC SVC Start Cur value. The sign is
dependent upon the speed loop setpoint. A normal value is between 0.5 to 1s.

Step 2:
Once Step 1 is complete, the position is ramped in such a way as to follow the speed setpoint generated, based on the configuration
(ramp, etc…), until the PMAC SVC Start Speed value is reached. The speed loop is then closed.
The ramp value must be kept low to ensure the motor follows the speed setpoint.

For a positive speed setpoint when the drive is switched ON :

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-135
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable
Speed input (1)

Ramp (4)
Startup
time
(5)

Startup speed

Startup
Current setpoint (3) time
(6)

Torque ON

Open Loop

Closed loop

(1) : User speed setpoint

(2) : Internal speed setpoint
(3) ; Internal current setpoint
(4) : ramps are generated based on ramp parameters
(5) : startup procedure : a current is smoothly installed into the motor
(6) : startup procedure : the motor is rotated for one electrical turn

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-136 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable
For a negative speed setpoint when the drive is switched ON :
Speed input (1)

Startup
Speed setpoint (2) time
(5)

Ramp (4)

Startup speed

Startup
Current setpoint (3) time
(6)

Startup current

Torque ON

Open Loop

Closed loop

(1) : User speed setpoint

(2) : Internal speed setpoint
(3) ; Internal current setpoint
(4) : ramps are generated based on ramp parameters
(5) : startup procedure : a current is smoothly installed into the motor
(6) : startup procedure : the motor is rotated for one electrical turn

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-137
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

PMAC SVC Start Time 0477 Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC SVC 0.500 0.000 to 1000.000 s ALWAYS

This parameter is used in conjunction with the PMAC SVC Open Loop Strt parameter. It selects the duration of Step 1 in the startup
procedure used for starting motors:
The value should be set up relatively to the motor inertia + load inertia.

PMAC SVC Start Cur 0478 Setup::Motor Control::SVC PMAC 10.0 0.0 to 600.0 % ALWAYS
Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC SVC

This parameter is used in conjunction with the PMAC SVC Open Loop Strt parameter. It selects the current level during the startup
procedure used for starting motors.
The percentage value is a percentage of the nominal motor current (PMAC Rated Current of the PMAC Motor Data functions).
The default value of 10% is considered appropriate for most applications with light load, very low friction and low acceleration.
The value should be adapted to the starting conditions.

PMAC SVC Start Speed 0479 Same as PNO 478 5 0 to 200 % ALWAYS

This parameter is used in conjunction with the PMAC SVC Open Loop Strt parameter. It selects the speed setpoint at which the
speed control is switched from an open loop mode to a closed loop mode during the startup procedure used for starting motors.
The percentage value is a percentage of the maximum application speed (100% Speed in RPM of the Scale Setpoint functions). It
should be set to an equivalent of 5% of the PMAC Max Speed of PMAC Motor Data function.
In open loop mode, the system is not controlled in speed mode. It must only be used to ‘start’ the motor under heavy conditions, or to
transitorily reach the zero speed or crossing the zero speed setpoint. It is not intended to be used to control accurately a motion.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-138 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable
Up and Down Motion - Positive speed

Speed input (1)

Startup
time Ramp (4)
(5)
Speed setpoint (2)

Startup speed
0.75 * Startup speed

Current setpoint (3)

Startup current

Torque ON

Open Loop

Closed loop

(1) : User speed setpoint

(2) : Internal speed setpoint
(3) ; Internal current setpoint
(4) : ramps are generated based on ramp parameters
(5) : startup procedure : a current is smoothly installed into the motor

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-139
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable
Negative Speed

Speed input (1)

Startup
time
(5)
Speed setpoint (2)

0.75 * Startup speed

Startup speed

Current setpoint (3) ramp (4)

Startup current

Torque ON

Open Loop

Closed loop

(1) : User speed setpoint

(2) : Internal speed setpoint
(3) ; Internal current setpoint
(4) : ramps are generated based on ramp parameters
(5) : startup procedure : a current is smoothly installed into the motor

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-140 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable
Crossing zero speed
Speed input (1)

Startup
time
(5)
Speed setpoint (2) Ramp (4)

Startup speed
0.75 * Startup speed

0.75 * Startup speed

Startup speed

Current setpoint (3)

Startup current

Startup current

Torque ON

Open Loop

Closed loop
(1) : User speed setpoint
(2) : Internal speed setpoint
(3) ; Internal current setpoint
(4) : ramps are generated based on ramp parameters
(5) : startup procedure : a current is smoothly installed into the motor
(6) : zero crossing for the speed input : the current must be inverted into the motor

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-141
Pos Fbk Alignment
Parameters::Motor Control::Pos Fbk Alignment

Only available if PMAC MOTOR selected in Control Mode and Control Type set to ENCODER FEEDBACK .

Vector Control of a PMAC motor needs to know the relative position between the rotor and the stator.
By definition, the AC30 Vector Control for a PMAC Motor is based on the assumption that the motor back EMF is crossing the 0V line in a positive
direction when the electrical position is also crossing the 0° line in a positive way. Another requirement is to insure a positive ‘encoder/resolver’
rotation with a positive electrical motor rotation ( U, V, W ).

This feature is used to automatically calculate any offset between the encoder absolute position and the motor back EMF, as well as selecting the
correct wiring of the motor ( U, V, W sequence ) with the encoder position.
The feature needs to be run at least once with a PMAC motor associated to an absolute encoder type.
The feature needs to be run after each power cycle with a PMAC motor associated to a relative encoder type ( pulse encoder for example )

The feature is run on a motor free to rotate, no load attached to the motor shaft.
Regardless of the Alignment Method selected, the motor should move during the sequence.

If Alignment Method is set to AUTOMATIC, it is possible that the direction of motor rotation for a positive setpoint could be reversed. The
parameter 1809 PMAC Wiring can be changed and overwritten by the sequence if an incompatibility of direction between the encoder and
the motor phases wiring is found.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Alignment Enable 1798 Setup::Motor Control::Pos Fbk FALSE STOPPED

Alignment
Parameters::Motor Control::Pos
Fbk Alignment

Enable the Alignment sequence.

Alignment On Power On 1796 Setup::Motor Control::Pos Fbk FALSE STOPPED

Alignment
Parameters::Motor Control::Pos
Fbk Alignment

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-142 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Set to TRUE, this parameter automatically trips the drive after a power up on a Start command until an Alignment sequence is run and
completed successfully.
This is useful when the PMAC motor is associated to a relative encoder type and the position synchronism between encoder and motor
is lost due to power off.

Alignment On Power On 1797 Setup::Motor Control::Pos Fbk FALSE 0 : MANUAL STOPPED

Alignment 1 : AUTOMATIC
Parameters::Motor Control::Pos 2 : DIRECTION TEST
Fbk Alignment

Each Method is extensively described in the Functionnal Description.

MANUAL :
allows to place the motor in the selected position defined by the parameter “Alignment On Motor”. This method should be selected for multi
poles resolver with non integer value.

AUTOMATIC:
Sequence runs automatically by the drive, on a start command from the user.
Allows to set up correctly the ‘encoder/resolver’ and the motor by :
- Changing the motor phase connection of phase V and W internally to the drive if a mismatch is found between ‘encoder/resolver’
positive direction and positive motor electrical position
- Automatically calculate the offset of position to align zero ‘encoder/resolver’ to U motor phase.

DIRECTION TEST :
Allows to verify the direction of positive electrical position by slowly rotating the motor. A correct wiring of the motor phases should turn the
motor in a clockwise direction looking at the front shaft of the motor

Alignment Level 1799 Same as PNO 1796 50 0 to 150 % ALWAYS

Level of current applied to the motor.

Motor amps% of rated motor amps, limited to rated drive amps

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-143
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Alignment Ramp Time 1800 Same as PNO 1796 1.000 0.000 to 30.000 s ALWAYS

Time to install the amps into the motor phase with a linear ramp.

Alignment On Motor 1801 Same as PNO 1796 0 0:PHASE U ALWAYS

1:PHASE V
2:PHASE W

Selection of the motor phase when MANUAL method is selected. Can be

PHASE U : “Alignment Elec Pos” should be 90° -
PHASE V : “Alignment Elec Pos” should be 210° or -150°
PHASE W : “Alignment Elec Pos” should be 330° or -30°

Alignment Offset 1802 Parameters::Motor Control::Pos x.x -180.0 to 180.0 deg NEVER
Fbk Alignment

Represents the offset value needed to align Zero position to motor Back EMF
MANUAL : Value is calculated and passed back to 1808 PMAC Encoder Offset.
AUTOMATIC : Value that has been applied to align the ‘encoder/resolver’ to the motor phase U with controls on position and motor
phases.
If the Alignment is completed, then this parameter is written back to 1808 PMAC Encoder Offset

Alignment Elec Pos 1803 Parameters::Motor Control::Pos x.x -180.0 to 180.0 deg NEVER
Fbk Alignment

Actual electrical position

Alignment Direction 1804 Parameters::Motor Control::Pos 0:STANDARD NEVER

Fbk Alignment 1:REVERSE

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-144 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Wiring direction of the motor phase :

- STANDARD : U V W : position and phase U V W are rotating in the same direction
- REVERSE : U W V : position and phase U V W are not rotating in the same direction. V and W have been inverted
internally to the drive.
If the Alignment is completed, then this parameter is written back to 1809 PMAC Wiring

Alignment State 1805 Parameters::Motor Control::Pos 0:OFF NEVER

Fbk Alignment 1:ON MANUAL
2:ON AUTO
3:ERROR
4:ENDED

State of Alignment sequence :

OFF : No Alignment sequence

ON MANUAL : Alignment Method = MANUAL or DIRECTION TEST + Alignment Enable = TRUE.
ON AUTO : Alignment Method = AUTOMATIC + Alignment Enable = TRUE.
ERROR : An error occurred during the Alignment. See Alignment error for possible diagnostics
ENDED : When Alignment sequence is run and successfully completed

Alignment Ended 1806 Parameters::Motor Control::Pos NEVER

Fbk Alignment

TRUE : Alignment sequence ended successfully.

FALSE : No Alignment sequence or Alignment sequence in progress

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-145
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Alignment Error 1807 Parameters::Motor Control::Pos 0:NO ERROR NEVER

Fbk Alignment 1:SHAFT LOCKED
2:AMPS
3:LOAD
4:POLES
5:MOTOR UNCONNECTED
6:ENCODER
7:INIT NEEDED

Details of the last error recorded.

Reset to NO ERROR by running a new Alignment sequence.

NO ERROR : Everything ok. Alignment sequence is running

SHAFT LOCKED : the drive is locked in position.
AMPS : Not enough Amps to move the motor. Alignment Level too small
LOAD : Not enough Amps to move the motor. Is the motor free to rotate? Is there a load on the motor?
POLES : Bad motor poles number.
MOTOR UNCONNECTED : Motor phases disconnected. Verify the motor wiring
ENCODER : Something wrong detected on encoder speed and/or position.
INIT NEEDED : When Aligmnent On Power On = TRUE and a Start command has been detected. The drive should have tripped on
46 PMAC ALIGN ERROR

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-146 Parameter Reference
Functional Description
The feature needs to be run after each power cycle with a PMAC motor associated to a relative encoder type ( pulse encoder for example ).

The feature is run on a motor free to rotate, no load attached to the motor shaft.
Regardless of the Alignment Method selected, the motor should move during the sequence.

The sequence is validated by Alignment Enable input.

The drive waits for a START condition to start the cycle.
The sequence can be stopped by a STOP command anywhere during the cycle.
A successful sequence sets Alignment Ended = TRUE.

A TORQUE OFF command is needed to stop the sequence.

If Alignment Method is set to AUTOMATIC, it is possible that the direction of motor rotation for a positive setpoint could be reversed. The
parameter PMAC Wiring can be changed by the sequence if an incompatibility of direction between the encoder and the motor phases
wiring is found.

Alignment Method = MANUAL

The motor is moved to an electrical position corresponding to the motor phase selected by Alignment On Motor parameter.
This electrical position depends on the PMAC Wiring type selected and on the real motor phase wiring.

PMAC Encoder Offset is calculated by looking at real position from the active encoder compared to theoretical position where the motor is.
So, it depends also on the encoder settings ( inverted or not ).

For standard connections ( correct U, V, W motor wiring sequence and position from encoder varying in a positive way looking at the motor front
shaft ), position offset is extracted and written back into PMAC Encoder Offset.
Correct connection of the encoder means that a clockwise rotation of the motor front shaft equals a positive position variation.
Correct motor wiring means phase U, V, W rotating in a correct sequence for a clock wise rotation of the motor front shaft.

Considering a standard connection, the following table gives possible encoder and PMAC Wiring settings and results on speed control :

1809 PMAC Wiring Active Encoder Invert* Correct speed control Positive Speed setpoint **
STANDARD FALSE YES Clockwise direction
STANDARD TRUE NO***
REVERSE FALSE NO***
REVERSE TRUE YES Counter clockwise direction
* Active Encoder Invert refers to the active speed feedback invert parameter.
** Looking the front shaft of the motor
*** The motor is uncontrolled. It could overspeed, be stalled, or running at constant speed without any control.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-147
Alignment Method = DIRECTION TEST

The motor is slowly rotates with the following sequence U, V, W, U, V, W…..

It allows to verify the rotation direction and detect any wiring inversion on the motor phases.
Active encoder Invert parameter has no effect during this test.
Looking at the position form the active encoder may help to know if the active encoder is correctly wired.

Considering a correct connection of the motor phases :

1809 PMAC Wiring Motor Rotation direction

STANDARD Clockwise
REVERSE Counter Clockwise

When running this Method, either set 1257 Seq Stop Method to DISABLE VOLTAGE or 0505 Zero Speed Threshold to 1%otherwise you may end
up with a motor rotating at slow speed for 60s without any possibility to stop it.

Alignment Method = AUTOMATIC

In case of a correct wiring of encoder and/or motor phases, the sequence is as follows :

Current
%

Elec pos

210°

90°

-30°

States 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

During the final state ( 11 ) , the Alignment Offset is automatically calculated and is passed back to 1808 PMAC Encoder Offset
Also 1809 PMAC Wiring is set to STANDARD

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-148 Parameter Reference
In the case of a wrong wiring of encoder and/or motor phases, the sequence is as follows :

Current
%

Elec pos

210°

90°

-30°

States 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

From State 4 to 9, a wrong direction as been detected, and the direction should be reverted. Alignment Direction is set to REVERSE.
During the final state ( 17 ), the Alignment Offset is automatically calculated and is passed back to 1808 PMAC Encoder Offset
Also 1809 PMAC Wiring is set to REVERSE.

In that case, the direction of motor rotation has been changed during the Pos Alignment sequence. Please verify if the new direction is
compatible with your application.
If you want to change it, please change the Invert parameter of the active encoder used to control the motor and run again the Pos
alignment sequence.

Drive settings during Pos Algnment :

Some errors may occur during the Alignment sequence which are related to the setting of the drive. Please be aware of the following
- It’s better to run it with a speed setpoint at 0% ( Speed Error could end up the sequence before end )
- When running Alignment Method = DIRECTION TEST, either set 1257 Seq Stop Method to DISABLE VOLTAGE or 0505
Zero Speed Threshold to 1%
- When a resolver is used, the filter on the speed should be left at default values or set to good known values.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-149
Power Loss Ride Thru
Parameters::Motor Control::Power Loss Ride Thru

The block controls the behaviour of the drive during a power outage.
When enabled, the drive attempts to keep the dc link high by regeneratively recovering the kinetic energy in the motor load in the event of a main
power supply loss.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Pwrl Enable 1645 Parameters::Motor Control::Power Loss FALSE STOPPED

Ride Thru

Enable the Power Loss Ride Through feature.

Pwrl Trip Threshold 1646 Parameters::Motor Control::Power Loss 52.0 20.0 to 60.0 % STOPPED
Ride Thru

Determines the dc link volts at which the Power Loss Ride Through sequence is triggered.
% of the max dc link voltage ( drive overvoltage level = 100% )

Pwrl Control Band 1647 Parameters::Motor Control::Power Loss 2.0 0.0 to 20.0 % STOPPED
Ride Thru

Determines the band while the speed setpoint is ramped down.

% of the max dc link voltage ( drive overvoltage level = 100% )
Once the dclink falls down below Pwrl TripThreshold, the speed septoint is ramped to zero until the dc link rises above Pwrl trip
Threshold + Pwrl Control Band.
Then the speed septoint is hold, waiting either to continue ramping down if the dc link is still moving down or ramped back to the speed
septoint if the supply returns.

Pwrl Accel Rate 1648 Parameters::Motor Control::Power Loss 100 1 to 500 Hz/s STOPPED
Ride Thru

Rate in Hz/s ( electrical frequency/ second) at which the speed septoint is ramped back to the speed demand

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-150 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Pwrl Decel Rate 1649 Parameters::Motor Control::Power Loss 100 1 to 500 Hz/s STOPPED
Ride Thru

Rate in Hz/s ( electrical frequency/ second) at which the speed septoint is ramped to Zero
If this value is set too low, then the deceleration will may be not enough high for having regenerative condition to maintain the dc link.

Pwrl Time Limit 1650 Parameters::Motor Control::Power Loss 30.000 0.000 to 300.000 s STOPPED
Ride Thru

Maximum allowed time in second of the Power Loss Ride Through sequence
If this value is reached, the the drive will trip on POWER LOSS STOP.

Pwrl Active 1651 Parameters::Motor Control::Power Loss NEVER

Ride Thru

This diagnostic is TRUE while the Power Loss Ride Through is active

Functional Description
When Pwrl Enable is set to TRUE, the block controls the behaviour of the drive during a power outage.

This is achieved by ramping the speed setpoint to zero( Pwrl Decel Rate ).
The dc link fall detection is triggered by Pwrl Trip Threshold. Pwrl Control Band determines the band of dc link ( between by Pwrl Trip
Threshold and Pwrl trip Threshold + Pwrl Control Band ) while the speed septoint is ramped down to zero using Pwrl Decel Rate to try
recovering the kinetic energy.
If during the outage the supply returns, the speed is automatically ramped back ( Pwrl Accel Rate ) to the speed setpoint.
The condition to validate the supply returns is met if the dc link is kept higher than ( Pwrl trip Threshold + Pwrl Control Band ) for more than
500ms. During this time, the speed setpoint is hold.
Pwrl Time Limit determines the maximum time of the Power Loss Ride Through sequence. If this time is exceeded, the drive will trip on POWER
LOSS STOP.
During the Power Loss Ride Through sequence, Pwrl Active becomes TRUE.

When Pwrl Enable is set to FALSE, the drive will trip on UNDERVOLTS if the main supply is removed.

This feature is run at a rate of 1 milli-second.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-151
IMPORTANT: If DC Link Volts Limit feature enabled, Pwrl Accel Rate and Pwrl Decel Rate really applied to the speed
setpoint are limited by Acceleration Time and Deceleration Time of the Ramp.

Speed Setpoint path

User Speed control loop

Power Loss DC Link Slew Rate
Ramp
Ride Thru Volts Limit (V/Hz only)

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-152 Parameter Reference
Precision Time Protocol (PTP)
Setup::Communications::PTP
Monitor:: Communications::PTP
Parameters::Base Comms::PTP

Refer to Chapter 8 “Ethernet”.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-153
Preset Speeds
Setup::Application::Preset Speeds
Monitor::Application::Preset Speeds*

This function is available when the Presets macro is selected.

The Presets function selects 1 of 8 values to be used as a reference.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Preset Speed 0 1916 Setup::Application::Preset Speeds 0.0 -100.0 to 100.0 % ALWAYS

Preset Speed Output when Selected Preset equals 0
Preset Speed 1 1917 Setup::Application::Preset Speeds 0.0 -100.0 to 100.0 % ALWAYS
Preset Speed Output when Selected Preset equals 1
Preset Speed 2 1918 Setup::Application::Preset Speeds 0.0 -100.0 to 100.0 % ALWAYS
Preset Speed Output when Selected Preset equals 2
Preset Speed 3 1919 Setup::Application::Preset Speeds 0.0 -100.0 to 100.0 % ALWAYS
Preset Speed Output when Selected Preset equals 3
Preset Speed 4 1920 Setup::Application::Preset Speeds 0.0 -100.0 to 100.0 % ALWAYS
Preset Speed Output when Selected Preset equals 4
Preset Speed 5 1921 Setup::Application::Preset Speeds 0.0 -100.0 to 100.0 % ALWAYS
Preset Speed Output when Selected Preset equals 5
Preset Speed 6 1922 Setup::Application::Preset Speeds 0.0 -100.0 to 100.0 % ALWAYS
Preset Speed Output when Selected Preset equals 6
Preset Speed 7 1923 Setup::Application::Preset Speeds 0.0 -100.0 to 100.0 % ALWAYS
Preset Speed Output when Selected Preset equals 7
Selected Preset* 1924 Monitor::Application::Preset Speeds 0 to 7 NEVER
Monitor showing selected preset number
Preset Speed Output 1925 Monitor::Application::Preset Speeds -100.0 to 100.0 % NEVER
Monitor showing selected preset value
Select 0
This is connected to a Digital Input as part of the selected macro. It provides bit 0 of the Selected Preset number.
Select 1
This is connected to a Digital Input as part of the selected macro. It provides bit 1 of the Selected Preset number.
Select 2
This is connected to a Digital Input as part of the selected macro. It provides bit 2 of the Selected Preset number.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-154 Parameter Reference
Functional Description

Select 2 Select 1 Select 0 Selected Preset

FALSE FALSE FALSE Preset Speed 0
FALSE FALSE TRUE Preset Speed 1
FALSE TRUE FALSE Preset Speed 2
FALSE TRUE TRUE Preset Speed 3
TRUE FALSE TRUE Preset Speed 4
TRUE TRUE FALSE Preset Speed 5
TRUE FALSE FALSE Preset Speed 6
TRUE FALSE FALSE Preset Speed 7
Select 0
Select 1 Selected Preset
Select 2

Preset Speed 0

Preset Speed 1

Preset Speed 2

Preset Speed 3
Preset Speed Output
Preset Speed 4

Preset Speed 5

Preset Speed 6

Preset Speed 7

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-155
Profibus DP-V1 Option
Monitor::Communications::Option
Setup::Communications::Option
Parameters::Option Comms::Comms
Parameters::Option Comms::Read Process
Parameters::Option Comms::Write Process
Parameters::Option Comms::Event
Parameters::Option Comms::Profibus

Refer to Profibus DP-V1 Technical Manual HA501837U001

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-156 Parameter Reference
PROFINET IO Option
Monitor::Communications::Option
Setup::Communications::Option
Parameters::Option Comms::Comms
Parameters::Option Comms::Read Process
Parameters::Option Comms::Write Process
Parameters::Option Comms::Event
Parameters::Option Comms::Option Ethernet
Parameters::Option Comms::PROFINET IO

Refer to Profinet IO Technical Manual HA501838U001

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-157
Raise Lower
Setup::Application::Raise Lower
Monitor::Application::Raise Lower*

Appears when the Raise/Lower macro is selected.

The Raise/Lower function acts as an internal motorised potentiometer (MOP) used as a reference source.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

RL Ramp Time 1901 Setup::Application::Raise Lower 10.0 0.0 to 600.0 s ALWAYS

Rate of change of the Output. Defined as the time to change from 0.00% to 100.00% . Note that the raise and lower rates are always
the same.

RL Reset Value 1902 Setup::Application::Raise Lower 0.0 -500.0 to 500.0 % ALWAYS

The value Output is set to when the Reset Input is TRUE.

RL Maximum Value 1903 Setup::Application::Raise Lower 100.0 % ALWAYS

-500.0 to 500.0

The maximum value to which Output will ramp up to.

RL Minimum Value 1904 Setup::Application::Raise Lower -500.0 to 500.0 ALWAYS

-100.0 %

The minimum value to which Output will ramp down to.

Reset Input

This is connected to a Digital Input as part of the selected Macro. When TRUE forces Output to track Reset Value.

Raise Input

This is connected to a Digital Input as part of the selected Macro. When TRUE causes Output to ramp up.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 C-158 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Lower Input

This is connected to a Digital Input as part of the selected Macro. When TRUE causes Output to ramp down.

Raise Lower Output 1905 Monitor::Application::Raise Lower 0.0 -500.0 to 500.0 NEVER

The ramp output monitor. Output is preserved during the power-down of the Drive.

Functional Description
The table below describes how Output is controlled by Raise Input, Lower Input and Reset Input.

Reset Raise Input Lower Input Action

TRUE Any Any Output tracks Reset Value
FALSE TRUE FALSE Output ramps up to Maximum Value at Ramp Time
FALSE FALSE TRUE Output ramps down to Minimum Value at Ramp Time
FALSE FALSE FALSE Output not changed. *
FALSE TRUE TRUE Output not changed. *
* If Output is greater than Maximum Value the Output will ramp down to Maximum Value at Ramp Time. If Output is less than Minimum Value
the Output will ramp up to Minimum Value at Ramp Time.

IMPORTANT: If Maximum Value is less than or equal to Minimum Value, then Output is set to Maximum Value.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-159
Ramp
Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp

This function forms part of the reference generation. It provides the facility to control the rate at which the Drive will respond to a changing setpoint
demand.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Seq Stop Method VHz 0484 Setup::Motor Control::Control and Type 1 0:DISABLED VOLTAGE ALWAYS
Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp 1:RAMP
2:STOP RAMP
3:DC INJECTION

Volts/Hz control mode only

Selects stopping mode that the controller will use once the run command has been removed. The choices are:
Enumerated Value : Stopping Mode

Seq Stop Method SVC 1257 Setup::Motor Control::Control and Type 1 0:DISABLED VOLTAGE ALWAYS
Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp 1:RAMP
2:STOP RAMP

All Control modes except Volts/Hz

Selects stopping mode that the controller will use once the run command has been removed. The choices are:
Enumerated Value : Stopping Mode
When DISABLED VOLTAGE ( COAST ) is selected the motor will free-wheel. When RAMP is selected the Drive will decelerate using
the reference ramp deceleration time, provided it is non-zero. When STOP RAMP is selected the motor will decelerate in Stop Ramp
Time.

Acceleration Time 0486 Same as PNO 484 10.000 0.000 to 3000.000 s ALWAYS

The time that the Drive will take to ramp the setpoint from 0.00% to 100.00% when Ramp Type is LINEAR.

Deceleration Time 0487 Same as PNO 484 10.000 0.000 to 3000.000 s ALWAYS

The time that the Drive will take to ramp the setpoint from 100.00% to 0.00% when Ramp Type is LINEAR.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-160 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Symmetric Mode 0488 Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp FALSE ALWAYS

Select whether to use Acceleration Time and Deceleration Time pair of ramp rates, or to use Symmetric Time to define the ramp
rate for the Drive.

Ramp Type 0485 Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp 0 0:LINEAR ALWAYS

1:S RAMP

Selects the ramp type

Symmetric Mode 0488 Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp FALSE ALWAYS

Symmetric Time 0489 Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp 10.000 0.000 to 3000.000 s ALWAYS

The time that the Drive will take to ramp from 0.00% to 100.00% and from 100.00% to 0.00% when Symmetric Mode is TRUE.

Sramp Continuous 0490 Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp FALSE ALWAYS

When TRUE, and S ramp is selected in Ramp Type, forces a smooth transition if the speed setpoint is changed when ramping. The
curve is controlled by the Sramp Acceleration and Sramp Jerk1 to Sramp Jerk 4 parameters. When FALSE, there is an immediate
transition from the old curve to the new curve.

Sramp Acceleration 0491 Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp 10.0 0.0 to 100.0 %/s² ALWAYS

Sets the acceleration rate in units of percent per second², i.e. if the full speed of the machine is 1.25m/s then the acceleration will be:
1.25 x 75.00% = 0.9375m/s²

Sramp Deceleration 0492 Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp 10.0 0.0 to 100.0 %/s² ALWAYS

This functions in the same way as Sramp Acceleration above.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-161
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Sramp Jerk 1 0493 Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp 10.0 0.0 to 100.0 %/s³ ALWAYS

Rate of change of acceleration for the first segment of the curve in units of percent per second³, i.e. if the full speed of the machine is
1.25m/s then the jerk will be:
1.25 x 50.00% = 0.625m/s³

Sramp Jerk 2 0494 Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp 10.0 0.0 to 100.0 %/s³ ALWAYS

Rate of change of acceleration in units of percent per second³ for segment 2

Sramp Jerk 3 0495 Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp 10.0 0.0 to 100.0 %/s³ ALWAYS

Rate of change of acceleration in units of percent per second³ for segment 3

Sramp Jerk 4 0496 Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp 10.0 0.0 to 100.0 %/s³ ALWAYS

Rate of change of acceleration in units of percent per second³ for segment 4

Ramp Hold 0497 Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp FALSE ALWAYS

When TRUE the output of the ramp is held at its last value

Ramping Active 0498 Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp NEVER

Set TRUE when ramping.

Ramp Spd Setpoint Input 0499 Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp x.x -200.0 to 200.0 % NEVER

Input speed setpoint to the ramp

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-162 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Ramp Speed Output 0500 Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp x.x -200.0 to 200.0 % NEVER

Output speed

Jog Setpoint 0501 Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp 10.0 0.0 to 100.0 % ALWAYS

The setpoint is the target reference that the Drive will ramp to

Jog Acceleration Time 0502 Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp 1.000 0.000 to 3000.000 s ALWAYS

The time that the Drive will take to ramp the jog setpoint from 0.00% to 100.00%.

Jog Deceleration Time 0503 Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp 1.000 0.000 to 3000.000 s ALWAYS

The time that the Drive will take to ramp the jog setpoint from 100.00% to 0.00%.

Stop Ramp Time 0504 Same as PNO 484 10.000 0.000 to 600.000 s ALWAYS

Rate at which the demand is ramped to zero after the ramp has been quenched

Zero Speed Threshold 0505 Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp 0.1 0.0 to 100.0 % ALWAYS

Hold for zero speed detection used by stop sequences

Zero Speed Stop Delay 0506 Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp 0.500 0.000 to 30.000 s ALWAYS

Sets the time at which the Drive holds zero speed before quenching after a normal stop or a jog stop. This may be particularly useful if
a mechanical brake requires time to operate at zero speed, or for jogging a machine to position

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-163
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Quickstop Time Limit 0507 Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp 30.000 0.000 to 3000.000 s ALWAYS

Maximum time that the Drive will try to Quickstop, before quenching

Quickstop Ramp Time 0508 Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp 0.100 0.000 to 600.000 s ALWAYS

Rate at which the Speed Demand is ramped to zero when Quickstop is active

Final Stop Rate 0509 Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp 1200 1 to 4800 Hz/s ALWAYS

Rate at which any internally generated setpoint trims are removed. For example, the trim due to the slip compensation in Volts/Hz
control mode.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-164 Parameter Reference
Functional Description
The s-ramp output takes the form shown below.

% 60
Acceleration Deceleration
50

40
Jerk 1
30

20 Jerk 4

10 Jerk 2 Jerk 3

-10
Time (secs)
-20

Jerk Acceleration Velocity

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-165
Real Time Clock
Parameters::Device Manager::Real Time Clock
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

1970/01/01
Time and Date 1186 Parameters::Device Manager::Real Time 1970/01/01 to 2038/01/19 ALWAYS
Clock

Time and Date in the format yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss

Time Zone Offset 1228 Parameters::Device Manager::Real Time 0.00 -14.00 to 14.00 ALWAYS
Clock

A value in hours that defines the difference between Coordinated Universal Time, (UTC), and local time. UTC is equivalent to
Grenwich Mean Time, (GMT). This value is required when the time is to be set from a network source using the SNTP client.

DST Active 1225 Parameters::Device Manager::Real Time FALSE ALWAYS

Clock

When TRUE, one hour is added to the internal time before being presented as the value in “Time and Date”.

Functional Description
IO Option Fitted with Real Time Clock
When an IO Option is fitted, (part number 7004-01-00 or 7004-02-00), “Time and Date” reports the time from the associated Real Time Clock
hardware. On receiving an IO Option from the factory the time is not set and the value will be fixed at 1970/01/01 00:00:00. To set the correct time
write to parameter 1186, or enable the SNTP client if an NTP master is available. Once set the RTC hardware on the IO option will maintain the time
even when power to the drive is removed.
SNTP Client
When the SNTP client is enabled, “Time and Date” is updated from the NTP master, adjusted for Time Zone and DST.
SNTP Server
When the SNTP server is enabled, the value of “Time and Date” is adjusted for Time Zone and DST then transmitted to any requesting clients.
No IO Option
When no IO Option is fitted “Time and Date” may be used as the destination of a broadcast time from a communications master.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-166 Parameter Reference
Resolver
Setup::Inputs and Outputs::Option
Parameters::Option IO::Resolver
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Setup::Inputs and Outputs::Option

Resolver Voltage 1790 4 0:0V STOPPED
Parameters::Option IO::Resolver
1:4V
2:5V
3:6V
4:7V
5:8V
6:9V
7:10V
8:11V
9:12V

The r.m.s. amplitude of the sinusoidal excitation voltage output.

This is set to the resolver’s requirement.
Setting 0V will disable the excitation output.

Resolver Frequency 1791 Same as PNO 1790 8.0 2.0 to 20.0 kHz STOPPED

The frequency of the sinusoidal excitation voltage output.

This is set to the resolver’s requirement.

Resolver Ratio 1792 Same as PNO 1790 0.50 0.15 to 3.00 STOPPED

The ratio of the amplitudes of the sine / cosine feedbacks to the excitation voltage output.
This is set to the resolver’s characteristic.

Setup::Inputs and Outputs::Option

Resolver Max Speed 1825 20000 0 to 120000 RPM STOPPED
Parameters::Option IO::Resolver

The maximum operating resolver shaft speed required.

This is set to the application requirements, which must be no greater than the resolver rating.
If the resolver is not the active feedback, this is used to auto-select the best possible speed / position resolution.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-167
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Resolver Poles 1793 Same as PNO 1790 2, 2 to 100 STOPPED

The number of poles in the resolver.

This is set to the resolver’s characteristic
A 2-pole resolver has one sine / cosine amplitude cycle for each mechanical rotation of the shaft.

Parameters::Option IO::Resolver
Resolver Speed Hz 1822 x.x Hz NEVER

The mechanical gearing of the resolver, reflecting resolver shaft turns per resolver coil turn.
This is set to the resolver’s characteristic.
For example, a multi-turn 2-pole resolver, that requires 10 resolver shaft rotations for each sine / cosine amplitude cycle, would use value 10.0.

Resolver Invert 1810 Same as PNO 1790 FALSE STOPPED

Used to set the direction of rotation which results in the position increasing positively, and the speed reporting as positive.

Resolver Position 1824 Same as PNO 1811 NEVER

(ENGINEER view level only.)

Actual resolver coil position, expressed as a count value, where one complete amplitude cycle is 65536 counts.
Monitor::Inputs and Outputs
Resolver Turns 1811 NEVER
Parameters::Option IO::Resolver

The integer number of completed resolver shaft mechanical turns.

Resolver Fraction Turns 1812 Same as PNO 1811 NEVER

The fractional part of the number of resolver shaft mechanical turns.

Resolver Speed Filter 1815 Same as PNO 1790 1000 10 to 10000 % ALWAYS

The corner frequency of the speed-tracking, single-order filter applied to the raw resolver speed, before it is reported in the Resolver Speed
parameters or used as speed feedback.
Expressed in terms of the ratio of filter corner frequency to raw resolver cycle frequency.
Used to remove speed ripple caused by the resolver measurement, particularly when the option is used as a reference speed input.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-168 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Resolver Min Filter 1851 Same as PNO 1825 100 10 to 1000 Hz ALWAYS

Limit applied as the minimum corner frequency of the speed-tracking, single-order filter applied to the raw resolver speed.
Used to prevent the speed-tracking filter from causing control instabilities at low speed.
Parameters::Option IO::Resolver
Resolver Actual Filter 1826 x. 20 to 8000 Hz NEVER

The actual corner frequency being used for the speed-tracking, single-order filter applied to the raw resolver speed.
The actual filter corner frequency is limited to 8000Hz maximum.
Parameters::Option IO::Resolver
Resolver Speed RPM 1813 x.x RPM NEVER

Resolver mechanical speed diagnostic / output.

Same as PNO 1811
Resolver Speed % 1814 x.x % NEVER

Resolver mechanical speed diagnostic / output.

Parameters::Option IO::Resolver
Resolver Speed Hz 1821 x.x Hz NEVER

Resolver mechanical speed diagnostic / output.

Parameters::Option IO::Resolver
Resolver Speed Ripple 1823 x.xx 0.00 to 1000.00 % NEVER

The peak-to-peak ripple in resolver speed samples.

Used to assist the trimming process which gain matches the sine to cosine inputs.
Calculated from max. speed – min. speed over last 128 samples on a 1ms sampling interval.
% is scaled by 464 100% Speed in RPM

Resolver Resolution 1816 Same as PNO 1790 0 0:AUTO STOPPED

1:12 BITS
2:14 BITS
3:16 BITS

The target resolution setting for the speed / position feedback.

See ‘Specifications’ for limitations, prior to changing this parameter.
The ‘AUTO’ setting is used to automatically select the best, allowable resolution, given other parameter settings.
The resolution setting affects the dynamic performance of the feedback. In ‘AUTO’ mode, the actual resolution in use may be different from the
target resolution, depending on other parameter settings
Only change this parameter when motor is stopped / torque is off.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-169
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Parameters::Option IO::Resolver
Resolver Active Resol 1827 Same as PNO 1816 NEVER

The actual resolution setting for the speed / position feedback.

The resolution setting affects the dynamic performance of the feedback.
In ‘AUTO’ mode, the actual resolution in use may be different from the target resolution, depending on other parameter settings :
12 BITS
only use for excitation between 6kHz and 20kHz.
14 BITS
only use for excitation between 3kHz and 12kHz, and max. speed parameter set < 30000rpm.
Max speed* set up < 30000RPM
16 BITS
only use for excitation between 2kHz and 10kHz, and max. speed parameter set < 7500rpm.
Max speed* set up < 7500RPM

(*) : if the option is the active feedback, then Max speed = 464 100% Speed in RPM
If the opion is not the active feedback, then Max speed = 1825 Resolver Max Speed
Parameters::Option IO::Resolver
Resolver State 1817 0:POWER_ON NEVER
1:RESET
2:ACTIVE
3:TRIPPED
4:RESTART

The state of the Resolver Feedback Option.

ACTIVE = Operating
TRIPPED = Not-Operating due to a detected fault (see parameter Resolver Trip Type).
1A fault detected when the option is being used as the active feedback will cause a drive trip, stopping the motor.

Parameters::Option IO::Resolver
Resolver Turns Reset 1818 FALSE ALWAYS

Used to reset both the Resolver Turns and Fraction Turns to zero, and Resolver Trip Type.
The turns count parameters are held at zero whilst this parameter is held TRUE.
The state of this parameter does not affect the operation of the resolver as a speed / position feedback, it only affects the turn count diagnostics.
Parameters::Option IO::Resolver
Resolver Reset Power On 1819 FALSE STOPPED

When TRUE the Resolver Turns and Resolver Fraction Turns parameters are reset to zero on drive power-on.
When FALSE the Resolver Turns and Resolver Fraction Turns parameters will persist through power cycling. The absolute shaft position with be
retained, provided that no more than 180° of resolver coil rotation has occurred during the power-off state.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-170 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Parameters::Option IO::Resolver
Resolver Trip Type 1820 0:NONE NEVER
1:PARITY
2:PHASE ERROR
3:MAX VELOCITY
4:TRACKING ERROR
5:SIN COS MISMATCH
6:SIN COS OVERRANGE
7:SIN COS BELOW LOS
8:SIN COS CLIPPED

Diagnostic that indicates the current (or most recent) trip type on the resolver option.
May be reset to NONE by using parameter ‘Resolver Turns Reset’.
Value meanings:
PARITY : Parity error in the configuration register of the option. Contact Parker for assistance.
PHASE ERROR : Phase lag from excitation output to sin / cos inputs exceeds operating limit. Check resolver specification.
MAX VELOCITY : Velocity exceeds maximum tracking rate. Select resolver with built-in gearing to reduce resolver velocity.
TRACKING ERROR : Position tracking phase locked loop has exceeded its maximum error limit. Use a lower acceleration rate or select a lower
target resolution.
SIN COS MISMATCH : The amplitudes of the sine and cosine inputs differ excessively. Check input connections, and gain matching
potentiometer setting.
SIN COS OVERRANGE : One or both of the sine / cosine input signals is overrange. Check that the Resolver Ratio parameter is set correctly, and
that the input signals do not exceed 12.5Vrms.
SIN COS BELOW LOS : One or both of the sine / cosine input signals is underrange. Check that the Resolver Ratio parameter is set correctly,
and that the input signals are at least 1.6Vrms.
SIN COS CLIPPED : One or both of the sine / cosine input signals is overrange and being clipped. Check that the Resolver Ratio parameter is set
correctly, and that the input signals do not exceed 12.5Vrms.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-171
Runtime Statistics
Parameters::Device Manager::Runtime Statistics
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Control Board Up Time 1139 Parameters::Device 0 to Max s NEVER

Manager::Runtime Statistics

The total time in seconds for which the control module has been powered, either by 24v or from the 3-phase supply. Set to zero during manufacture.

Time Since Power-On 1733 Parameters::Device 0.000 to Max s NEVER

Manager::Runtime Statistics

The time in seconds since power was applied to the control module, either by 24v or from the 3-phase supply.

HV SMPS Up Time 1252 Parameters::Device 0 to Max s NEVER

Manager::Runtime Statistics

The time in seconds for which the drive has been powered from the 3-phase supply.

HV Power On Count 1406 Parameters::Device 0 to 65535 NEVER

Manager::Runtime Statistics

The number of times that the drive has been powered up from the 3-phase supply

Motor Run Time 1407 Parameters::Device 0 to Max s NEVER

Manager::Runtime Statistics

The time in seconds for which the drive has been controlling a motor

Motor Start Count 1732 Parameters::Device 0 to Max NEVER

Manager::Runtime Statistics

The total number of motor starts, (from when the control card was manufactured).

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-172 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Time Since Power-On 1733 Parameters::Device 0.000 to Max s NEVER

Manager::Runtime Statistics

The time in seconds since power was applied to the control module, (either 24v or 3-phase power).

Functional Description
The Runtime Statistics group of parameters indicate the working age of the drive. The Control Board Up Time value is used as a reference when
recording the time at which a trip occurs. Similarly, the HV SMPS Up Time is used as a reference when recording the time at which a disabled trip
event occurs when the drive is operating in Fire Mode, (see Chapter 13: Fire Mode, and HA502134U002 “Fan Control Application” manual).

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-173
SB Digital IO
Parameters::System Board:: SB Digital IO
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

1759
SB Digital Input 1 Monitor::Inputs and Outputs NEVER
Parameters::System Board::SB Digital
IO

Digital input from X30.1, TRUE for a high voltage and FALSE for a low voltage.

1722
SB Digital Input 2 Monitor::Inputs and Outputs NEVER
Parameters::System Board::SB Digital
IO

Digital input from X30.2, TRUE for a high voltage and FALSE for a low voltage.

1723
SB Digital Input 3 Same as PNO 1722 NEVER

Digital input from X30.3, TRUE for a high voltage and FALSE for a low voltage.

1365
SB Digital Input 4 Monitor::Inputs and Outputs NEVER
Parameters::System Board::SB Digital
IO

Digital input from X34.5, TRUE for a high voltage and FALSE for a low voltage. Shared with SB Digital Output 1

1366
SB Digital Input 5 Same as PNO 1365 NEVER

Digital input from X34.6, TRUE for a high voltage and FALSE for a low voltage. Shared with SB Digital Output 2
1367
SB Digital Input 6 Same as PNO 1365 NEVER

Digital input from X34.7, TRUE for a high voltage and FALSE for a low voltage. Shared with SB Digital Output 3

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-174 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

1332
SB Digital In 1 Invert Parameters::System Board::SB Digital FALSE ALWAYS
IO

Inverts the value of SB Digital Input 1

1333
SB Digital In 2 Invert Parameters::System Board::SB Digital FALSE ALWAYS
IO

Inverts the value of SB Digital Input 2

1334
SB Digital In 3 Invert Parameters::System Board::SB Digital FALSE ALWAYS
IO

Inverts the value of SB Digital Input 3

1368
SB Digital In 4 Invert Parameters::System Board::SB Digital FALSE ALWAYS
IO

Inverts the value of SB Digital Input 4

1369
SB Digital In 5 Invert Parameters::System Board::SB Digital FALSE ALWAYS
IO

Inverts the value of SB Digital Input 5

1370
SB Digital In 6 Invert Parameters::System Board::SB Digital FALSE ALWAYS
IO

Inverts the value of SB Digital Input 6

1371
SB Digital Output 1 Parameters::System Board::SB Digital FALSE ALWAYS
IO

The value to output on X34.5. TRUE for a high voltage, FALSE for zero volts. Shares the terminal with SB Digital Input 4.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-175
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

1372
SB Digital Output 2 Parameters::System Board::SB Digital FALSE ALWAYS
IO

The value to output on X34.6. TRUE for a high voltage, FALSE for zero volts. Shares the terminal with SB Digital Input 5.

1373
SB Digital Output 3 Parameters::System Board::SB Digital FALSE ALWAYS
IO

The value to output on X34.7. TRUE for a high voltage, FALSE for zero volts. Shares the terminal with SB Digital Input 6.

1374
SB Dig Out 1 Invert Parameters::System Board::SB Digital FALSE ALWAYS
IO

Inverts the value to be used for SB Digital Output 1

1375
SB Dig Out 2 Invert Parameters::System Board::SB Digital FALSE ALWAYS
IO

Inverts the value to be used for SB Digital Output 2

1376
SB Dig Out 3 Invert Parameters::System Board::SB Digital FALSE ALWAYS
IO

Inverts the value to be used for SB Digital Output 2

Functional Description
These parameters are used to configure the system board outputs and to monitor the system board inputs.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-176 Parameter Reference
SB Encoder
Setup:: Inputs and Outputs::SB Encoder
Monitor::SB Encoder
Parameters::System Board::SB Encoder

The AC30A Encoder block provides the means for selecting the type of Encoder connected on the AC30A system board type

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Encoder Supply 1874 Setup::Inputs and Outputs::SB Encoder 0 0:5V STOPPED

Parameters::System Board::SB Encoder 1:10V

Allows the user to select the correct supply voltage for the pulse encoder.

Encoder Type 1875 Same as PNO 1874 0 0:SIN COS STOPPED

1: ENDAT 2.1 ST
2: ENDAT 2.1 MT

Allows the user to select the encoder type connected.

SINCOS type is incremental encoder type. Associated to a PMAC motor, setting up the position offset needs to be done at each drive
power on or after a trip related to the encoder.
ENDAT 2.1 ST is endat single turn encoder type.
ENDAT2.1 MT is endat mutli turn encoder type.

Encoder Lines 1876 Same as PNO 1874 512 1 to 1048576 STOPPED

Allows the user to select the correct number of lines per one encoder revolution.

Encoder Invert 1877 Same as PNO 1874 FALSE STOPPED

Reverses the encoder direction if set to TRUE. The encoder direction needs to be correct if encoder feedback is used to control the
motor in vector mode. The autotune identifies whether the parameter is in the correct state required to control the motor, and changes
it if necessary ( for Induction motor only ). It is possible to do this manually, by attempting to run the motor, and changing the
parameter if necessary until the motor is controlled correctly.

Encoder Speed 1892 Same as PNO 1878 x. RPM NEVER

The encoder mechanical speed measured by the encoder, in revolutions per minute.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-177
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Encoder Speed Percent 1893 Parameters::System Board::SB Encoder x.xx % NEVER

The encoder mechanical speed measured by the encoder, in %. 100% refers to 100% Speed in RPM ( 0464 )

Encoder Count 1878 Monitor::System Board::SB Encoder NEVER

Parameters::System Board::SB Encoder

The encoder count will increment and decrement with the encoder lines multiplied by 4, up to encoder lines by 4 or down to zero. It
provides the line count on one mechanical encoder revolution and is the absolute position in case of Absolute encoder.

Encoder Rev Count 1879 Same as PNO 1878 NEVER

The encoder count is a 32 bit counter which will increment and decrement with the encoder rev.
When using a SinCos, the count may vary between 0 to 4095.

Encoder Position 1310 Parameters::System Board::SB Encoder x.xx -180.00 to 180.00 deg NEVER

Mechanical encoder position in degrees on one mechanical encoder turn

Enc To Mot Shaft Ratio 1231 Setup::Inputs and Outputs::SB 1 1 to 50 STOPPED

Encoder
Parameters::System Board::SB
Encoder

Ratio between encoder turn and shaft motor turn in case of pulley belt system. Represents the number of encoder turn for a shaft
motor turn. This value must be compatible with the number of motor poles : dividing the number of motor poles by this number should
give an integer value.

Motor Count 1898 Parameters::System Board::SB Encoder NEVER

32 bit counter reflecting the motor equivalent encoder lines count times 4 and times the encoder to motor shaft ratio. Reset when Reset
Motor Count is active.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-178 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Motor Position 1230 Parameters::System Board::SB Encoder x.xx -180.00 to 180.00 deg NEVER

Motor position in degrees on one motor mechanical turn

Mechanical Offset 1229 Parameters::System Board::SB Encoder x NEVER

Represents the offset in count between the Motor Count and the Total Encoder Count ( Encoder Rev Count * Encoder Lines * 4 +
Encoder Count )

Motor Count Reset 1894 Same as PNO 1874 FALSE ALWAYS

Resets the Motor Count parameter at the actual motor mechanical position. The reset action may cause a value of 0,1,2 or 3. This is
related to the actual sin and cos informations. The count reset only resets the count line, not the sub count line.

Encoder Status 1232 Parameters::System Board::SB Encoder 0:OK NEVER

1:SIN COS ISSUE
2:OK WITH COMMS WARNING
3:COMMS ERROR
4:CALIB IN PROGRESS
5:CALIB ERROR
6:NOT DETECTED

Status of the encoder connected.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-179
SB Encoder Slot 1
Parameters::System Board::Encoder Slot 1
This feature allows you to setup and monitor the operation of the encoder attached to slot 1 of the system board.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

1663 Setup::Inputs and Outputs::SB Encoder 0 0:5 V STOPPED

Encoder Supply
Slot1 1:12 V
Parameters::System Board::SB Encoder 2:15 V
Slot 1 3:20 V

Configures the encoder supply for both Encoder 1 and Encoder 2

1664 Same as PNO 1663 2048 1 to 100000 STOPPED

Encoder Lines

The number of lines per encoder revolution

1665 Same as PNO 1663 FALSE STOPPED

Encoder Invert

Reverses the encoder direction if TRUE.

1666 Same as PNO 1663 0

Encoder Type 0:QUADRATURE
1:CLOCK/DIRECTION

Normally the encoder will be quadrature. Exceptionally, eg if a proximity sensor or other pulse train is used, it needs to be clock /
direction.

1667 Same as PNO 1663 FALSE STOPPED

High Input Threshold

Changes the threshold level for the encoder pulses between 1.8 V and 6.5 V typical. For encoders powered from 5 V the low theshold
should be used. For other supply voltages the high threshold will provide greater noise immunity.

1668 Monitor::System Board::SB Encoder Slot RPM NEVER

Encoder Speed
1
Parameters::System Board::SB Encoder
Slot 1

The speed measured by the encoder, in revolutions per minute.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-180 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable
1855
Encoder Speed Percent Parameters::Option IO::Encoder % NEVER

The speed measured by the encoder, as a percentage of 100% Speed.

1669 Same as PNO 1663 FALSE ALWAYS

Encoder Count Reset

Resets the encoder count.

1670 Same as PNO 1668 Min to Max NEVER

Encoder Count

The encoder count is a 32 bit count which will increment and decrement with the encoder pulses, up to (or down to) 2^31.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-181
SB Encoder Slot 2
Parameters::System Board::Encoder Slot 2
This feature allows you to setup and monitor the operation of the encoder attached to slot 2 of the system board.
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Encoder Lines 1671 Setup::Inputs and Outputs::SB Encoder 2048 1 to 100000 STOPPED
Slot2
Parameters::System Board::SB
Encoder Slot 2

The number of lines per encoder revolution

Encoder Invert 1672 Same as PNO 1671 FALSE STOPPED

Reverses the encoder direction if TRUE.

Encoder Type 1673 Same as PNO 1671 0 0:QUADRATURE STOPPED

1:CLOCK/DIRECTION

Normally the encoder will be quadrature. Exceptionally, eg if a proximity sensor or other pulse train is used, it needs to be clock /
direction.

High Input Threshold 1674 Same as PNO 1671 FALSE STOPPED

Changes the threshold level for the encoder pulses between 1.8 V and 6.5 V typical. For encoders powered from 5 V the low theshold
should be used. For other supply voltages the high threshold will provide greater noise immunity.

Encoder Speed 1675 Monitor::System Board::SB Encoder Slot RPM NEVER

2
Parameters::System Board::SB
Encoder Slot 2

The speed measured by the encoder, in revolutions per minute.

Encoder Count Reset 1676 Same as PNO 1671 FALSE ALWAYS

Resets the encoder count.

Encoder Count 1677 Same as PNO 1675 Min to Max NEVER

The encoder count is a 32 bit count which will increment and decrement with the encoder pulses, up to (or down to) 2^31.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-182 Parameter Reference
SB Retransmit
Parameters::System Board::System Board IO
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

1678
Output Enable Setup::Inputs and Outputs::System Board FALSE ALWAYS
Option
Parameters::System Board::SB
Retransmit

Turns on the system board A, B and Z outputs.

1679
Output Source Same as PNO 1678 0 0:SYSTEM BOARD SLOT 1 STOPPED
1:SYSTEM BOARD SLOT 2
2:SYNTHETIC ENCDR
3:DIGITAL OUTPUTS
4:MAIN SPD FEEDBACK

Selects the source of the retransmit output. i.e. Slot 1, Slot 2, synthetic encoder, or the Encoder fitted into the main speed feedback.
If SYSTEM BOARD SLOT 1 or SYSTEM BOARD SLOT 2 is selected, the output number of lines is a copy of the source number of
lines.
If MAIN SPD FEEDBACK is selected, then the output number of lines can be set up independantly of the source number of lines (
limited to a max value of 16384 )

1680
Output Voltage Same as PNO 1678 0 0:5 V ALWAYS
1:12 V
2:15 V
3:20 V

Sets the voltage output of the system board encoder retransmit.

1696
Synth Encoder Lines Same as PNO 1678 2048 1 to 15000000 ALWAYS

Number of lines per revolution to be simulated by the synthetic encoder function. This affects the Z output pulse.

1698
Synth Encoder Speed Same as PNO 1678 0 0 to 15000000 RPM ALWAYS

Simulated speed to output when the synthetic encoder mode is selected.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-183
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

1702
Synth Encoder Invert Same as PNO 1678 FALSE ALWAYS

Sets the direction of the synthetic encoder rotation.

1870
Z Pulse Setup::Inputs and Outputs::System Board FALSE ALWAYS
Option
Parameters::System Board::SB
Retransmit

Only available is Output Source is set to SYNTHETIC ENCDR or MAIN SPD FEEDBACK
Allows to set up the Z pulse signals. It occurs on the falling edge ( TRUE to FALSE ) of this parameter.

1872
Z Pulse Init Done Setup::Inputs and Outputs::System Board FALSE ALWAYS
Option
Parameters::System Board::SB
Retransmit

Only available is Output Source is set to MAIN SPD FEEDBACK

TRUE if initialisation of Z pulse position has been run successfully. FALSE during initialisation phase : at start up or during selection of
a new Z pulse position.

1756
Output A Setup::Inputs and Outputs::System Board FALSE ALWAYS
Option
Parameters::System Board::SB
Retransmit

Value presented on terminal X33.1 with respect to X33.2 when "1679 Output Source" is set to DIGITAL OUTPUTS

1757
Output B Same as PNO 1756 FALSE ALWAYS

Value presented on terminal X33.3 with respect to X33.4 when "1679 Output Source" is set to DIGITAL OUTPUTS

1758
Output Z Same as PNO 1756 FALSE ALWAYS

Value presented on terminal X33.5 with respect to X33.6 when "1679 Output Source" is set to DIGITAL OUTPUTS

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-184 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

1291
Output A Invert Parameters::System Board::SB FALSE ALWAYS
Retransmit

Inverts the value from Output A when "1679 Output Source" is set to DIGITAL OUTPUTS

1292
Output B Invert Parameters::System Board::SB FALSE ALWAYS
Retransmit

Inverts the value from Output B when "1679 Output Source" is set to DIGITAL OUTPUTS

1293
Output Z Invert Parameters::System Board::SB FALSE ALWAYS
Retransmit

Inverts the value from Output Z when "1679 Output Source" is set to DIGITAL OUTPUTS

1870
Output Z Invert Parameters::System Board::SB FALSE ALWAYS
Retransmit

TRUE to FALSE to validate the actual position of the Synthetic encoder as the Zero position. Synthetic encoder output will generate a
Zpulse every turn. Synthetic encoder position is reset to Zero. The position is validated on a TRUE to FALSE change of this parameter.
If MAIN SPD FEEDBACK, the Z pulse position is kept in memory during power cycle.

1871
Output Z Invert Parameters::System Board::SB FALSE ALWAYS
Retransmit

Synthetic encoder count. Values are limited to +/- 1024 turns.

Only available if the Output Source of the retransmit Output is set to MAIN SPD FEEDBACK.
Valus is reset to Zero on a TRUE to FALSE transition of the Z pulse Input.
1872
Output Z Invert Parameters::System Board::SB FALSE ALWAYS
Retransmit

TRUE if initialisation of Z pulse position has been run successfully. FALSE during initialisation phase : at start up or after selection of a
new Z pulse position.

Functional Description
These parameters are used to configure the system board retransmit outputs.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-185
Scale Setpoint
Parameters::Motor Control::Scale Setpoint

This function defines 100% speed in RPM.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

100% Speed in RPM 464 Setup::Motor Control::Control and Type 1500.0 0.0 to 100000.0 RPM ALWAYS
Parameters::Motor Control::Scale
Setpoint

Speed in RPM equivalent to a setpoint of 100%

Speed Demand RPM 465 Parameters::Motor Control::Scale Setpoint x.x RPM NEVER

Setpoint scaled to RPM

Speed Demand Hz 466 Parameters::Motor Control::Scale Setpoint x.x Hz NEVER

Setpoint scaled to electrical Hz.

Functional Description
The Drive is commanded to run the motor at a certain speed, which is derived from various sources, such as comms, analog inputs, commands from
the keypad, etc. All these speed commands are expressed as a percentage. The percentage is referenced to parameter PNO 0464. So, for
example, if PNO 0464 is set to 3000 rpm, and the user commands 100% speed, then the motor should turn at 3000rpm.
The user should be aware of what PNO 0464 means for different control options:
- For vector control (both for PMAC and IM) for 100% demand the motor will provide the actual shaft speed of the value that is set
in PNO 0464.

- For V/Hz control (IM only) for 100% demand the actual shaft speed will be the value set in this parameter less than the slip of the
motor. So, in order to achieve rated speed at rated torque in V/Hz mode, the user should set PNO 0464 to an RPM value that
corresponds to the base frequency of the motor with the number of pole pairs taken into account, or in other words, ‘100% Speed
in RPM’ should be set to synchronous speed. (For example, a 50Hz, 4 pole induction motor, with rated speed of 1450RPM, should
have its ‘100% Speed in RPM’ value set to 1500. This will ensure that in V/Hz mode when the motor is loaded with rated load the
actual speed of the shaft will be 1450 RPM!)
This parameter also represents the maximum speed available, since (apart from a small allowance for process trims) the speed commands are not
allowed to exceed 100%.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-186 Parameter Reference
SD Card
Parameters::Device Manager::SD Card
Details of the SD Card fitted in the Drive.
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Card State 1033 Parameters::Device Manager::SD Card 0:NO CARD NEVER

1:INITIALISING
2:READY
3:CARD FAULT

The state of the SD Card will either be:

0: NO CARD no card detected in slot
1: INITIALISING a card has been detected but is still preparing for use
2: READY the card inserted can be used
3: CARD FAULT the card inserted is faulty and cannot be used. Check “Extended Support” below.

Card Name 1034 Parameters::Device Manager::SD Card NEVER

The Volume Label read from the card. This is normally entered when formatting the card. It may be left blank.

Firmware 1038 Parameters::Device Manager::SD Card NEVER

TRUE indicates that the firmware upgrade file (firmware.30x) is present on the inserted SD Card.

Application Archive 1039 Parameters::Device Manager::SD Card NEVER

TRUE indicates that the project archive file (archive.prj) is present on the inserted SD Card and that the contents of this file matches
the loaded Project.
FALSE indicates that either the project archive file is not on the SD Card or that the archive file does not contain the archive of the
loaded Project.

Extended Support 0117 Parameters::Device Manager::SD Card TRUE ALWAYS

Set TRUE to support a wider range of SD Cards. This parameter is ignored if Precision Time Protocol, (PTP), is enabled.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-187
Sequencing
Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing

These parameters allow the user of the AC30V to monitor the status and affect the behaviour of the DS402 drive state machine as described in
detail in Appendix B “Sequencing Logic”.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Local 0591 Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing FALSE STOPPED

Local (GKP) of Control and Reference.

Local Power Up Mode 1565 Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing 0 0:AS WHEN POWERED DOWN ALWAYS
1:LOCAL
2:REMOTE

The initial value of 0591 Local can be selected by the User using this enumerated parameter.
0: AS WHEN POWERED DOWN the state when the Drive was powered down (default)
1: LOCAL always powers up with 0591 Local set to TRUE
2: REMOTE always powers up with 0591 Local set to FALSE

Local Reference 0592 Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing 0.00 0.00 to 100.00 % ALWAYS

Local Reference from GKP.

App Control Word 0610 Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing 0000 0:SWITCH ON ALWAYS

1:ENABLE VOLTAGE
2:NOT QUICKSTOP
3:ENABLE OPERATION
7:RESET FAULT
8:EXTERNAL FAULT
12:USE JOG REFERENCE
13:REVERSE DIRECTION
14:AUTO INITIALISE
15:EVENT TRIGGERED OP

Control Word from Application (Terminals).

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-188 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Comms Control Word 0627 Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing 0000 0:SWITCH ON ALWAYS

1:ENABLE VOLTAGE
2:NOT QUICKSTOP
3:ENABLE OPERATION
7:RESET FAULT
8:EXTERNAL FAULT
10:USE COMMS CONTROL
11:USE COMMS REFERENCE
12:USE JOG REFERENCE
13:REVERSE DIRECTION
14:AUTO INITIALISE
15:EVENT TRIGGERED OP

Control Word from Fieldbus.

Control Word 0644 Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing 0:SWITCH ON NEVER

1:ENABLE VOLTAGE
2:NOT QUICKSTOP
3:ENABLE OPERATION
7:RESET FAULT
8:EXTERNAL FAULT
10:USE COMMS CONTROL
11:USE COMMS REFERENCE
12:USE JOG REFERENCE
13:REVERSE DIRECTION
14:AUTO INITIALISE
15:EVENT TRIGGERED OP

Monitor (read-only) Control Word updated from the active source.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-189
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Status Word 0661 Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing 0:READY TO SWITCH ON NEVER

1:SWITCHED ON
2:OPERATION ENABLED
3:FAULTED
4:VOLTAGE ENABLED
5:QUICKSTOP INACTIVE
6:SWITCH ON DISABLED
9:CONTROL FROM COMMS
12:JOG OPERATION
13:REVERSE OPERATION
14:REFERENCE FROM
COMMS
15:STOPPING

This is the DS402 Status Word

Sequencing State 0678 Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing 0:NOT READY TO SWITCH ON NEVER

1:SWITCH ON DISABLED
2:READY TO SWITCH ON
3:SWITCHED ON
4:OPERATION ENABLED
5:QUICKSTOP ACTIVE
6:FAULT REACTION ACTIVE
7:FAULTED

Drive DS402 Sequencing State.

Switch On Timeout 0679 Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing 0.000 0.000 to 100.000 s ALWAYS

Time allowed for line contactor to close when entering the Switched On state from Switched Off state. If this time is non-zero, a Line
Contactor trip will occur if the DC Link Voltage remains low until the timeout expires. If the timeout is set to zero, an Under Voltage trip
will occur immediately.

App Reference 0680 Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing 0.00 -110.00 to 110.00 % ALWAYS

Reference from terminals (via. the application)

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-190 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Comms Reference 0681 Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing 0.00 -110.00 to 110.00 % ALWAYS

Reference from Fieldbus

Reference 0682 Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing x.xx -110.00 to 110.00 % NEVER

Monitor (read-only) Reference updated from the active source. This will either be the value of the 0592 Local Reference, 0680 App
Reference (terminals) or 0681 Comms Reference depending on which source is currently selected.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-191
Setup Wizard
Parameters::Device Manager::Setup Wizard

These parameters configure the operation of the Setup Wizard.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

1738 Parameters::Device Manager::Setup TRUE ALWAYS

Enable Auto Save
Wizard

Control how parameter values are saved when modified via the GKP or the Web Page.
TRUE: Parameter values are saved automatically when they are entered.
FALSE: Parameter values are not saved automatically. To save parameters using the GKP navigate to the Welcome page by
pressing the soft left key repeatedly, then press the save icon for approximately 1s. (Note: If the GKP password is
active and unlocked it will be necessary to lock the GKP password before the save icon is presented).

Auto Hide 1779 Parameters::Device Manager::Setup TRUE ALWAYS

Wizard

In normal operation, parameters that are not relevant to the configuration are saved. For example, parameters relating to the
Thermistor IO option are only visible when that option is enabled. Clearing “Parameter Auto Hide” shows all parameters in the drive at
ENGINEER view level. At other view levels the Auto Hide feature is always enabled.

Scaled PNO Access 1861 Parameters::Device Manager::Setup 0 0:BASE UNITS ALWAYS

Wizard 1:SELECTED UNITS

This parameter may be used when the application makes use of selectable units, (for example: to display a value in either °C or °F).
When Scaled PNO Access is “BASE UNITS” the value returned when reading a rescaled parameter over fieldbus communications is
always in the base, (unscaled), units. When Scaled PNO Access is “SELECTED UNITS” the value returned when reading a rescaled
parameter over fieldbus communications is in the selected units.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-192 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Language 1005 Parameters::Device Manager::Setup 0 0:ENGLISH STOPPED

Wizard 1:FRANCAIS
2:DEUTSCH
3:ESPANOL
4:ITALIANO
5:CHINESE
6:L 6
7:L 7
8:L 8
9:L 9

Identifies the currently selected language, refer to chapter 7, Graphical Keypad, for details on changing the selected language.

Run Wizard? 1006 Parameters::Device Manager::Setup 1 0:NO ALWAYS

Wizard 1:YES

Changing this parameter to TRUE will cause the GKP to re-start the Setup Wizard. This parameter is automatically reset to FALSE on
exiting the Setup Wizard.

Save is Required 0411 Parameters::Device Manager::Setup NEVER

Wizard

Indicates that auto save is off, and a parameter has been changed. Used by PDD and PDQ to see if a parameter has been changed
via the GKP or web page.

Functional Description
The operation of the Setup Wizard is described in Chapter 9.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-193
Skip Frequencies
Setup::Application::Skip Frequencies
Function availability depends on macro selected.
This function is used to prevent the Drive operating at frequencies that cause mechanical resonance in the load.
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Skip Band 1 1908 Setup::Application::Skip Frequencies 0.0 0.0 to 1000.0 Hz ALWAYS

The width of skip band 1 in Hz.

Skip Frequency 1 1909 Setup::Application::Skip Frequencies 0.0 0.0 to 1000.0 Hz ALWAYS

The centre frequency of skip band 1 in Hz.

Skip Band 2 1910 Setup::Application::Skip Frequencies 0.0 0.0 to 1000.0 Hz ALWAYS

The width of skip band 2 in Hz.

Skip Frequency 2 1911 Setup::Application::Skip Frequencies 0.0 0.0 to 1000.0 Hz ALWAYS

The centre frequency of skip band 2 in Hz.

Skip Band 3 1912 Setup::Application::Skip Frequencies 0.0 0.0 to 1000.0 Hz ALWAYS

The width of skip band 3 in Hz.

Skip Frequency 3 1913 Setup::Application::Skip Frequencies 0.0 0.0 to 1000.0 Hz ALWAYS

The centre frequency of skip band 3 in Hz.

Skip Band 4 1914 Setup::Application::Skip Frequencies 0.0 0.0 to 1000.0 Hz ALWAYS

The width of skip band 4 in Hz.

Skip Frequency 4 1915 Setup::Application::Skip Frequencies 0.0 0.0 to 1000.0 Hz ALWAYS

The centre frequency of skip band 4 in Hz.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-194 Parameter Reference
Functional Description
Four programmable skip frequencies are available to avoid resonances within the mechanical system. Enter the value of frequency that causes the
resonance using a Frequency parameter and then program the width of the skip band using its Band parameter. The Drive will then avoid sustained
operation within the forbidden band as shown in the diagram. The skip frequencies are symmetrical and thus work in forward and reverse.

Setting a Frequency to 0 disables the corresponding band. Setting a Band to 0 causes the value of Band 1 to be used for this band.

Drive
Frequency

Frequency 1 Frequency 2 Setpoint

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-195
The behaviour of this function is illustrated below.

Drive
Frequency

Skip band

Skip Frequency Setpoint

Drive
Frequency

Frequency 1 Frequency 2 Setpoint

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-196 Parameter Reference
Slew Rate
Parameters::Motor Control::Slew Rate

Designed for VOLTS/Hz motor Control Mode.

This function prevents over-current and over-voltage faults occurring due to a rapidly changing setpoint.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Slew Rate Enable 0360 Parameters::Motor Control::Slew Rate TRUE ALWAYS

Enable/Disable slew rate limit

Slew Rate Accel Limit 0361 Parameters::Motor Control::Slew Rate 500 1 to 1200 Hz/s ALWAYS

Maximum rate at which the setpoint can be changed away from zero

Slew Rate Decel Limit 0362 Parameters::Motor Control::Slew Rate 500 1 to 1200 Hz/s ALWAYS

Maximum rate at which the setpoint can be changed towards zero

Functional Description
The Slew Rate limit obtains the setpoint from the output of the application, correctly scaled by the Reference feature and already processed by the
Power Loss Ride Thru and the DC Link Volts Limit features ( if enabled ). The rate of change limits are applied and the setpoint is then passed on
for further processing.

When the braking feature determines that the internal dc link voltage is too high it issues a Hold signal. This causes the Slew Rate limit function to
hold the setpoint at its current value. This typically lasts for only 1ms, time for the excess energy to be dumped into the dynamic braking resistor.
Speed Setpoint path

User Speed control loop

Power Loss DC Link Slew Rate
Ramp
Ride Thru Volts Limit (V/Hz only)

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-197
Slip Compensation
Parameters::Motor Control::Slip Compensation

Designed for VOLTS/Hz motor Control Mode.

The slip compensation function allows the Drive to maintain motor speed in the presence of increased load.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Slip Compensatn Enable 0354 Parameters::Motor Control::Slip FALSE ALWAYS

Compensation

Enable/Disable slip compensation

SLP Motoring Limit 0356 Parameters::Motor Control::Slip 150 0 to 600 RPM ALWAYS
Compensation

Maximum compensated speed in motor control

SLP Regen Limit 0357 Parameters::Motor Control::Slip 150 0 to 600 RPM ALWAYS
Compensation

Maximum compensated speed in regen mode

Functional Description
Based on the rated speed, the no load speed and the rated load of the motor, the Slip Compensation feature adjusts the demand frequency to
compensate for any speed reduction resulting from the load.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-198 Parameter Reference
SNTP Client
Parameters::Base Comms::STNP Client
Refer to Chapter 8: Ethernet

SNTP Server
Parameters::Base Comms::STNP Server
Refer to Chapter 8: Ethernet

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-199
Soft Menus
Parameters::Device Manager::Soft Menus
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Control Screen Mode 0908 Parameters::Device Manager::Soft 1 0:DISABLED STOPPED

Menus 1:AUTO
2:CUSTOM

Defines the operation of the Control Screen

0. DISABLED
1. AUTO
2. CUSTOM
When set to DISABLED, the Control Screen menu is hidden.
When set to AUTO, the contents of the Control Screen menu depends on the sequencing mode of the drive, (local, remote or
communications).
When set to CUSTOM, the contents of the Control Screen may be defined by writing parameter numbers to the elements of the 1352
Control Screen array. Note that the contents of the 1352 Control Screen array are not saved in non-volatile memory, so the values
need to be initialised following a power-on reset.

Control Screen 1352 Parameters::Device Manager::Soft ALWAYS

Menus

An array of PNOs that identifies the parameters to be shown in the Control Screen. The contents of this screen are set automatically by
the AC30 firmware when the control mode is changed.

Favourites 1188 Parameters::Device Manager::Soft ALWAYS

Menus

An array of PNOs that identifies the parameters to be shown in the Favourites menu

Setup 1311 Parameters::Device Manager::Soft ALWAYS

Menus

An array of PNOs that identifies the parameters to be shown in the Setup menu

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-200 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Monitor 1270 Parameters::Device Manager::Soft ALWAYS

Menus

An array of PNOs that identifies the parameters to be shown in the Monitor menu

Functional Description
The Soft Menus group of parameters are used to populate the associated menus depending on the associated application, (Control Screen, Setup
and Monitor) or the requirements of the location, (Favourites). The contents of the Setup and Monitor menus may only be set by the application itself.
The contents of the Favourites menu may be set by writing to the parameters in the Favourites array. Alternatively parameters may be added to or
removed from the Favourites menu by use of the GKP. Navigate to the parameter of interest and hold the OK key until the attributes screen is
shown. If the parameter is not already in the Favourites menu a pressing Soft Key 2 adds the parameter to Favourites. This operation is indicated by
the icon . Similarly, to remove a parameter from Favourites, navigate to the parameter in the Favourites menu then press OK until the
parameter attributes are shown. Remove the parameter from Favourites by pressing Soft Key 2. This operation is indicated by the icon .

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-201
Spd Direct Input
Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Direct Input
Only apply to SVC control mode, IM or PMAC.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Direct Input Select 0528 Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Direct 0 0:NONE ALWAYS

Input 1:ANIN1
2:ANIN2

The direct input to the speed loop is an analog input which is sampled synchronously with the speed loop. This ensures that the speed
loop always has the most up-to-date value of the input, allowing it to respond faster. Either of the two analog inputs can be selected as
the direct input. If NONE is selected, the input is set to zero. When not in use, it should be disabled by selecting NONE.

Direct Input Ratio 0529 Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Direct 1.0000 -10.0000 to 10.0000 ALWAYS
Input

The Direct Input is multiplied by this parameter.

Direct Input Pos Lim 0530 Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Direct 110.00 -600.00 to 600.00 % ALWAYS
Input

This limits the upper value of the Direct Input.

Direct Input Neg Lim 0531 Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Direct -110.00 -600.00 to 600.00 % ALWAYS
Input

This limits the lower value of the Direct Input.

Functional Description
The Drive is commanded to run the motor at a certain speed, which is derived from various sources, such as comms, analog inputs, commands from
the keypad, etc. Most of these are derived from sources which respond relatively slowly, eg every 1ms. For processes which require a faster
response, the direct input is provided. This is an analog input which is sampled synchronously with the speed loop, as described above. It is added
on to the other sources of speed command to give a total speed command.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-202 Parameter Reference
Spd Loop Diagnostics
Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop Diagnostics
Refer to the diagram in Spd Loop Settings function.
Only applies to SVC control mode, IM or PMAC.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Total Spd Demand RPM 0533 Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop x.xx -100000.00 to 100000.00 RPM NEVER
Diagnostics

This diagnostic shows the final values of the speed demand in rpm obtained after summing all sources. This is the value which is
presented to the speed loop

Total Spd Demand % 0534 Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop x.xx -200.00 to 200.00 % NEVER
Diagnostics

This diagnostic shows the final values of the speed demand as a % of 100% Speed in RPM of the Scale Setpoint obtained after
summing all sources. This is the value which is presented to the speed loop.

Speed Loop Error 0535 Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop x.xx -600.00 to 600.00 % NEVER
Diagnostics

This diagnostic shows the difference between the total speed demand and the speed feedback

Speed PI Output 0536 Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop x.xx -600.00 to 600.00 % NEVER
Diagnostics

This diagnostic shows the difference between the total speed demand and the speed feedback

Speed Limiter Active 0536 Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop x.xx -600.00 to 600.00 % NEVER
Diagnostics

This diagnostic is TRUE if the drive is in Torque Control mode ( i.e. Sel Torq Ctrl Only is TRUE ), the speed limiter validated ( i.e. Spd
Limiter Torq Ctrl is TRUE ) and the drive is in speed limit condition.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-203
Spd Loop Settings
Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop Settings

This function block controls the speed of the motor by comparing the actual speed to the demanded speed, and applying more or less torque in
response to the error.

Only applies to SVC control mode, IM or PMAC.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Speed Loop Auto Set 1246 Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop TRUE ALWAYS
Settings

Only for PMAC Motor

TRUE : Allows to automatically calculate speed loop control parameters : Speed Loop Pgain and Speed Loop I Time.
To do a correct estimation, Ratio Load Mot Inert should be correctly filled in.
FALSE : no automatic calculation

Ratio Load Mot Inert 1247 Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop 1.0 0.1 to 100.0 ALWAYS
Settings

Only for PMAC Motor

Enter the correct inertia ratio between the load and the motor (For a no load condition, a value of 0.1 should be used).
This is used to automatically estimate the correct Speed Loop Pgain and Speed Loop I Time.

Speed Loop Bandwidth 1248 Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop 1 0:LOW ALWAYS

Settings 1:MEDIUM
2:HIGH

Only for PMAC Motor

When Speed Loop Auto Set is TRUE, allows to select the speed loop bandwidth level :
Low :provides a low speed loop bandwidth
Medium : provides a medium speed loop bandwidth
High : provides a high speed loop bandwidth

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-204 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Speed Loop Pgain 0515 Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop 20.00 0.00 to 3000.00 ALWAYS
Settings

Sets the proportional gain of the loop.

Speed error x proportional gain = torque percent.

Speed Loop I Time 0516 Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop 0.100 0.001 to 15.000 s ALWAYS
Settings

This is the integral time constant of the speed loop. A speed error which causes the proportional term to produce a torque demand T,
will cause the integral term to also ramp up to a torque demand T after a time equal to Speed Loop I Time.

Speed Loop Int Defeat 0517 Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop FALSE ALWAYS
Settings

When TRUE, the integral term does not operate.

Speed Loop Int Preset 0518 Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop 0 -600 to 600 ALWAYS
Settings

The integral term will be preset to this value when the drive starts.

Spd Loop Dmd Filt TC 0519 Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop 0.0 0.0 to 15.0 ms ALWAYS
Settings

The speed demand is filtered to reduce ripple. The filter is first order with time constant equal to the value of this parameter.

Spd Loop Fbk Filt TC 0520 Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop 1.0 0.0 to 15.0 ms ALWAYS
Settings

The speed feedback is filtered to reduce ripple. The filter is first order with time constant equal to the value of this parameter.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-205
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Spd Loop Aux Torq Dmd 0521 Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop 0.00 -600.00 to 600.00 % ALWAYS
Settings

When the drive is operating in speed control mode, the value of this parameter is added on to the torque demand produced by the
speed loop PI. When the drive is operating in torque control mode (i.e. Set Torq Ctrl Only is TRUE) the speed loop PI does not
operate, and the torque demand becomes the sum of this parameter plus the DIRECT INPUT (if selected).

Spd Loop Adapt Thres 0523 Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop 0.00 0.00 to 10.00 % ALWAYS
Settings

If the speed demand is less than the Spd Loop Adapt Thres, the speed loop proportional gain is the Spd Loop Adapt Pgain.

Spd Loop Adapt Pgain 0524 Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop 20.00 0.00 to 300.00 ALWAYS
Settings

Proportional gain used if speed demand < Spd Loop Adapt Thres.

Spd Demand Pos Lim 0525 Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop 110.00 -110.00 to 110.00 % ALWAYS
Settings

This sets the upper limit of the speed demand.

Spd Demand Neg Lim 0526 Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop -110.00 -110.00 to 110.00 % ALWAYS
Settings

This sets the lower limit of the speed demand.

Sel Torq Ctrl Only 0527 Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop FALSE ALWAYS
Settings

Selects between Speed Control mode and Torque Control mode. When TRUE, (Torque Control mode) the torque demand output from
the speed loop feature is the sum of the Direct Input plus the Spd Loop Aux Torq Dmd parameter.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-206 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Spd Limiter Torq Ctrl 1781 Parameters::Motor Control::Spd FALSE ALWAYS

Loop Settings

When set to TRUE, and the drive is in Torque Control mode, this parameter prevents operation outside the speed limits defined in Spd
Demand Pos Lim and Spd Demand Neg Lim. The torque setpoint is compensated if the motor speed reaches these speed limits.

Functional Description
The speed error (speed demand minus speed feedback) is calculated and processed via a proportional + integral (PI) controller. The output of the
PI controller is a torque demand, which is passed directly to the torque control feature.

When the drive is in SENSORLESS VEC mode, the speed feedback is calculated from the voltages and currents flowing in the motor, and the motor
model.

Direct input 530 300% 535 536

534

anin1
anin2 Volts/amps to % SPEED CONTROL x (100/scaling) x100
Sel Torq Ctrl Only
531 -300%
Hz
Speed reference % x (scaling/100) Filter on
Torque
PI Demand
300%
521
1.0 = 100% Torque
Aux torque demand % x 1/100

x 1/100 Pos torque % Neg torque %

-300% Speed Feedback Hz

x100
464 scaling = 100% Speed in RPM/60
536 Torque
Limit
Compensated torque reference
110% torque
525 Pos speed Hz
Spd demand Pos Lim % % to Hz :
speed
526 Neg speed Hz
Spd demand Neg Lim % x ( scaling/100 ) In torque limit

-110% Speed limiter

TORQUE CONTROL
1780 Spd Limiter Torq Ctrl Spd Limiter Active 1781

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-207
Speed Error Trip
Parameters::Trips::Speed Error Trip

This function allows the user to program the response of the drive in a situation where persistent speed error (as a difference between setpoint and
actual measured or estimated speed) occurs.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Speed Error Trip Enable 1746 Parameters::Trips::Speed Error Trip TRUE ALWAYS

A boolean that enables the speed error trip.

Speed Error Threshold 1747 Parameters::Trips::Speed Error Trip 50.00 0.00 to 100.00 % ALWAYS

Level of speed error required to trigger the trip.

Speed Error Trip Delay 1748 Parameters::Trips::Speed Error Trip 10.000 0.000 to 2000.000 s ALWAYS

Time period after which the drive trips. After half of this time a warning is issued.

Functional Description
If the difference between the setpoint and the actual motor speed is greater than a level defined in parameter 1747 (Speed Error Threshold)
for a period longer than time defined in parameter 1748 (Speed Error Trip Delay), the drive will trip. After half of that period a warning will be
produced. This is only operational if enabled via parameter 1746 (Speed Error Trip Enable).

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-208 Parameter Reference
Speed Ref
Parameters::Motor control::Speed Ref

This function holds all the parameters concerning the generation of the setpoint reference (reference ramp, speed trim, setpoint reverse, etc.).

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Min Speed Clamp 1264 Parameters::Motor Control::Speed Ref -110.00 -110.00 to 0.00 % ALWAYS

Minimum value for Ramp Speed Output

Max Speed Clamp 1265 Parameters::Motor Control::Speed Ref 110.00 0.00 to 110.00 % ALWAYS

Maximum value for Ramp Speed Output

Speed Trim 1266 Parameters::Motor Control::Speed Ref 0.00 -300.00 to 300.00 % ALWAYS

The trim is added to the ramp output to form the Ramp Speed Output (unconditionally in remote mode).
In local mode, it is added is the Ref Trim Local parameter is set to TRUE

Trim in Local 1267 Parameters::Motor Control::Speed Ref FALSE ALWAYS

When TRUE, the trim is added to the ramp output in local mode.
When FALSE, the trim is not added to the ramp output in local mode.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-209
Stabilisation
Parameters::Motor Control::Stabilisation

Designed for VOLTS/Hz motor Control Mode.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Stabilisation Enable 0364 Parameters::Motor Control::Stabilisation TRUE ALWAYS

Enable/Disable stabilisation

Functional Description
Enabling this function reduces the problem of unstable running in induction motors. This can be experienced at approximately half full speed, and
under low load conditions.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-210 Parameter Reference
Stack Inv Time
Parameters::Motor Control::Stack Inv Time

The purpose of the inverse time is to automatically reduce the drive current limit in response to prolonged overload conditions.

For a short time given by Short Overload Time, the drive is able to provide the Short Overload Level
For a long time given by Long Overload Time, the drive is able to provide the Long Overload Level

These 2 protections work in parallel, the output limit current is the maximum value if Inv Time Active = False. If Inv Time Active = True, the
current limit is determined by Long Overload Level
the current limit is not yet ramped down. If already ramped down, the current limit is due to the long overload.

When the maximum overload value is reached, the inverse time current limit is ramped down. The rate at which the inverse time current limit is
ramped to the Inv Aiming Point is defined by Inv Time Down Rate. When the overload condition disappears, the inverse time current limit is ramped
up. The rate at which the inverse time current limit is ramped to the maximum value is defined by Inv Time Up Rate.

% Are all referring to drive/stack ratings.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

100% Stk Current 0343 Parameters::Motor Control::Stack Inv x.x 0.0 to 10000.0 A NEVER
Time

Stack rating in rms amps corresponding to 100% stack current

Long Overload Level 0344 Parameters::Motor Control::Stack Inv x. 0 to 200 % NEVER

Time

Overload value in % of the stack amps for long overload condition(*)

Long Overload Time 0345 Parameters::Motor Control::Stack Inv 0.000 to 100000.000 s NEVER
Time

Maximum duration under long overload condition (typically 60s)

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-211
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Short Overload Level 0346 Parameters::Motor Control::Stack Inv x. 0 to 200 % NEVER

Time

Overload value in % of the stack amps for short overload condition(*)

Short Overload Time 0347 Parameters::Motor Control::Stack Inv 0.000 to 10000.000 s NEVER
Time

Maximum duration under short overload condition (typically 3s)

Inv Time Aiming Point 0348 Parameters::Motor Control::Stack Inv 105.00 0.00 to 125.00 % ALWAYS
Time

Current in % where the power stack can undertake the load current permanently

Inv Time Output 0349 Parameters::Motor Control::Stack Inv x. 0 to 600 % NEVER

Time

Actual output current limit as a % of the stack current

Inv Time Up Rate 0350 Parameters::Motor Control::Stack Inv 5.000 0.000 to 120.000 s STOPPED
Time

Ramp value to ramp up current when overload condition disappears

Inv Time Down Rate 0351 Parameters::Motor Control::Stack Inv 5.000 0.000 to 120.000 s STOPPED
Time

Ramp value to reach the aiming point under prolonged overload condition

Inv Time Warning 0352 Parameters::Motor Control::Stack Inv NEVER

Time

The protection starts to integrate overload conditions

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-212 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Inv Time Active 0353 Parameters::Motor Control::Stack Inv NEVER

Time

The drive protection is limiting the output current

(*) : Depending on the frame size, overload capabilities are reduced when the electrical speed is below 3Hz and with the heatsink temperature. Refer
to Parker Hannifin Manufacturing for detailed values.
Above 3Hz electrical speed, overload capabilities are those defined by the 0390 Duty Selection.
Functional Description

Stack Short overload

Feedback Amps
Move to Stack %
Inv Time Output

arbitration

Stack Long overload

Convert to Motor %

Motor Load (Only for IM Motor)

Min
Inv Time in Motor %
Motor overload (
Convert to Motor % 150%, 60s)

Short Overload : is using 180% of the Heavy Duty rating, for 3s.
Long Overload : is using the overload mode selected in 0390 Duty Selection.

Inv Time in Motor % is used to limit the current. It is one of the inputs of the Current Limit Function features

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-213
Stall Trip
Parameters::Trips::Stall Trip

The function protects the motor from damage that may be caused by continuous operation beyond specification.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Stall Limit Type 0906 Parameters::Trips::Stall Trip 2 0:TORQUE ALWAYS

1:CURRENT
2:TORQUE OR CURRENT

This parameter determines whether the stall trip operates on motor toque, on motor current, on motor torque or motor current.

Stall Time 0907 Parameters::Trips::Stall Trip 90.000 0.100 to 2000.000 s ALWAYS

The time after which a stall condition will cause a trip.

Stall Torque Active 0909 Parameters::Trips::Stall Trip NEVER

TRUE if tripped under torque trip operation

Stall Current Active 0910 Parameters::Trips::Stall Trip NEVER

TRUE is tripped under current trip operation

Stall Speed Feedback 0911 Parameters::Trips::Stall Trip x. -200 to 200 % NEVER

A copy of the speed Feedback in Hz

Functional Description
If Stall Limit Type is set to TORQUE and the estimated load exceeds the active TORQUE LIMIT for a time greater than Stall Time, then the stall trip
will become active.

If the Stall Limit Type is set to CURRENT and the measured current exceeds the active Current Limit for a time greater than Stall Time, then the
stall trip will become active.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-214 Parameter Reference
System Board Option
Parameters::System Board::System Board Option
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable
Setup::Inputs and Outputs::System Board CONFIG
System Board Required 1739 Option 0:NONE
Parameters::System Board::System Board 1:DUAL ENCODER
Option 2:ABSOLUTE

Identifies whether the system board is required by the configuration.

1740 NEVER
System Board Fitted Parameters::System Board::System Same as PNO 1739
Board Option

Indicates whether the system board is attached. The system board is a factory fit option.

1741 0:OK NEVER

System Board Status Parameters::System Board::System
Board Option 1:OPTION NOT FITTED
2:TYPE MISMATCH
3:TYPE UNKNOWN
4:HARDWARE FAULT

Indicates the health of the system board, if attached.

Functional Description
These parameters are used to set and verify the System Board Option configuration. If the status parameter is not OK then the drive will not enter
the Operational state.

Status Description
OK The configuration is valid. The status will always be OK if no System Board option is required, even if one is fitted.
OPTION NOT FITTED An option was required and none was detected
TYPE MISMATCH The fitted option does not support the required features
TYPE UNKNOWN The firmware in the drive does not recognise the fitted option
HARDWARE FAULT The fitted option is not working as expected.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-215
Thermistor
Setup::Inputs and Outputs::Option
Parameters::Option IO::Thermistor

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Thermistor Type 1184 Setup::Inputs and Outputs::Option 1 0:NTC ALWAYS

Parameters::Option IO::Thermistor 1:PTC
2:KTY

Defines the thermistor type. This is used when generating the MOTOR OVERTEMP trip.
NTC, (Negative Temperature Co-efficient)
PTC, (Positive Temperature Co-efficient)
KTY, (a linear temperature measuring device).

Thermistor Resistance 1185 Parameters::Option IO::Thermistor x. 0 to 5000 Ohm NEVER

The resistance measured across the thermistor terminals.

Thermistor Trip Level 1004 Parameters::Option IO::Thermistor 1000 0 to 4500 Ohm ALWAYS

Defines the level at which a Motor Over Temperature trip will be generated. The default value is appropriate for PTC and NTC
thermistor types.

Thermistor Warn Delta 1762 Parameters::Option IO::Thermistor 100 0 to 4500 Ohm ALWAYS

Defines the level at which a Motor Over Temperature warning will be generated. This is an offset from the trip level. For PTC and KTY
thermistors, the warning level is the result of subtracting the Warning Delta value from the Trip Level. For NTC thermistors the warning
level is the sum of Warning Delta and the Trip Level.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-216 Parameter Reference
Torque Limit
Parameters::Motor Control::Torque Limit

This function allows you to set the maximum level of motor rated torque which is allowed before torque limit action occurs.
If the estimated motor torque is greater than the Actual Pos Torque Lim value, the motor speed is controlled to maintain the torque at this level. A
similar situation occurs if the estimated motor torque is less than the Actual Neg Torque Lim value.

The torque limit function has separate positive and negative torque limits. In addition, a symmetric main torque limit is also provided.
The lowest positive and negative torque limits (including any current limit or inverse time current limit action) is indicated in the Actual Pos Torque
Lim and Actual Neg Torque Lim diagnostic. These values determine the absolute motor torque limits.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Positive Torque Lim 0415 Parameters::Motor Control::Torque Limit 150.0 -600.0 to 600.0 % ALWAYS

This parameter sets the maximum allowed level of positive motor torque.

Negative Torque Lim 0416 Parameters::Motor Control::Torque Limit -150.0 -600.0 to 600.0 % ALWAYS

This parameter sets the maximum allowed level of negative motor torque

Main Torque Lim 0417 Setup::Motor Control::Control and Type 150.0 0.0 to 600.0 % ALWAYS
Parameters::Motor Control::Torque Limit

This parameter sets the symmetric limit on the maximum allowed motor torque.

Fast Stop Torque Lim 0418 Parameters::Motor Control::Torque Limit 150.0 0.0 to 600.0 % ALWAYS

This parameter sets the torque limit used during a Quickstop.

Symmetric Torque Lim 0419 Parameters::Motor Control::Torque Limit FALSE ALWAYS

When TRUE, the Negative Torque Lim is forced to reflect the Positive Torque Lim parameter.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-217
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Actual Pos Torque Lim 0420 Monitor::Motor and Drive x.x -600.0 to 600.0 % NEVER
Parameters::Motor Control::Torque Limit

This diagnostic indicates the final actual positive torque limit including any current limit or inverse time current limit action.

Actual Neg Torque Lim 0421 Same as PNO 420 x.x -600.0 to 600.0 % NEVER

This diagnostic indicates the final actual negative torque limit including any current limit or inverse time current limit action.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-218 Parameter Reference
Functional Description

Values in %, as a % of motor rated torque

Positive Torque Lim

-1
Pos torque lim
Actual Pos Torque Lim
Negative Torque Lim

Symmetric Torque Lim

Internal torque limit

Actual Neg Torque Lim

Main Torque Lim -1 Neg Torque
lim

-1

Torque Limit

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-219
Tr Adaptation
Parameters::Motor Control::Tr Adaptation
When the motor control strategy is set to Closed Loop vector, i.e. using encoder feedback, it is important to know the actual value of the rotor time
constant. This value is measured by the autotune, but it will change as the motor temperature changes. The purpose of this module is to track the
changing value of the rotor time constant, and to use all available feedback information to make the best possible estimate of its actual value at any
given time.
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Parameters::Motor Control::Tr
Actual Rotor T Const 1520
Adaptation
x. 1 to 100000 ms NEVER

This diagnostic shows the actual value of rotor time constant used by the motor control. This value is the nominal value stored in the
Induction Motor Data, modified by this module to give a value as close as possible to the real value.

Parameters::Motor Control::Tr
Tr Adaptation Output 1521
Adaptation
x. 1 to 500 % NEVER

This diagnostic shows the factor by which the nominal rotor time constant is multiplied, in order to give the actual rotor time constant
passed to the motor control.

Parameters::Motor Control::Tr
Demanded Terminal Volts 1528
Adaptation
x. 0 to 1000 V NEVER

In order to maintain constant flux for a given load, the motor terminal volts must be controlled. This diagnostic gives the terminal volts
demand used by the control loop.

Parameters::Motor Control::Tr
Terminal Volts 1529
Adaptation
x. 0 to 1000 V NEVER

This diagnostic shows motor terminal volts. It is included here for convenience, to compare with the demanded terminal volts to make
sure that the terminal volts control loop is able to close the loop to the demanded value.

Parameters::Motor Control::Tr
Max Available Volts 1527
Adaptation
x. 0 to 10000 V NEVER

This diagnostic shows the maximum achievable value of motor terminal volts. So for example, when running at rated load, the
required motor terminal volts may be 400v. But if the mains is low, the maximum achievable volts may only be 390v. This diagnostic
shows what is achievable at any particular time, and may be useful to explain why the motor volts may be lower than expected.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-220 Parameter Reference
Trips History
Parameters::Trips::Trips History
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Recent Trips 0895 Parameters::Trips::Trips History NEVER

The Recent Trips array is a record of the last 10 faults that caused the drive to disable the stack. Each entry has the same format as
the First Trip parameter, (see Trips Status). The most recent fault is the first entry in the array, (Recent Trips[0]).

Recent Trip Times 1442 Parameters::Trips::Trips History NEVER

The time of each of the recent trips. If PNO1186 Time and Date is valid then this value is used, otherwise the time used is a snapshot
of the Control Board Up Time, see Runtime Statistics.

Warranty Trips 0968 Parameters::Trips::Trips History NEVER

The Warranty Trips array is a record of the last 3 drive protection trips that were ignored due to the trip being disabled. This will usually
be because Fire Mode (see Chapter 13) is enabled. Each entry has the same format as the First Trip parameter, (see Trips Status).
The most recent fault is the first entry in the array, (Warranty Trips[0]).

Warranty Trip Time 0972 Parameters::Trips::Trips History NEVER

The time of each of the Warranty Trips. The time saved is a shapshot of the HV SMPS Up Time, see Runtime Statistics.

Warranty Trips Record 1408 Parameters::Trips::Trips History 0:01 OVER VOLTAGE NEVER
2:03 OVER CURRENT
3:04 STACK FAULT
4:05 STACK OVER CURRENT
7:08 INVERSE TIME
10:11 HEATSINK OVERTEMP
11:12 INTERNAL OVERTEMP
14:15 BRAKE SHORT CCT
16:17 BRAKE SWITCH
21:22 VDC RIPPLE

Records all drive protection trip event that have been ignored due to the trip being disabled. This will usually be because Fire Mode is
enabled. Each entry has the same format as the Active 1 – 32 parameter, (see Trips Status).

Functional Description
These parameters indicate the fault history of the drive. They are preserved through a power failure.
The Warranty Trip parameters are also saved on the power stack. If the Control Module is attached to a power stack when it is powered on then the
Warranty Trip parameter values are loaded from non-volatile memory on the power stack.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-221
Trips Status
Parameters::Trips::Trips Status
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable
0:NONE
1:01 OVER VOLTAGE
First Trip 0696 Monitor::Trips 2:02 UNDER VOLTAGE
NEVER
Parameters::Trips::Trips Status 3:03 OVER CURRENT
4:04 STACK FAULT
5:05 STACK OVER CURRENT
6:06 CURRENT LIMIT
7:07 MOTOR STALL
8:08 INVERSE TIME
9:09 MOTOR I2T
10:10 LOW SPEED I
11:11 HEATSINK OVERTEMP
12:12 INTERNAL OVERTEMP
13:13 MOTOR OVERTEMP
14:14 EXTERNAL TRIP
15:15 BRAKE SHORT CCT
16:16 BRAKE RESISTOR
17:17 BRAKE SWITCH
18:18 LOCAL CONTROL
19:19 COMMS BREAK
20:20 LINE CONTACTOR
21:21 PHASE FAIL
22:22 VDC RIPPLE
23:23 BASE MODBUS BREAK
24:24 24 V OVERLOAD
25:25 PMAC SPEED ERROR
26:26 OVERSPEED
27:27 STO ACTIVE
28:28 FEEDBACK MISSING
29:29 INTERNAL FAN FAIL
30:30 CURRENT SENSOR
31:31 POWER LOSS STOP
32:32 SPEED SENSOR
33:33 A1
34:34 A2
35:35 A3
36:36 A4
37:37 A5
38:38 A6
39:39 A7
40:40 A8
41:41 SPEED ERROR
42:42 PEERTOPEER OVERRUN
43:43 PHASE CONFIG
44:44 FIELDBUS BREAK
45:45 RESOLVER ERROR
46:46 PMAC ALIGN ERROR
47:47 CURRENT IMBALANCE
48:48 CONFIGURATION
49:49 APPLICATION
50:50 AC30A ENCODER
51:51 CPU USAGE
An enumerated value that shows the trip that caused the AC30 to disable the stack. When multiple trips are active at the same time, (for example Over
Current followed by Over Temperature), this parameters shows the first trip that the AC30 detected. Refer to Chapter 10 “Trips and Fault Finding”, for
details of each trip source.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-222 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable
5:06 CURRENT LIMIT
Enable 1 - 32 0697 Parameters::Trips::Trips Status FFFFFF7F 6:07 MOTOR STALL ALWAYS
7:08 INVERSE TIME
8:09 MOTOR I2T
9:10 LOW SPEED I
11:12 INTERNAL OVERTEMP
12:13 MOTOR OVERTEMP
13:14 EXTERNAL TRIP
14:15 BRAKE SHORT CCT
15:16 BRAKE RESISTOR
16:17 BRAKE SWITCH
17:18 LOCAL CONTROL
18:19 COMMS BREAK
19:20 LINE CONTACTOR
20:21 PHASE FAIL
21:22 VDC RIPPLE
22:23 BASE MODBUS BREAK
23:24 24 V OVERLOAD
24:25 PMAC SPEED ERROR
25:26 OVERSPEED
28:29 INTERNAL FAN FAIL
29:30 CURRENT SENSOR
30:31 POWER LOSS STOP
31:32 SPEED SENSOR

A 32-bit word that can be used to enable, (or disable), individual trips. Refer to Chapter 10 “Trips and Fault Finding” for details of the
value corresponding to each trip.

0:33 A1
Enable 33 - 64 0730 Parameters::Trips::Trips Status FFFFFFFF
1:34 A2
ALWAYS
2:35 A3
3:36 A4
4:37 A5
5:38 A6
6:39 A7
7:40 A8
8:41 SPEED ERROR
9:42 PEERTOPEER OVERRUN
10:43 PHASE CONFIG
11:44 FIELDBUS BREAK
14:47 CURRENT IMBALANCE
16:49 APPLICATION
18:51 CPU USAGE

A 32-bit word that can be used to enable, (or disable), individual trips. Bit 0 of this word corresponds to trip 33, up to bit 31 of this word
which corresponds to trip 64.
Refer to Chapter 10 “Trips and Fault Finding” for details of the value corresponding to each trip.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-223
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

0:01 OVER VOLTAGE

Active 1 - 32 0763 Monitor::Trips NEVER
Parameters::Trips::Trips Status 1:02 UNDER VOLTAGE
2:03 OVER CURRENT
3:04 STACK FAULT
4:05 STACK OVER CURRENT
5:06 CURRENT LIMIT
6:07 MOTOR STALL
7:08 INVERSE TIME
8:09 MOTOR I2T
9:10 LOW SPEED I
10:11 HEATSINK OVERTEMP
11:12 INTERNAL OVERTEMP
12:13 MOTOR OVERTEMP
13:14 EXTERNAL TRIP
14:15 BRAKE SHORT CCT
15:16 BRAKE RESISTOR
16:17 BRAKE SWITCH
17:18 LOCAL CONTROL
18:19 COMMS BREAK
19:20 LINE CONTACTOR
20:21 PHASE FAIL
21:22 VDC RIPPLE
22:23 BASE MODBUS BREAK
23:24 24 V OVERLOAD
24:25 PMAC SPEED ERROR
25:26 OVERSPEED
26:27 STO ACTIVE
27:28 FEEDBACK MISSING
28:29 INTERNAL FAN FAIL
29:30 CURRENT SENSOR
30:31 POWER LOSS STOP
31:32 SPEED SENSOR

A 32-bit word that indicates which trip sources are active. For example, the HEATSINK OVERTEMP may remain true for some time
after the initial fault is reported.
The Active value shows active trip sources even if the corresponding trip is not enabled in “Enabled 1-32”.
Refer to Chapter 10 “Trips and Fault Finding” for details of the value corresponding to each trip.

Active 33 - 64 0513 Monitor::Trips NEVER

Parameters::Trips::Trips Status
A 32-bit word that indicates trip sources that are active. Bit 0 of this word corresponds to trip 33, up to bit 31 of this word which
corresponds to trip 64.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-224 Parameter Reference
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

0:01 OVER VOLTAGE

Warnings 1 - 32 0829 Monitor::Trips NEVER
Parameters::Trips::Trips Status 1:02 UNDER VOLTAGE
2:03 OVER CURRENT
3:04 STACK FAULT
4:05 STACK OVER CURRENT
5:06 CURRENT LIMIT
6:07 MOTOR STALL
7:08 INVERSE TIME
8:09 MOTOR I2T
9:10 LOW SPEED I
10:11 HEATSINK OVERTEMP
11:12 INTERNAL OVERTEMP
12:13 MOTOR OVERTEMP
13:14 EXTERNAL TRIP
14:15 BRAKE SHORT CCT
15:16 BRAKE RESISTOR
16:17 BRAKE SWITCH
17:18 LOCAL CONTROL
18:19 COMMS BREAK
19:20 LINE CONTACTOR
20:21 PHASE FAIL
21:22 VDC RIPPLE
22:23 BASE MODBUS BREAK
23:24 24 V OVERLOAD
24:25 PMAC SPEED ERROR
25:26 OVERSPEED
26:27 STO ACTIVE
27:28 FEEDBACK MISSING
28:29 INTERNAL FAN FAIL
29:30 CURRENT SENSOR
30:31 POWER LOSS STOP
31:32 SPEED SENSOR

A 32-bit word that indicates trip sources that are close to a fault condition. For example, the heat sink fault monitoring firmware reports
a HEATSINK OVERTEMP warning when the heat sink temperature gets close to the heat sink fault level.
The Warnings value is not affected by the trip enable mask, “Enabled 1-32”.
Refer to Chapter 10 “Trips and Fault Finding” for details of the value corresponding to each trip.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-225
Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Warnings 33 - 64 0514 Same as PNO 513 NEVER

A 32-bit word that indicates trip sources that are close to a fault condition. Bit 0 of this word corresponds to trip 33, up to bit 31 of this
word which corresponds to trip 64.
The Warnings value is not affected by the corresponding trip enable mask, “Enabled 33-64”.
Refer to Chapter 10 “Trips and Fault Finding” for details of the value corresponding to each trip.

Show Warnings 1 - 32 0115 Parameters::Trips::Trips Status FFFFFFFF ALWAYS

A 32-bit word that defines which warnings are to be displayed on the GKP. The bit definitions match those of PNO 0829. This
parameter is over-ridden by setting PNO 1760 “Display Warnings” to FALSE.

Show Warnings 33 - 64 0116 Parameters::Trips::Trips Status FFFFFFFF ALWAYS

A 32-bit word that defines which warnings are to be displayed on the GKP. The bit definitions match those of PNO 0514. This
parameter is over-ridden by setting PNO 1760 “Display Warnings” to FALSE.

Display Warnings 1760 Parameters::Trips::Trips Status TRUE ALWAYS

When this parameter is TRUE, warnings are reported on the GKP as a message that hides any parameter display, (until the message
is manuall acknowledged). Set this parameter to FALSE to prevent warning messages being shown on the GKP.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-226 Parameter Reference
VDC Ripple
Parameters::Trips::VDC Ripple

This function contains parameters and data associated to the VDC ripple detection and trip condition

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

VDC Ripple Filter TC 0912 Parameters::Trips::VDC Ripple 1.000 0.100 to 100.000 s ALWAYS

Time constant of the First order Low pass filter applied to the raw VDC Ripple

VDC Ripple Trip Hyst 0915 Parameters::Trips::VDC Ripple 10 0 to 50 V ALWAYS

Hysteresis on the VDC ripple level for trip condition.

VDC Ripple Sample 0916 Parameters::Trips::VDC Ripple 0.009 0.001 to 0.100 s ALWAYS

Time Windows for peak to peak VDC voltage capture and ripple calculation

Max VDC Ripple 0913 Parameters::Trips::VDC Ripple x. 0 to 500 V NEVER

Voltage ripple trigger value associated to the VDC ripple trip

VDC Ripple Trip Delay 0914 Parameters::Trips::VDC Ripple 0.000 to 300.000 s NEVER

Delay to trip if trip condition detected

VDC Ripple Level 917 Parameters::Trips::VDC Ripple 0 to 500 V NEVER

Actual raw VDC ripple level

Filtered VDC Ripple 0918 Parameters::Trips::VDC Ripple x. 0 to 500 V NEVER

Actual filtered VDC ripple level

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-227
Voltage Control
Parameters::Motor Control::Voltage Control

Designed for VOLTS/Hz motor Control Mode.

This function allows the motor output volts to be controlled in the presence of dc link voltage variations. This is achieved by controlling the level of
PWM modulation as a function of measured dc link volts. The dc link volts may vary either due to supply variations or regenerative braking by the
motor.

Three control modes are available, None, Fixed and Automatic.

Parameter Name No. Path Default Range Units Writable

Terminal Voltage Mode 0371 Parameters::Motor Control::Voltage 0 0:NONE ALWAYS

Control 1:FIXED
2:AUTOMATIC

Selection of voltage control mode

Motor Base Volts 0374 Parameters::Motor 100.00 0.00 to 115.47 % ALWAYS

Control::Voltage Control

Scale of the output voltage

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-228 Parameter Reference
Web Server
Setup::Communications::Base Ethernet
Setup::Environment
Parameters::Base Comms::Web Server

Refer to Chapter 8 “Ethernet”.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-229
Parameter Tables
This table is a complete list of all the parameters in the AC30V.
PNO: The parameter number, a unique identifier for this parameter.
Name: The parameter’s name as it appears on the GKP and web page.
Path(s): The navigation path(s) to this parameter on the GKP and web page.
Type: The data type of the parameter.

Data Type Description

BOOL A Boolean quantity representing FALSE or TRUE. (A zero value is FALSE).
SINT A signed integer with a maximum range of -128 to +127.
INT A signed integer with a maximum range of -32768 to +32767
DINT A signed integer with a maximum range of -2147483648 to +2147483647
USINT(1) An unsigned integer with a maximum range of 0 to 255
UINT An unsigned integer with a maximum range of 0 to 65535
UDINT An unsigned integer with a maximum range of 0 to 4294967295
REAL A 32-bit floating point conforming to IEEE-754
TIME A duration with a resolution of 1 ms and a maximum range of 0.000s to 4294967.295s, (about 50 days)
DATE Date with a maximum range of 1st Jan 1970 to 2037.
TIME_OF_DAY Time of day
DATE_AND_TIME Date and time of day with a maximum range of 1st Jan 1970 to 2037
STRING String
BYTE Bit string length 8
WORD(2) Bit string length 16
DWORD(2) Bit string length 32

(1) Some parameters of type USINT use discrete integer values to enumerate given states. For example; PNO 0001, the analog
input hardware configuration may be set to 0, 1, 2 or 3 corresponding to the supported ranges. Such parameters have the
available selections shown in the Range column.
(2) Some Bit string parameters have the individual bits within the word assigned independently to separate functionality. For
example PNO 0005 presents the state of all digital inputs in one 16-bit word. The bits may be individually accessed on the GKP
and webpage by expanding the parameter. Each individual feature may be accessed as a Boolean via any fieldbus
communications link by referencing the dedicated PNO.
Default: The default value of the parameter.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-230 Parameter Reference
Range: The minimum and maximum values for this parameter. This column is also used to detail the available selection for
enumerated integer types and named bits in bit string data types.
Units: The units text displayed with this parameter value.
WQ: The write qualifier.
ALWAYS The parameter has no write restrictions
STOPPED The parameter is only writable when the motor is not being controlled
CONFIG The parameter may only be written when the drive is in CONFIGURATION mode (NOT READY TO SWITCH
ON)
NEVER The parameter is monitor only
View: Indicates when the parameter is visible on the GKP or the Web page.
Parameters that are not relevant to the current drive’s configuration may be hidden regardless of the View level.
OPERATOR The parameter is always visible.
TECHNICIAN The parameter is visible when the view level is set to OPERATOR or TECHNICIAN
ENGINEER The parameter is visible when the view level is set to OPERATOR, TECHNICIAN or ENGINEER
Mbus: The Modbus register number corresponding the this PNO.
Notes:
1. The parameter is automatically saved before power down
2. Input parameter is not saved.
3. Output parameter is saved.
4. Parameter is hidden depending on the drive configuration.
5. Parameter is cloned as part of the “Other Parameters” group.
6. Parameter is cloned as part of the “Power Parameters” group.
7. Parameter is cloned as part of the “Drive Unique” group.
8. Parameter availability depends on the application selected.
9. Parameter is modified by an auto-tune.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-231
Parameters Defined in the Firmware
PNO Name Path Type Default Range Units WQ View Notes MBus
0001 Anin 01 Type Setup::Inputs and Outputs::Base IO USINT 0 0:-10..10 V ALWAYS OPERATOR 00529
Parameters::Inputs And Outputs::IO Configure (enum) 1:0..10 V
2:0..20 mA
3:4..20 mA
0002 Anin 02 Type Same as PNO 1 USINT 0 0:-10..10 V ALWAYS OPERATOR 00531
(enum) 1:0..10 V
0003 Anout 01 Type Same as PNO 1 USINT 0 0:-10..10 V ALWAYS OPERATOR 00533
(enum) 1:0..10 V
4:TORQUE OUT -10..10 V
0004 Anout 02 Type Same as PNO 1 USINT 1 1:0..10 V ALWAYS OPERATOR 00535
(enum) 2:0..20 mA
3:4..20 mA
0005 Digin Value Monitor::Inputs and Outputs WORD 0:Digin 01 NEVER OPERATOR 00537
Parameters::Inputs And Outputs::IO Values (bitfield) 1:Digin 02
2:Digin 03
3:Digin 04
4:Digin 05
5:Digin 06
6:Digin 07
7:STO Inactive
8:Digin 11
9:Digin 12
10:Digin 13
11:Digin 14
12:Run Key
13:Not Stop Key
14:Stop Key
0006 Digin Value.Digin 01 Same as PNO 5 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 00539
0007 Digin Value.Digin 02 Same as PNO 5 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 00541
0008 Digin Value.Digin 03 Same as PNO 5 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 00543
0009 Digin Value.Digin 04 Same as PNO 5 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 00545
0010 Digin Value.Digin 05 Same as PNO 5 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 00547
0011 Digin Value.Digin 06 Same as PNO 5 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 00549
0012 Digin Value.Digin 07 Same as PNO 5 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 00551
0013 Digin Value.STO Inactive Same as PNO 5 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 00553
0014 Digin Value.Digin 11 Same as PNO 5 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 00555
0015 Digin Value.Digin 12 Same as PNO 5 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 00557
0016 Digin Value.Digin 13 Same as PNO 5 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 00559
0017 Digin Value.Digin 14 Same as PNO 5 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 00561
0018 Digin Value.Run Key Same as PNO 5 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 00563
0019 Digin Value.Not Stop Key Same as PNO 5 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 00565
0020 Digin Value.Stop Key Same as PNO 5 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 00567
0022 Digout Value Same as PNO 5 WORD 0000 0:Digout 01 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 00571
(bitfield) 1:Digout 02
2:Digout 03
3:Digout 04
4:Relay 01
5:Relay 02
8:Digout 11
9:Digout 12
10:Digout 13
11:Digout 14
14:Relay 11
15:Relay 12
0023 Digout Value.Digout 01 Same as PNO 5 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 00573
0024 Digout Value.Digout 02 Same as PNO 5 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 00575
0025 Digout Value.Digout 03 Same as PNO 5 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 00577
0026 Digout Value.Digout 04 Same as PNO 5 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 00579
0027 Digout Value.Relay 01 Same as PNO 5 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 00581
0028 Digout Value.Relay 02 Same as PNO 5 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 00583
0031 Digout Value.Digout 11 Same as PNO 5 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 00589
0032 Digout Value.Digout 12 Same as PNO 5 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 00591
0033 Digout Value.Digout 13 Same as PNO 5 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 00593
0034 Digout Value.Digout 14 Same as PNO 5 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 00595
0037 Digout Value.Relay 11 Same as PNO 5 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 00601
0038 Digout Value.Relay 12 Monitor::Inputs and Outputs BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 00603

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-232 Parameter Reference
PNO Name Path Type Default Range Units WQ View Notes MBus
Parameters::Inputs And Outputs::IO Values
0039 Anin 01 Value Same as PNO 38 REAL x.x -100.0 to 100.0 % NEVER OPERATOR 00605
0040 Anin 01 Break Same as PNO 38 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 4 00607
0041 Anin 02 Value Same as PNO 38 REAL x.x -100.0 to 100.0 % NEVER OPERATOR 00609
0042 Anout 01 Value Same as PNO 38 REAL 0.00 Min to Max % ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 00611
0043 Anout 02 Value Same as PNO 38 REAL 0.00 Min to Max % ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 00613
0044 Comms Required Setup::Communications::Option USINT 1 1:NONE CONFIG TECHNICIAN 00615
Parameters::Option Comms::Comms (enum) 2:BACNET IP
3:BACNET MSTP
4:CANOPEN
6:CONTROLNET
7:DEVICENET
8:ETHERCAT
9:ETHERNET IP
10:MODBUS RTU
11:MODBUS TCP
12:PROFIBUS DPV1
13:PROFINET IO
14:PASSIVE SERIAL
15:BC OPTION
0045 Comms Fitted Monitor::Communications::Option USINT 0:UNKNOWN NEVER OPERATOR 1 00617
Parameters::Option Comms::Comms (enum) 1:NONE
2:BACNET IP
3:BACNET MSTP
4:CANOPEN
5:CC LINK
6:CONTROLNET
7:DEVICENET
8:ETHERCAT
9:ETHERNET IP
10:MODBUS RTU
11:MODBUS TCP
12:PROFIBUS DPV1
13:PROFINET IO
14:PASSIVE SERIAL
15:BC OPTION
16:POWERLINK
0046 Comms State Parameters::Option Comms::Comms USINT 0:SETUP NEVER ENGINEER 4 00619
(enum) 1:NW INIT
2:WAIT PROCESS
3:IDLE
4:PROCESS ACTIVE
5:ERROR
6:RESERVED
7:EXCEPTION
8:NONE
0047 Comms Supervised Same as PNO 45 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 4 00621
0048 Comms Trip Enable Same as PNO 44 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 00623
0049 Comms Module Version Same as PNO 45 DWORD NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 00625
0050 Comms Module Serial Same as PNO 45 DWORD NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 00627
0051 Comms Diagnostic Same as PNO 45 USINT 0:OK NEVER OPERATOR 00629
(enum) 1:HARDWARE MISMATCH
2:INVALID CONFIGURATION
3:MAPPING FAILED
4:EXCEPTION
5:UNSUPPORTED OPTION
0052 Comms Diagnostic Code Same as PNO 45 DWORD NEVER OPERATOR 4 00631
0053 Comms Exception Same as PNO 45 BYTE NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 00633
0054 Comms Net Exception Same as PNO 45 BYTE NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 00635
0055 Read Mapping Setup::Communications::Option ARRAY[0..31] CONFIG TECHNICIAN 00637
Parameters::Option Comms::Read Process
0056 Read Mapping[0] Same as PNO 55 UINT 0627 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00639
0057 Read Mapping[1] Same as PNO 55 UINT 0681 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00641
0058 Read Mapping[2] Same as PNO 55 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00643
0059 Read Mapping[3] Same as PNO 55 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00645
0060 Read Mapping[4] Same as PNO 55 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00647
0061 Read Mapping[5] Same as PNO 55 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00649
0062 Read Mapping[6] Same as PNO 55 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00651

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-233
PNO Name Path Type Default Range Units WQ View Notes MBus
0063 Read Mapping[7] Same as PNO 55 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00653
0064 Read Mapping[8] Same as PNO 55 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00655
0065 Read Mapping[9] Same as PNO 55 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00657
0066 Read Mapping[10] Same as PNO 55 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00659
0067 Read Mapping[11] Same as PNO 55 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00661
0068 Read Mapping[12] Same as PNO 55 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00663
0069 Read Mapping[13] Same as PNO 55 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00665
0070 Read Mapping[14] Same as PNO 55 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00667
0071 Read Mapping[15] Same as PNO 55 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00669
0072 Read Mapping[16] Same as PNO 55 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00671
0073 Read Mapping[17] Same as PNO 55 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00673
0074 Read Mapping[18] Same as PNO 55 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00675
0075 Read Mapping[19] Same as PNO 55 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00677
0076 Read Mapping[20] Same as PNO 55 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00679
0077 Read Mapping[21] Same as PNO 55 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00681
0078 Read Mapping[22] Same as PNO 55 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00683
0079 Read Mapping[23] Same as PNO 55 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00685
0080 Read Mapping[24] Same as PNO 55 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00687
0081 Read Mapping[25] Same as PNO 55 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00689
0082 Read Mapping[26] Same as PNO 55 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00691
0083 Read Mapping[27] Same as PNO 55 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00693
0084 Read Mapping[28] Same as PNO 55 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00695
0085 Read Mapping[29] Same as PNO 55 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00697
0086 Read Mapping[30] Same as PNO 55 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00699
0087 Read Mapping[31] Same as PNO 55 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00701
0113 Force Fan On Parameters::Fan Control BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 00753
0114 Group IP Address Setup::Communications::Peer to Peer DWORD 000.000.000.000 ALWAYS ENGINEER 00755
Parameters::Base Comms::Peer to Peer (IP addr)
0115 Show Warnings 1 - 32 Parameters::Trips::Trips Status DWORD FFFFFFFF ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 00757
0116 Show Warnings 33 - 64 Parameters::Trips::Trips Status DWORD FFFFFFFF ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 00759
0117 Extended Support Parameters::Device Manager::SD Card BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 00761
0118 Configuration Lock Parameters::Application::App Info BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 00763
0119 DC Link Volts Trim Parameters::Motor Control::Feedbacks REAL 0 -20 to 20 V ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 00765
0120 Write Mapping Setup::Communications::Option ARRAY[0..31] CONFIG TECHNICIAN 00767
Parameters::Option Comms::Write Process
0121 Write Mapping[0] Same as PNO 120 UINT 0661 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00769
0122 Write Mapping[1] Same as PNO 120 UINT 0395 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00771
0123 Write Mapping[2] Same as PNO 120 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00773
0124 Write Mapping[3] Same as PNO 120 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00775
0125 Write Mapping[4] Same as PNO 120 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00777
0126 Write Mapping[5] Same as PNO 120 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00779
0127 Write Mapping[6] Same as PNO 120 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00781
0128 Write Mapping[7] Same as PNO 120 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00783
0129 Write Mapping[8] Same as PNO 120 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00785
0130 Write Mapping[9] Same as PNO 120 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00787
0131 Write Mapping[10] Same as PNO 120 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00789
0132 Write Mapping[11] Same as PNO 120 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00791
0133 Write Mapping[12] Same as PNO 120 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00793
0134 Write Mapping[13] Same as PNO 120 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00795
0135 Write Mapping[14] Same as PNO 120 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00797
0136 Write Mapping[15] Same as PNO 120 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00799
0137 Write Mapping[16] Same as PNO 120 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00801
0138 Write Mapping[17] Same as PNO 120 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00803
0139 Write Mapping[18] Same as PNO 120 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00805
0140 Write Mapping[19] Same as PNO 120 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00807
0141 Write Mapping[20] Same as PNO 120 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00809
0142 Write Mapping[21] Same as PNO 120 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00811
0143 Write Mapping[22] Same as PNO 120 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00813
0144 Write Mapping[23] Same as PNO 120 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00815
0145 Write Mapping[24] Same as PNO 120 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00817
0146 Write Mapping[25] Same as PNO 120 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00819
0147 Write Mapping[26] Same as PNO 120 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00821
0148 Write Mapping[27] Same as PNO 120 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00823
0149 Write Mapping[28] Same as PNO 120 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00825
0150 Write Mapping[29] Same as PNO 120 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00827
0151 Write Mapping[30] Same as PNO 120 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00829

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-234 Parameter Reference
PNO Name Path Type Default Range Units WQ View Notes MBus
0152 Write Mapping[31] Same as PNO 120 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00831
0182 Backup Action Parameters::Device Manager::Parameter USINT 0 0:SAVE ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 00891
Backup (enum) 1:LOAD ALL
2:LOAD POWER
3:LOAD OTHER
4:LOAD AUTOTUNE
0183 Backup-Restore Start Parameters::Device Manager::Parameter BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 00893
Backup
0184 Backup-Restore Status Parameters::Device Manager::Parameter USINT 0:IDLE NEVER OPERATOR 00895
Backup (enum) 1:SAVING
2:RESTORING
3:VERIFYING
4:DONE
6:FAILED
8:VERIFY FAILED
0185 Comms Event Code Parameters::Option Comms::Event BYTE 00 ALWAYS ENGINEER 2,4 00897
0186 Comms Event Active Monitor::Communications::Option BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 4 00899
Parameters::Option Comms::Event
0187 Comms Event Set Parameters::Option Comms::Event BOOL FALSE ALWAYS ENGINEER 2,4 00901
0188 Comms Event Clear Parameters::Option Comms::Event BOOL FALSE ALWAYS ENGINEER 2,4 00903
0189 Option MAC Address Monitor::Communications::Option STRING[18] NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 00905
Parameters::Option Comms::Option Ethernet
0195 Option IP Address Same as PNO 189 DWORD NEVER OPERATOR 4 00917
(IP addr)
0196 Option Subnet Mask Same as PNO 189 DWORD NEVER OPERATOR 4 00919
(IP addr)
0197 Option Gateway Same as PNO 189 DWORD NEVER OPERATOR 4 00921
(IP addr)
0198 Option DHCP Enabled Same as PNO 189 BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 00923
0199 Address Assignment Setup::Communications::Option USINT 0 0:FIXED CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00925
Parameters::Option Comms::Option Ethernet (enum) 1:EXTERNAL
2:DHCP
0200 Fixed IP Address Same as PNO 199 DWORD 000.000.000.000 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 7,4 00927
(IP addr)
0201 Fixed Subnet Mask Same as PNO 199 DWORD 000.000.000.000 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 7,4 00929
(IP addr)
0202 Fixed Gateway Address Same as PNO 199 DWORD 000.000.000.000 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 7,4 00931
(IP addr)
0203 Option Web Enable Same as PNO 199 BOOL TRUE CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00933
0204 Web Parameters Enable Same as PNO 199 BOOL TRUE CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00935
0205 Option FTP Enable Same as PNO 199 BOOL TRUE CONFIG ENGINEER 4 00937
0206 Option FTP Admin Mode Same as PNO 199 BOOL TRUE CONFIG ENGINEER 4 00939
0207 IPConfig Enable Same as PNO 199 BOOL TRUE CONFIG ENGINEER 4 00941
0208 BACnet IP State Monitor::Communications::Option USINT Same as PNO 46 NEVER OPERATOR 4 00943
Parameters::Option Comms::BACnet IP (enum)
0209 BACnet IP Device ID Setup::Communications::Option UDINT 0 0 to 4194302 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 7,4 00945
Parameters::Option Comms::BACnet IP
0210 BACnet IP Timeout Same as PNO 209 TIME 3.000 0.000 to 65.000 s CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00947
0211 CANopen State Monitor::Communications::Option USINT 0:SETUP NEVER OPERATOR 4 00949
Parameters::Option Comms::CANopen (enum) 1:NW INIT
2:PRE-OPERATIONAL
3:STOP
4:OPERATIONAL
5:BUS OFF
6:RESERVED
7:EXCEPTION
8:NONE
0212 CANopen Node Address Setup::Communications::Option USINT 1 1 to 127 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 7,4 00951
Parameters::Option Comms::CANopen
0213 CANopen Baud Rate Same as PNO 212 USINT 9 0:10 KBPS CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00953
(enum) 1:20 KBPS
2:50 KBPS
3:100 KBPS
4:125 KBPS
5:250 KBPS
6:500 KBPS
7:800 KBPS
8:1000 KBPS

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-235
PNO Name Path Type Default Range Units WQ View Notes MBus
9:AUTO
0214 ControlNet State Monitor::Communications::Option USINT 0:SETUP NEVER OPERATOR 4 00955
Parameters::Option Comms::ControlNet (enum) 1:NW INIT
2:WAITING TO CONNECT
3:CONNECTION IDLE
4:CONNECTION ACTIVE
5:ERROR
6:RESERVED
7:EXCEPTION
8:NONE
0215 ControlNet MAC ID Setup::Communications::Option USINT 0 0 to 99 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 7,4 00957
Parameters::Option Comms::ControlNet
0216 CNet Producing Inst Same as PNO 215 WORD 0064 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00959
0217 CNet Consuming Inst Same as PNO 215 WORD 0096 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00961
0218 DeviceNet State Monitor::Communications::Option USINT Same as PNO 214 NEVER OPERATOR 4 00963
Parameters::Option Comms::DeviceNet (enum)
0219 DeviceNet MAC ID Setup::Communications::Option USINT 0 0 to 63 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 7,4 00965
Parameters::Option Comms::DeviceNet
0220 DeviceNet Baud Rate Same as PNO 219 USINT 3 0:125 KBPS CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00967
(enum) 1:250 KBPS
2:500 KBPS
3:AUTO
0221 DeviceNet Actual Baud Same as PNO 218 USINT Same as PNO 220 NEVER OPERATOR 4 00969
(enum)
0222 DNet Producing Inst Same as PNO 219 WORD 0064 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00971
0223 DNet Consuming Inst Same as PNO 219 WORD 0096 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00973
0224 EtherCAT State Monitor::Communications::Option USINT 0:SETUP NEVER OPERATOR 4 00975
Parameters::Option Comms::EtherCAT (enum) 1:NW INIT
2:INIT OR PREOP
3:SAFE OPERATIONAL
4:OPERATIONAL
5:ERROR
6:RESERVED
7:EXCEPTION
8:NONE
0225 EtherNet IP State Monitor::Communications::Option USINT Same as PNO 214 NEVER OPERATOR 4 00977
Parameters::Option Comms::EtherNet IP (enum)
0226 ENet Producing Inst Setup::Communications::Option WORD 0064 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00979
Parameters::Option Comms::EtherNet IP
0227 ENet Consuming Inst Same as PNO 226 WORD 0096 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00981
0228 Modbus RTU State Monitor::Communications::Option USINT Same as PNO 46 NEVER OPERATOR 4 00983
Parameters::Option Comms::Modbus RTU (enum)
0229 Modbus Device Address Setup::Communications::Option USINT 1 1 to 247 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 7,4 00985
Parameters::Option Comms::Modbus RTU
0230 Modbus RTU Baud Rate Same as PNO 229 USINT 4 0:1200 BPS CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00987
(enum) 1:2400 BPS
2:4800 BPS
3:9600 BPS
4:19200 BPS
5:38400 BPS
6:57600 BPS
7:76800 BPS
8:115200 BPS
0231 Parity And Stop Bits Same as PNO 229 USINT 0 0:EVEN, 1 STOP CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00989
(enum) 1:ODD, 1 STOP
2:NONE, 2 STOP
3:NONE, 1 STOP
0232 High Word First RTU Same as PNO 229 BOOL FALSE CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00991
0233 Modbus RTU Timeout Same as PNO 229 TIME 3.000 0.000 to 65.000 s CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00993
0234 Modbus TCP State Monitor::Communications::Option USINT Same as PNO 46 NEVER OPERATOR 4 00995
Parameters::Option Comms::Modbus TCP (enum)
0235 High Word First TCP Setup::Communications::Option BOOL FALSE CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00997
Parameters::Option Comms::Modbus TCP
0236 Modbus TCP Timeout Same as PNO 235 TIME 3.000 0.000 to 65.000 s CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 00999
0237 Profibus State Monitor::Communications::Option USINT Same as PNO 46 NEVER OPERATOR 4 01001
Parameters::Option Comms::Profibus (enum)
0238 Profibus Node Address Setup::Communications::Option USINT 0 0 to 126 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 7,4 01003
Parameters::Option Comms::Profibus

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-236 Parameter Reference
PNO Name Path Type Default Range Units WQ View Notes MBus
0239 PROFINET State Monitor::Communications::Option USINT 0:SETUP NEVER OPERATOR 4 01005
Parameters::Option Comms::PROFINET IO (enum) 1:NW INIT
2:WAITING TO CONNECT
3:STOP MODE
4:CONNECTED
5:ERROR
6:RESERVED
7:EXCEPTION
8:NONE
0240 PROFINET Device Name Same as PNO 239 STRING[32] NEVER OPERATOR 4 01007
0249 Braking Enable Parameters::Motor Control::Braking BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6 01025
0251 Brake Resistance Parameters::Motor Control::Braking REAL 100.00 0.01 to 1000.00 Ohm STOPPED TECHNICIAN 6 01029
0252 Brake Rated Power Parameters::Motor Control::Braking REAL 0.11 0.10 to 510.00 kW STOPPED TECHNICIAN 6 01031
0253 Brake Overrating Parameters::Motor Control::Braking REAL 25.00 1.00 to 40.00 STOPPED ENGINEER 6 01033
0254 Braking Active Parameters::Motor Control::Braking BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 01035
0255 Autotune Enable Setup::Motor Control::Autotune BOOL FALSE STOPPED TECHNICIAN 2,4 01037
Parameters::Motor Control::Autotune
0256 Autotune Mode Same as PNO 255 USINT 1 0:STATIONARY STOPPED TECHNICIAN 6,4 01039
(enum) 1:ROTATING
0257 Autotune Test Disable Same as PNO 255 WORD 0000 0:Stator Resistance STOPPED TECHNICIAN 6,4 01041
(bitfield) 1:Leakage Inductance
2:Magnetising Current
3:Rotor Time Constant
4:Encoder Direction
0258 Autotune Test Disable.Stator Resistance Same as PNO 255 BOOL FALSE STOPPED TECHNICIAN 6,4 01043
0259 Autotune Test Disable.Leakage Inductance Same as PNO 255 BOOL FALSE STOPPED TECHNICIAN 6,4 01045
0260 Autotune Test Disable.Magnetising Current Same as PNO 255 BOOL FALSE STOPPED TECHNICIAN 6,4 01047
0261 Autotune Test Disable.Rotor Time Constant Same as PNO 255 BOOL FALSE STOPPED TECHNICIAN 6,4 01049
0262 Autotune Test Disable.Encoder Direction Same as PNO 255 BOOL FALSE STOPPED TECHNICIAN 6,4 01051
0274 Autotune Ramp Time Same as PNO 255 TIME 10.000 1.000 to 1000.000 s STOPPED TECHNICIAN 6,4 01075
0286 MRAS Speed Percent Parameters::Motor Control::MRAS REAL x.xx Min to Max % NEVER ENGINEER 4 01099
0287 MRAS Speed RPM Parameters::Motor Control::MRAS REAL x.xx Min to Max RPM NEVER ENGINEER 4 01101
0289 MRAS Field Frequency Parameters::Motor Control::MRAS REAL x.xx Min to Max Hz NEVER ENGINEER 4 01105
0290 MRAS Torque Percent Parameters::Motor Control::MRAS REAL x.xx Min to Max % NEVER ENGINEER 4 01107
0291 MRAS Torque Parameters::Motor Control::MRAS REAL x.xx Min to Max Nm NEVER ENGINEER 4 01109
0305 Current Limit Setup::Motor Control::Control and Type REAL 150.0 0.0 to 600.0 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01137
Parameters::Motor Control::Current Limit
0307 Regen Limit Enable Parameters::Motor Control::Current Limit BOOL TRUE ALWAYS ENGINEER 4 01141
0310 VHz Flying Start Enable Parameters::Motor Control::Flycatching BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 01147
0311 VC Flying Start Enable Parameters::Motor Control::Flycatching BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 01149
0312 Flying Start Mode Parameters::Motor Control::Flycatching USINT 0 0:ALWAYS ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 01151
(enum) 1:TRIP OR POWER UP
2:TRIP
0313 Search Mode Parameters::Motor Control::Flycatching USINT 0 0:BIDIRECTIONAL ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 01153
(enum) 1:UNIDIRECTION
0314 Search Volts Parameters::Motor Control::Flycatching REAL 9.0 0.0 to 100.0 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6,4 01155
0315 Search Boost Parameters::Motor Control::Flycatching REAL 40.0 0.0 to 50.0 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6,4 01157
0316 Search Time Parameters::Motor Control::Flycatching TIME 5.000 0.100 to 60.000 s ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6,4 01159
0317 Min Search Speed Parameters::Motor Control::Flycatching REAL 5 0 to 500 Hz ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 01161
0318 Flying Reflux Time Parameters::Motor Control::Flycatching TIME 3.000 0.100 to 10.000 s ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6,4 01163
0324 DC Inj Deflux Time Parameters::Motor Control::Inj Braking TIME 0.500 0.100 to 20.000 s ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6,4 01175
0325 DC Inj Frequency Parameters::Motor Control::Inj Braking REAL 9 1 to 500 Hz ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6,4 01177
0326 DC Inj Current Limit Parameters::Motor Control::Inj Braking REAL 100.0 50.0 to 150.0 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6,4 01179
0327 DC Pulse Time Parameters::Motor Control::Inj Braking TIME 2.000 0.000 to 100.000 s ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6,4 01181
0328 Final DC Pulse Time Parameters::Motor Control::Inj Braking TIME 1.000 0.000 to 10.000 s ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6,4 01183
0329 DC Current Level Parameters::Motor Control::Inj Braking REAL 3.0 0.0 to 25.0 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6,4 01185
0330 DC Inj Timeout Parameters::Motor Control::Inj Braking TIME 90.000 0.000 to 600.000 s ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6,4 01187
0331 DC Inj Base Volts Parameters::Motor Control::Inj Braking REAL 100.00 0.00 to 115.47 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6,4 01189
0332 100% Mot Current Parameters::Motor Control::Motor Load REAL x.x 0.0 to 10000.0 NEVER TECHNICIAN 01191
0333 Mot Inv Time Overload Parameters::Motor Control::Motor Load REAL x. 0 to 500 % NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 01193
0334 Mot Inv Time Delay Parameters::Motor Control::Motor Load TIME 60.000 6.000 to 60.000 s ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6,4 01195
0335 Mot Inv Time Warning Parameters::Motor Control::Motor Load BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 01197
0336 Mot Inv Time Active Parameters::Motor Control::Motor Load BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 01199
0337 Mot Inv Time Output % Parameters::Motor Control::Motor Load REAL x.x 0.0 to 600.0 % NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 01201
0338 Mot I2T TC Parameters::Motor Control::Motor Load TIME 0.000 to 1000000.000 s NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 01203
0339 Actual Mot I2T Output Parameters::Motor Control::Motor Load REAL x.x 0.0 to 600.0 % NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 01205
0340 Mot I2T Active Parameters::Motor Control::Motor Load BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 4 01207

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-237
PNO Name Path Type Default Range Units WQ View Notes MBus
0341 Mot I2T Warning Parameters::Motor Control::Motor Load BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 01209
0342 Mot I2T Enable Parameters::Motor Control::Motor Load BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 01211
0343 100% Stk Current Parameters::Motor Control::Stack Inv Time REAL x.x 0.0 to 10000.0 A NEVER TECHNICIAN 01213
0344 Long Overload Level Parameters::Motor Control::Stack Inv Time REAL x. 0 to 200 % NEVER TECHNICIAN 01215
0345 Long Overload Time Parameters::Motor Control::Stack Inv Time TIME 0.000 to 100000.000 s NEVER TECHNICIAN 01217
0346 Short Overload Level Parameters::Motor Control::Stack Inv Time REAL x. 0 to 200 % NEVER TECHNICIAN 01219
0347 Short Overload Time Parameters::Motor Control::Stack Inv Time TIME 0.000 to 10000.000 s NEVER TECHNICIAN 01221
0348 Inv Time Aiming Point Parameters::Motor Control::Stack Inv Time REAL 105.00 0.00 to 125.00 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6 01223
0349 Inv Time Output Parameters::Motor Control::Stack Inv Time REAL x. 0 to 600 % NEVER TECHNICIAN 01225
0350 Inv Time Up Rate Parameters::Motor Control::Stack Inv Time TIME 5.000 0.000 to 120.000 s STOPPED ENGINEER 6 01227
0351 Inv Time Down Rate Parameters::Motor Control::Stack Inv Time TIME 5.000 0.000 to 120.000 s STOPPED ENGINEER 6 01229
0352 Inv Time Warning Parameters::Motor Control::Stack Inv Time BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 01231
0353 Inv Time Active Parameters::Motor Control::Stack Inv Time BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 01233
0354 Slip Compensatn Enable Parameters::Motor Control::Slip Compensation BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 01235
0356 SLP Motoring Limit Parameters::Motor Control::Slip Compensation REAL 150 0 to 600 RPM ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6,4 01239
0357 SLP Regen Limit Parameters::Motor Control::Slip Compensation REAL 150 0 to 600 RPM ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6,4 01241
0360 Slew Rate Enable Parameters::Motor Control::Slew Rate BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01247
0361 Slew Rate Accel Limit Parameters::Motor Control::Slew Rate REAL 500 1 to 1200 Hz/s ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01249
0362 Slew Rate Decel Limit Parameters::Motor Control::Slew Rate REAL 500 1 to 1200 Hz/s ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01251
0364 Stabilisation Enable Parameters::Motor Control::Stabilisation BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 01255
0371 Terminal Voltage Mode Parameters::Motor Control::Voltage Control USINT 0 0:NONE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 01269
(enum) 1:FIXED
2:AUTOMATIC
0374 Motor Base Volts Parameters::Motor Control::Voltage Control REAL 100.00 0.00 to 115.47 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 01275
0380 Power kW Monitor::Energy Meter REAL x.xx 0.00 to 1000000.00 kW NEVER TECHNICIAN 01287
Parameters::Motor Control::Energy Meter
0381 Power HP Same as PNO 380 REAL x.xx 0.00 to 1000000.00 HP NEVER TECHNICIAN 01289
0382 Reactive Power Same as PNO 380 REAL x.xx 0.00 to 1000000.00 kVAr NEVER TECHNICIAN 01291
0383 Energy kWh Same as PNO 380 REAL x.xx 0.00 to 10000000.00 kWh NEVER TECHNICIAN 1 01293
0385 Power Factor Est Same as PNO 380 REAL x.xx 0.00 to 1.00 NEVER TECHNICIAN 01297
0386 Power Factor Angle Est Parameters::Motor Control::Energy Meter REAL x.xx 0.00 to 90.00 deg NEVER TECHNICIAN 01299
0389 Reset Energy Meter Parameters::Motor Control::Energy Meter BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 2 01305
0390 Duty Selection Setup::Motor Control::Control and Type USINT 1 0:HEAVY DUTY STOPPED TECHNICIAN 01307
Parameters::Motor Control::Feedbacks (enum) 1:NORMAL DUTY
0392 DC Link Voltage Monitor::Motor and Drive REAL x. 0 to 1000 V NEVER TECHNICIAN 01311
Monitor::Regen Control
Parameters::Motor Control::Feedbacks
0393 Actual Speed RPM Monitor::Motor and Drive REAL x.xx -100000.00 to 100000.00 RPM NEVER TECHNICIAN 01313
Parameters::Motor Control::Feedbacks
0394 Actual Speed rps Same as PNO 393 REAL x.xx -1500.00 to 1500.00 rev/s NEVER TECHNICIAN 01315
0395 Actual Speed Percent Same as PNO 393 REAL x.xx -200.00 to 200.00 % NEVER OPERATOR 01317
0396 DC Link Volt Filtered Same as PNO 393 REAL x. 0 to 1000 V NEVER TECHNICIAN 01319
0397 id Parameters::Motor Control::Feedbacks REAL x.x -600.0 to 600.0 % NEVER TECHNICIAN 01321
0398 iq Parameters::Motor Control::Feedbacks REAL x.x -600.0 to 600.0 % NEVER TECHNICIAN 01323
0399 Actual Torque Same as PNO 393 REAL x.x -600.0 to 600.0 % NEVER TECHNICIAN 01325
0400 Actual Field Current Same as PNO 393 REAL x.x -200.0 to 200.0 % NEVER TECHNICIAN 01327
0401 Motor Current Percent Same as PNO 393 REAL x.x 0.0 to 600.0 % NEVER TECHNICIAN 01329
0402 Motor Current Same as PNO 393 REAL x.x 0.0 to 2000.0 A NEVER TECHNICIAN 01331
0403 100% Stack Current A Parameters::Motor Control::Feedbacks REAL x.x 0.0 to 2000.0 A NEVER TECHNICIAN 01333
0404 Stack Current (%) Parameters::Motor Control::Feedbacks REAL x. 0 to 500 % NEVER TECHNICIAN 01335
0405 Motor Terminal Volts Same as PNO 393 REAL x. 0 to 1000 V NEVER TECHNICIAN 01337
0406 CM Temperature Same as PNO 393 REAL x.x -25.0 to 200.0 °C NEVER TECHNICIAN 01339
0407 Heatsink Temperature Same as PNO 393 REAL x.x -25.0 to 200.0 °C NEVER TECHNICIAN 01341
0408 Elec Rotor Speed Parameters::Motor Control::Feedbacks REAL x.x -1500.0 to 1500.0 Hz NEVER OPERATOR 01343
0410 Archive Flags Parameters::Application::App Info WORD NEVER OPERATOR 01347
0412 Stack Frequency Parameters::Motor Control::Pattern Generator REAL 4.00 2.00 to 16.00 kHz ALWAYS ENGINEER 6 01351
0413 Random Pattern IM Parameters::Motor Control::Pattern Generator BOOL TRUE ALWAYS ENGINEER 4 01353
0414 Deflux Delay Parameters::Motor Control::Pattern Generator TIME 1.000 0.000 to 60.000 s STOPPED ENGINEER 6 01355
0415 Positive Torque Lim Parameters::Motor Control::Torque Limit REAL 150.0 -600.0 to 600.0 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01357
0416 Negative Torque Lim Parameters::Motor Control::Torque Limit REAL -150.0 -600.0 to 600.0 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01359
0417 Main Torque Lim Setup::Motor Control::Control and Type REAL 150.0 0.0 to 600.0 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01361
Parameters::Motor Control::Torque Limit
0418 Fast Stop Torque Lim Parameters::Motor Control::Torque Limit REAL 150.0 0.0 to 600.0 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01363
0419 Symmetric Torque Lim Parameters::Motor Control::Torque Limit BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01365
0420 Actual Pos Torque Lim Monitor::Motor and Drive REAL x.x -600.0 to 600.0 % NEVER TECHNICIAN 01367
Parameters::Motor Control::Torque Limit

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-238 Parameter Reference
PNO Name Path Type Default Range Units WQ View Notes MBus
0421 Actual Neg Torque Lim Same as PNO 420 REAL x.x -600.0 to 600.0 % NEVER TECHNICIAN 01369
0422 VHz Shape Setup::Motor Control::Control and Type USINT 0 0:LINEAR LAW STOPPED TECHNICIAN 4 01371
Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz (enum) 1:FAN LAW
2:USER DEFINED
3:APPLICATION DEFINED
0423 VHz User Freq Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz ARRAY[0..10] STOPPED ENGINEER 01373
0424 VHz User Freq[0] Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz REAL 0.0 0.0 to 100.0 % STOPPED ENGINEER 4 01375
0425 VHz User Freq[1] Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz REAL 10.0 0.0 to 100.0 % STOPPED ENGINEER 4 01377
0426 VHz User Freq[2] Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz REAL 20.0 0.0 to 100.0 % STOPPED ENGINEER 4 01379
0427 VHz User Freq[3] Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz REAL 30.0 0.0 to 100.0 % STOPPED ENGINEER 4 01381
0428 VHz User Freq[4] Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz REAL 40.0 0.0 to 100.0 % STOPPED ENGINEER 4 01383
0429 VHz User Freq[5] Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz REAL 50.0 0.0 to 100.0 % STOPPED ENGINEER 4 01385
0430 VHz User Freq[6] Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz REAL 60.0 0.0 to 100.0 % STOPPED ENGINEER 4 01387
0431 VHz User Freq[7] Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz REAL 70.0 0.0 to 100.0 % STOPPED ENGINEER 4 01389
0432 VHz User Freq[8] Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz REAL 80.0 0.0 to 100.0 % STOPPED ENGINEER 4 01391
0433 VHz User Freq[9] Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz REAL 90.0 0.0 to 100.0 % STOPPED ENGINEER 4 01393
0434 VHz User Freq[10] Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz REAL 100.0 0.0 to 100.0 % STOPPED ENGINEER 4 01395
0435 VHz User Volts Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz ARRAY[0..10] STOPPED ENGINEER 01397
0436 VHz User Volts[0] Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz REAL 0.0 0.0 to 100.0 % STOPPED ENGINEER 4 01399
0437 VHz User Volts[1] Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz REAL 10.0 0.0 to 100.0 % STOPPED ENGINEER 4 01401
0438 VHz User Volts[2] Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz REAL 20.0 0.0 to 100.0 % STOPPED ENGINEER 4 01403
0439 VHz User Volts[3] Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz REAL 30.0 0.0 to 100.0 % STOPPED ENGINEER 4 01405
0440 VHz User Volts[4] Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz REAL 40.0 0.0 to 100.0 % STOPPED ENGINEER 4 01407
0441 VHz User Volts[5] Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz REAL 50.0 0.0 to 100.0 % STOPPED ENGINEER 4 01409
0442 VHz User Volts[6] Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz REAL 60.0 0.0 to 100.0 % STOPPED ENGINEER 4 01411
0443 VHz User Volts[7] Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz REAL 70.0 0.0 to 100.0 % STOPPED ENGINEER 4 01413
0444 VHz User Volts[8] Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz REAL 80.0 0.0 to 100.0 % STOPPED ENGINEER 4 01415
0445 VHz User Volts[9] Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz REAL 90.0 0.0 to 100.0 % STOPPED ENGINEER 4 01417
0446 VHz User Volts[10] Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz REAL 100.0 0.0 to 100.0 % STOPPED ENGINEER 4 01419
0447 Fixed Boost Same as PNO 422 REAL 0.0 0.0 to 25.0 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6,4 01421
0448 Auto Boost Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz REAL 0.0 0.0 to 25.0 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6,4 01423
0450 Acceleration Boost Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz REAL 0.0 0.0 to 25.0 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 01427
0451 Energy Saving Enable Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 01429
0453 Vsd Demand Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz REAL x.x Min to Max % NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 01433
0454 Vsq Demand Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz REAL x.x Min to Max % NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 01435
0455 Rated Motor Current Setup::Motor Control::Motor Nameplate REAL 1.56 0.00 to 10000.00 A STOPPED TECHNICIAN 6,4 01437
Parameters::Motor Control::Motor Nameplate
0456 Base Voltage Same as PNO 455 REAL 400.00 0.00 to 1000.00 V STOPPED TECHNICIAN 6,4 01439
0457 Base Frequency Same as PNO 455 REAL 50.00 0.00 to 1000.00 Hz STOPPED TECHNICIAN 6,4 01441
0458 Motor Poles Same as PNO 455 INT 4, 2 to 1000 STOPPED TECHNICIAN 6,4 01443
0459 Nameplate Speed Same as PNO 455 REAL 1450.00 0.00 to 100000.00 RPM STOPPED TECHNICIAN 6,4 01445
0460 Motor Power Same as PNO 455 REAL 0.75 0.00 to 3000.00 kW STOPPED TECHNICIAN 6,4 01447
0461 Power Factor Same as PNO 455 REAL 0.71 0.00 to 1.00 STOPPED TECHNICIAN 6,4 01449
0464 100% Speed in RPM Setup::Motor Control::Control and Type REAL 1500.0 0.0 to 100000.0 RPM ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01455
Parameters::Motor Control::Scale Setpoint
0465 Speed Demand RPM Parameters::Motor Control::Scale Setpoint REAL x.x 0.0 to 100000.0 RPM NEVER TECHNICIAN 01457
0466 Speed Demand Hz Parameters::Motor Control::Scale Setpoint REAL x.x 0.0 to 60000.0 Hz NEVER TECHNICIAN 01459
0467 PMAC SVC Auto Values Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC SVC BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6,4 01461
0468 PMAC SVC LPF Speed Hz Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC SVC REAL 60.00 0.00 to 10000.00 Hz ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6,4 01463
0469 PMAC SVC P Gain Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC SVC REAL 2.42 0.00 to 10000.00 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6,4 01465
0470 PMAC SVC I Gain Hz Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC SVC REAL 20.00 0.00 to 10000.00 Hz ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6,4 01467
0476 PMAC SVC Open Loop Strt Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC SVC BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 01479
0477 PMAC SVC Start Time Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC SVC TIME 0.500 0.000 to 1000.000 s ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 01481
0478 PMAC SVC Start Cur Setup::Motor Control::SVC PMAC REAL 10.0 0.0 to 600.0 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 01483
Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC SVC
0479 PMAC SVC Start Speed Same as PNO 478 REAL 5 0 to 200 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 01485
0484 Seq Stop Method VHz Setup::Motor Control::Control and Type USINT 1 0:DISABLED VOLTAGE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 01495
Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp (enum) 1:RAMP
2:STOP RAMP
3:DC INJECTION
0485 Ramp Type Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp USINT 0 0:LINEAR ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01497
(enum) 1:S RAMP
0486 Acceleration Time Same as PNO 484 TIME 10.000 0.000 to 3000.000 s ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6 01499
0487 Deceleration Time Same as PNO 484 TIME 10.000 0.000 to 3000.000 s ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6 01501
0488 Symmetric Mode Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6 01503
0489 Symmetric Time Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp TIME 10.000 0.000 to 3000.000 s ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01505

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-239
PNO Name Path Type Default Range Units WQ View Notes MBus
0490 Sramp Continuous Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01507
0491 Sramp Acceleration Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp REAL 10.0 0.0 to 100.0 %/s² ALWAYS OPERATOR 01509
0492 Sramp Deceleration Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp REAL 10.0 0.0 to 100.0 %/s² ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01511
0493 Sramp Jerk 1 Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp REAL 10.0 0.0 to 100.0 %/s³ ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01513
0494 Sramp Jerk 2 Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp REAL 10.0 0.0 to 100.0 %/s³ ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01515
0495 Sramp Jerk 3 Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp REAL 10.0 0.0 to 100.0 %/s³ ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01517
0496 Sramp Jerk 4 Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp REAL 10.0 0.0 to 100.0 %/s³ ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01519
0497 Ramp Hold Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01521
0498 Ramping Active Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 01523
0499 Ramp Spd Setpoint Input Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp REAL x.x -200.0 to 200.0 % NEVER TECHNICIAN 01525
0500 Ramp Speed Output Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp REAL x.x -200.0 to 200.0 % NEVER TECHNICIAN 01527
0501 Jog Setpoint Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp REAL 10.0 0.0 to 100.0 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01529
0502 Jog Acceleration Time Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp TIME 1.000 0.000 to 3000.000 s ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01531
0503 Jog Deceleration Time Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp TIME 1.000 0.000 to 3000.000 s ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01533
0504 Stop Ramp Time Same as PNO 484 TIME 10.000 0.000 to 600.000 s ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01535
0505 Zero Speed Threshold Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp REAL 0.1 0.0 to 100.0 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01537
0506 Zero Speed Stop Delay Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp TIME 0.500 0.000 to 30.000 s ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01539
0507 Quickstop Time Limit Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp TIME 30.000 0.000 to 3000.000 s ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01541
0508 Quickstop Ramp Time Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp TIME 0.100 0.000 to 600.000 s ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01543
0509 Final Stop Rate Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp REAL 1200 1 to 4800 Hz/s ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01545
0511 Motor Type or AFE Setup::Motor Control::Control and Type USINT 0 0:INDUCTION MOTOR STOPPED TECHNICIAN 6 01549
Setup::Regen Control (enum) 1:PMAC MOTOR
Parameters::Control Mode::Control Mode 2:AFE
0512 Control Strategy Setup::Motor Control::Control and Type USINT 0 0:VOLTS - HERTZ CONTROL STOPPED TECHNICIAN 6,4 01551
Parameters::Control Mode::Control Mode (enum) 1:VECTOR CONTROL
0513 Active 33 - 64 Monitor::Trips DWORD NEVER OPERATOR 01553
Parameters::Trips::Trips Status
0514 Warnings 33 - 64 Same as PNO 513 DWORD NEVER OPERATOR 01555
0515 Speed Loop Pgain Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop Settings REAL 20.00 0.00 to 3000.00 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 01557
0516 Speed Loop I Time Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop Settings TIME 0.100 0.001 to 15.000 s ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 01559
0517 Speed Loop Int Defeat Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop Settings BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 01561
0518 Speed Loop Int Preset Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop Settings REAL 0 -600 to 600 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 01563
0519 Spd Loop Dmd Filt TC Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop Settings REAL 0.0 0.0 to 15.0 ms ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 01565
0520 Spd Loop Fbk Filt TC Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop Settings REAL 1.0 0.0 to 15.0 ms ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 01567
0521 Spd Loop Aux Torq Dmd Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop Settings REAL 0.00 -600.00 to 600.00 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 01569
0523 Spd Loop Adapt Thres Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop Settings REAL 0.00 0.00 to 10.00 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 01573
0524 Spd Loop Adapt Pgain Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop Settings REAL 20.00 0.00 to 300.00 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 01575
0525 Spd Demand Pos Lim Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop Settings REAL 110.00 -110.00 to 110.00 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 01577
0526 Spd Demand Neg Lim Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop Settings REAL -110.00 -110.00 to 110.00 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 01579
0527 Sel Torq Ctrl Only Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop Settings BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 01581
0528 Direct Input Select Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Direct Input USINT 0 0:NONE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 01583
(enum) 1:ANIN1
2:ANIN2
0529 Direct Input Ratio Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Direct Input REAL 1.0000 -10.0000 to 10.0000 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 01585
0530 Direct Input Pos Lim Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Direct Input REAL 110.00 -600.00 to 600.00 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 01587
0531 Direct Input Neg Lim Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Direct Input REAL -110.00 -600.00 to 600.00 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 01589
0533 Total Spd Demand RPM Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop REAL x.xx -100000.00 to 100000.00 RPM NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 01593
Diagnostics
0534 Total Spd Demand % Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop REAL x.xx -200.00 to 200.00 % NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 01595
Diagnostics
0535 Speed Loop Error Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop REAL x.xx -600.00 to 600.00 % NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 01597
Diagnostics
0536 Speed PI Output Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop REAL x.xx -600.00 to 600.00 % NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 01599
Diagnostics
0543 Power Stack Fitted Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info USINT 0:NONE NEVER TECHNICIAN 01613
(enum) 1:3.5 A 400 V
2:4.5 A 400 V
3:5.5 A 400 V
4:7.5 A 400 V
5:10.0 A 400 V
6:12.0 A 400 V
7:16.0 A 400 V
8:23.0 A 400 V
9:32.0 A 400 V
10:38.0 A 400 V
11:45.0 A 400 V R1
12:60.0 A 400 V R1

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-240 Parameter Reference
PNO Name Path Type Default Range Units WQ View Notes MBus
13:73.0 A 400 V R1
14:87.0 A 400 V
15:105 A 400 V
16:145 A 400 V
17:180 A 400 V
18:205 A 400 V
19:260 A 400 V
20:45.0 A 400 V
21:60.0 A 400 V
22:73.0 A 400 V
23:315 A 400 V
24:380 A 400 V
25:440 A 400 V
26:530 A 400 V
27:590 A 400 V
28:650 A 400 V
29:700 A 400 V
30:790 A 400 V
31:45.0 A 400 V r3
0555 PMAC Max Speed Setup::Motor Control::Motor Data PMAC REAL 3000 0 to 100000 RPM ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6,4 01637
Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC Motor Data
0556 PMAC Max Current Same as PNO 555 REAL 4.50 0.00 to 5000.00 A ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6,4 01639
0557 PMAC Rated Current Same as PNO 555 REAL 4.50 0.00 to 5000.00 A ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6,4 01641
0558 PMAC Rated Torque Same as PNO 555 REAL 4.50 0.00 to 30000.00 Nm ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6,9,4 01643
0559 PMAC Motor Poles Same as PNO 555 UINT 10 0 to 400 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6,4 01645
0560 PMAC Back Emf Const KE Same as PNO 555 REAL 60.0 0.0 to 30000.0 V ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6,9,4 01647
0561 PMAC Winding Resistance Same as PNO 555 REAL 6.580 0.000 to 500.000 Ohm ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6,9,4 01649
0562 PMAC Winding Inductance Same as PNO 555 REAL 20.00 0.00 to 1000.00 mH ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6,9,4 01651
0563 PMAC Torque Const KT Same as PNO 555 REAL 1.00 0.00 to 10000.00 Nm/A ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6,9,4 01653
0564 PMAC Motor Inertia Same as PNO 555 REAL 0.00100 0.00000 to 100.00000 kgm² ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6,4 01655
0565 PMAC Therm Time Const Same as PNO 555 TIME 62.000 0.000 to 10000.000 s ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6,4 01657
0568 Magnetising Current Parameters::Motor Control::Induction Motor REAL 1.00 0.00 to 10000.00 A ALWAYS ENGINEER 6,9,4 01663
Data
0569 Rotor Time Constant Parameters::Motor Control::Induction Motor TIME 0.100 0.005 to 100.000 s ALWAYS ENGINEER 6,9,4 01665
Data
0570 Leakage Inductance Parameters::Motor Control::Induction Motor REAL 1.000 0.000 to 1000.000 mH ALWAYS ENGINEER 6,9,4 01667
Data
0571 Stator Resistance Parameters::Motor Control::Induction Motor REAL 0.0000 0.0000 to 100.0000 Ohm ALWAYS ENGINEER 6,9,4 01669
Data
0572 Mutual Inductance Parameters::Motor Control::Induction Motor REAL 100.00 0.00 to 10000.00 mH ALWAYS ENGINEER 6,9,4 01671
Data
0591 Local Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL FALSE STOPPED TECHNICIAN 01709
0592 Local Reference Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing REAL 0.00 0.00 to 100.00 % ALWAYS OPERATOR 01711
0610 App Control Word Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing WORD 0000 Same as PNO 593 ALWAYS ENGINEER 2 01747
(bitfield)
0611 App Control Word.SWITCH ON Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL FALSE ALWAYS ENGINEER 2 01749
0612 App Control Word.ENABLE VOLTAGE Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL FALSE ALWAYS ENGINEER 2 01751
0613 App Control Word.NOT QUICKSTOP Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL FALSE ALWAYS ENGINEER 2 01753
0614 App Control Word.ENABLE OPERATION Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL FALSE ALWAYS ENGINEER 2 01755
0618 App Control Word.RESET FAULT Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL FALSE ALWAYS ENGINEER 2 01763
0619 App Control Word.EXTERNAL FAULT Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL FALSE ALWAYS ENGINEER 2 01765
0623 App Control Word.USE JOG REFERENCE Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL FALSE ALWAYS ENGINEER 2 01773
0624 App Control Word.REVERSE DIRECTION Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL FALSE ALWAYS ENGINEER 2 01775
0625 App Control Word.AUTO INITIALISE Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL FALSE ALWAYS ENGINEER 2 01777
0626 App Control Word.EVENT TRIGGERED OP Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL FALSE ALWAYS ENGINEER 2 01779
0627 Comms Control Word Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing WORD 0000 0:SWITCH ON ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 2 01781
(bitfield) 1:ENABLE VOLTAGE
2:NOT QUICKSTOP
3:ENABLE OPERATION
7:RESET FAULT
8:EXTERNAL FAULT
10:USE COMMS CONTROL
11:USE COMMS REFERENCE
12:USE JOG REFERENCE
13:REVERSE DIRECTION
14:AUTO INITIALISE
15:EVENT TRIGGERED OP
0628 Comms Control Word.SWITCH ON Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 2 01783

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-241
PNO Name Path Type Default Range Units WQ View Notes MBus
0629 Comms Control Word.ENABLE VOLTAGE Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 2 01785
0630 Comms Control Word.NOT QUICKSTOP Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 2 01787
0631 Comms Control Word.ENABLE OPERATION Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 2 01789
0635 Comms Control Word.RESET FAULT Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 2 01797
0636 Comms Control Word.EXTERNAL FAULT Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 2 01799
0638 Comms Control Word.USE COMMS Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 2 01803
CONTROL
0639 Comms Control Word.USE COMMS Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 2 01805
REFERENCE
0640 Comms Control Word.USE JOG REFERENCE Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 2 01807
0641 Comms Control Word.REVERSE DIRECTION Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 2 01809
0642 Comms Control Word.AUTO INITIALISE Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 2 01811
0643 Comms Control Word.EVENT TRIGGERED Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 2 01813
OP
0644 Control Word Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing WORD Same as PNO 627 NEVER TECHNICIAN 01815
(bitfield)
0645 Control Word.SWITCH ON Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 01817
0646 Control Word.ENABLE VOLTAGE Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 01819
0647 Control Word.NOT QUICKSTOP Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 01821
0648 Control Word.ENABLE OPERATION Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 01823
0652 Control Word.RESET FAULT Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 01831
0653 Control Word.EXTERNAL FAULT Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 01833
0655 Control Word.USE COMMS CONTROL Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 01837
0656 Control Word.USE COMMS REFERENCE Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 01839
0657 Control Word.USE JOG REFERENCE Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 01841
0658 Control Word.REVERSE DIRECTION Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 01843
0659 Control Word.AUTO INITIALISE Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 01845
0660 Control Word.EVENT TRIGGERED OP Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 01847
0661 Status Word Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing WORD 0:READY TO SWITCH ON NEVER TECHNICIAN 01849
(bitfield) 1:SWITCHED ON
2:OPERATION ENABLED
3:FAULTED
4:VOLTAGE ENABLED
5:QUICKSTOP INACTIVE
6:SWITCH ON DISABLED
9:CONTROL FROM COMMS
12:JOG OPERATION
13:REVERSE OPERATION
14:REFERENCE FROM
COMMS
15:STOPPING
0662 Status Word.READY TO SWITCH ON Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 01851
0663 Status Word.SWITCHED ON Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 01853
0664 Status Word.OPERATION ENABLED Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 01855
0665 Status Word.FAULTED Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 01857
0666 Status Word.VOLTAGE ENABLED Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 01859
0667 Status Word.QUICKSTOP INACTIVE Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 01861
0668 Status Word.SWITCH ON DISABLED Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 01863
0671 Status Word.CONTROL FROM COMMS Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 01869
0674 Status Word.JOG OPERATION Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 01875
0675 Status Word.REVERSE OPERATION Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 01877
0676 Status Word.REFERENCE FROM COMMS Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 01879
0677 Status Word.STOPPING Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 01881
0678 Sequencing State Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing USINT 0:NOT READY TO SWITCH NEVER TECHNICIAN 01883
(enum) ON
1:SWITCH ON DISABLED
2:READY TO SWITCH ON
3:SWITCHED ON
4:OPERATION ENABLED
5:QUICKSTOP ACTIVE
6:FAULT REACTION ACTIVE
7:FAULTED
0679 Switch On Timeout Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing TIME 0.000 0.000 to 100.000 s ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01885
0680 App Reference Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing REAL 0.00 -110.00 to 110.00 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01887
0681 Comms Reference Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing REAL 0.00 -110.00 to 110.00 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01889
0682 Reference Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing REAL x.xx -110.00 to 110.00 % NEVER OPERATOR 01891
0686 Anout 01 Scale Setup::Inputs and Outputs::Base IO REAL 1.0000 Min to Max ALWAYS OPERATOR 01899

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-242 Parameter Reference
PNO Name Path Type Default Range Units WQ View Notes MBus
Parameters::Inputs And Outputs::IO Configure
0687 Boot Version Number Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info WORD NEVER ENGINEER 01901
0688 Drive Diagnostic Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info USINT 0:OK NEVER OPERATOR 01903
(enum) 1:STACK NOT CONNECTED
2:STACK DATA CORRUPT
3:UNKNOWN STACK
4:STACK MISMATCH
0689 PMAC Flycatching Enable Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC Flycatching BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 01905
0690 PMAC Fly Search Mode Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC Flycatching USINT 0 Same as PNO 312 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 01907
(enum)
0691 PMAC Fly Search Time Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC Flycatching TIME 0.200 0.100 to 60.000 s ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 01909
0692 PMAC Fly Load Level Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC Flycatching REAL 5.0 -50.0 to 50.0 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 01911
0693 PMAC Fly Active Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC Flycatching BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 01913
0694 PMAC Fly Setpoint Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC Flycatching REAL x. -1000 to 1000 Hz NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 01915
0695 Attached to Stack Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info BOOL NEVER ENGINEER 01917
0696 First Trip Monitor::Trips USINT 0:NONE NEVER OPERATOR 01919
Parameters::Trips::Trips Status (enum) 1:01 OVER VOLTAGE
2:02 UNDER VOLTAGE
3:03 OVER CURRENT
4:04 STACK FAULT
5:05 STACK OVER CURRENT
6:06 CURRENT LIMIT
7:07 MOTOR STALL
8:08 INVERSE TIME
9:09 MOTOR I2T
10:10 LOW SPEED I
11:11 HEATSINK OVERTEMP
12:12 INTERNAL OVERTEMP
13:13 MOTOR OVERTEMP
14:14 EXTERNAL TRIP
15:15 BRAKE SHORT CCT
16:16 BRAKE RESISTOR
17:17 BRAKE SWITCH
18:18 LOCAL CONTROL
19:19 COMMS BREAK
20:20 LINE CONTACTOR
21:21 PHASE FAIL
22:22 VDC RIPPLE
23:23 BASE MODBUS BREAK
24:24 24 V OVERLOAD
25:25 PMAC SPEED ERROR
26:26 OVERSPEED
27:27 STO ACTIVE
28:28 FEEDBACK MISSING
29:29 INTERNAL FAN FAIL
30:30 CURRENT SENSOR
31:31 POWER LOSS STOP
32:32 SPEED SENSOR
33:33 A1
34:34 A2
35:35 A3
36:36 A4
37:37 A5
38:38 A6
39:39 A7
40:40 A8
41:41 SPEED ERROR
42:42 PEERTOPEER
OVERRUN
43:43 PHASE CONFIG
44:44 FIELDBUS BREAK
45:45 RESOLVER ERROR
46:46 PMAC ALIGN ERROR
47:47 CURRENT IMBALANCE
48:48 CONFIGURATION
49:49 APPLICATION
50:50 AC30A ENCODER
51:51 CPU USAGE
0697 Enable 1 - 32 Parameters::Trips::Trips Status DWORD FFFFFF7F 5:06 CURRENT LIMIT ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01921

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-243
PNO Name Path Type Default Range Units WQ View Notes MBus
(bitfield) 6:07 MOTOR STALL
7:08 INVERSE TIME
8:09 MOTOR I2T
9:10 LOW SPEED I
11:12 INTERNAL OVERTEMP
12:13 MOTOR OVERTEMP
13:14 EXTERNAL TRIP
14:15 BRAKE SHORT CCT
15:16 BRAKE RESISTOR
16:17 BRAKE SWITCH
17:18 LOCAL CONTROL
18:19 COMMS BREAK
19:20 LINE CONTACTOR
20:21 PHASE FAIL
21:22 VDC RIPPLE
22:23 BASE MODBUS BREAK
23:24 24 V OVERLOAD
24:25 PMAC SPEED ERROR
25:26 OVERSPEED
28:29 INTERNAL FAN FAIL
29:30 CURRENT SENSOR
30:31 POWER LOSS STOP
31:32 SPEED SENSOR
0703 Enable 1 - 32.06 CURRENT LIMIT Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01933
0704 Enable 1 - 32.07 MOTOR STALL Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01935
0705 Enable 1 - 32.08 INVERSE TIME Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01937
0706 Enable 1 - 32.09 MOTOR I2T Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01939
0707 Enable 1 - 32.10 LOW SPEED I Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01941
0709 Enable 1 - 32.12 INTERNAL OVERTEMP Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01945
0710 Enable 1 - 32.13 MOTOR OVERTEMP Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01947
0711 Enable 1 - 32.14 EXTERNAL TRIP Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01949
0712 Enable 1 - 32.15 BRAKE SHORT CCT Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01951
0713 Enable 1 - 32.16 BRAKE RESISTOR Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01953
0714 Enable 1 - 32.17 BRAKE SWITCH Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01955
0715 Enable 1 - 32.18 LOCAL CONTROL Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01957
0716 Enable 1 - 32.19 COMMS BREAK Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01959
0717 Enable 1 - 32.20 LINE CONTACTOR Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01961
0718 Enable 1 - 32.21 PHASE FAIL Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01963
0719 Enable 1 - 32.22 VDC RIPPLE Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01965
0720 Enable 1 - 32.23 BASE MODBUS BREAK Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01967
0721 Enable 1 - 32.24 24 V OVERLOAD Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01969
0722 Enable 1 - 32.25 PMAC SPEED ERROR Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01971
0723 Enable 1 - 32.26 OVERSPEED Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01973
0726 Enable 1 - 32.29 INTERNAL FAN FAIL Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01979
0727 Enable 1 - 32.30 CURRENT SENSOR Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01981
0728 Enable 1 - 32.31 POWER LOSS STOP Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01983
0729 Enable 1 - 32.32 SPEED SENSOR Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01985
0730 Enable 33 - 64 Parameters::Trips::Trips Status DWORD FFFFFFFF 0:33 A1 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01987
(bitfield) 1:34 A2
2:35 A3
3:36 A4
4:37 A5
5:38 A6
6:39 A7
7:40 A8
8:41 SPEED ERROR
9:42 PEERTOPEER
OVERRUN
10:43 PHASE CONFIG
11:44 FIELDBUS BREAK
14:47 CURRENT IMBALANCE
16:49 APPLICATION
18:51 CPU USAGE
0731 Enable 33 - 64.33 A1 Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01989
0732 Enable 33 - 64.34 A2 Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01991
0733 Enable 33 - 64.35 A3 Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01993
0734 Enable 33 - 64.36 A4 Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01995
0735 Enable 33 - 64.37 A5 Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01997

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-244 Parameter Reference
PNO Name Path Type Default Range Units WQ View Notes MBus
0736 Enable 33 - 64.38 A6 Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 01999
0737 Enable 33 - 64.39 A7 Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 02001
0738 Enable 33 - 64.40 A8 Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 02003
0739 Enable 33 - 64.41 SPEED ERROR Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 02005
0740 Enable 33 - 64.42 PEERTOPEER OVERRUN Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 02007
0741 Enable 33 - 64.43 PHASE CONFIG Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 02009
0742 Enable 33 - 64.44 FIELDBUS BREAK Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 02011
0745 Enable 33 - 64.47 CURRENT IMBALANCE Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 02017
0747 Enable 33 - 64.49 APPLICATION Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 02021
0749 Enable 33 - 64.51 CPU USAGE Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 02025
0763 Active 1 - 32 Monitor::Trips DWORD 0:01 OVER VOLTAGE NEVER OPERATOR 02053
Parameters::Trips::Trips Status (bitfield) 1:02 UNDER VOLTAGE
2:03 OVER CURRENT
3:04 STACK FAULT
4:05 STACK OVER CURRENT
5:06 CURRENT LIMIT
6:07 MOTOR STALL
7:08 INVERSE TIME
8:09 MOTOR I2T
9:10 LOW SPEED I
10:11 HEATSINK OVERTEMP
11:12 INTERNAL OVERTEMP
12:13 MOTOR OVERTEMP
13:14 EXTERNAL TRIP
14:15 BRAKE SHORT CCT
15:16 BRAKE RESISTOR
16:17 BRAKE SWITCH
17:18 LOCAL CONTROL
18:19 COMMS BREAK
19:20 LINE CONTACTOR
20:21 PHASE FAIL
21:22 VDC RIPPLE
22:23 BASE MODBUS BREAK
23:24 24 V OVERLOAD
24:25 PMAC SPEED ERROR
25:26 OVERSPEED
26:27 STO ACTIVE
27:28 FEEDBACK MISSING
28:29 INTERNAL FAN FAIL
29:30 CURRENT SENSOR
30:31 POWER LOSS STOP
31:32 SPEED SENSOR
0764 Active 1 - 32.01 OVER VOLTAGE Same as PNO 763 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02055
0765 Active 1 - 32.02 UNDER VOLTAGE Same as PNO 763 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02057
0766 Active 1 - 32.03 OVER CURRENT Same as PNO 763 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02059
0767 Active 1 - 32.04 STACK FAULT Same as PNO 763 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02061
0768 Active 1 - 32.05 STACK OVER CURRENT Same as PNO 763 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02063
0769 Active 1 - 32.06 CURRENT LIMIT Same as PNO 763 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02065
0770 Active 1 - 32.07 MOTOR STALL Same as PNO 763 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02067
0771 Active 1 - 32.08 INVERSE TIME Same as PNO 763 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02069
0772 Active 1 - 32.09 MOTOR I2T Same as PNO 763 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02071
0773 Active 1 - 32.10 LOW SPEED I Same as PNO 763 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02073
0774 Active 1 - 32.11 HEATSINK OVERTEMP Same as PNO 763 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02075
0775 Active 1 - 32.12 INTERNAL OVERTEMP Same as PNO 763 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02077
0776 Active 1 - 32.13 MOTOR OVERTEMP Same as PNO 763 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02079
0777 Active 1 - 32.14 EXTERNAL TRIP Same as PNO 763 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02081
0778 Active 1 - 32.15 BRAKE SHORT CCT Same as PNO 763 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02083
0779 Active 1 - 32.16 BRAKE RESISTOR Same as PNO 763 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02085
0780 Active 1 - 32.17 BRAKE SWITCH Same as PNO 763 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02087
0781 Active 1 - 32.18 LOCAL CONTROL Same as PNO 763 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02089
0782 Active 1 - 32.19 COMMS BREAK Same as PNO 763 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02091
0783 Active 1 - 32.20 LINE CONTACTOR Same as PNO 763 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02093
0784 Active 1 - 32.21 PHASE FAIL Same as PNO 763 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02095
0785 Active 1 - 32.22 VDC RIPPLE Same as PNO 763 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02097
0786 Active 1 - 32.23 BASE MODBUS BREAK Same as PNO 763 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02099
0787 Active 1 - 32.24 24 V OVERLOAD Same as PNO 763 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02101
0788 Active 1 - 32.25 PMAC SPEED ERROR Same as PNO 763 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02103
0789 Active 1 - 32.26 OVERSPEED Same as PNO 763 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02105

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-245
PNO Name Path Type Default Range Units WQ View Notes MBus
0790 Active 1 - 32.27 STO ACTIVE Same as PNO 763 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02107
0791 Active 1 - 32.28 FEEDBACK MISSING Same as PNO 763 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02109
0792 Active 1 - 32.29 INTERNAL FAN FAIL Same as PNO 763 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02111
0793 Active 1 - 32.30 CURRENT SENSOR Same as PNO 763 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02113
0794 Active 1 - 32.31 POWER LOSS STOP Same as PNO 763 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02115
0795 Active 1 - 32.32 SPEED SENSOR Same as PNO 763 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02117
0796 AR Trip Mask 2 Setup::Motor Control::Auto Restart DWORD FFFFFFFF 0:33 A1 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 02119
Parameters::Motor Control::Auto Restart (bitfield) 1:34 A2
2:35 A3
3:36 A4
4:37 A5
5:38 A6
6:39 A7
7:40 A8
8:41 SPEED ERROR
9:42 PEERTOPEER
OVERRUN
10:43 PHASE CONFIG
11:44 FIELDBUS BREAK
18:51 CPU USAGE
0797 AR Trip Mask 2.33 A1 Same as PNO 796 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 02121
0798 AR Trip Mask 2.34 A2 Same as PNO 796 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 02123
0799 AR Trip Mask 2.35 A3 Same as PNO 796 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 02125
0800 AR Trip Mask 2.36 A4 Same as PNO 796 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 02127
0801 AR Trip Mask 2.37 A5 Same as PNO 796 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 02129
0802 AR Trip Mask 2.38 A6 Same as PNO 796 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 02131
0803 AR Trip Mask 2.39 A7 Same as PNO 796 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 02133
0804 AR Trip Mask 2.40 A8 Same as PNO 796 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 02135
0805 AR Trip Mask 2.41 SPEED ERROR Same as PNO 796 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 02137
0806 AR Trip Mask 2.42 PEERTOPEER OVERRUN Same as PNO 796 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 02139
0807 AR Trip Mask 2.43 PHASE CONFIG Same as PNO 796 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 02141
0808 AR Trip Mask 2.44 FIELDBUS BREAK Same as PNO 796 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 02143
0815 AR Trip Mask 2.51 CPU USAGE Same as PNO 796 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 02157
0829 Warnings 1 - 32 Monitor::Trips DWORD Same as PNO 763 NEVER OPERATOR 02185
Parameters::Trips::Trips Status (bitfield)
0830 Warnings 1 - 32.01 OVER VOLTAGE Same as PNO 829 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02187
0831 Warnings 1 - 32.02 UNDER VOLTAGE Same as PNO 829 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02189
0832 Warnings 1 - 32.03 OVER CURRENT Same as PNO 829 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02191
0833 Warnings 1 - 32.04 STACK FAULT Same as PNO 829 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02193
0834 Warnings 1 - 32.05 STACK OVER CURRENT Same as PNO 829 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02195
0835 Warnings 1 - 32.06 CURRENT LIMIT Same as PNO 829 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02197
0836 Warnings 1 - 32.07 MOTOR STALL Same as PNO 829 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02199
0837 Warnings 1 - 32.08 INVERSE TIME Same as PNO 829 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02201
0838 Warnings 1 - 32.09 MOTOR I2T Same as PNO 829 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02203
0839 Warnings 1 - 32.10 LOW SPEED I Same as PNO 829 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02205
0840 Warnings 1 - 32.11 HEATSINK OVERTEMP Same as PNO 829 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02207
0841 Warnings 1 - 32.12 INTERNAL OVERTEMP Same as PNO 829 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02209
0842 Warnings 1 - 32.13 MOTOR OVERTEMP Same as PNO 829 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02211
0843 Warnings 1 - 32.14 EXTERNAL TRIP Same as PNO 829 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02213
0844 Warnings 1 - 32.15 BRAKE SHORT CCT Same as PNO 829 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02215
0845 Warnings 1 - 32.16 BRAKE RESISTOR Same as PNO 829 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02217
0846 Warnings 1 - 32.17 BRAKE SWITCH Same as PNO 829 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02219
0847 Warnings 1 - 32.18 LOCAL CONTROL Same as PNO 829 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02221
0848 Warnings 1 - 32.19 COMMS BREAK Same as PNO 829 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02223
0849 Warnings 1 - 32.20 LINE CONTACTOR Same as PNO 829 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02225
0850 Warnings 1 - 32.21 PHASE FAIL Same as PNO 829 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02227
0851 Warnings 1 - 32.22 VDC RIPPLE Same as PNO 829 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02229
0852 Warnings 1 - 32.23 BASE MODBUS BREAK Same as PNO 829 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02231
0853 Warnings 1 - 32.24 24 V OVERLOAD Same as PNO 829 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02233
0854 Warnings 1 - 32.25 PMAC SPEED ERROR Same as PNO 829 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02235
0855 Warnings 1 - 32.26 OVERSPEED Same as PNO 829 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02237
0856 Warnings 1 - 32.27 STO ACTIVE Same as PNO 829 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02239
0857 Warnings 1 - 32.28 FEEDBACK MISSING Same as PNO 829 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02241
0858 Warnings 1 - 32.29 INTERNAL FAN FAIL Same as PNO 829 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02243
0859 Warnings 1 - 32.30 CURRENT SENSOR Same as PNO 829 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02245
0860 Warnings 1 - 32.31 POWER LOSS STOP Same as PNO 829 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02247

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-246 Parameter Reference
PNO Name Path Type Default Range Units WQ View Notes MBus
0861 Warnings 1 - 32.32 SPEED SENSOR Same as PNO 829 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02249
0890 Maintenance Warnings Parameters::Trips::Maintenance Monitor WORD NEVER OPERATOR 02307
0891 Maintenance Reporting Parameters::Trips::Maintenance Monitor WORD FFFF ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 02309
0892 Maintenance Reset Parameters::Trips::Maintenance Monitor WORD 0000 ALWAYS ENGINEER 2 02311
0893 Ambient Temperature Parameters::Trips::Maintenance Monitor REAL 25.0 -20.0 to 70.0 °C ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 02313
0894 IM Wiring Parameters::Motor Control::Induction Motor BOOL FALSE STOPPED OPERATOR 6 02315
Data
0895 Recent Trips Parameters::Trips::Trips History ARRAY[0..9] NEVER OPERATOR 02317
0896 Recent Trips[0] Parameters::Trips::Trips History USINT Same as PNO 696 NEVER OPERATOR 1 02319
(enum)
0897 Recent Trips[1] Parameters::Trips::Trips History USINT Same as PNO 696 NEVER OPERATOR 1 02321
(enum)
0898 Recent Trips[2] Parameters::Trips::Trips History USINT Same as PNO 696 NEVER OPERATOR 1 02323
(enum)
0899 Recent Trips[3] Parameters::Trips::Trips History USINT Same as PNO 696 NEVER OPERATOR 1 02325
(enum)
0900 Recent Trips[4] Parameters::Trips::Trips History USINT Same as PNO 696 NEVER OPERATOR 1 02327
(enum)
0901 Recent Trips[5] Parameters::Trips::Trips History USINT Same as PNO 696 NEVER OPERATOR 1 02329
(enum)
0902 Recent Trips[6] Parameters::Trips::Trips History USINT Same as PNO 696 NEVER OPERATOR 1 02331
(enum)
0903 Recent Trips[7] Parameters::Trips::Trips History USINT Same as PNO 696 NEVER OPERATOR 1 02333
(enum)
0904 Recent Trips[8] Parameters::Trips::Trips History USINT Same as PNO 696 NEVER OPERATOR 1 02335
(enum)
0905 Recent Trips[9] Parameters::Trips::Trips History USINT Same as PNO 696 NEVER OPERATOR 1 02337
(enum)
0906 Stall Limit Type Parameters::Trips::Stall Trip USINT 2 0:TORQUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 02339
(enum) 1:CURRENT
2:TORQUE OR CURRENT
0907 Stall Time Parameters::Trips::Stall Trip TIME 90.000 0.100 to 2000.000 s ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6 02341
0908 Control Screen Mode Parameters::Device Manager::Soft Menus USINT 1 0:DISABLED STOPPED ENGINEER 02343
(enum) 1:AUTO
2:CUSTOM
0909 Stall Torque Active Parameters::Trips::Stall Trip BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 02345
0910 Stall Current Active Parameters::Trips::Stall Trip BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 02347
0911 Stall Speed Feedback Parameters::Trips::Stall Trip REAL x. -200 to 200 % NEVER ENGINEER 02349
0912 VDC Ripple Filter TC Parameters::Trips::VDC Ripple TIME 1.000 0.100 to 100.000 s ALWAYS ENGINEER 02351
0913 Max VDC Ripple Parameters::Trips::VDC Ripple REAL x. 0 to 500 V NEVER ENGINEER 02353
0914 VDC Ripple Trip Delay Parameters::Trips::VDC Ripple TIME 0.000 to 300.000 s NEVER ENGINEER 02355
0915 VDC Ripple Trip Hyst Parameters::Trips::VDC Ripple REAL 10 0 to 50 V ALWAYS ENGINEER 02357
0916 VDC Ripple Sample Parameters::Trips::VDC Ripple TIME 0.009 0.001 to 0.100 s ALWAYS ENGINEER 02359
0917 VDC Ripple Level Parameters::Trips::VDC Ripple REAL x. 0 to 500 V NEVER ENGINEER 02361
0918 Filtered VDC Ripple Parameters::Trips::VDC Ripple REAL x. 0 to 500 V NEVER ENGINEER 02363
0919 Ethernet State Monitor::Communications::Base Ethernet USINT 0:INITIALISING NEVER OPERATOR 02365
Parameters::Base Comms::Ethernet (enum) 1:NO LINK
2:RESOLVING IP
3:RESOLVING DHCP
4:RESOLVING AUTO
5:RESOLVED IP
6:STOPPING DHCP
7:DUPLICATE IP
8:FAULT
0920 MAC Address Same as PNO 919 STRING[17] NEVER OPERATOR 02367
0926 IP Address Same as PNO 919 DWORD NEVER OPERATOR 02379
(IP addr)
0927 Subnet Mask Same as PNO 919 DWORD NEVER OPERATOR 02381
(IP addr)
0928 Gateway Address Same as PNO 919 DWORD NEVER OPERATOR 02383
(IP addr)
0929 DHCP Setup::Communications::Base Ethernet BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 02385
Parameters::Base Comms::Ethernet
0930 Auto IP Same as PNO 929 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 02387
0931 Last Auto IP Address Parameters::Base Comms::Ethernet DWORD NEVER ENGINEER 3 02389
(IP addr)
0933 User IP Address Same as PNO 929 DWORD 000.000.000.000 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 7,4 02393

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-247
PNO Name Path Type Default Range Units WQ View Notes MBus
(IP addr)
0934 User Subnet Mask Same as PNO 929 DWORD 000.000.000.000 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 7,4 02395
(IP addr)
0935 User Gateway Address Same as PNO 929 DWORD 000.000.000.000 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 7,4 02397
(IP addr)
0936 Lock Parameters::Base Comms::Ethernet BOOL FALSE ALWAYS ENGINEER 02399
0937 Ethernet Diagnostic Parameters::Base Comms::Ethernet DWORD NEVER ENGINEER 02401
0938 Free Packets Parameters::Base Comms::Ethernet UDINT 0 to 100 NEVER ENGINEER 02403
0939 Maximum Connections Setup::Communications::Base Modbus USINT 0 0 to 3 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 02405
Parameters::Base Comms::Modbus
0940 High Word First Same as PNO 939 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 02407
0941 Modbus Timeout Same as PNO 939 TIME 3.000 0.000 to 65.000 s ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 02409
0942 Modbus Trip Enable Same as PNO 939 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 02411
0943 Process Active Monitor::Communications::Base Modbus BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02413
Parameters::Base Comms::Modbus
0944 Web Access Setup::Communications::Base Ethernet USINT 1 0:DISABLED ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 02415
Setup::Environment (enum) 1:LIMITED
Parameters::Base Comms::Web Server 2:FULL
0945 Web View Level Parameters::Base Comms::Web Server USINT 1 0:OPERATOR ALWAYS OPERATOR 02417
(enum) 1:TECHNICIAN
2:ENGINEER
0946 Web Password Parameters::Base Comms::Web Server STRING[16] ALWAYS ENGINEER 02419
0951 Boot Version Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info STRING[7] NEVER ENGINEER 02429
0955 Enable Predict Term Parameters::Motor Control::Current Loop BOOL TRUE ALWAYS ENGINEER 4 02437
0957 Anin 01 Offset Setup::Inputs and Outputs::Base IO REAL 0.00 Min to Max % ALWAYS OPERATOR 02441
Parameters::Inputs And Outputs::IO Configure
0958 Anin 01 Scale Same as PNO 957 REAL 1.0000 Min to Max ALWAYS OPERATOR 02443
0959 Anin 02 Offset Same as PNO 957 REAL 0.00 Min to Max % ALWAYS OPERATOR 02445
0960 Anin 02 Scale Same as PNO 957 REAL 1.0000 Min to Max ALWAYS OPERATOR 02447
0961 Drive Name Setup::Environment STRING[23] ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 7 02449
Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info
0968 Warranty Trips Parameters::Trips::Trips History ARRAY[0..2] NEVER ENGINEER 02463
0969 Warranty Trips[0] Parameters::Trips::Trips History USINT Same as PNO 696 NEVER ENGINEER 1 02465
(enum)
0970 Warranty Trips[1] Parameters::Trips::Trips History USINT Same as PNO 696 NEVER ENGINEER 1 02467
(enum)
0971 Warranty Trips[2] Parameters::Trips::Trips History USINT Same as PNO 696 NEVER ENGINEER 1 02469
(enum)
0972 Warranty Trip Time Parameters::Trips::Trips History ARRAY[0..2] NEVER ENGINEER 02471
0973 Warranty Trip Time[0] Parameters::Trips::Trips History UDINT 0 to Max s NEVER ENGINEER 1 02473
0974 Warranty Trip Time[1] Parameters::Trips::Trips History UDINT 0 to Max s NEVER ENGINEER 1 02475
0975 Warranty Trip Time[2] Parameters::Trips::Trips History UDINT 0 to Max s NEVER ENGINEER 1 02477
0976 Nominal Supply Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info USINT 0 0:50 Hz STOPPED ENGINEER 6 02479
(enum) 1:60 Hz
0977 Control Module Serial Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info STRING[15] NEVER OPERATOR 02481
0982 Startup Page Setup::Environment DWORD 80000000 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 02491
Parameters::Keypad::Graphical Keypad
0983 Display Timeout Same as PNO 982 TIME 0.000 0.000 to 86400.000 s ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 02493
0987 Power Stack Required Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info USINT 0 Same as PNO 543 CONFIG ENGINEER 6 02501
(enum)
0988 Target State Parameters::Device Manager::Device State USINT 3 3:PREOPERATIONAL STOPPED OPERATOR 2 02503
(enum) 7:OPERATIONAL
0989 Actual State Parameters::Device Manager::Device State USINT 0:INITIALISING NEVER OPERATOR 02505
(enum) 1:INITIALISED
2:PREPARING PREOP
3:PREOPERATIONAL
4:PREPARING OP
5:FAILED TO READY
6:READY FOR OP
7:OPERATIONAL
8:FAULTED
9:FATAL ERROR RECOVER
0990 Application FE State Parameters::Device Manager::Device State USINT Same as PNO 989 NEVER OPERATOR 02507
(enum)
0991 Base IO FE State Parameters::Device Manager::Device State USINT Same as PNO 989 NEVER OPERATOR 02509
(enum)
0992 Basic Drive FE State Parameters::Device Manager::Device State USINT Same as PNO 989 NEVER OPERATOR 02511

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-248 Parameter Reference
PNO Name Path Type Default Range Units WQ View Notes MBus
(enum)
0993 Ethernet FE State Parameters::Device Manager::Device State USINT Same as PNO 989 NEVER OPERATOR 02513
(enum)
0994 Keypad FE State Parameters::Device Manager::Device State USINT Same as PNO 989 NEVER OPERATOR 02515
(enum)
0995 Comms Option FE State Parameters::Device Manager::Device State USINT Same as PNO 989 NEVER OPERATOR 02517
(enum)
0996 IO Option FE State Parameters::Device Manager::Device State USINT Same as PNO 989 NEVER OPERATOR 02519
(enum)
0997 Config Fault Area Parameters::Device Manager::Device State USINT 0:NONE NEVER OPERATOR 02521
(enum) 1:POWER STACK
2:OPTION IO
3:OPTION COMMS
4:APPLICATION
5:MOTOR CONTROL
6:KEYPAD
7:BASE COMMS
8:BASE IO
9:FEEDBACK MISSING
10:SYSTEM BOARD
0998 RTA Code Monitor::Trips UINT 0 to 65535 NEVER OPERATOR 4 02523
Parameters::Device Manager::Device State
0999 RTA Data Same as PNO 998 DWORD NEVER OPERATOR 4 02525
1000 Reset to Defaults Parameters::Device Manager::Device BOOL FALSE CONFIG TECHNICIAN 2 02527
Commands
1001 Save All Parameters Parameters::Device Manager::Device BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 02529
Commands
1002 Update Firmware Parameters::Device Manager::Device BOOL FALSE STOPPED TECHNICIAN 2,4 02531
Commands
1003 RTA Thread Priority Parameters::Device Manager::Device State SINT -128 to 127 NEVER OPERATOR 4 02533
1004 Thermistor Trip Level Parameters::Option IO::Thermistor REAL 1000 0 to 4500 Ohm ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 02535
1005 Language Parameters::Device Manager::Setup Wizard USINT 0 0:ENGLISH STOPPED TECHNICIAN 02537
(enum) 1:FRANCAIS
2:DEUTSCH
3:ESPANOL
4:ITALIANO
5:CHINESE
6:L 6
7:L 7
8:L 8
9:L 9
1006 Run Wizard? Parameters::Device Manager::Setup Wizard USINT 1 0:NO ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 02539
(enum) 1:YES
1033 Card State Parameters::Device Manager::SD Card USINT 0:NO CARD NEVER OPERATOR 02593
(enum) 1:INITIALISING
2:READY
3:CARD FAULT
1034 Card Name Parameters::Device Manager::SD Card STRING[11] NEVER OPERATOR 02595
1038 Firmware Parameters::Device Manager::SD Card BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02603
1039 Application Archive Parameters::Device Manager::SD Card BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 02605
1040 Project File Name Parameters::Application::App Info STRING[23] NEVER TECHNICIAN 02607
1047 Last Modification Parameters::Application::App Info DT 1970/01/01 to 2038/01/19 NEVER TECHNICIAN 02621
1048 IDE Version Parameters::Application::App Info STRING[20] NEVER TECHNICIAN 02623
1054 Project Author Parameters::Application::App Info STRING[23] NEVER TECHNICIAN 02635
1061 Project Version Parameters::Application::App Info STRING[23] NEVER TECHNICIAN 02649
1068 Project Description Parameters::Application::App Info STRING[80] NEVER TECHNICIAN 02663
1089 BACnet MSTP State Monitor::Communications::Option USINT Same as PNO 46 NEVER OPERATOR 4 02705
Parameters::Option Comms::BACnet MSTP (enum)
1091 BACnet MAC Address Setup::Communications::Option USINT 0 0 to 127 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 7,4 02709
Parameters::Option Comms::BACnet MSTP
1092 BACnet MSTP Device ID Same as PNO 1091 UDINT 0 0 to 4194302 CONFIG TECHNICIAN 7,4 02711
1093 BACnet Baud Rate Same as PNO 1091 USINT 0 0:9600 BPS CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 02713
(enum) 1:19200 BPS
2:38400 BPS
3:76800 BPS
1094 BACnet MSTP Timeout Same as PNO 1091 TIME 3.000 0.000 to 65.000 s CONFIG TECHNICIAN 4 02715
1095 BACnet Max Master Same as PNO 1091 USINT 127 1 to 127 CONFIG ENGINEER 4 02717
1096 BACnet Max Info Frames Same as PNO 1091 USINT 1 1 to 255 CONFIG ENGINEER 4 02719

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-249
PNO Name Path Type Default Range Units WQ View Notes MBus
1097 Password in Favourite Parameters::Keypad::Graphical Keypad BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 02721
1098 Password in Local Parameters::Keypad::Graphical Keypad BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 02723
1099 Technician Password Parameters::Keypad::Graphical Keypad WORD 0000 ALWAYS OPERATOR 02725
1100 Firmware Version Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info STRING[21] NEVER OPERATOR 02727
1108 Anout 01 Offset Setup::Inputs and Outputs::Base IO REAL 0.00 Min to Max % ALWAYS OPERATOR 02743
Parameters::Inputs And Outputs::IO Configure
1109 Stack Pcode Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info STRING[23] NEVER OPERATOR 02745
1116 Control Module Pcode Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info STRING[15] NEVER OPERATOR 02759
1121 Comms Option Pcode Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info STRING[11] NEVER OPERATOR 4 02769
1125 IO Option Pcode Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info STRING[11] NEVER OPERATOR 4 02777
1129 Comms Option Serial Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info STRING[15] NEVER OPERATOR 4 02785
1134 IO Option Serial No Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info STRING[15] NEVER OPERATOR 4 02795
1139 Control Board Up Time Parameters::Device Manager::Runtime UDINT 0 to Max s NEVER OPERATOR 1 02805
Statistics
1140 Run Key Action Parameters::Keypad::Local Control USINT 0 0:RUN STOPPED OPERATOR 4 02807
(enum) 1:JOG
1141 View Level Parameters::Keypad::Graphical Keypad USINT 1 Same as PNO 945 ALWAYS OPERATOR 02809
(enum)
1142 GKP Password Setup::Environment WORD 0000 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 02811
Parameters::Keypad::Graphical Keypad
1143 Version Parameters::Keypad::Graphical Keypad WORD NEVER OPERATOR 02813
1178 Option IO Required Setup::Inputs and Outputs::Option USINT 0 0:NONE STOPPED TECHNICIAN 02883
Parameters::Option IO::Option IO (enum) 1:GENERAL PURPOSE
2:THERMISTOR
3:RTC AND THERMISTOR
4:PULSE ENCODER
5:RESOLVER AND THERMIST
1179 Option IO Fitted Parameters::Option IO::Option IO USINT Same as PNO 1178 NEVER OPERATOR 1 02885
(enum)
1180 Option IO Diagnostic Parameters::Option IO::Option IO USINT 0:OK NEVER OPERATOR 02887
(enum) 1:OPTION NOT FITTED
2:TYPE MISMATCH
3:TYPE UNKNOWN
4:HARDWARE FAULT
1181 Anin 11 Value Monitor::Inputs and Outputs REAL x.xx -100.00 to 100.00 % NEVER OPERATOR 4 02889
Parameters::Option IO::General Purpose IO
1182 Anin 12 Value Same as PNO 1181 REAL x.xx -100.00 to 100.00 % NEVER OPERATOR 4 02891
1183 Anin 13 Value Same as PNO 1181 REAL x.xx -100.00 to 100.00 % NEVER OPERATOR 4 02893
1184 Thermistor Type Setup::Inputs and Outputs::Option USINT 1 0:NTC ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 02895
Parameters::Option IO::Thermistor (enum) 1:PTC
2:KTY
1185 Thermistor Resistance Parameters::Option IO::Thermistor REAL x. 0 to 5000 Ohm NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 02897
1186 Time and Date Parameters::Device Manager::Real Time Clock DT 1970/01/01 1970/01/01 to 2038/01/19 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 02899
1187 RTC Trim Parameters::Option IO::General Purpose IO SINT 0 -40 to 40 ALWAYS ENGINEER 2,4 02901
1188 Favourites Parameters::Device Manager::Soft Menus ARRAY[0..19] ALWAYS OPERATOR 02903
1189 Favourites[0] Favourites UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 02905
Parameters::Device Manager::Soft Menus
1190 Favourites[1] Same as PNO 1189 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 02907
1191 Favourites[2] Same as PNO 1189 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 02909
1192 Favourites[3] Same as PNO 1189 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 02911
1193 Favourites[4] Same as PNO 1189 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 02913
1194 Favourites[5] Same as PNO 1189 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 02915
1195 Favourites[6] Same as PNO 1189 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 02917
1196 Favourites[7] Same as PNO 1189 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 02919
1197 Favourites[8] Same as PNO 1189 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 02921
1198 Favourites[9] Same as PNO 1189 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 02923
1199 Favourites[10] Same as PNO 1189 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 02925
1200 Favourites[11] Same as PNO 1189 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 02927
1201 Favourites[12] Same as PNO 1189 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 02929
1202 Favourites[13] Same as PNO 1189 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 02931
1203 Favourites[14] Same as PNO 1189 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 02933
1204 Favourites[15] Same as PNO 1189 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 02935
1205 Favourites[16] Same as PNO 1189 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 02937
1206 Favourites[17] Same as PNO 1189 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 02939
1207 Favourites[18] Same as PNO 1189 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 02941
1208 Favourites[19] Same as PNO 1189 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 02943
1213 Actual Position Monitor::Motor and Drive REAL x.x -180.0 to 180.0 deg NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 02953

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-250 Parameter Reference
PNO Name Path Type Default Range Units WQ View Notes MBus
Parameters::Motor Control::Feedbacks
1214 Automatic Pole Pairs Parameters::Motor Control::Motor Nameplate BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 02955
1225 DST Active Parameters::Device Manager::Real Time Clock BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 02977
1228 Time Zone Offset Parameters::Device Manager::Real Time Clock REAL 0.00 -14.00 to 14.00 ALWAYS OPERATOR 02983
1229 Mechanical Offset Parameters::System Board::SB Encoder DINT Min to Max NEVER ENGINEER 1,4 02985
1230 Motor Position Parameters::System Board::SB Encoder REAL x.xx -180.00 to 180.00 deg NEVER TECHNICIAN 1,4 02987
1231 Enc To Mot Shaft Ratio Setup::Inputs and Outputs::SB Encoder INT 1, 1 to 50 STOPPED TECHNICIAN 4 02989
Parameters::System Board::SB Encoder
1232 Encoder Status Parameters::System Board::SB Encoder USINT 0:OK NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 02991
(enum) 1:SIN COS ISSUE
2:OK WITH COMMS
WARNING
3:COMMS ERROR
4:CALIB IN PROGRESS
5:CALIB ERROR
6:NOT DETECTED
1235 Endat Comms Status Parameters::System Board::SB Encoder USINT 0:NOT SUPPORTED NEVER ENGINEER 4 02997
(enum) 1:WORKING
2:CHECKSUM
3:BIT WARNING
4:TIMEOUT
5:ERROR
1239 Local Run Key Active Parameters::Keypad::Local Control BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03005
1240 Local Reverse Parameters::Keypad::Local Control BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 1,4 03007
1241 Open Connections Monitor::Communications::Base Modbus USINT 0 to 255 NEVER OPERATOR 03009
Parameters::Base Comms::Modbus
1246 Speed Loop Auto Set Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop Settings BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 03019
1247 Ratio Load Mot Inert Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop Settings REAL 1.0 0.1 to 100.0 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 03021
1248 Speed Loop Bandwidth Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop Settings USINT 1 0:LOW ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 03023
(enum) 1:MEDIUM
2:HIGH
1251 CANopen Actual Baud Monitor::Communications::Option USINT Same as PNO 213 NEVER OPERATOR 4 03029
Parameters::Option Comms::CANopen (enum)
1252 HV SMPS Up Time Parameters::Device Manager::Runtime UDINT 0 to Max s NEVER TECHNICIAN 1 03031
Statistics
1253 Local/Rem Key Active Parameters::Keypad::Local Control BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03033
1254 IO Option SW Version Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info WORD NEVER OPERATOR 4 03035
1255 Local Dir Key Active Parameters::Keypad::Local Control BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03037
1256 OEM ID Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info UINT 0 to 65535 NEVER ENGINEER 03039
1257 Seq Stop Method SVC Setup::Motor Control::Control and Type USINT 1 0:DISABLED VOLTAGE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 03041
Parameters::Motor Control::Ramp (enum) 1:RAMP
2:STOP RAMP
1258 Stack Serial No Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info STRING[15] NEVER OPERATOR 03043
1264 Min Speed Clamp Parameters::Motor Control::Speed Ref REAL -110.00 -110.00 to 0.00 % ALWAYS OPERATOR 03055
1265 Max Speed Clamp Parameters::Motor Control::Speed Ref REAL 110.00 0.00 to 110.00 % ALWAYS OPERATOR 03057
1266 Speed Trim Parameters::Motor Control::Speed Ref REAL 0.00 -300.00 to 300.00 % ALWAYS OPERATOR 03059
1267 Trim in Local Parameters::Motor Control::Speed Ref BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 03061
1268 Random Pattern PMAC Parameters::Motor Control::Pattern Generator BOOL FALSE ALWAYS ENGINEER 4 03063
1269 DHCP State Parameters::Base Comms::Ethernet DWORD NEVER ENGINEER 03065
1270 Monitor Parameters::Device Manager::Soft Menus ARRAY[0..19] ALWAYS OPERATOR 03067
1271 Monitor[0] Monitor::Quick Monitor UINT 0383 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03069
Parameters::Device Manager::Soft Menus
1272 Monitor[1] Same as PNO 1271 UINT 0393 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03071
1273 Monitor[2] Same as PNO 1271 UINT 0395 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03073
1274 Monitor[3] Same as PNO 1271 UINT 0696 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03075
1275 Monitor[4] Same as PNO 1271 UINT 0895 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03077
1276 Monitor[5] Same as PNO 1271 UINT 0926 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03079
1277 Monitor[6] Same as PNO 1271 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03081
1278 Monitor[7] Same as PNO 1271 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03083
1279 Monitor[8] Same as PNO 1271 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03085
1280 Monitor[9] Same as PNO 1271 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03087
1281 Monitor[10] Same as PNO 1271 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03089
1282 Monitor[11] Same as PNO 1271 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03091
1283 Monitor[12] Same as PNO 1271 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03093
1284 Monitor[13] Same as PNO 1271 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03095
1285 Monitor[14] Same as PNO 1271 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03097
1286 Monitor[15] Same as PNO 1271 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03099

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-251
PNO Name Path Type Default Range Units WQ View Notes MBus
1287 Monitor[16] Same as PNO 1271 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03101
1288 Monitor[17] Same as PNO 1271 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03103
1289 Monitor[18] Same as PNO 1271 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03105
1290 Monitor[19] Same as PNO 1271 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03107
1291 Output A Invert Parameters::System Board::SB Retransmit BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 03109
1292 Output B Invert Parameters::System Board::SB Retransmit BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 03111
1293 Output Z Invert Parameters::System Board::SB Retransmit BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 03113
1294 Digin Invert Setup::Inputs and Outputs::Base IO WORD 0000 0:Inv Digin 01 ALWAYS OPERATOR 03115
Parameters::Inputs And Outputs::IO Configure (bitfield) 1:Inv Digin 02
2:Inv Digin 03
3:Inv Digin 04
4:Inv Digin 05
5:Inv Digin 06
6:Inv Digin 07
7:Inv STO Inactive
8:Inv Digin 11
9:Inv Digin 12
10:Inv Digin 13
11:Inv Digin 14
12:Inv Run Key
13:Inv Not Stop Key
14:Inv Stop Key
1295 Digin Invert.Inv Digin 01 Same as PNO 1294 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 03117
1296 Digin Invert.Inv Digin 02 Same as PNO 1294 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 03119
1297 Digin Invert.Inv Digin 03 Same as PNO 1294 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 03121
1298 Digin Invert.Inv Digin 04 Same as PNO 1294 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 03123
1299 Digin Invert.Inv Digin 05 Same as PNO 1294 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 03125
1300 Digin Invert.Inv Digin 06 Same as PNO 1294 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 03127
1301 Digin Invert.Inv Digin 07 Same as PNO 1294 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 03129
1302 Digin Invert.Inv STO Inactive Same as PNO 1294 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 03131
1303 Digin Invert.Inv Digin 11 Same as PNO 1294 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 03133
1304 Digin Invert.Inv Digin 12 Same as PNO 1294 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 03135
1305 Digin Invert.Inv Digin 13 Same as PNO 1294 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 03137
1306 Digin Invert.Inv Digin 14 Same as PNO 1294 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 03139
1307 Digin Invert.Inv Run Key Same as PNO 1294 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 03141
1308 Digin Invert.Inv Not Stop Key Same as PNO 1294 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 03143
1309 Digin Invert.Inv Stop Key Same as PNO 1294 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 03145
1310 Encoder Position Parameters::System Board::SB Encoder REAL x.xx -180.00 to 180.00 deg NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 03147
1311 Setup Parameters::Device Manager::Soft Menus ARRAY[0..19] ALWAYS OPERATOR 03149
1312 Setup[0] Setup::Quick Setup UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03151
Parameters::Device Manager::Soft Menus
1313 Setup[1] Same as PNO 1312 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03153
1314 Setup[2] Same as PNO 1312 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03155
1315 Setup[3] Same as PNO 1312 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03157
1316 Setup[4] Same as PNO 1312 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03159
1317 Setup[5] Same as PNO 1312 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03161
1318 Setup[6] Same as PNO 1312 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03163
1319 Setup[7] Same as PNO 1312 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03165
1320 Setup[8] Same as PNO 1312 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03167
1321 Setup[9] Same as PNO 1312 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03169
1322 Setup[10] Same as PNO 1312 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03171
1323 Setup[11] Same as PNO 1312 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03173
1324 Setup[12] Same as PNO 1312 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03175
1325 Setup[13] Same as PNO 1312 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03177
1326 Setup[14] Same as PNO 1312 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03179
1327 Setup[15] Same as PNO 1312 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03181
1328 Setup[16] Same as PNO 1312 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03183
1329 Setup[17] Same as PNO 1312 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03185
1330 Setup[18] Same as PNO 1312 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03187
1331 Setup[19] Same as PNO 1312 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03189
1332 SB Digital In 1 Invert Parameters::System Board::SB Digital IO BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 03191
1333 SB Digital In 2 Invert Parameters::System Board::SB Digital IO BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 03193
1334 SB Digital In 3 Invert Parameters::System Board::SB Digital IO BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 03195
1335 Digout Invert Setup::Inputs and Outputs::Base IO WORD 0000 0:Inv Digout 01 ALWAYS OPERATOR 03197
Parameters::Inputs And Outputs::IO Configure (bitfield) 1:Inv Digout 02
2:Inv Digout 03
3:Inv Digout 04

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-252 Parameter Reference
PNO Name Path Type Default Range Units WQ View Notes MBus
4:Inv Relay 01
5:Inv Relay 02
8:Inv Digout 11
9:Inv Digout 12
10:Inv Digout 13
11:Inv Digout 14
14:Inv Relay 11
15:Inv Relay 12
1336 Digout Invert.Inv Digout 01 Same as PNO 1335 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 03199
1337 Digout Invert.Inv Digout 02 Same as PNO 1335 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 03201
1338 Digout Invert.Inv Digout 03 Same as PNO 1335 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 03203
1339 Digout Invert.Inv Digout 04 Same as PNO 1335 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 03205
1340 Digout Invert.Inv Relay 01 Same as PNO 1335 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 03207
1341 Digout Invert.Inv Relay 02 Same as PNO 1335 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 03209
1344 Digout Invert.Inv Digout 11 Same as PNO 1335 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 03215
1345 Digout Invert.Inv Digout 12 Same as PNO 1335 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 03217
1346 Digout Invert.Inv Digout 13 Same as PNO 1335 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 03219
1347 Digout Invert.Inv Digout 14 Same as PNO 1335 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 03221
1350 Digout Invert.Inv Relay 11 Same as PNO 1335 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 03227
1351 Digout Invert.Inv Relay 12 Same as PNO 1335 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 03229
1352 Control Screen Parameters::Device Manager::Soft Menus ARRAY[0..5] ALWAYS OPERATOR 03231
1353 Control Screen[0] Control Screen UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03233
Parameters::Device Manager::Soft Menus
1354 Control Screen[1] Same as PNO 1353 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03235
1355 Control Screen[2] Same as PNO 1353 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03237
1356 Control Screen[3] Same as PNO 1353 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03239
1357 Control Screen[4] Same as PNO 1353 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03241
1358 Control Screen[5] Same as PNO 1353 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 03243
1364 Rotor Resistance Parameters::Motor Control::Induction Motor REAL 0.0000 -100.0000 to 100.0000 Ohm ALWAYS ENGINEER 6,9,4 03255
Data
1365 SB Digital Input 4 Monitor::Inputs and Outputs BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 4 03257
Parameters::System Board::SB Digital IO
1366 SB Digital Input 5 Same as PNO 1365 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 4 03259
1367 SB Digital Input 6 Same as PNO 1365 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 4 03261
1368 SB Digital In 4 Invert Parameters::System Board::SB Digital IO BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 03263
1369 SB Digital In 5 Invert Parameters::System Board::SB Digital IO BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 03265
1370 SB Digital In 6 Invert Parameters::System Board::SB Digital IO BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 03267
1371 SB Digital Output 1 Parameters::System Board::SB Digital IO BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 4 03269
1372 SB Digital Output 2 Parameters::System Board::SB Digital IO BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 4 03271
1373 SB Digital Output 3 Parameters::System Board::SB Digital IO BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 4 03273
1374 SB Dig Out 1 Invert Parameters::System Board::SB Digital IO BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 03275
1375 SB Dig Out 2 Invert Parameters::System Board::SB Digital IO BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 03277
1376 SB Dig Out 3 Invert Parameters::System Board::SB Digital IO BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 03279
1386 SNTP Status Parameters::Base Comms::SNTP Client USINT 0:IDLE NEVER TECHNICIAN 03299
(enum) 1:UPDATING
2:OK
3:BIND ERROR
4:CONNECT ERROR
5:TRANSMIT ERROR
6:RECEIVE ERROR
7:RECEIVE TIMEOUT
1387 PMAC Base Volt Setup::Motor Control::Motor Data PMAC REAL 400.00 0.00 to 1000.00 V ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6,4 03301
Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC Motor Data
1388 ATN PMAC Test Disable Setup::Motor Control::Autotune WORD 0000 0:Stator Resistance STOPPED TECHNICIAN 6,4 03303
Parameters::Motor Control::Autotune (bitfield) 1:Leakage Inductance
2:KE Constant
1389 ATN PMAC Test Disable.Stator Resistance Same as PNO 1388 BOOL FALSE STOPPED TECHNICIAN 6,4 03305
1390 ATN PMAC Test Disable.Leakage Inductance Same as PNO 1388 BOOL FALSE STOPPED TECHNICIAN 6,4 03307
1391 ATN PMAC Test Disable.KE Constant Same as PNO 1388 BOOL FALSE STOPPED TECHNICIAN 6,4 03309
1405 ATN PMAC Ls Test Freq Same as PNO 1388 REAL 100.0 0.0 to 500.0 Hz STOPPED ENGINEER 6,4 03337
1406 HV Power On Count Parameters::Device Manager::Runtime UINT 0 to 65535 NEVER TECHNICIAN 1 03339
Statistics
1407 Motor Run Time Parameters::Device Manager::Runtime UDINT 0 to Max s NEVER TECHNICIAN 1 03341
Statistics
1408 Warranty Trips Record Parameters::Trips::Trips History DWORD 0:01 OVER VOLTAGE NEVER ENGINEER 1 03343
(bitfield) 2:03 OVER CURRENT
3:04 STACK FAULT

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-253
PNO Name Path Type Default Range Units WQ View Notes MBus
4:05 STACK OVER CURRENT
7:08 INVERSE TIME
10:11 HEATSINK OVERTEMP
11:12 INTERNAL OVERTEMP
14:15 BRAKE SHORT CCT
16:17 BRAKE SWITCH
21:22 VDC RIPPLE
1409 Warranty Trips Record.01 OVER VOLTAGE Parameters::Trips::Trips History BOOL NEVER ENGINEER 1 03345
1411 Warranty Trips Record.03 OVER CURRENT Parameters::Trips::Trips History BOOL NEVER ENGINEER 1 03349
1412 Warranty Trips Record.04 STACK FAULT Parameters::Trips::Trips History BOOL NEVER ENGINEER 1 03351
1413 Warranty Trips Record.05 STACK OVER Parameters::Trips::Trips History BOOL NEVER ENGINEER 1 03353
CURRENT
1416 Warranty Trips Record.08 INVERSE TIME Parameters::Trips::Trips History BOOL NEVER ENGINEER 1 03359
1419 Warranty Trips Record.11 HEATSINK Parameters::Trips::Trips History BOOL NEVER ENGINEER 1 03365
OVERTEMP
1420 Warranty Trips Record.12 INTERNAL Parameters::Trips::Trips History BOOL NEVER ENGINEER 1 03367
OVERTEMP
1423 Warranty Trips Record.15 BRAKE SHORT Parameters::Trips::Trips History BOOL NEVER ENGINEER 1 03373
CCT
1425 Warranty Trips Record.17 BRAKE SWITCH Parameters::Trips::Trips History BOOL NEVER ENGINEER 1 03377
1430 Warranty Trips Record.22 VDC RIPPLE Parameters::Trips::Trips History BOOL NEVER ENGINEER 1 03387
1441 Anout 01 ABS Setup::Inputs and Outputs::Base IO BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 4 03409
Parameters::Inputs And Outputs::IO Configure
1442 Recent Trip Times Parameters::Trips::Trips History ARRAY[0..9] NEVER OPERATOR 03411
1443 Recent Trip Times[0] Parameters::Trips::Trips History UDINT 0 to Max s NEVER OPERATOR 1 03413
1444 Recent Trip Times[1] Parameters::Trips::Trips History UDINT 0 to Max s NEVER OPERATOR 1 03415
1445 Recent Trip Times[2] Parameters::Trips::Trips History UDINT 0 to Max s NEVER OPERATOR 1 03417
1446 Recent Trip Times[3] Parameters::Trips::Trips History UDINT 0 to Max s NEVER OPERATOR 1 03419
1447 Recent Trip Times[4] Parameters::Trips::Trips History UDINT 0 to Max s NEVER OPERATOR 1 03421
1448 Recent Trip Times[5] Parameters::Trips::Trips History UDINT 0 to Max s NEVER OPERATOR 1 03423
1449 Recent Trip Times[6] Parameters::Trips::Trips History UDINT 0 to Max s NEVER OPERATOR 1 03425
1450 Recent Trip Times[7] Parameters::Trips::Trips History UDINT 0 to Max s NEVER OPERATOR 1 03427
1451 Recent Trip Times[8] Parameters::Trips::Trips History UDINT 0 to Max s NEVER OPERATOR 1 03429
1452 Recent Trip Times[9] Parameters::Trips::Trips History UDINT 0 to Max s NEVER OPERATOR 1 03431
1458 Modbus Conn Timeout Parameters::Base Comms::Modbus TIME 66.000 0.000 to 100000.000 s ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03443
1459 Max Spd when Autotuned Parameters::Motor Control::Autotune REAL x. -1 to 100000 RPM NEVER ENGINEER 3,6,9,4 03445
1460 Anout 02 Scale Same as PNO 1441 REAL 1.0000 Min to Max ALWAYS OPERATOR 03447
1461 Anin 11 Offset Setup::Inputs and Outputs::Option REAL 0.00 Min to Max % ALWAYS OPERATOR 4 03449
Parameters::Option IO::General Purpose IO
1462 Anin 11 Scale Same as PNO 1461 REAL 1.0000 Min to Max ALWAYS OPERATOR 4 03451
1463 Anin 12 Offset Same as PNO 1461 REAL 0.00 Min to Max % ALWAYS OPERATOR 4 03453
1464 Anin 12 Scale Same as PNO 1461 REAL 1.0000 Min to Max ALWAYS OPERATOR 4 03455
1465 Anin 13 Offset Same as PNO 1461 REAL 0.00 Min to Max % ALWAYS OPERATOR 4 03457
1466 Anin 13 Scale Same as PNO 1461 REAL 1.0000 Min to Max ALWAYS OPERATOR 4 03459
1467 Anout 02 Offset Same as PNO 1441 REAL 0.00 Min to Max % ALWAYS OPERATOR 03461
1468 Anout 02 ABS Same as PNO 1441 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 03463
1469 AR Enable Setup::Motor Control::Auto Restart BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 03465
Parameters::Motor Control::Auto Restart
1470 AR Mode Same as PNO 1469 USINT 1 0:TRIP RESET ALWAYS OPERATOR 03467
(enum) 1:AUTO RESTART
2:AUTO START
1471 AR Max Restarts Same as PNO 1469 USINT 10 1 to 20 ALWAYS OPERATOR 03469
1472 AR Trip Mask Same as PNO 1469 DWORD FFFFFFFF Same as PNO 763 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03471
(bitfield)
1473 AR Trip Mask.01 OVER VOLTAGE Same as PNO 1469 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03473
1474 AR Trip Mask.02 UNDER VOLTAGE Same as PNO 1469 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03475
1475 AR Trip Mask.03 OVER CURRENT Same as PNO 1469 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03477
1476 AR Trip Mask.04 STACK FAULT Same as PNO 1469 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03479
1477 AR Trip Mask.05 STACK OVER CURRENT Same as PNO 1469 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03481
1478 AR Trip Mask.06 CURRENT LIMIT Same as PNO 1469 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03483
1479 AR Trip Mask.07 MOTOR STALL Same as PNO 1469 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03485
1480 AR Trip Mask.08 INVERSE TIME Same as PNO 1469 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03487
1481 AR Trip Mask.09 MOTOR I2T Same as PNO 1469 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03489
1482 AR Trip Mask.10 LOW SPEED I Same as PNO 1469 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03491
1483 AR Trip Mask.11 HEATSINK OVERTEMP Same as PNO 1469 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03493
1484 AR Trip Mask.12 INTERNAL OVERTEMP Same as PNO 1469 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03495
1485 AR Trip Mask.13 MOTOR OVERTEMP Same as PNO 1469 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03497

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-254 Parameter Reference
PNO Name Path Type Default Range Units WQ View Notes MBus
1486 AR Trip Mask.14 EXTERNAL TRIP Same as PNO 1469 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03499
1487 AR Trip Mask.15 BRAKE SHORT CCT Same as PNO 1469 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03501
1488 AR Trip Mask.16 BRAKE RESISTOR Same as PNO 1469 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03503
1489 AR Trip Mask.17 BRAKE SWITCH Same as PNO 1469 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03505
1490 AR Trip Mask.18 LOCAL CONTROL Same as PNO 1469 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03507
1491 AR Trip Mask.19 COMMS BREAK Same as PNO 1469 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03509
1492 AR Trip Mask.20 LINE CONTACTOR Same as PNO 1469 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03511
1493 AR Trip Mask.21 PHASE FAIL Same as PNO 1469 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03513
1494 AR Trip Mask.22 VDC RIPPLE Same as PNO 1469 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03515
1495 AR Trip Mask.23 BASE MODBUS BREAK Same as PNO 1469 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03517
1496 AR Trip Mask.24 24 V OVERLOAD Same as PNO 1469 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03519
1497 AR Trip Mask.25 PMAC SPEED ERROR Same as PNO 1469 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03521
1498 AR Trip Mask.26 OVERSPEED Same as PNO 1469 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03523
1499 AR Trip Mask.27 STO ACTIVE Same as PNO 1469 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03525
1500 AR Trip Mask.28 FEEDBACK MISSING Same as PNO 1469 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03527
1501 AR Trip Mask.29 INTERNAL FAN FAIL Same as PNO 1469 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03529
1502 AR Trip Mask.30 CURRENT SENSOR Setup::Motor Control::Auto Restart BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03531
Parameters::Motor Control::Auto Restart
1503 AR Trip Mask.31 POWER LOSS STOP Same as PNO 1502 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03533
1504 AR Trip Mask.32 SPEED SENSOR Same as PNO 1502 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03535
1505 AR Initial Delay Same as PNO 1502 TIME 10.000 0.000 to 3600.000 s ALWAYS OPERATOR 03537
1506 AR Repeat Delay Same as PNO 1502 TIME 60.000 0.000 to 3600.000 s ALWAYS OPERATOR 03539
1507 AR Active Parameters::Motor Control::Auto Restart BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 03541
1508 AR Restart Pending Parameters::Motor Control::Auto Restart BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 03543
1509 AR Restarts Remaining Parameters::Motor Control::Auto Restart USINT 0 to 20 NEVER OPERATOR 03545
1510 AR Time Remaining Parameters::Motor Control::Auto Restart TIME 0.000 to 3600.000 s NEVER OPERATOR 03547
1511 Encoder Supply Setup::Inputs and Outputs::Option USINT 0 0:5 V STOPPED TECHNICIAN 4 03549
Parameters::Option IO::Encoder (enum) 1:12 V
2:15 V
3:24 V
1512 Encoder Lines Same as PNO 1511 DINT 2048 1 to 100000 STOPPED TECHNICIAN 4 03551
1513 Encoder Invert Same as PNO 1511 BOOL FALSE STOPPED TECHNICIAN 9,4 03553
1514 Encoder Type Same as PNO 1511 USINT 0 0:QUADRATURE STOPPED TECHNICIAN 4 03555
(enum) 1:CLOCK/DIRECTION
1515 Encoder Single Ended Same as PNO 1511 BOOL FALSE STOPPED TECHNICIAN 4 03557
1516 Encoder Speed Monitor::Inputs and Outputs REAL x. Min to Max RPM NEVER OPERATOR 4 03559
Parameters::Option IO::Encoder
1517 Encoder Count Reset Same as PNO 1511 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 2,4 03561
1518 Encoder Count Same as PNO 1516 DINT Min to Max NEVER TECHNICIAN 1,4 03563
1520 Actual Rotor T Const Parameters::Motor Control::Tr Adaptation REAL x. 1 to 100000 ms NEVER ENGINEER 4 03567
1521 Tr Adaptation Output Parameters::Motor Control::Tr Adaptation REAL x. 1 to 500 % NEVER ENGINEER 4 03569
1526 Energy Saving Lower Lim Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz REAL 0.00 0.00 to 1.00 ALWAYS OPERATOR 4 03579
1527 Max Available Volts Parameters::Motor Control::Tr Adaptation REAL x. 0 to 10000 V NEVER ENGINEER 4 03581
1528 Demanded Terminal Volts Parameters::Motor Control::Tr Adaptation REAL x. 0 to 1000 V NEVER ENGINEER 4 03583
1529 Terminal Volts Parameters::Motor Control::Tr Adaptation REAL x. 0 to 1000 V NEVER ENGINEER 4 03585
1533 Control Type Setup::Motor Control::Control and Type USINT 0 0:SENSORLESS STOPPED TECHNICIAN 6,4 03593
Parameters::Control Mode::Control Mode (enum) 1:ENCODER FEEDBACK
1534 Clone Filename Setup::Clone STRING[24] clone ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 2 03595
Parameters::Device Manager::Clone
1537 Clone Direction Same as PNO 1534 USINT 0 0:SAVE TO FILE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 2,4 03601
(enum) 1:LOAD FROM FILE
1538 Full Restore Same as PNO 1534 USINT 0 0:YES ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 2,4 03603
(enum) 1:PARTIAL
1539 Application Same as PNO 1534 USINT 0 0:LOAD FROM FILE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 2,4 03605
(enum) 1:LEAVE CURRENT APP
1540 Other Parameters Same as PNO 1534 USINT 0 0:LOAD FROM FILE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 2,4 03607
(enum) 1:LEAVE CURRENT VALUES
2:SET TO DEFAULT VALUES
1541 Power Parameters Same as PNO 1534 USINT 0 Same as PNO 1540 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 2,4 03609
(enum)
1542 Clone Start Same as PNO 1534 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 2,4 03611
1543 Clone Status Same as PNO 1534 USINT 0:IDLE NEVER TECHNICIAN 03613
(enum) 1:SAVING
2:RESTORING
3:VERIFYING
4:DONE
5:CANNOT START

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-255
PNO Name Path Type Default Range Units WQ View Notes MBus
6:FAILED
7:NO SD CARD
8:VERIFY FAILED
9:FILE NOT OPENED
10:FILE INCOMPATIBLE
11:FILE FAILURE
12:POWER MISMATCH
13:APPLICATION FAILURE
14:PARAMETERS FAILURE
15:PNET SECTION MISSING
16:CARD FAULT
1544 Filter Type Parameters::Motor Control::Filter On Torque USINT 0 0:NONE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 03615
Dmd (enum) 1:MAX ATTENUATION
2:MINIMUM PHASE
3:PHASE ADVANCE
4:NOTCH
1545 Cut Off Frequency Parameters::Motor Control::Filter On Torque REAL 2000 20 to 6000 Hz ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 03617
Dmd
1546 Frequency 1 Parameters::Motor Control::Filter On Torque REAL 2000 20 to 6000 Hz ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 03619
Dmd
1547 Frequency 2 Parameters::Motor Control::Filter On Torque REAL 2000 20 to 6000 Hz ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 03621
Dmd
1548 Factor Parameters::Motor Control::Filter On Torque REAL 0.20 0.10 to 1.00 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 03623
Dmd
1549 Application Volts Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz REAL 0.00 0.00 to 150.00 % ALWAYS OPERATOR 4 03625
1550 Nameplate Mag Current Setup::Motor Control::Autotune REAL 0.88 0.01 to 1000.00 A STOPPED TECHNICIAN 6,4 03627
Parameters::Motor Control::Autotune
1551 Product Code Flags Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info BYTE NEVER ENGINEER 03629
1554 Application Name Parameters::Application::App Info STRING[20] NEVER TECHNICIAN 03635
1560 Start Delay Enable Parameters::Motor Control::Motor Sequencer BOOL FALSE STOPPED TECHNICIAN 03647
1565 Local Power Up Mode Parameters::Motor Control::Sequencing USINT 0 0:AS WHEN POWERED ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03657
(enum) DOWN
1:LOCAL
2:REMOTE
1567 Modbus Mapping Setup::Communications::Base Modbus ARRAY[0..15] ALWAYS ENGINEER 03661
Parameters::Base Comms::Modbus
1568 Modbus Mapping[0] Same as PNO 1567 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS ENGINEER 03663
1569 Modbus Mapping[1] Same as PNO 1567 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS ENGINEER 03665
1570 Modbus Mapping[2] Same as PNO 1567 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS ENGINEER 03667
1571 Modbus Mapping[3] Same as PNO 1567 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS ENGINEER 03669
1572 Modbus Mapping[4] Same as PNO 1567 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS ENGINEER 03671
1573 Modbus Mapping[5] Same as PNO 1567 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS ENGINEER 03673
1574 Modbus Mapping[6] Same as PNO 1567 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS ENGINEER 03675
1575 Modbus Mapping[7] Same as PNO 1567 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS ENGINEER 03677
1576 Modbus Mapping[8] Same as PNO 1567 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS ENGINEER 03679
1577 Modbus Mapping[9] Same as PNO 1567 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS ENGINEER 03681
1578 Modbus Mapping[10] Same as PNO 1567 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS ENGINEER 03683
1579 Modbus Mapping[11] Same as PNO 1567 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS ENGINEER 03685
1580 Modbus Mapping[12] Same as PNO 1567 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS ENGINEER 03687
1581 Modbus Mapping[13] Same as PNO 1567 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS ENGINEER 03689
1582 Modbus Mapping[14] Same as PNO 1567 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS ENGINEER 03691
1583 Modbus Mapping[15] Same as PNO 1567 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS ENGINEER 03693
1632 Mapping Valid Monitor::Communications::Base Modbus BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 03791
Parameters::Base Comms::Modbus
1633 Application User Boost Parameters::Motor Control::Fluxing VHz REAL 0.00 0.00 to 25.00 % ALWAYS OPERATOR 4 03793
1634 Start Delay Parameters::Motor Control::Motor Sequencer TIME 0.000 0.000 to 30.000 s STOPPED TECHNICIAN 03795
1635 Delay To Start Parameters::Motor Control::Motor Sequencer TIME 0.000 to Max s NEVER TECHNICIAN 03797
1636 Manufacturing Flags Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info WORD NEVER ENGINEER 03799
1637 Engineer Password Parameters::Keypad::Graphical Keypad WORD 0000 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03801
1640 Modbus Password Setup::Communications::Option WORD 0000 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 03807
Parameters::Option Comms::Modbus RTU
1641 VDC Lim Enable Parameters::Motor Control::DC Link Volts Limit BOOL FALSE STOPPED TECHNICIAN 03809
1642 VDC Lim Level Parameters::Motor Control::DC Link Volts Limit REAL 91.0 78.0 to 100.0 % STOPPED TECHNICIAN 03811
1643 VDC Lim Active Parameters::Motor Control::DC Link Volts Limit BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 03813
1644 VDC Lim Output Parameters::Motor Control::DC Link Volts Limit REAL x.x Min to Max Hz NEVER ENGINEER 03815
1645 Pwrl Enable Parameters::Motor Control::Power Loss Ride BOOL FALSE STOPPED TECHNICIAN 03817
Thru

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-256 Parameter Reference
PNO Name Path Type Default Range Units WQ View Notes MBus
1646 Pwrl Trip Threshold Parameters::Motor Control::Power Loss Ride REAL 52.0 20.0 to 60.0 % STOPPED TECHNICIAN 03819
Thru
1647 Pwrl Control Band Parameters::Motor Control::Power Loss Ride REAL 2.0 0.0 to 20.0 % STOPPED TECHNICIAN 03821
Thru
1648 Pwrl Accel Rate Parameters::Motor Control::Power Loss Ride REAL 100 1 to 500 Hz/s STOPPED TECHNICIAN 03823
Thru
1649 Pwrl Decel Rate Parameters::Motor Control::Power Loss Ride REAL 100 1 to 500 Hz/s STOPPED TECHNICIAN 03825
Thru
1650 Pwrl Time Limit Parameters::Motor Control::Power Loss Ride TIME 30.000 0.000 to 300.000 s STOPPED TECHNICIAN 03827
Thru
1651 Pwrl Active Parameters::Motor Control::Power Loss Ride BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 03829
Thru
1658 Current Diff Level Parameters::Trips::Current Sensor Trip REAL 25.00 0.00 to 100.00 % ALWAYS OPERATOR 4 03843
1659 Modbus TCP Password Setup::Communications::Base Modbus WORD 0000 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03845
Parameters::Base Comms::Modbus
1661 PTP Enable Setup::Communications::PTP BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03849
Parameters::Base Comms::PTP
1663 Encoder Supply Setup::Inputs and Outputs::SB Encoder Slot1 USINT 0 0:5 V STOPPED TECHNICIAN 4 03853
Parameters::System Board::SB Encoder Slot 1 (enum) 1:12 V
2:15 V
3:20 V
1664 Encoder Lines Same as PNO 1663 DINT 2048 1 to 100000 STOPPED TECHNICIAN 4 03855
1665 Encoder Invert Same as PNO 1663 BOOL FALSE STOPPED TECHNICIAN 4 03857
1666 Encoder Type Same as PNO 1663 USINT 0 Same as PNO 1514 STOPPED TECHNICIAN 4 03859
(enum)
1667 High Input Threshold Same as PNO 1663 BOOL FALSE STOPPED TECHNICIAN 4 03861
1668 Encoder Speed Monitor::System Board::SB Encoder Slot 1 REAL x. Min to Max RPM NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 03863
Parameters::System Board::SB Encoder Slot 1
1669 Encoder Count Reset Same as PNO 1663 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 2,4 03865
1670 Encoder Count Same as PNO 1668 DINT Min to Max NEVER TECHNICIAN 1,4 03867
1671 Encoder Lines Setup::Inputs and Outputs::SB Encoder Slot2 DINT 2048 1 to 100000 STOPPED TECHNICIAN 4 03869
Parameters::System Board::SB Encoder Slot 2
1672 Encoder Invert Same as PNO 1671 BOOL FALSE STOPPED TECHNICIAN 4 03871
1673 Encoder Type Same as PNO 1671 USINT 0 Same as PNO 1514 STOPPED TECHNICIAN 4 03873
(enum)
1674 High Input Threshold Same as PNO 1671 BOOL FALSE STOPPED TECHNICIAN 4 03875
1675 Encoder Speed Monitor::System Board::SB Encoder Slot 2 REAL x. Min to Max RPM NEVER OPERATOR 4 03877
Parameters::System Board::SB Encoder Slot 2
1676 Encoder Count Reset Same as PNO 1671 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 2,4 03879
1677 Encoder Count Same as PNO 1675 DINT Min to Max NEVER TECHNICIAN 1,4 03881
1678 Output Enable Setup::Inputs and Outputs::System Board BOOL FALSE ALWAYS ENGINEER 4 03883
Option
Parameters::System Board::SB Retransmit
1679 Output Source Same as PNO 1678 USINT 0 0:SYSTEM BOARD SLOT 1 STOPPED ENGINEER 4 03885
(enum) 1:SYSTEM BOARD SLOT 2
2:SYNTHETIC ENCDR
3:DIGITAL OUTPUTS
4:MAIN SPD FEEDBACK
1680 Output Voltage Same as PNO 1678 USINT 0 Same as PNO 1663 ALWAYS ENGINEER 4 03887
(enum)
1681 PTP Log Sync Interval Same as PNO 1661 SINT -1 -1 to 0 ALWAYS ENGINEER 03889
1682 Random Pattern AFE Parameters::Motor Control::Pattern Generator BOOL FALSE ALWAYS ENGINEER 4 03891
1683 PTP Clock Mode Same as PNO 1661 USINT 0 0:E2E ALWAYS ENGINEER 03893
(enum)
1684 PTP Clock Type Same as PNO 1661 USINT 0 0:MASTER OR SLAVE ALWAYS ENGINEER 03895
(enum) 1:SLAVE ONLY
1685 PTP Lock Threshold Same as PNO 1661 REAL 0.5 0.1 to 100.0 us ALWAYS ENGINEER 03897
1686 PTP Priority2 Same as PNO 1661 USINT 128 0 to 255 ALWAYS ENGINEER 03899
1687 PTP Offset Monitor::Communications::PTP DINT Min to Max ns NEVER OPERATOR 03901
Parameters::Base Comms::PTP
1688 PTP Locked Same as PNO 1687 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 03903
1689 PTP State Same as PNO 1687 USINT 0:NONE NEVER OPERATOR 03905
(enum) 1:INITIALISNG
2:FAULTY
3:DISABLED
4:LISTENING
5:PRE_MASTER
6:MASTER

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-257
PNO Name Path Type Default Range Units WQ View Notes MBus
7:PASSIVE
8:UNCALIBRATED
9:SLAVE
1690 AFE Close Ext PCR Parameters::Regen Control::AFE BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 4 03907
1691 AFE Ext PCR Closed Parameters::Regen Control::AFE BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 4 03909
1692 AFE PF Angle Demand Parameters::Regen Control::AFE REAL 0.00 -90.00 to 90.00 deg ALWAYS OPERATOR 4 03911
1693 AFE Current Control Setup::Regen Control BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 4 03913
Parameters::Regen Control::AFE
1694 AFE PLL Kp Parameters::Regen Control::AFE REAL 5.48 0.00 to 30.00 ALWAYS OPERATOR 4 03915
1695 AFE PLL Ti Parameters::Regen Control::AFE REAL 0.0318 0.0000 to 3.0000 ALWAYS OPERATOR 4 03917
1696 Synth Encoder Lines Same as PNO 1678 DINT 2048 1 to 15000000 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 03919
1697 AFE VDC Min Level Parameters::Regen Control::AFE REAL 400.00 340.00 to 5000.00 ALWAYS OPERATOR 4 03921
1698 Synth Encoder Speed Same as PNO 1678 REAL 0 0 to 15000000 RPM ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 03923
1699 PTP Clock Same as PNO 1687 DT 1970/01/01 to 2038/01/19 NEVER OPERATOR 03925
1701 Switchover Enable Parameters::Motor Control::MRAS BOOL FALSE ALWAYS ENGINEER 4 03929
1702 Synth Encoder Invert Same as PNO 1678 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 03931
1703 AFE Sync Frequency Monitor::Regen Control REAL x.xx Min to Max Hz NEVER OPERATOR 3,4 03933
Parameters::Regen Control::AFE
1704 AFE Id Demand Same as PNO 1693 REAL 0.10 -1.50 to 1.50 ALWAYS OPERATOR 4 03935
1705 AFE Iq Demand Same as PNO 1693 REAL 0.00 -1.50 to 1.50 ALWAYS OPERATOR 4 03937
1706 AFE Max Current Parameters::Regen Control::AFE REAL 1.50 0.00 to 1.50 ALWAYS OPERATOR 4 03939
1707 AFE VDC Kp Parameters::Regen Control::AFE REAL 8.27 0.00 to 300.00 ALWAYS OPERATOR 4 03941
1708 AFE VDC Ti Parameters::Regen Control::AFE REAL 0.0319 0.0000 to 3.0000 ALWAYS OPERATOR 4 03943
1709 AFE VDC Ramp Parameters::Regen Control::AFE REAL 0.05 0.01 to 100.00 % ALWAYS OPERATOR 4 03945
1710 AFE VDC Feed Forward Parameters::Regen Control::AFE REAL 0.0000 -1.5000 to 1.5000 ALWAYS OPERATOR 4 03947
1711 AFE VDC Demand Same as PNO 1693 REAL 720 340 to 820 V ALWAYS OPERATOR 4 03949
1712 AFE Synchronizing Parameters::Regen Control::AFE BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 3,4 03951
1713 AFE Synchronized Parameters::Regen Control::AFE BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 3,4 03953
1714 AFE Enable Drive Parameters::Regen Control::AFE BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 3,4 03955
1715 AFE Phase Loss Parameters::Regen Control::AFE BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 3,4 03957
1716 AFE Brake Mode Parameters::Regen Control::AFE BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 4 03959
1717 AFE Correction Angle Parameters::Regen Control::AFE REAL 0.00 -90.00 to 90.00 ALWAYS OPERATOR 4 03961
1718 AFE Sync Angle Parameters::Regen Control::AFE REAL x.xx Min to Max deg NEVER OPERATOR 3,4 03963
1721 AFE Status Same as PNO 1703 USINT 0:INACTIVE NEVER OPERATOR 3,4 03969
(enum) 1:SYNCHRONIZING
2:SYCHRONIZED
3:SUPPLY FREQ HIGH
4:SUPPLY FREQ LOW
5:SYNC FAILED
1722 SB Digital Input 2 Monitor::Inputs and Outputs BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 4 03971
Parameters::System Board::SB Digital IO
1723 SB Digital Input 3 Same as PNO 1722 BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 4 03973
1725 Peer to Peer Enable Setup::Communications::Peer to Peer BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03977
Parameters::Base Comms::Peer to Peer
1726 Destination IP Address Same as PNO 1725 DWORD 255.255.255.255 ALWAYS ENGINEER 03979
(IP addr)
1727 Destination Port Same as PNO 1725 UINT 1250 0 to 65535 ALWAYS ENGINEER 03981
1728 Local Port Same as PNO 1725 UINT 1250 1 to 65535 ALWAYS ENGINEER 03983
1729 Peer to Peer State Monitor::Communications::Peer to Peer USINT 0:DISABLED NEVER OPERATOR 03985
Parameters::Base Comms::Peer to Peer (enum) 1:ACTIVE
2:ERROR
1730 AFE Inductance Setup::Regen Control REAL 0.00 0.00 to 1000.00 mH ALWAYS OPERATOR 4 03987
Parameters::Regen Control::AFE
1731 AFE Transf Angle Offset Parameters::Regen Control::AFE REAL 0.00 0.00 to 360.00 deg ALWAYS OPERATOR 4 03989
1732 Motor Start Count Parameters::Device Manager::Runtime UDINT 0 to Max NEVER TECHNICIAN 1 03991
Statistics
1733 Time Since Power-On Parameters::Device Manager::Runtime TIME 0.000 to Max s NEVER TECHNICIAN 03993
Statistics
1734 AR Trip Mask B Parameters::Motor Control::Auto Restart DWORD 00000000 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03995
1735 AR Trip Mask 2 B Parameters::Motor Control::Auto Restart DWORD 00000000 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 03997
1736 AR Initial Delay B Parameters::Motor Control::Auto Restart TIME 60.000 0.000 to 3600.000 s ALWAYS OPERATOR 03999
1737 AR Repeat Delay B Parameters::Motor Control::Auto Restart TIME 120.000 0.000 to 3600.000 s ALWAYS OPERATOR 04001
1738 Enable Auto Save Parameters::Device Manager::Setup Wizard BOOL TRUE ALWAYS ENGINEER 04003
1739 System Board Required Setup::Inputs and Outputs::System Board USINT 0 0:NONE CONFIG TECHNICIAN 04005
Option (enum) 1:DUAL ENCODER
Parameters::System Board::System Board 2:ABSOLUTE
Option

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-258 Parameter Reference
PNO Name Path Type Default Range Units WQ View Notes MBus
1740 System Board Fitted Parameters::System Board::System Board USINT Same as PNO 1739 NEVER OPERATOR 1 04007
Option (enum)
1741 System Board Status Parameters::System Board::System Board USINT Same as PNO 1180 NEVER OPERATOR 04009
Option (enum)
1742 System Board FE State Parameters::Device Manager::Device State USINT Same as PNO 989 NEVER OPERATOR 04011
(enum)
1743 Encoder Feedback Setup::Motor Control::Control and Type USINT 0 0:MAIN SPD FEEDBACK STOPPED TECHNICIAN 6,4 04013
Parameters::Control Mode::Control Mode (enum) 1:SYSTEM BOARD SLOT 1
2:SYSTEM BOARD SLOT 2
3:NONE
1744 Slave Position Src Parameters::Phase Control::Configure USINT 0 0:SAME AS MOTOR FBK STOPPED TECHNICIAN 6 04015
(enum) 1:MAIN SPD FEEDBACK
2:SYSTEM BOARD SLOT 1
3:SYSTEM BOARD SLOT 2
4:OTHER
1745 Master Position Src Parameters::Phase Control::Configure USINT 3 0:MAIN SPD FEEDBACK STOPPED TECHNICIAN 6 04017
(enum) 1:SYSTEM BOARD SLOT 1
2:SYSTEM BOARD SLOT 2
3:NONE
4:OTHER
1746 Speed Error Trip Enable Parameters::Trips::Speed Error Trip BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 04019
1747 Speed Error Threshold Parameters::Trips::Speed Error Trip REAL 50.00 0.00 to 100.00 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 04021
1748 Speed Error Trip Delay Parameters::Trips::Speed Error Trip TIME 10.000 0.000 to 2000.000 s ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 04023
1749 Setup Successful Parameters::Phase Control::Configure BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 04025
1750 Error Number Parameters::Phase Control::Configure INT -32768 to 32767 NEVER TECHNICIAN 04027
1751 Master Encoder Parameters::Phase Control::Configure USINT 0:EMPTY FUNC NEVER TECHNICIAN 04029
(enum) 1:ESTIMATOR
2:PRIMARY
3:SYSTEM BOARD SLOT 1
4:SYSTEM BOARD SLOT 2
5:OTHER
1752 Slave Encoder Parameters::Phase Control::Configure USINT Same as PNO 1751 NEVER TECHNICIAN 04031
(enum)
1753 Spd Loop Encoder Parameters::Phase Control::Configure USINT Same as PNO 1751 NEVER TECHNICIAN 04033
(enum)
1754 Free Space (kBytes) Parameters::Device Manager::Flash File UDINT 0 to Max NEVER ENGINEER 04035
System
1756 Output A Setup::Inputs and Outputs::System Board BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 4 04039
Option
Parameters::System Board::SB Retransmit
1757 Output B Same as PNO 1756 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 4 04041
1758 Output Z Same as PNO 1756 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 4 04043
1759 SB Digital Input 1 Monitor::Inputs and Outputs BOOL NEVER OPERATOR 4 04045
Parameters::System Board::SB Digital IO
1760 Display Warnings Parameters::Trips::Trips Status BOOL TRUE ALWAYS OPERATOR 04047
1762 Thermistor Warn Delta Parameters::Option IO::Thermistor REAL 100 0 to 4500 Ohm ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 04051
1779 Auto Hide Parameters::Device Manager::Setup Wizard BOOL TRUE ALWAYS ENGINEER 04085
1780 Spd Limiter Torq Ctrl Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop Settings BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 04087
1781 Speed Limiter Active Parameters::Motor Control::Spd Loop BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 04089
Diagnostics
1782 Free Sockets Parameters::Base Comms::Ethernet UINT 0 to 65535 NEVER ENGINEER 04091
1783 Encoder Count Init Parameters::Option IO::Encoder BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 04093
1784 Encoder Count Init Parameters::System Board::SB Encoder Slot 1 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 04095
1785 Encoder Count Init Parameters::System Board::SB Encoder Slot 2 BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 04097
1787 PTP Domain Number Setup::Communications::PTP USINT 0 0 to 127 ALWAYS ENGINEER 04101
Parameters::Base Comms::PTP
1788 SNTP Client Enable Parameters::Base Comms::SNTP Client BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 04103
1789 SNTP Remote Server Parameters::Base Comms::SNTP Client DWORD 000.000.000.000 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 04105
(IP addr)
1790 Resolver Voltage Setup::Inputs and Outputs::Option USINT 4 0:0V STOPPED TECHNICIAN 4 04107
Parameters::Option IO::Resolver (enum) 1:4V
2:5V
3:6V
4:7V
5:8V
6:9V
7:10V
8:11V

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-259
PNO Name Path Type Default Range Units WQ View Notes MBus
9:12V
1791 Resolver Frequency Same as PNO 1790 REAL 8.0 2.0 to 20.0 kHz STOPPED TECHNICIAN 4 04109
1792 Resolver Ratio Same as PNO 1790 REAL 0.50 0.15 to 3.00 STOPPED TECHNICIAN 4 04111
1793 Resolver Poles Same as PNO 1790 INT 2, 2 to 100 STOPPED TECHNICIAN 4 04113
1794 Soft Key 2 Mode Parameters::Keypad::Graphical Keypad USINT 0 0:LOCAL / REMOTE ALWAYS OPERATOR 04115
(enum) 1:FORWARD / REVERSE
2:CUSTOM
1795 Soft Key 2 Value Parameters::Keypad::Graphical Keypad BOOL FALSE ALWAYS OPERATOR 2 04117
1796 Alignment On Power On Setup::Motor Control::Pos Fbk Alignment BOOL FALSE STOPPED TECHNICIAN 6,4 04119
Parameters::Motor Control::Pos Fbk Alignment
1797 Alignment Method Same as PNO 1796 USINT 0 0:MANUAL STOPPED TECHNICIAN 6,4 04121
(enum) 1:AUTOMATIC
2:DIRECTION TEST
1798 Alignment Enable Same as PNO 1796 BOOL FALSE STOPPED TECHNICIAN 2,4 04123
1799 Alignment Level Same as PNO 1796 REAL 50 0 to 150 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6,4 04125
1800 Alignment Ramp Time Same as PNO 1796 TIME 1.000 0.000 to 30.000 s ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6,4 04127
1801 Alignment On Motor Same as PNO 1796 USINT 0 0:PHASE U ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6,4 04129
(enum) 1:PHASE V
2:PHASE W
1802 Alignment Offset Parameters::Motor Control::Pos Fbk Alignment REAL x.x -180.0 to 180.0 deg NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 04131
1803 Alignment Elec Pos Parameters::Motor Control::Pos Fbk Alignment REAL x.x -180.0 to 180.0 deg NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 04133
1804 Alignment Direction Parameters::Motor Control::Pos Fbk Alignment USINT 0:STANDARD NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 04135
(enum) 1:REVERSE
1805 Alignment State Parameters::Motor Control::Pos Fbk Alignment USINT 0:OFF NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 04137
(enum) 1:ON MANUAL
2:ON AUTO
3:ERROR
4:ENDED
1806 Alignment Ended Parameters::Motor Control::Pos Fbk Alignment BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 04139
1807 Alignment Error Parameters::Motor Control::Pos Fbk Alignment USINT 0:NO ERROR NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 04141
(enum) 1:SHAFT LOCKED
2:AMPS
3:LOAD
4:POLES
5:MOTOR UNCONNECTED
6:ENCODER
7:INIT NEEDED
1808 PMAC Encoder Offset Setup::Motor Control::Motor Data PMAC REAL 0.0 -180.0 to 180.0 deg ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 1,6,9,4 04143
Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC Motor Data
1809 PMAC Wiring Setup::Motor Control::Motor Data PMAC USINT 0 Same as PNO 1804 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 6,9,4 04145
Monitor::Motor and Drive (enum)
Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC Motor Data
1810 Resolver Invert Same as PNO 1790 BOOL FALSE STOPPED TECHNICIAN 4 04147
1811 Resolver Turns Monitor::Inputs and Outputs DINT Min to Max NEVER TECHNICIAN 1,4 04149
Parameters::Option IO::Resolver
1812 Resolver Fraction Turns Same as PNO 1811 DINT Min to Max NEVER TECHNICIAN 1,4 04151
1813 Resolver Speed RPM Parameters::Option IO::Resolver REAL x.x Min to Max RPM NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 04153
1814 Resolver Speed % Same as PNO 1811 REAL x.x Min to Max % NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 04155
1815 Resolver Speed Filter Same as PNO 1790 REAL 1000 10 to 10000 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 04157
1816 Resolver Resolution Same as PNO 1790 USINT 0 0:AUTO STOPPED TECHNICIAN 4 04159
(enum) 1:12 BITS
2:14 BITS
3:16 BITS
1817 Resolver State Parameters::Option IO::Resolver USINT 0:POWER_ON NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 04161
(enum) 1:RESET
2:ACTIVE
3:TRIPPED
4:RESTART
1818 Resolver Turns Reset Parameters::Option IO::Resolver BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 2,4 04163
1819 Resolver Reset Power On Parameters::Option IO::Resolver BOOL FALSE STOPPED TECHNICIAN 4 04165
1820 Resolver Trip Type Parameters::Option IO::Resolver USINT 0:NONE NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 04167
(enum) 1:PARITY
2:PHASE ERROR
3:MAX VELOCITY
4:TRACKING ERROR
5:SIN COS MISMATCH
6:SIN COS OVERRANGE
7:SIN COS BELOW LOS

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-260 Parameter Reference
PNO Name Path Type Default Range Units WQ View Notes MBus
8:SIN COS CLIPPED
1821 Resolver Speed Hz Parameters::Option IO::Resolver REAL x.x Min to Max Hz NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 04169
1822 Resolver Built-In Gear Same as PNO 1790 REAL 1.0 0.1 to 1000.0 STOPPED TECHNICIAN 4 04171
1823 Resolver Speed Ripple Parameters::Option IO::Resolver REAL x.xx 0.00 to 1000.00 % NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 04173
1824 Resolver Position Same as PNO 1811 INT -32768 to 32767 NEVER ENGINEER 1,4 04175
1825 Resolver Max Speed Setup::Inputs and Outputs::Option REAL 20000 0 to 120000 RPM STOPPED TECHNICIAN 4 04177
Parameters::Option IO::Resolver
1826 Resolver Actual Filter Parameters::Option IO::Resolver REAL x. 20 to 8000 Hz NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 04179
1827 Resolver Active Resol Parameters::Option IO::Resolver USINT Same as PNO 1816 NEVER ENGINEER 4 04181
(enum)
1829 Copy to SD Card Parameters::Trips::Black Box Recorder BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 04185
1830 Black Box PNOs Parameters::Trips::Black Box Recorder ARRAY[0..3] ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 04187
1831 Black Box PNOs[0] Parameters::Trips::Black Box Recorder UINT 0829 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 04189
1832 Black Box PNOs[1] Parameters::Trips::Black Box Recorder UINT 0514 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 04191
1833 Black Box PNOs[2] Parameters::Trips::Black Box Recorder UINT 1022 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 04193
1834 Black Box PNOs[3] Parameters::Trips::Black Box Recorder UINT 0393 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 04195
1835 Log Enable Parameters::Device Manager::Data Logger BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 04197
1836 Log Period Parameters::Device Manager::Data Logger TIME 1.000 0.500 to 86400.000 s ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 04199
1837 Log File Name Parameters::Device Manager::Data Logger STRING[10] logfile_ ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 04201
1838 Log to New File Parameters::Device Manager::Data Logger BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 2 04203
1839 Log New File On Reset Parameters::Device Manager::Data Logger BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 04205
1840 Limit Log File Size Parameters::Device Manager::Data Logger BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 04207
1841 Log File Size Parameters::Device Manager::Data Logger UDINT 0 to Max NEVER TECHNICIAN 04209
1842 Log Parameters Parameters::Device Manager::Data Logger ARRAY[0..7] ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 04211
1843 Log Parameters[0] Parameters::Device Manager::Data Logger UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 04213
1844 Log Parameters[1] Parameters::Device Manager::Data Logger UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 04215
1845 Log Parameters[2] Parameters::Device Manager::Data Logger UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 04217
1846 Log Parameters[3] Parameters::Device Manager::Data Logger UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 04219
1847 Log Parameters[4] Parameters::Device Manager::Data Logger UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 04221
1848 Log Parameters[5] Parameters::Device Manager::Data Logger UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 04223
1849 Log Parameters[6] Parameters::Device Manager::Data Logger UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 04225
1850 Log Parameters[7] Parameters::Device Manager::Data Logger UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 04227
1851 Resolver Min Filter Same as PNO 1825 REAL 100 10 to 1000 Hz ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 04229
1852 Copy Status Parameters::Trips::Black Box Recorder USINT 0:IDLE NEVER OPERATOR 4 04231
(enum) 1:ACTIVE
2:DISABLED
1853 Comms Reset Allow Setup::Communications::Option BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 04233
Parameters::Option Comms::Comms
1854 Update GKP Text Parameters::Keypad::Graphical Keypad BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 2 04235
1855 Encoder Speed Percent Parameters::Option IO::Encoder REAL x.xx Min to Max % NEVER OPERATOR 4 04237
1856 Encoder Speed Percent Parameters::System Board::SB Encoder Slot 1 REAL x.xx Min to Max % NEVER OPERATOR 4 04239
1857 Encoder Speed Percent Parameters::System Board::SB Encoder Slot 2 REAL x.xx Min to Max % NEVER OPERATOR 4 04241
1858 Phase at Rated Current Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC Motor REAL 0.0 0.0 to 90.0 deg STOPPED ENGINEER 6,4 04243
Advanced
1859 Max Phase Parameters::Motor Control::PMAC Motor REAL 0.0 0.0 to 90.0 deg STOPPED ENGINEER 6,4 04245
Advanced
1861 Scaled PNO Access Parameters::Device Manager::Setup Wizard USINT 0 0:BASE UNITS ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 04249
(enum) 1:SELECTED UNITS
1862 Green LED Force On Parameters::Keypad::Keypad Override BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 2 04251
1863 Red LED Force Off Parameters::Keypad::Keypad Override BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 2 04253
1865 Disable Keys Parameters::Keypad::Keypad Override WORD 0000 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 2 04257
1866 Key Press Parameters::Keypad::Keypad Override WORD NEVER TECHNICIAN 04259
1867 Selected Parameter Parameters::Keypad::Keypad Override UINT 0000 to 3145 NEVER TECHNICIAN 04261
1868 Log Now Parameters::Device Manager::Data Logger BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 2 04263
1869 Auto Defaults Parameters::Device Manager::Drive info BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 04265
1870 Z Pulse Setup::Inputs and Outputs::System Board BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 2,4 04267
Option
Parameters::System Board::SB Retransmit
1871 Synth Encoder Count Monitor::System Board::Synthetic Encoder DINT Min to Max NEVER TECHNICIAN 1,4 04269
Parameters::System Board::SB Retransmit
1872 Z Pulse Init Done Parameters::System Board::SB Retransmit BOOL NEVER ENGINEER 4 04271
1874 Encoder Supply Setup::Inputs and Outputs::SB Encoder USINT 0 0:5V STOPPED TECHNICIAN 4 04275
Parameters::System Board::SB Encoder (enum) 1:10V
1875 Encoder Type Same as PNO 1874 USINT 0 0:SIN COS STOPPED TECHNICIAN 4 04277
(enum) 1:ENDAT 2.1 ST
2:ENDAT 2.1 MT

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-261
PNO Name Path Type Default Range Units WQ View Notes MBus
1876 Encoder Lines Same as PNO 1874 DINT 512 1 to 1048576 STOPPED TECHNICIAN 4 04279
1877 Encoder Invert Same as PNO 1874 BOOL FALSE STOPPED TECHNICIAN 4 04281
1878 Encoder Count Monitor::System Board::SB Encoder DINT Min to Max NEVER TECHNICIAN 1,4 04283
Parameters::System Board::SB Encoder
1879 Encoder Rev Count Same as PNO 1878 DINT Min to Max NEVER TECHNICIAN 1,4 04285
1885 Startup Alignment Setup::Motor Control::Control and Type USINT 0 0:DISABLED ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 4 04297
Parameters::Control Mode::Control Mode (enum) 1:ONCE
2:ALWAYS
1886 Actual Control Type Monitor::Motor and Drive USINT Same as PNO 1533 NEVER ENGINEER 4 04299
Parameters::Control Mode::Control Mode (enum)
1887 Start Align Done Same as PNO 1886 BOOL NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 04301
1891 SNTP Server Enable Parameters::Base Comms::SNTP Server BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 04309
1892 Encoder Speed Same as PNO 1878 REAL x. Min to Max RPM NEVER OPERATOR 4 04311
1893 Encoder Speed Percent Parameters::System Board::SB Encoder REAL x.xx Min to Max % NEVER OPERATOR 4 04313
1894 Motor Count Reset Same as PNO 1874 BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 2,4 04315
1895 Calibration Error Parameters::System Board::SB Encoder USINT 0:NONE NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 04317
(enum) 1:MOTOR NOT STOPPED
2:ENDAT TIMEOUT
3:ENDAT READ
4:ENDAT CHECKSUM FAIL
5:SINCOS AND ENDAT POS1
6:SINCOS AND ENDAT POS2
7:SINCOS AND ENDAT POS3
8:SINCOS AND ENDAT POS4
9:SINCOS AND ENDAT POS5
10:SINCOS AND ENDAT
POS6
11:TIMEOUT
12:MASK CREATION
13:HW MISMATCH1
14:HW MISMATCH2
15:FAULTY ENCODER
16:WRONG ENCODER LINES
17:WRONG ENCODER TYPE
18:WARNING
1896 Absolute Calib Status Parameters::System Board::SB Encoder USINT 0:CAL NOT REQUIRED NEVER TECHNICIAN 4 04319
(enum) 1:DRIVE NOT STOPPED
2:MOTOR NOT STOPPED
3:ENDAT FAULT
4:CALIB IN PROGRESS
5:RECOVERING LOAD POS
6:CALIB COMPLETED
7:CALIB LOST
8:CALIB FAILED
9:CALIB WARNING
1897 Calib Fail Retry Same as PNO 1874 BOOL FALSE STOPPED TECHNICIAN 2,4 04321
1898 Motor Count Parameters::System Board::SB Encoder DINT Min to Max NEVER TECHNICIAN 1,4 04323
3000 Input Mapping Setup::Communications::Base EtherNet IP ARRAY[0..31] CONFIG ENGINEER 06527
Parameters::Base Comms::Fieldbus Mapping
3001 Input Mapping[0] Same as PNO 3000 UINT 0627 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06529
3002 Input Mapping[1] Same as PNO 3000 UINT 0681 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06531
3003 Input Mapping[2] Same as PNO 3000 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06533
3004 Input Mapping[3] Same as PNO 3000 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06535
3005 Input Mapping[4] Same as PNO 3000 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06537
3006 Input Mapping[5] Same as PNO 3000 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06539
3007 Input Mapping[6] Same as PNO 3000 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06541
3008 Input Mapping[7] Same as PNO 3000 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06543
3009 Input Mapping[8] Same as PNO 3000 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06545
3010 Input Mapping[9] Same as PNO 3000 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06547
3011 Input Mapping[10] Same as PNO 3000 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06549
3012 Input Mapping[11] Same as PNO 3000 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06551
3013 Input Mapping[12] Same as PNO 3000 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06553
3014 Input Mapping[13] Same as PNO 3000 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06555
3015 Input Mapping[14] Same as PNO 3000 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06557
3016 Input Mapping[15] Same as PNO 3000 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06559
3017 Input Mapping[16] Same as PNO 3000 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06561
3018 Input Mapping[17] Same as PNO 3000 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06563
3019 Input Mapping[18] Same as PNO 3000 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06565

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-262 Parameter Reference
PNO Name Path Type Default Range Units WQ View Notes MBus
3020 Input Mapping[19] Same as PNO 3000 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06567
3021 Input Mapping[20] Same as PNO 3000 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06569
3022 Input Mapping[21] Same as PNO 3000 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06571
3023 Input Mapping[22] Same as PNO 3000 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06573
3024 Input Mapping[23] Same as PNO 3000 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06575
3025 Input Mapping[24] Same as PNO 3000 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06577
3026 Input Mapping[25] Same as PNO 3000 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06579
3027 Input Mapping[26] Same as PNO 3000 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06581
3028 Input Mapping[27] Same as PNO 3000 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06583
3029 Input Mapping[28] Same as PNO 3000 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06585
3030 Input Mapping[29] Same as PNO 3000 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06587
3031 Input Mapping[30] Same as PNO 3000 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06589
3032 Input Mapping[31] Same as PNO 3000 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06591
3064 Output Mapping Setup::Communications::Base EtherNet IP ARRAY[0..31] CONFIG ENGINEER 06655
Parameters::Base Comms::Fieldbus Mapping
3065 Output Mapping[0] Same as PNO 3064 UINT 0661 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06657
3066 Output Mapping[1] Same as PNO 3064 UINT 0395 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06659
3067 Output Mapping[2] Same as PNO 3064 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06661
3068 Output Mapping[3] Same as PNO 3064 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06663
3069 Output Mapping[4] Same as PNO 3064 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06665
3070 Output Mapping[5] Same as PNO 3064 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06667
3071 Output Mapping[6] Same as PNO 3064 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06669
3072 Output Mapping[7] Same as PNO 3064 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06671
3073 Output Mapping[8] Same as PNO 3064 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06673
3074 Output Mapping[9] Same as PNO 3064 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06675
3075 Output Mapping[10] Same as PNO 3064 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06677
3076 Output Mapping[11] Same as PNO 3064 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06679
3077 Output Mapping[12] Same as PNO 3064 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06681
3078 Output Mapping[13] Same as PNO 3064 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06683
3079 Output Mapping[14] Same as PNO 3064 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06685
3080 Output Mapping[15] Same as PNO 3064 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06687
3081 Output Mapping[16] Same as PNO 3064 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06689
3082 Output Mapping[17] Same as PNO 3064 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06691
3083 Output Mapping[18] Same as PNO 3064 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06693
3084 Output Mapping[19] Same as PNO 3064 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06695
3085 Output Mapping[20] Same as PNO 3064 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06697
3086 Output Mapping[21] Same as PNO 3064 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06699
3087 Output Mapping[22] Same as PNO 3064 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06701
3088 Output Mapping[23] Same as PNO 3064 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06703
3089 Output Mapping[24] Same as PNO 3064 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06705
3090 Output Mapping[25] Same as PNO 3064 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06707
3091 Output Mapping[26] Same as PNO 3064 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06709
3092 Output Mapping[27] Same as PNO 3064 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06711
3093 Output Mapping[28] Same as PNO 3064 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06713
3094 Output Mapping[29] Same as PNO 3064 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06715
3095 Output Mapping[30] Same as PNO 3064 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06717
3096 Output Mapping[31] Same as PNO 3064 UINT 0000 0000 to 3145 CONFIG ENGINEER 06719
3128 EtherNet IP Enable Setup::Communications::Base EtherNet IP BOOL FALSE CONFIG TECHNICIAN 06783
Parameters::Base Comms::EtherNet IP Adapter
3129 EtherNet IP Trip Same as PNO 3128 USINT 1 0:DISABLED CONFIG ENGINEER 06785
(enum) 1:LOSS OF CONNECTION
3130 EtherNet IP State Monitor::Communications::Base EtherNet IP USINT Same as PNO 214 NEVER OPERATOR 06787
Parameters::Base Comms::EtherNet IP Adapter (enum)
3131 EtherNet IP Diag Same as PNO 3130 USINT 0:NONE NEVER OPERATOR 06789
(enum) 1:INPUT MAPPING FAILED
2:OUTPUT MAPPING FAILED
3132 PROFINET Enable Setup::Communications::Base PROFINET BOOL FALSE CONFIG TECHNICIAN 06791
Parameters::Base Comms::PROFINET IO
Device
3133 PROFINET Trip Same as PNO 3132 USINT 1 0:DISABLED CONFIG ENGINEER 06793
(enum) 1:ENABLED
3134 PROFINET Use Drive IP Same as PNO 3132 BOOL FALSE CONFIG ENGINEER 06795
3135 PROFINET Acyclic Endn Same as PNO 3132 USINT 1 0:LITTLE ENDIAN ALWAYS ENGINEER 06797
(enum) 1:BIG ENDIAN
3136 PROFINET Station Name Monitor::Communications::Base PROFINET STRING[21] NEVER OPERATOR 06799
Parameters::Base Comms::PROFINET IO

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-263
PNO Name Path Type Default Range Units WQ View Notes MBus
Device
3143 PROFINET State Same as PNO 3136 USINT Same as PNO 239 NEVER OPERATOR 06813
(enum)
3144 PROFINET Diagnostic Same as PNO 3136 USINT 0:NONE NEVER OPERATOR 06815
(enum) 1:INPUT MAPPING FAILED
2:OUTPUT MAPPING FAILED
3:CONNECTION REJECTED
4:MAPPING MISMATCH

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-264 Parameter Reference
Parameters Defined in the Default Application
PNO Name Path Type Default Range Units WQ View Notes MBus
1900 Selected Application USINT (enum) 0 0:BASIC SPEED ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 5 04327
CONTROL
1:AUTO/MANUAL
CONTROL
2:SPEED RAISE / LOWER
3:SPEED PRESETS
4:PROCESS PID
1901 RL Ramp Time Setup::Application::Raise Lower TIME 10.0 0.0 to 600.0 s ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 5,8 04329
1902 RL Reset Value Setup::Application::Raise Lower REAL 0.0 -500.0 to 500.0 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 5,8 04331
1903 RL Maximum Value Setup::Application::Raise Lower REAL 100.0 -500.0 to 500.0 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 5,8 04333
1904 RL Minimum Value Setup::Application::Raise Lower REAL -100.0 -500.0 to 500.0 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 5,8 04335
1905 Raise Lower Output Monitor::Application::Raise Lower REAL 0.0 -500.0 to 500.0 NEVER TECHNICIAN 1,8 04337
1906 Minimum Speed Value Setup::Application::Minimum Speed REAL -100.0 -100.0 to 100.0 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 5,8 04339
1907 Minimum Speed Mode Setup::Application::Minimum Speed USINT (enum) 0 0:PROP WITH MINIMUM ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 5,8 04341
1:LINEAR

1908 Skip Band 1 Setup::Application::Skip Frequencies REAL 0.0 0.0 to 1000.0 Hz ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 5,8 04343
1909 Skip Frequency 1 Setup::Application::Skip Frequencies REAL 0.0 0.0 to 1000.0 Hz ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 5,8 04345
1910 Skip Band 2 Setup::Application::Skip Frequencies REAL 0.0 0.0 to 1000.0 Hz ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 5,8 04347
1911 Skip Frequency 2 Setup::Application::Skip Frequencies REAL 0.0 0.0 to 1000.0 Hz ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 5,8 04349
1912 Skip Band 3 Setup::Application::Skip Frequencies REAL 0.0 0.0 to 1000.0 Hz ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 5,8 04351
1913 Skip Frequency 3 Setup::Application::Skip Frequencies REAL 0.0 0.0 to 1000.0 Hz ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 5,8 04353
1914 Skip Band 4 Setup::Application::Skip Frequencies REAL 0.0 0.0 to 1000.0 Hz ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 5,8 04355
1915 Skip Frequency 4 Setup::Application::Skip Frequencies REAL 0.0 0.0 to 1000.0 Hz ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 5,8 04357
1916 Preset Speed 0 Setup::Application::Preset Speeds REAL 0.0 -100.0 to 100.0 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 5,8 04359
1917 Preset Speed 1 Setup::Application::Preset Speeds REAL 0.0 -100.0 to 100.0 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 5,8 04361
1918 Preset Speed 2 Setup::Application::Preset Speeds REAL 0.0 -100.0 to 100.0 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 5,8 04363
1919 Preset Speed 3 Setup::Application::Preset Speeds REAL 0.0 -100.0 to 100.0 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 5,8 04365
1920 Preset Speed 4 Setup::Application::Preset Speeds REAL 0.0 -100.0 to 100.0 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 5,8 04367
1921 Preset Speed 5 Setup::Application::Preset Speeds REAL 0.0 -100.0 to 100.0 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 5,8 04369
1922 Preset Speed 6 Setup::Application::Preset Speeds REAL 0.0 -100.0 to 100.0 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 5,8 04371
1923 Preset Speed 7 Setup::Application::Preset Speeds REAL 0.0 -100.0 to 100.0 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 5,8 04373
1924 Selected Preset Monitor::Application::Preset Speeds USINT 0 to 7 NEVER TECHNICIAN 8 04375
1925 Preset Speed Output Monitor::Application::Preset Speeds REAL -100.0 to 100.0 % NEVER TECHNICIAN 8 04377
1926 PID Setpoint Negate Setup::Application::PID BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 5,8 04379
1927 PID Feedback Negate Setup::Application::PID BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 5,8 04381
1928 PID Proportional Gain Setup::Application::PID REAL 1.0 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 5,8 04383
1929 PID Integral TC Setup::Application::PID TIME 1.00 0.01 to 100.00 s ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 5,8 04385
1930 PID Derivative TC Setup::Application::PID TIME 0.000 0.000 to 10.000 s ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 5,8 04387
1931 PID Output Filter TC Setup::Application::PID TIME 0.100 0.000 to 10.000 s ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 5,8 04389
1932 PID Output Pos Limit Setup::Application::PID REAL 100.00 0.00 to 105.00 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 5,8 04391
1933 PID Output Neg Limit Setup::Application::PID REAL -100.00 -105.00 to 0.00 % ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 5,8 04393
1934 PID Output Scaling Setup::Application::PID REAL 1.000 -10.000 to 10.000 ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 5,8 04395
1935 PID Output Monitor::Application::PID REAL -105.00 to % NEVER TECHNICIAN 8 04397
105.00
1936 PID Error Monitor::Application::PID REAL -105.00 to % NEVER TECHNICIAN 8 04399
105.00
1937 Disable Coast Stop Setup::Application::Sequencing BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 8 04401
1938 Disable Quickstop Setup::Application::Sequencing BOOL TRUE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 8 04403
1939 Feedback On ANIN1 Setup::Application::Input Selection BOOL FALSE ALWAYS TECHNICIAN 8 04405

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-265
Table of Parameters in Alphabetical Order
This table is a list of all the parameters in the AC30V showing the parameter name, number and the section in this appendix in which the parameter
is described.
PNO Name Section PNO Name Section PNO Name Section
0332 100% Mot Current Motor Load 1806 Alignment Ended Pos Fbk Alignment 1470 AR Mode Auto Restart
0464 100% Speed in RPM Scale Setpoint 1807 Alignment Error Pos Fbk Alignment 1506 AR Repeat Delay Auto Restart
0403 100% Stack Current A Feedbacks 1799 Alignment Level Pos Fbk Alignment 1737 AR Repeat Delay B Auto Restart
0343 100% Stk Current Stack Inv Time 1797 Alignment Method Pos Fbk Alignment 1508 AR Restart Pending Auto Restart
1896 Absolute Calib Status SB Encoder 1802 Alignment Offset Pos Fbk Alignment 1509 AR Restarts Remaining Auto Restart
0450 Acceleration Boost Fluxing VHz 1801 Alignment On Motor Pos Fbk Alignment 1510 AR Time Remaining Auto Restart
0486 Acceleration Time Ramp 1796 Alignment On Power On Pos Fbk Alignment 1472 AR Trip Mask Auto Restart
0763 Active 1 - 32 Trips Status 1800 Alignment Ramp Time Pos Fbk Alignment 0796 AR Trip Mask 2 Auto Restart
0513 Active 33 - 64 Trips Status 1805 Alignment State Pos Fbk Alignment 1735 AR Trip Mask 2 B Auto Restart
1886 Actual Control Type Control Mode 0893 Ambient Temperature Maintenance Monitor 1734 AR Trip Mask B Auto Restart
0400 Actual Field Current Feedbacks 0040 Anin 01 Break IO Values 0410 Archive Flags App Info
0339 Actual Mot I2T Output Motor Load 0957 Anin 01 Offset IO Configure 1405 ATN PMAC Ls Test Freq Autotune
0421 Actual Neg Torque Lim Torque Limit 0958 Anin 01 Scale IO Configure 1388 ATN PMAC Test Disable Autotune
0420 Actual Pos Torque Lim Torque Limit 0001 Anin 01 Type IO Configure 0695 Attached to Stack Drive info
1213 Actual Position Feedbacks 0039 Anin 01 Value IO Values 0448 Auto Boost Fluxing VHz
1520 Actual Rotor T Const Tr Adaptation 0959 Anin 02 Offset IO Configure 1869 Auto Defaults Drive info
0395 Actual Speed Percent Feedbacks 0960 Anin 02 Scale IO Configure 1779 Auto Hide Setup Wizard
0393 Actual Speed RPM Feedbacks 0002 Anin 02 Type IO Configure 0930 Auto IP Ethernet
0394 Actual Speed rps Feedbacks 0041 Anin 02 Value IO Values 1214 Automatic Pole Pairs Motor Nameplate
0989 Actual State Device State 1461 Anin 11 Offset General Purpose IO 0255 Autotune Enable Autotune
0399 Actual Torque Feedbacks 1462 Anin 11 Scale General Purpose IO 0256 Autotune Mode Autotune
0199 Address Assignment Option Ethernet 1181 Anin 11 Value General Purpose IO 0274 Autotune Ramp Time Autotune
1716 AFE Brake Mode AFE 1463 Anin 12 Offset General Purpose IO 0257 Autotune Test Disable Autotune
1690 AFE Close Ext PCR AFE 1464 Anin 12 Scale General Purpose IO 0182 Backup Action Parameter Backup
1717 AFE Correction Angle AFE 1182 Anin 12 Value General Purpose IO 0183 Backup-Restore Start Parameter Backup
1693 AFE Current Control AFE 1465 Anin 13 Offset General Purpose IO 0184 Backup-Restore Status Parameter Backup
1714 AFE Enable Drive AFE 1466 Anin 13 Scale General Purpose IO 1093 BACnet Baud Rate BACnet MSTP
1691 AFE Ext PCR Closed AFE 1183 Anin 13 Value General Purpose IO 0209 BACnet IP Device ID BACnet IP
1704 AFE Id Demand AFE 1441 Anout 01 ABS IO Configure 0208 BACnet IP State BACnet IP
1730 AFE Inductance AFE 1108 Anout 01 Offset IO Configure 0210 BACnet IP Timeout BACnet IP
1705 AFE Iq Demand AFE 0686 Anout 01 Scale IO Configure 1091 BACnet MAC Address BACnet MSTP
1706 AFE Max Current AFE 0003 Anout 01 Type IO Configure 1096 BACnet Max Info Frames BACnet MSTP
1692 AFE PF Angle Demand AFE 0042 Anout 01 Value IO Values 1095 BACnet Max Master BACnet MSTP
1715 AFE Phase Loss AFE 1468 Anout 02 ABS IO Configure 1092 BACnet MSTP Device ID BACnet MSTP
1694 AFE PLL Kp AFE 1467 Anout 02 Offset IO Configure 1089 BACnet MSTP State BACnet MSTP
1695 AFE PLL Ti AFE 1460 Anout 02 Scale IO Configure 1094 BACnet MSTP Timeout BACnet MSTP
1721 AFE Status AFE 0004 Anout 02 Type IO Configure 0457 Base Frequency Motor Nameplate
1718 AFE Sync Angle AFE 0043 Anout 02 Value IO Values 0991 Base IO FE State Device State
1703 AFE Sync Frequency AFE 0610 App Control Word Sequencing 0456 Base Voltage Motor Nameplate
1713 AFE Synchronized AFE 0680 App Reference Sequencing 0992 Basic Drive FE State Device State
1712 AFE Synchronizing AFE 1539 Application Clone 1830 Black Box PNOs Black Box Recorder
1731 AFE Transf Angle Offset AFE 1039 Application Archive SD Card 1831 Black Box PNOs[x] Black Box Recorder
1711 AFE VDC Demand AFE 0990 Application FE State Device State 0951 Boot Version Drive info
1710 AFE VDC Feed Forward AFE 1554 Application Name App Info 0687 Boot Version Number Drive info
1707 AFE VDC Kp AFE 1633 Application User Boost Fluxing VHz 0253 Brake Overrating Braking
1697 AFE VDC Min Level AFE 1549 Application Volts Fluxing VHz 0252 Brake Rated Power Braking
1709 AFE VDC Ramp AFE 1507 AR Active Auto Restart 0251 Brake Resistance Braking
1708 AFE VDC Ti AFE 1469 AR Enable Auto Restart 0254 Braking Active Braking
1804 Alignment Direction Pos Fbk Alignment 1505 AR Initial Delay Auto Restart 0249 Braking Enable Braking
1803 Alignment Elec Pos Pos Fbk Alignment 1736 AR Initial Delay B Auto Restart 1897 Calib Fail Retry SB Encoder
1798 Alignment Enable Pos Fbk Alignment 1471 AR Max Restarts Auto Restart 1895 Calibration Error SB Encoder

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-266 Parameter Reference
PNO Name Section PNO Name Section PNO Name Section
1251 CANopen Actual Baud CANopen 0325 DC Inj Frequency Inj Braking 1512 Encoder Lines Encoder
0213 CANopen Baud Rate CANopen 0330 DC Inj Timeout Inj Braking 1664 Encoder Lines SB Encoder Slot 1
0212 CANopen Node Address CANopen 0396 DC Link Volt Filtered Feedbacks 1671 Encoder Lines SB Encoder Slot 2
0211 CANopen State CANopen 0392 DC Link Voltage Feedbacks 1876 Encoder Lines SB Encoder
1034 Card Name SD Card 0119 DC Link Volts Trim Feedbacks 1310 Encoder Position SB Encoder
1033 Card State SD Card 0327 DC Pulse Time Inj Braking 1879 Encoder Rev Count SB Encoder
1537 Clone Direction Clone 0487 Deceleration Time Ramp 1515 Encoder Single Ended Encoder
1534 Clone Filename Clone 0414 Deflux Delay Pattern Generator 1516 Encoder Speed Encoder
1542 Clone Start Clone 1635 Delay To Start Motor Sequencer 1668 Encoder Speed SB Encoder Slot 1
1543 Clone Status Clone 1528 Demanded Terminal Volts Tr Adaptation 1675 Encoder Speed SB Encoder Slot 2
0406 CM Temperature Feedbacks 1726 Destination IP Address Peer to Peer 1892 Encoder Speed SB Encoder
0217 CNet Consuming Inst ControlNet 1727 Destination Port Peer to Peer 1855 Encoder Speed Percent Encoder
0216 CNet Producing Inst ControlNet 0221 DeviceNet Actual Baud DeviceNet 1856 Encoder Speed Percent SB Encoder Slot 1
0627 Comms Control Word Sequencing 0220 DeviceNet Baud Rate DeviceNet 1857 Encoder Speed Percent SB Encoder Slot 2
0051 Comms Diagnostic Comms 0219 DeviceNet MAC ID DeviceNet 1893 Encoder Speed Percent SB Encoder
0052 Comms Diagnostic Code Comms 0218 DeviceNet State DeviceNet 1232 Encoder Status SB Encoder
0186 Comms Event Active Event 0929 DHCP Ethernet 1511 Encoder Supply Encoder
0188 Comms Event Clear Event 1269 DHCP State Ethernet 1663 Encoder Supply SB Encoder Slot 1
0185 Comms Event Code Event 1294 Digin Invert IO Configure 1874 Encoder Supply SB Encoder
0187 Comms Event Set Event 0005 Digin Value IO Values 1514 Encoder Type Encoder
0053 Comms Exception Comms 1335 Digout Invert IO Configure 1666 Encoder Type SB Encoder Slot 1
0045 Comms Fitted Comms 0022 Digout Value IO Values 1673 Encoder Type SB Encoder Slot 2
0050 Comms Module Serial Comms 0531 Direct Input Neg Lim Spd Direct Input 1875 Encoder Type SB Encoder
0049 Comms Module Version Comms 0530 Direct Input Pos Lim Spd Direct Input 1235 Endat Comms Status SB Encoder
0054 Comms Net Exception Comms 0529 Direct Input Ratio Spd Direct Input 0383 Energy kWh Energy Meter
0995 Comms Option FE State Device State 0528 Direct Input Select Spd Direct Input 0451 Energy Saving Enable Fluxing VHz
1121 Comms Option Pcode Drive info 1865 Disable Keys Keypad Override 1526 Energy Saving Lower Lim Fluxing VHz
1129 Comms Option Serial Drive info 0983 Display Timeout Graphical Keypad 0227 ENet Consuming Inst EtherNet IP
0681 Comms Reference Sequencing 1760 Display Warnings Trips Status 0226 ENet Producing Inst EtherNet IP
0044 Comms Required Comms 0223 DNet Consuming Inst DeviceNet 1637 Engineer Password Graphical Keypad
1853 Comms Reset Allow Comms 0222 DNet Producing Inst DeviceNet 1750 Error Number Configure
0046 Comms State Comms 0688 Drive Diagnostic Drive info 0224 EtherCAT State EtherCAT
0047 Comms Supervised Comms 0961 Drive Name Drive info 0937 Ethernet Diagnostic Ethernet
0048 Comms Trip Enable Comms 1225 DST Active Real Time Clock 0993 Ethernet FE State Device State
0997 Config Fault Area Device State 0390 Duty Selection Feedbacks 0225 EtherNet IP State EtherNet IP
0118 Configuration Lock App Info 0408 Elec Rotor Speed Feedbacks 0919 Ethernet State Ethernet
1139 Control Board Up Time Runtime Statistics 0697 Enable 1 - 32 Trips Status 0117 Extended Support SD Card
1116 Control Module Pcode Drive info 0730 Enable 33 - 64 Trips Status 1548 Factor Filter On Torque Dmd
0977 Control Module Serial Drive info 1738 Enable Auto Save Setup Wizard 0418 Fast Stop Torque Lim Torque Limit
1352 Control Screen Soft Menus 0955 Enable Predict Term Current Loop 1188 Favourites Soft Menus
0908 Control Screen Mode Soft Menus 1231 Enc To Mot Shaft Ratio SB Encoder 1189 Favourites[x] Soft Menus
1353 Control Screen[x] Soft Menus 1518 Encoder Count Encoder 1544 Filter Type Filter On Torque Dmd
0512 Control Strategy Control Mode 1670 Encoder Count SB Encoder Slot 1 0918 Filtered VDC Ripple VDC Ripple
1533 Control Type Control Mode 1677 Encoder Count SB Encoder Slot 2 0328 Final DC Pulse Time Inj Braking
0644 Control Word Sequencing 1878 Encoder Count SB Encoder 0509 Final Stop Rate Ramp
0215 ControlNet MAC ID ControlNet 1783 Encoder Count Init Encoder 1038 Firmware SD Card
0214 ControlNet State ControlNet 1784 Encoder Count Init SB Encoder Slot 1 1100 Firmware Version Drive info
1852 Copy Status Black Box Recorder 1785 Encoder Count Init SB Encoder Slot 2 0696 First Trip Trips Status
1829 Copy to SD Card Black Box Recorder 1517 Encoder Count Reset Encoder 0447 Fixed Boost Fluxing VHz
1658 Current Diff Level Current Sensor Trip 1669 Encoder Count Reset SB Encoder Slot 1 0202 Fixed Gateway Address Option Ethernet
0305 Current Limit Current Limit 1676 Encoder Count Reset SB Encoder Slot 2 0200 Fixed IP Address Option Ethernet
1545 Cut Off Frequency Filter On Torque Dmd 1743 Encoder Feedback Control Mode 0201 Fixed Subnet Mask Option Ethernet
0329 DC Current Level Inj Braking 1513 Encoder Invert Encoder 0318 Flying Reflux Time Flycatching
0331 DC Inj Base Volts Inj Braking 1665 Encoder Invert SB Encoder Slot 1 0312 Flying Start Mode Flycatching
0326 DC Inj Current Limit Inj Braking 1672 Encoder Invert SB Encoder Slot 2 0113 Force Fan On Fan Control
0324 DC Inj Deflux Time Inj Braking 1877 Encoder Invert SB Encoder 0938 Free Packets Ethernet

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-267
PNO Name Section PNO Name Section PNO Name Section
1782 Free Sockets Ethernet 1868 Log Now Data Logger 1230 Motor Position SB Encoder
1754 Free Space (kBytes) Flash File System 1842 Log Parameters Data Logger 0460 Motor Power Motor Nameplate
1546 Frequency 1 Filter On Torque Dmd 1843 Log Parameters[x] Data Logger 1407 Motor Run Time Runtime Statistics
1547 Frequency 2 Filter On Torque Dmd 1836 Log Period Data Logger 1732 Motor Start Count Runtime Statistics
1538 Full Restore Clone 1838 Log to New File Data Logger 0405 Motor Terminal Volts Feedbacks
0928 Gateway Address Ethernet 0344 Long Overload Level Stack Inv Time 0511 Motor Type or AFE Control Mode
1142 GKP Password Graphical Keypad 0345 Long Overload Time Stack Inv Time 0289 MRAS Field Frequency MRAS
1862 Green LED Force On Keypad Override 0920 MAC Address Ethernet 0286 MRAS Speed Percent MRAS
0114 Group IP Address Base Comms 0568 Magnetising Current Induction Motor Data 0287 MRAS Speed RPM MRAS
0407 Heatsink Temperature Feedbacks 0417 Main Torque Lim Torque Limit 0291 MRAS Torque MRAS
1667 High Input Threshold SB Encoder Slot 1 0891 Maintenance Reporting Maintenance Monitor 0290 MRAS Torque Percent MRAS
1674 High Input Threshold SB Encoder Slot 2 0892 Maintenance Reset Maintenance Monitor 0572 Mutual Inductance Induction Motor Data
0940 High Word First Modbus 0890 Maintenance Warnings Maintenance Monitor 1550 Nameplate Mag Current Autotune
0232 High Word First RTU Modbus RTU 1636 Manufacturing Flags Drive info 0459 Nameplate Speed Motor Nameplate
0235 High Word First TCP Modbus TCP 1632 Mapping Valid Modbus 0416 Negative Torque Lim Torque Limit
1406 HV Power On Count Runtime Statistics 1751 Master Encoder Configure 0976 Nominal Supply Drive info
1252 HV SMPS Up Time Runtime Statistics 1745 Master Position Src Configure 1256 OEM ID Drive info
0397 id Feedbacks 1527 Max Available Volts Tr Adaptation 1241 Open Connections Modbus
1048 IDE Version App Info 1859 Max Phase PMAC Motor Advanced 0198 Option DHCP Enabled Option Ethernet
0894 IM Wiring Induction Motor Data 1459 Max Spd when Autotuned Autotune 0206 Option FTP Admin Mode Option Ethernet
0353 Inv Time Active Stack Inv Time 1265 Max Speed Clamp Speed Ref 0205 Option FTP Enable Option Ethernet
0348 Inv Time Aiming Point Stack Inv Time 0913 Max VDC Ripple VDC Ripple 0197 Option Gateway Option Ethernet
0351 Inv Time Down Rate Stack Inv Time 0939 Maximum Connections Modbus 1180 Option IO Diagnostic Option IO
0349 Inv Time Output Stack Inv Time 1229 Mechanical Offset SB Encoder 1179 Option IO Fitted Option IO
0350 Inv Time Up Rate Stack Inv Time 0317 Min Search Speed Flycatching 1178 Option IO Required Option IO
0352 Inv Time Warning Stack Inv Time 1264 Min Speed Clamp Speed Ref 0195 Option IP Address Option Ethernet
0996 IO Option FE State Device State 1458 Modbus Conn Timeout Modbus 0189 Option MAC Address Option Ethernet
1125 IO Option Pcode Drive info 0229 Modbus Device Address Modbus RTU 0196 Option Subnet Mask Option Ethernet
1134 IO Option Serial No Drive info 1567 Modbus Mapping Modbus 0203 Option Web Enable Option Ethernet
1254 IO Option SW Version Drive info 1568 Modbus Mapping[x] Modbus 1540 Other Parameters Clone
0926 IP Address Ethernet 1640 Modbus Password Modbus RTU 1756 Output A SB Retransmit
0207 IPConfig Enable Option Ethernet 0230 Modbus RTU Baud Rate Modbus RTU 1291 Output A Invert SB Retransmit
0398 iq Feedbacks 0228 Modbus RTU State Modbus RTU 1757 Output B SB Retransmit
0502 Jog Acceleration Time Ramp 0233 Modbus RTU Timeout Modbus RTU 1292 Output B Invert SB Retransmit
0503 Jog Deceleration Time Ramp 1659 Modbus TCP Password Modbus 1678 Output Enable SB Retransmit
0501 Jog Setpoint Ramp 0234 Modbus TCP State Modbus TCP 1679 Output Source SB Retransmit
1866 Key Press Keypad Override 0236 Modbus TCP Timeout Modbus TCP 1680 Output Voltage SB Retransmit
0994 Keypad FE State Device State 0941 Modbus Timeout Modbus 1758 Output Z SB Retransmit
1005 Language Setup Wizard 0942 Modbus Trip Enable Modbus 1293 Output Z Invert SB Retransmit
0931 Last Auto IP Address Ethernet 1270 Monitor Soft Menus 0231 Parity And Stop Bits Modbus RTU
1047 Last Modification App Info 1271 Monitor[x] Soft Menus 1097 Password in Favourite Graphical Keypad
0570 Leakage Inductance Induction Motor Data 0340 Mot I2T Active Motor Load 1098 Password in Local Graphical Keypad
1840 Limit Log File Size Data Logger 0342 Mot I2T Enable Motor Load 1725 Peer to Peer Enable Peer to Peer
0591 Local Sequencing 0338 Mot I2T TC Motor Load 1729 Peer to Peer State Peer to Peer
1255 Local Dir Key Active Local Control 0341 Mot I2T Warning Motor Load 1858 Phase at Rated Current PMAC Motor Advanced
1728 Local Port Peer to Peer 0336 Mot Inv Time Active Motor Load 0560 PMAC Back Emf Const KE PMAC Motor Data
1565 Local Power Up Mode Sequencing 0334 Mot Inv Time Delay Motor Load 1387 PMAC Base Volt PMAC Motor Data
0592 Local Reference Sequencing 0337 Mot Inv Time Output % Motor Load 1808 PMAC Encoder Offset PMAC Motor Data
1240 Local Reverse Local Control 0333 Mot Inv Time Overload Motor Load 0693 PMAC Fly Active PMAC Flycatching
1239 Local Run Key Active Local Control 0335 Mot Inv Time Warning Motor Load 0692 PMAC Fly Load Level PMAC Flycatching
1253 Local/Rem Key Active Local Control 0374 Motor Base Volts Voltage Control 0690 PMAC Fly Search Mode PMAC Flycatching
0936 Lock Ethernet 1898 Motor Count SB Encoder 0691 PMAC Fly Search Time PMAC Flycatching
1835 Log Enable Data Logger 1894 Motor Count Reset SB Encoder 0694 PMAC Fly Setpoint PMAC Flycatching
1837 Log File Name Data Logger 0402 Motor Current Feedbacks 0689 PMAC Flycatching Enable PMAC Flycatching
1841 Log File Size Data Logger 0401 Motor Current Percent Feedbacks 0556 PMAC Max Current PMAC Motor Data
1839 Log New File On Reset Data Logger 0458 Motor Poles Motor Nameplate 0555 PMAC Max Speed PMAC Motor Data

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-268 Parameter Reference
PNO Name Section PNO Name Section PNO Name Section
0564 PMAC Motor Inertia PMAC Motor Data 0497 Ramp Hold Ramp 1376 SB Dig Out 3 Invert SB Digital IO
0559 PMAC Motor Poles PMAC Motor Data 0499 Ramp Spd Setpoint Input Ramp 1332 SB Digital In 1 Invert SB Digital IO
0557 PMAC Rated Current PMAC Motor Data 0500 Ramp Speed Output Ramp 1333 SB Digital In 2 Invert SB Digital IO
0558 PMAC Rated Torque PMAC Motor Data 0485 Ramp Type Ramp 1334 SB Digital In 3 Invert SB Digital IO
0467 PMAC SVC Auto Values PMAC SVC 0498 Ramping Active Ramp 1368 SB Digital In 4 Invert SB Digital IO
0470 PMAC SVC I Gain Hz PMAC SVC 1682 Random Pattern AFE Pattern Generator 1369 SB Digital In 5 Invert SB Digital IO
0468 PMAC SVC LPF Speed Hz PMAC SVC 0413 Random Pattern IM Pattern Generator 1370 SB Digital In 6 Invert SB Digital IO
0476 PMAC SVC Open Loop Strt PMAC SVC 1268 Random Pattern PMAC Pattern Generator 1759 SB Digital Input 1 SB Digital IO
0469 PMAC SVC P Gain PMAC SVC 0455 Rated Motor Current Motor Nameplate 1722 SB Digital Input 2 SB Digital IO
0478 PMAC SVC Start Cur PMAC SVC 1247 Ratio Load Mot Inert Spd Loop Settings 1723 SB Digital Input 3 SB Digital IO
0479 PMAC SVC Start Speed PMAC SVC 0382 Reactive Power Energy Meter 1365 SB Digital Input 4 SB Digital IO
0477 PMAC SVC Start Time PMAC SVC 0055 Read Mapping Read Process 1366 SB Digital Input 5 SB Digital IO
0565 PMAC Therm Time Const PMAC Motor Data 0056 Read Mapping[x] Read Process 1367 SB Digital Input 6 SB Digital IO
0563 PMAC Torque Const KT PMAC Motor Data 1442 Recent Trip Times Trips History 1371 SB Digital Output 1 SB Digital IO
0562 PMAC Winding Inductance PMAC Motor Data 1443 Recent Trip Times[x] Trips History 1372 SB Digital Output 2 SB Digital IO
0561 PMAC Winding Resistance PMAC Motor Data 0895 Recent Trips Trips History 1373 SB Digital Output 3 SB Digital IO
1809 PMAC Wiring PMAC Motor Data 0896 Recent Trips[x] Trips History 1861 Scaled PNO Access Setup Wizard
0415 Positive Torque Lim Torque Limit 1863 Red LED Force Off Keypad Override 0315 Search Boost Flycatching
0461 Power Factor Motor Nameplate 0682 Reference Sequencing 0313 Search Mode Flycatching
0386 Power Factor Angle Est Energy Meter 0307 Regen Limit Enable Current Limit 0316 Search Time Flycatching
0385 Power Factor Est Energy Meter 0389 Reset Energy Meter Energy Meter 0314 Search Volts Flycatching
0381 Power HP Energy Meter 1000 Reset to Defaults Device Commands 0527 Sel Torq Ctrl Only Spd Loop Settings
0380 Power kW Energy Meter 1827 Resolver Active Resol Resolver 1867 Selected Parameter Keypad Override
1541 Power Parameters Clone 1826 Resolver Actual Filter Resolver 1257 Seq Stop Method SVC Ramp
0543 Power Stack Fitted Drive info 1822 Resolver Built-In Gear Resolver 0484 Seq Stop Method VHz Ramp
0987 Power Stack Required Drive info 1812 Resolver Fraction Turns Resolver 0678 Sequencing State Sequencing
0943 Process Active Modbus 1791 Resolver Frequency Resolver 1311 Setup Soft Menus
1551 Product Code Flags Drive info 1810 Resolver Invert Resolver 1749 Setup Successful Configure
0238 Profibus Node Address Profibus 1825 Resolver Max Speed Resolver 1312 Setup[x] Soft Menus
0237 Profibus State Profibus 1851 Resolver Min Filter Resolver 0346 Short Overload Level Stack Inv Time
0240 PROFINET Device Name PROFINET IO 1793 Resolver Poles Resolver 0347 Short Overload Time Stack Inv Time
0239 PROFINET State PROFINET IO 1824 Resolver Position Resolver 0115 Show Warnings 1 - 32 Trips Status
1054 Project Author App Info 1792 Resolver Ratio Resolver 0116 Show Warnings 33 - 64 Trips Status
1068 Project Description App Info 1819 Resolver Reset Power On Resolver 1752 Slave Encoder Configure
1040 Project File Name App Info 1816 Resolver Resolution Resolver 1744 Slave Position Src Configure
1061 Project Version App Info 1814 Resolver Speed % Resolver 0361 Slew Rate Accel Limit Slew Rate
1699 PTP Clock PTP 1815 Resolver Speed Filter Resolver 0362 Slew Rate Decel Limit Slew Rate
1683 PTP Clock Mode PTP 1821 Resolver Speed Hz Resolver 0360 Slew Rate Enable Slew Rate
1684 PTP Clock Type PTP 1823 Resolver Speed Ripple Resolver 0354 Slip Compensatn Enable Slip Compensation
1787 PTP Domain Number PTP 1813 Resolver Speed RPM Resolver 0356 SLP Motoring Limit Slip Compensation
1661 PTP Enable PTP 1817 Resolver State Resolver 0357 SLP Regen Limit Slip Compensation
1685 PTP Lock Threshold PTP 1820 Resolver Trip Type Resolver 1788 SNTP Client Enable SNTP Client
1688 PTP Locked PTP 1811 Resolver Turns Resolver 1789 SNTP Remote Server SNTP Client
1681 PTP Log Sync Interval PTP 1818 Resolver Turns Reset Resolver 1891 SNTP Server Enable SNTP Server
1687 PTP Offset PTP 1790 Resolver Voltage Resolver 1386 SNTP Status SNTP Client
1686 PTP Priority2 PTP 1364 Rotor Resistance Induction Motor Data 1794 Soft Key 2 Mode Graphical Keypad
1689 PTP State PTP 0569 Rotor Time Constant Induction Motor Data 1795 Soft Key 2 Value Graphical Keypad
1648 Pwrl Accel Rate Power Loss Ride Thru 0998 RTA Code Device State 0526 Spd Demand Neg Lim Spd Loop Settings
1651 Pwrl Active Power Loss Ride Thru 0999 RTA Data Device State 0525 Spd Demand Pos Lim Spd Loop Settings
1647 Pwrl Control Band Power Loss Ride Thru 1003 RTA Thread Priority Device State 1780 Spd Limiter Torq Ctrl Spd Loop Settings
1649 Pwrl Decel Rate Power Loss Ride Thru 1187 RTC Trim General Purpose IO 0524 Spd Loop Adapt Pgain Spd Loop Settings
1645 Pwrl Enable Power Loss Ride Thru 1140 Run Key Action Local Control 0523 Spd Loop Adapt Thres Spd Loop Settings
1650 Pwrl Time Limit Power Loss Ride Thru 1006 Run Wizard? Setup Wizard 0521 Spd Loop Aux Torq Dmd Spd Loop Settings
1646 Pwrl Trip Threshold Power Loss Ride Thru 1001 Save All Parameters Device Commands 0519 Spd Loop Dmd Filt TC Spd Loop Settings
0508 Quickstop Ramp Time Ramp 1374 SB Dig Out 1 Invert SB Digital IO 1753 Spd Loop Encoder Configure
0507 Quickstop Time Limit Ramp 1375 SB Dig Out 2 Invert SB Digital IO 0520 Spd Loop Fbk Filt TC Spd Loop Settings

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-269
PNO Name Section PNO Name Section PNO Name Section
0466 Speed Demand Hz Scale Setpoint 0927 Subnet Mask Ethernet 0917 VDC Ripple Level VDC Ripple
0465 Speed Demand RPM Scale Setpoint 0679 Switch On Timeout Sequencing 0916 VDC Ripple Sample VDC Ripple
1747 Speed Error Threshold Speed Error Trip 1701 Switchover Enable MRAS 0914 VDC Ripple Trip Delay VDC Ripple
1748 Speed Error Trip Delay Speed Error Trip 0488 Symmetric Mode Ramp 0915 VDC Ripple Trip Hyst VDC Ripple
1746 Speed Error Trip Enable Speed Error Trip 0489 Symmetric Time Ramp 1143 Version Graphical Keypad
1781 Speed Limiter Active Spd Loop Diagnostics 0419 Symmetric Torque Lim Torque Limit 0310 VHz Flying Start Enable Flycatching
1246 Speed Loop Auto Set Spd Loop Settings 1871 Synth Encoder Count SB Retransmit 0422 VHz Shape Fluxing VHz
1248 Speed Loop Bandwidth Spd Loop Settings 1702 Synth Encoder Invert SB Retransmit 0423 VHz User Freq Fluxing VHz
0535 Speed Loop Error Spd Loop Diagnostics 1696 Synth Encoder Lines SB Retransmit 0424 VHz User Freq[x] Fluxing VHz
0516 Speed Loop I Time Spd Loop Settings 1698 Synth Encoder Speed SB Retransmit 0435 VHz User Volts Fluxing VHz
0517 Speed Loop Int Defeat Spd Loop Settings 1742 System Board FE State Device State 0436 VHz User Volts[x] Fluxing VHz
0518 Speed Loop Int Preset Spd Loop Settings 1740 System Board Fitted System Board Option 1141 View Level Graphical Keypad
0515 Speed Loop Pgain Spd Loop Settings 1739 System Board Required System Board Option 0453 Vsd Demand Fluxing VHz
0536 Speed PI Output Spd Loop Diagnostics 1741 System Board Status System Board Option 0454 Vsq Demand Fluxing VHz
1266 Speed Trim Speed Ref 0988 Target State Device State 0829 Warnings 1 - 32 Trips Status
0491 Sramp Acceleration Ramp 1099 Technician Password Graphical Keypad 0514 Warnings 33 - 64 Trips Status
0490 Sramp Continuous Ramp 0371 Terminal Voltage Mode Voltage Control 0972 Warranty Trip Time Trips History
0492 Sramp Deceleration Ramp 1529 Terminal Volts Tr Adaptation 0973 Warranty Trip Time[x] Trips History
0493 Sramp Jerk 1 Ramp 1185 Thermistor Resistance Thermistor 0968 Warranty Trips Trips History
0494 Sramp Jerk 2 Ramp 1004 Thermistor Trip Level Thermistor 1408 Warranty Trips Record Trips History
0495 Sramp Jerk 3 Ramp 1184 Thermistor Type Thermistor 0969 Warranty Trips[x] Trips History
0496 Sramp Jerk 4 Ramp 1762 Thermistor Warn Delta Thermistor 0944 Web Access Web Server
0364 Stabilisation Enable Stabilisation 1186 Time and Date Real Time Clock 0204 Web Parameters Enable Option Ethernet
0404 Stack Current (%) Feedbacks 1733 Time Since Power-On Runtime Statistics 0946 Web Password Web Server
0412 Stack Frequency Pattern Generator 1228 Time Zone Offset Real Time Clock 0945 Web View Level Web Server
1109 Stack Pcode Drive info 0534 Total Spd Demand % Spd Loop Diagnostics 0120 Write Mapping Write Process
1258 Stack Serial No Drive info 0533 Total Spd Demand RPM Spd Loop Diagnostics 0121 Write Mapping[x] Write Process
0910 Stall Current Active Stall Trip 1521 Tr Adaptation Output Tr Adaptation 1870 Z Pulse SB Retransmit
0906 Stall Limit Type Stall Trip 1267 Trim in Local Speed Ref 1872 Z Pulse Init Done SB Retransmit
0911 Stall Speed Feedback Stall Trip 1002 Update Firmware Device Commands 0506 Zero Speed Stop Delay Ramp
0907 Stall Time Stall Trip 1854 Update GKP Text Graphical Keypad 0505 Zero Speed Threshold Ramp
0909 Stall Torque Active Stall Trip 0935 User Gateway Address Ethernet
1887 Start Align Done Control Mode 0933 User IP Address Ethernet
1634 Start Delay Motor Sequencer 0934 User Subnet Mask Ethernet
1560 Start Delay Enable Motor Sequencer 0311 VC Flying Start Enable Flycatching
1885 Startup Alignment Control Mode 1643 VDC Lim Active DC Link Volts Limit
0982 Startup Page Graphical Keypad 1641 VDC Lim Enable DC Link Volts Limit
0571 Stator Resistance Induction Motor Data 1642 VDC Lim Level DC Link Volts Limit
0661 Status Word Sequencing 1644 VDC Lim Output DC Link Volts Limit
0504 Stop Ramp Time Ramp 0912 VDC Ripple Filter TC VDC Ripple

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-270 Parameter Reference
Power Dependent Parameter Defaults
The tables below shows the parameters whose default value is dependent on the Power Stack.
Parameter PNO NONE 3.5 A 400 V 4.5 A 400 V 5.5 A 400 V 7.5 A 400 V 10.0 A 400 V 12.0 A 400 V 16.0 A 400 V 23.0 A 400 V 32.0 A 400 V 38.0 A 400 V 45.0 A 400 V r3 45.0 A 400 V R1
45.0 A 400 V
Brake Resistance Ohm 251 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 52 52 26 26 17 17
Brake Rated Power kW 252 0.11 0.11 0.15 0.22 0.3 0.4 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 1.8 2.2 2.2
Autotune Ramp Time 274 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
mras coupling kc 278 14.9874 14.9874 11.5288 6.2448 2.9363 1.7128 2.6526 2.6526 1.314 0.9592 0.7105 0.7105 0.7105
mras adaptive kc 280 4.3851 4.3851 2.6283 1.5279 0.7514 0.5727 0.6854 0.6854 0.3198 0.3484 0.1792 0.1792 0.1792
mras adaptive td s 282 0.1094 0.1094 0.1094 0.1367 0.1367 0.1367 0.276 0.276 0.3036 0.3795 0.506 0.506 0.506
mras ls low threshold Hz 294 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50
mras ls high threshold Hz 295 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50
mras adaptive loop bwdt Hz 300 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 2 2 2 2
i lim vhz p gain 308 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
i lim vhz i gain 309 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
Search Volts % 314 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 10 10
Search Boost % 315 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 15 15 15 15
Search Time 316 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 15 15 25 25
Flying Reflux Time 318 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5
error scaler % 322 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 175 175 150 150
DC Inj Deflux Time 324 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 1 1 1.5 1.5
DC Inj Frequency Hz 325 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 6 6
DC Pulse Time 327 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Final DC Pulse Time 328 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3
DC Current Level % 329 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2.5 2.5 1.75 1.75 1.25 1.25
DC Inj Base Volts % 331 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 75 75
stb trim limit Hz 368 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.75 0.75 0.5 0.5
Stack Frequency kHz 412 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 3
Deflux Delay 414 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 2.0 2.0
auto boost tc 449 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
Rated Motor Current A 455 1.56 1.56 2.88 4.9 6.5 8.4 9.04 14.6 20 27 26.4 38 38
Motor Power kW 460 0.75 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18 18
Power Factor 461 0.71 0.71 0.7 0.78 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.83 0.86 0.87 0.88 0.88 0.88
Acceleration Time 486 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 20 20
Deceleration Time 487 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 20 20
Symmetric Time 489 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 20 20
total inertia kgm² 590 0.0014 0.0014 0.0014 0.0035 0.050 0.0112 0.0176 0.0176 0.0236 0.0603 0.0754 0.0754 0.0754
Stall Time 907 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90
Max VDC Ripple V 913 50 50 50 70 70 80 80 85 85 80 80 95 80
VDC Ripple Trip Delay 914 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 30 30
frame size 986 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 6 6 6 7
Nameplate Mag Current A 1550 0.88 0.88 1.65 2.45 3.12 4.03 4.34 6.51 8.16 10.65 10.03 14.44 14.44

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Parameter Reference C-271
Parameter PNO 60.0 A 400 V R1 73.0 A 400 V R1 87.0 A 400 V 105 A 400 V 145 A 400 V 180 A 400 V 205 A 400 V 260 A 400 V 315 A 400 V 380 A 400 V 440 A 400 V
60.0 A 400 V 73.0 A 400 V
Brake Resistance Ohm 251 17 17 8 8 8 4 4 4 0.75 0.75 0.75
Brake Rated Power kW 252 3.0 3.7 4.5 5.5 7.5 9 11 13.2 1.25 1.25 1.25
Autotune Ramp Time 274 10 10 10 10 10 20 20 20 2 2 2
mras coupling kc 278 0.5048 0.3553 0.2907 0.2428 0.1798 0.1453 0.127 0.1043 1 1 1
mras adaptive kc 280 0.305 0.2823 0.2974 0.2472 0.2226 0.1427 0.1343 0.1228 0.2 0.2 0.2
mras adaptive td s 282 0.3795 0.506 0.506 0.506 0.6073 0.6073 0.7591 1.5182 10 10 10
mras ls low threshold Hz 294 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 10 10 10
mras ls high threshold Hz 295 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 45 45 45
mras adaptive loop bwdt Hz 300 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 6 6 6
i lim vhz p gain 308 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 150 150 150
i lim vhz i gain 309 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 3 3 3
Search Volts % 314 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 4 4 4
Search Boost % 315 15 15 15 15 15 10 10 10 3 3 3
Search Time 316 25 25 30 30 30 40 40 40 5 5 5
Flying Reflux Time 318 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 1 1 1
error scaler % 322 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 50 50 50
DC Inj Deflux Time 324 1.5 1.5 3 3 3 3 3 3 0.5 0.5 0.5
DC Inj Frequency Hz 325 6 6 6 6 6 4 4 4 2 2 2
DC Pulse Time 327 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 6.0 8.0 8.0
Final DC Pulse Time 328 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 0.5 0.5 0.5
DC Current Level % 329 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1 1 1 287 346 401
DC Inj Base Volts % 331 75 75 75 75 75 50 50 50 132 160 200
stb trim limit Hz 368 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.91 0.92 0.93
Stack Frequency kHz 412 3 3 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 50 50 50
Deflux Delay 414 2.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.5 3.5 3.5 50 50 50
auto boost tc 449 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.5 0.5 0.5 50 50 50
Rated Motor Current A 455 54 66 79 97 132 164 186 236 5.5 6.2 7
Motor Power kW 460 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 60 60 60
Power Factor 461 0.86 0.85 0.87 0.86 0.87 0.87 0.9 0.9 65 80 65
Acceleration Time 486 20 20 30 30 30 50 50 50 30 30 30
Deceleration Time 487 20 20 30 30 30 50 50 50 10 10 10
Symmetric Time 489 20 20 30 30 30 50 50 50 110 131 152
total inertia kgm² 590 0.1906 0.4750 0.7476 0.8904 1.4500 1.722 2.65 3.6 0.75 0.75 0.75
Stall Time 907 90 90 90 90 90 60 60 60 1.25 1.25 1.25
Max VDC Ripple V 913 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 2 2 2
VDC Ripple Trip Delay 914 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 1 1 1
frame size 986 7 7 8 8 8 9 9 9 0.2 0.2 0.2
Nameplate Mag Current A 1550 22.04 27.81 31.16 39.60 52.07 64 74 93 10 10 10

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

C-272 Parameter Reference
Parameter PNO 530 A 400 V 590 A 400 V 650 A 400 V 700 A 400 V 790 A 400 V
Brake Resistance Ohm 251 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75
Brake Rated Power kW 252 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
Autotune Ramp Time 274 2 2 2 2 2
mras coupling kc 278 1 1 1 1 1
mras adaptive kc 280 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
mras adaptive td s 282 10 10 10 10 10
mras ls low threshold Hz 294 10 10 10 10 10
mras ls high threshold Hz 295 45 45 45 45 45
mras adaptive loop bwdt Hz 300 6 6 6 6 7
i lim vhz p gain 308 150 150 150 150 125
i lim vhz i gain 309 3 3 3 3 4
Search Volts % 314 4 4 4 4 3
Search Boost % 315 3 3 3 3 4
Search Time 316 5 5 5 5 7
Flying Reflux Time 318 1 1 1 1 1
error scaler % 322 50 50 50 50 50
DC Inj Deflux Time 324 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.35
DC Inj Frequency Hz 325 2 2 2 2 2
DC Pulse Time 327 10.0 10.0 12.0 12.0 12.0
Final DC Pulse Time 328 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
DC Current Level % 329 489 535 597 661 783
DC Inj Base Volts % 331 250 280 315 355 400
stb trim limit Hz 368 0.93 0.93 0.93 0.93 0.94
Stack Frequency kHz 412 50 50 50 50 50
Deflux Delay 414 50 50 50 50 50
auto boost tc 449 50 50 50 50 50
Rated Motor Current A 455 9.5 10 11 12.9 13.7
Motor Power kW 460 60 60 60 60 60
Power Factor 461 70 70 70 70 75
Acceleration Time 486 30 30 30 30 30
Deceleration Time 487 11 11 12 12 13
Symmetric Time 489 185 203 227 251 298
total inertia kgm² 590 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75
Stall Time 907 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
Max VDC Ripple V 913 2 2 2 2 2
VDC Ripple Trip Delay 914 1 1 1 1 1
frame size 986 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Nameplate Mag Current A 1550 10 10 10 10 10

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 AC30 Series Product Codes D-1

Appendix D: AC30 Series Product Codes

Understanding the Product Code
The unit is fully identified using an alphanumeric code. This records how the inverter was calibrated, and its various settings when dispatched
from the factory. This can also be referred to as the Product Code.

AC30 SERIES CONTROL MODULE

1 2 3 4 5
Order example 30 V - 2 S - 0000

1 Device Family
30 AC30 series control module only (no power stack)
2 Industry
V Standard controller
P Advanced controller
D Advanced controller with dual encoder system option
A Advanced controller with absolute encoder system option
3 Graphical Keypad
1 Blanking cover fitted
2 Graphical keypad fitted
4 Environmental Coating
S Standard 3C3 coating
5 Special Options
0000 No special options

Typical example: 30V-2S-0000 (as shown in the “Order example” above).

This shows the product is an AC30 series versatile controller, with Graphical Keypad fitted, standard 3C3 conformal coating and no special
options.
Note: This product code is for the control module only. The power stack must be ordered in addition to this (see page D-2).

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

D-2 AC30 Series Product Codes
AC30 SERIES POWER STACK

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Order example 710 - 4 D 0004 - B E - 0 S - 0000

1 Device Family 3 Frame Size and Current Rating (cont'd)

710 AC Power stack only (no control module) (normal / heavy duty)
740 DC Power stack only (no control module) K0315 160 kW / 132 kW
2 Voltage K0380 200 kW / 160 kW
4 400 V nominal supply system (AC line) K0440 250 kW / 200 kW
3 Frame Size and Current Rating L0530 280 kW / 250 kW
(normal / heavy duty) L0590 315 kW / 280 kW
D0004 1.1 kW / 0.75 kW M0650 355 kW / 315 kW
D0006 2.2 kW / 1.5 kW M0700 400 kW / 355 kW
D0010 4 kW / 3 kW N0790 450 kW / 400 kW
D0012 5.5 kW / 4 kW 4 Brake Switch
E0016 7.5 kW / 5.5 kW N Without brake switch (Frames LMN only)
E0023 11 kW / 7.5 kW B Brake switch fitted (Frames D-K only)
F0032 15 kW / 11 kW 5 EMC Filter (1)
F0038 18.5 kW / 15 kW N No filter fitted
F0045 22 kW / 18.5 kW E Category C3 filter fitted (standard)
G0045 22 kW / 18.5 kW F Category C2 filter fitted (Frames D-H only)
G0060 30 kW / 22 kW 6 Graphical Keypad
G0073 37 kW / 30 kW 0 No keypad fitted
H0087 45 kW / 37 kW 7 Environmental Coating
H0105 55 kW / 45 kW S Standard 3C3 coating
H0145 75 kW / 55 kW 8 Special Options
J0180 90 kW / 75 kW 0000 No special options
J0205 110 kW / 90 kW
J0260 132 kW / 110 kW (1) 1. Only EMC filter option N is valid on 740 products.

(1) 2. Only EMC filter option E is valid on Frame sizes K, L, M & N 710 products.

Typical example: 710-4D0004-BE-0S-0000 (as shown in the “Order example” above).

This shows the product is an AC30 series AC line fed Frame D power stack, IP21 standard, rated at 400-480 volts supply, 1.1kW (normal duty),
with brake switch fitted, Category C3 EMC filter, no Graphical Keypad fitted, standard 3C3 conformal coating and no special options.
Note: This product code is for the power stack only. The control module must be ordered in addition to this (see page D-1).

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 AC30 Series Product Codes D-3
CONFIGURED AC30 SERIES INVERTER
Note: Not all configurable order codes are available in all territories.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Order example 31 V - 4 D 0004 - B E - 2 S - 0000

1 Device Family 4 Frame Size and Current Rating (cont'd)

31 AC30 series complete AC line fed drive (normal / heavy duty)
34 AC30 series complete DC link fed drive J0180 90 kW / 75 kW
2 Industry J0205 110 kW / 90 kW
V Standard controller J0260 132 kW / 110 kW
P Advanced controller K0315 160 kW / 132 kW
D Advanced controller with dual encoder system option K0380 200 kW / 160 kW
A Advanced controller with absolute encoder system option K0440 250 kW / 200 kW
3 Voltage L0530 280 kW / 250 kW
4 400 V nominal supply system (AC line) L0590 315 kW / 280 kW
4 Frame Size and Current Rating M0650 355 kW / 315 kW
(normal / heavy duty) M0700 400 kW / 355 kW
D0004 1.1 kW / 0.75 kW N0790 450 kW / 400 kW
D0006 2.2 kW / 1.5 kW 5 Brake Switch
D0010 4 kW / 3 kW N Without brake switch (Frames LMN only)
D0012 5.5 kW / 4 kW B Brake switch fitted (Frames D-K only)
E0016 7.5 kW / 5.5 kW 6 EMC Filter (1)
E0023 11 kW / 7.5 kW N No filter fitted
F0032 15 kW / 11 kW E Category C3 filter fitted (standard)
F0038 18.5 kW / 15 kW F Category C2 filter fitted (Frames D-H only)
F0045 22 kW / 18.5 kW 7 Graphical Keypad
G0045 22 kW / 18.5 kW 1 Blanking cover fitted
G0060 30 kW / 22 kW 2 Graphical keypad fitted
G0073 37 kW / 30 kW 8 Environmental Coating
H0087 45 kW / 37 kW S Standard 3C3 coating
H0105 55 kW / 45 kW 9 Special Options
H0145 75 kW / 55 kW 0000 No special options

(1) 1. Only EMC filter option N is valid on 740 products.

(1) 2. Only EMC filter option E is valid on Frame sizes K, L, M & N 710 products.

Typical example: 31V-4D004-BE-2S-0000 (as shown in the “Order example” above).

This shows the product is an AC30 series AC line fed Frame D inverter with versatile controller, IP21 standard, rated at 400-480 volts supply,
1.1kW (normal duty), with brake switch fitted, Category C3 EMC filter, with Graphical Keypad fitted, standard 3C3 conformal coating and no
special options.
Note: This product code is for a complete AC30V series drive (includes both control module and power stack).

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

D-4 AC30 Series Product Codes
AC30 SERIES REGENERATIVE SUPPLY UNIT

1 2 3 4 5 6
Order example 380 - 5 R 0094 - N E - 0000

1 Device Family 4 Brake Switch

380 AC30 series regenerative supply unit N Without brake switch (standard)
2 Voltage 5 EMC Filter
5 400 V - 500 V nominal E Category C3 compliant (standard)
3 Frame Size and Current Rating 6 Special Options
Output drive current rating / Nominal driving power @ 500V 0000 No special options
R0094 94 A / 60 kW
R0157 157 A / 100 kW
S0251 251 A / 160 kW
S0394 394 A / 250 kW
S0536 536 A / 340 kW

Typical example: 380-5R0094-NE-0000 (as shown in the “Order example” above).

This shows the product is an AC30 series regenerative supply unit, rated at 400-500 volts supply, 94A output current rating – 60kW @ 500V,
without a brake switch fitted, Category C3 compliant and no special options.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Library Function Blocks E-1
Appendix E: Library Function Blocks

Introduction
The AC30 drive is a highly flexible and configurable unit. While the functionality that is standard in the drive drive’s firmware is often adequate,
this can be extended by writing additional code in the IEC6-1131-3 application. This appendix describes blocks that are made available as part of
the AC30 libraries.

These blocks can also be seen and selected in the list of blocks, typically visible to the right of the block diagram in PDQ and PDD, as shown
below.

Other blocks shown in this area in PDQ represent collections of drive parameters. These parameters are described in Appendix C.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

E-2 Library Function Blocks
Function Block List
BLOCKS IN “AC30 STANDARD” LIBRARY
Abnormal Load Detect E-3 Linear Fit E-17 Queue Parameter Write E-30
Application Alert E-6 Linear Fit 2 E-18 Raise Lower E-32
Application Trips E-7 Linear Ramp E-20 Read Data From SD Card E-33
Application Trips Text E-8 Minimum Speed2 E-22 Sequencing Logic2 E-34
Brake Control E-9 NTC Thermistor Converter E-23 Skip Frequencies E-36
Data Logger Int E-11 NTC Trip Levels E-24 Speed Sensor Fault Ride Through E-38
Data Logger Real E-11 PID E-25 S Ramp E-39
Filter E-13 Position E-27 Time Of Day Select E-41
Filter 2 E-13 Presets2 E-28 Welcome Screen E-43
Fire Mode E-14 PT1000 Converter E-29 Write Data to SD Card E-44
Home E-15 PT1000 Trip Levels E-29 Write Data to SD Card V2 E-44
KTY 84 130 Converter E-16 Queued Write Control E-30 Zero Speed E-45

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Library Function Blocks E-3
Function Block Descriptions
ABNORMAL LOAD DETECT
The Abnormal Load Detect function block can be used to detect a sudden change in the behavior of the load. One use of this feature is described
in the Pump Application manuals HA502134U001 and HA502134U005.

Parameters
Variable Description
Speed_Demand The demanded speed in percent. Typically connected to parameter PNO 0500 Ramp Speed Output
Actual_Load The measured or estimated load in percent. Typically connected to PNO 399 Actual Torque
Running Set TRUE to indicate that the drive is running. Typically connected to the Running output from
Sequencing_Logic2.
Enable Set TRUE to enable the feature
Startup_Delay The duration from when the motor is started until the load monitoring is started. This allows for inaccurate
speed/load characterization and load estimation during start-up period.
Fault_Delay The duration from when the load monitor detects a LOAD FAULT until the sequencer stops the motor. This allows
for inaccurate speed/load characterization and load estimation during start-up period.
Speed These 10 parameters together with the 10 Load parameters below are used to characterize the expected load
curve for the actual Speed
Load See above, Speed.
Hi_Fault_Level The deviation of the actual load above the expected load which will cause a LOAD HIGH FAULT to be reported.
Hi_Warning_Level The deviation of the actual load above the expected load which will cause a LOAD HIGH WARNING to be
reported.
Lo_Warning_Level The deviation of the actual load below the expected load which will cause a LOAD LOW WARNING to be
reported.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

E-4 Library Function Blocks
Variable Description
Lo_Fault_Level The deviation of the actual load below the expected load which will cause a LOAD LOW FAULT to be reported.
Hi_Fault The actual Load is above Hi_Fault_Level.
Hi_Warning The actual Load is above Hi_Warning_Level.
Lo_Warning The actual Load is below Lo_Warning_Level.
Lo_Fault The actual Load is below Lo_Fault_Level.
State Reports whether the monitor is monitoring and, if so, if the Load is as expected. This is an enumerated value:
0 MONITORING DISABLED Either Enable is FALSE or Speed[0] = 0.0%.
1 MONITORING STOPPED Motor not running, so not monitoring.
2 MONITORING STARTING Motor started less than Startup_Delay ago, so not monitoring yet.
3 LOAD NORMAL The actual Load is within the expected range, so anomaly detected.
4 LOAD HIGH WARNING The actual Load is above Hi_Warning_Level but not higher than
Hi_Fault_Level.
5 LOAD LOW WARNING The actual Load is below Lo_Warning_Level but not lower than
Lo_Fault_Level.
6 LOAD HIGH FAULT The actual Load is above Hi_Fault_Level.
7 LOAD LOW FAULT The actual Load is below Lo_Fault_Level.
Expected_Load The calculated Load expected for the current Speed. This is determined from the load ‘curve’ specified by the
Speed n and Load n parameters and is useful for checking if an unexpected warning or fault is reported.
Load_Error The difference between Actual Load and Expected Load.
Delayed_Fault Indicates if actual Load has been above Hi_Fault_Level or below Lo_Fault_Level for longer than Fault_Delay.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Library Function Blocks E-5
Functional Description
An estimate of the expected Load for any given Speed is specified using the Speed n and Load n parameters. Each pair provide a point on the
expected Load line. The Speed parameters must have increasing values. That is: Speed 1 < Speed 2 < Speed 3 < Speed 4 < Speed 5 < Speed 6
< Speed 7 < Speed 8 < Speed 9 < Speed 10.
If not all points are required, a Speed may be set to zero to terminate the sequence. If the actual speed is greater than the last specified point, the
line is extrapolated from the previous 2 points.
Speed 1 must be non-zero, otherwise the abnormal load detection feature is disabled.

Load 4

Load %
Load 3
High Fault Level
High Warning Level Low Warning Level
Load 2 Low Fault Level
Load 1

Speed 1 Speed 2 Speed 3 Speed 4

Speed %
The expected load line is defined by the entered Speed and Load values. The Warning and Fault detection threshold load lines are offset from
the expected load line. The deviation from normal behavior is determined by the Hi_Fault_Level, Hi_Warning_Level, Lo_Warning_Level and
Lo_Fault_Level parameters. For the feature to function correctly Hi_Fault_Level > Hi_Warning_Level > Lo_Warning_Level >
Lo_Fault_Level.

When running, the Load Monitor State diagnostic will show if the actual Load is in the NORMAL, WARNING or FAULT regions of the graph. If the
actual Load remains in a FAULT region for longer than the duration specified by Fault Delay, the Drive will stop running.
The Start Delay may be used to prevent incorrect warning or fault reports soon after the Run command is issued.
The Load Monitor State diagnostic is reset when the Run command is removed.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

E-6 Library Function Blocks
APPLICATION ALERT
The Application Alert function block may be used to create a message that will be displayed on the GKP.

Parameters
Variable Description
ShowAlert The Alert is shown on the rising edge of this input
ClearAlert Clear this alert. Acknowledging the alert on the GKP will also clear the alert.
Line1 The text to show as the first line of the alert
Line2 The text to show as the second line of the alert

Functional Description
Create only one instance of the Application_Alert function block.
The alert message is shown on the GKP, obscuring any other display except for a fault message.
If more than one alert message is required, this can be achieved by selecting a different string for Line1 and Line2 while ShowAlert is FALSE.
The message is latched on the GKP by the rising edge of the ShowAlert input.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Library Function Blocks E-7
APPLICATION TRIPS
The Application Trips feature may be used to generate a trip from the application. This is typically used to generate a trip in response to a fault
detected in the process.

Parameters
Variable Description
Trip_A1 to Trip_A8 The corresponding trip is active while this input is high. Application trip A1 corresponds to trip number 33.
Application trip A8 corresponds to trip number 40.
Warning_A1 to The corresponding trip warning is active while this input is high
Warning_A8

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

E-8 Library Function Blocks
APPLICATION TRIPS TEXT
The Application Trips Text function block may be used in conjunction with the Application Trips function block to add customised text for the
application trips and for the external trip.

Parameters
Variable Description
Trip_A1_Text to Define alternative text for the application trip.
Trip_A8_Text
External_Trip_Text Define alternative text for the external trip.

Functional Description
When a trip is detected, a message is displayed on the GKP in the form:

*** TRIPPED ***

TRIP DESCRIPTION

The default text shown on the GKP and web page for the application trips is “33 A1” to “40 A8”. The default text for the external trip is “14
EXTERNAL TRIP”. The default text can be over-ridden by defining text using the Application Trips Text block.
An alternate method to define alternate text for a trip is to use a custom language file. See application note “C013 Language Files” for details on
how to create and use a custom language file.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Library Function Blocks E-9
BRAKE CONTROL
The Brake Control function block is used to control an electro-mechanical brake, typically in hoist and lift applications.

Parameters
Variable Description
Enable Set to TRUE to enable the brake control feature.
On_Load Load level in % at which the external motor brake is released.
On_Frequency Output electrical frequency in Hz at which the external motor break is released.
Off_Frequency Output electrical frequency in Hz at which the external motor break is applied.
On_Hold_Time Duration of the pulse output on Hold when Release becomes TRUE.
Off_Hold_Time Duration of the pulse output on Hold when Release becomes FALSE.
Release Output to the brake. Release is forced false if Brake_Control is not enabled.
Hold Becomes TRUE when Release changes from TRUE to FALSE or from FALSE to TRUE. It remains TRUE for the
duration set by On_Hold_Time and Off_Hold_Time.
Load The load in %.
Frequency The output electrical frequency in Hz.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

E-10 Library Function Blocks
Functional Description
The operation of the Brake Control feature is illustrated below.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Library Function Blocks E-11
DATA LOGGER INT

Parameters
Variable Description
IntArrayAddr Address of the integer values to add to the data logger output.
IntArrayLength Number of integer values to add to the data logger output.
IntType Defines the integer type:
0 Signed 32-bit integer
1 Unsigned 32-bit integer
2 32-bit integer printed as a hexadecimal value.

Functional Description
See below, Data Logger Real.
DATA LOGGER REAL

Parameters
Variable Description
RealArrrayAddr Address of the real values to add to the data logger output.
RealArrayLength Number of real values to add to the data logger output.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

E-12 Library Function Blocks
Functional Description
The data logger blocks may be used to extend the parameters recorded by the standard data logger, refer to Appendix C.
If it is necessary to log more than 8 parameters then the number of parameters to be logged may be increased to 40 in total, (an additional 32),
by adding the Data_Logger_Int and / or the Data_Logger_Real blocks. The variables to be logged are to be gathered into an array of Long
Integers, or an array of Reals and attached to the logger blocks, as illustrated here:

Here, the RealArray and IntArray variables are initialized with values, but in practice the values will be updated from application variables and
fixed parameter values as part of the application program.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Library Function Blocks E-13
FILTER
FILTER 2
Filter_2 implements a single poll low pass filter. Filter_2 is identical to Filter, with a wider input range.

Parameters
Variable Description
In The input value to be filtered, clamped to be between -32768.0 and 32768.0.
TC The time constant with a range 0.01 to 300.00 seconds.
Reset When TRUE, the internal filter variables are reset and Out is set to equal In.
Out The output of the filter.

Functional Description
The filter is implemented as a single poll filter. For a step change in the input, the time constant is the time the output takes to reach 63% of the
change in the input value.

In
100%

63% Out

time

t = TC
As with all blocks, the Filter_2 block is executed once each time the application is updated. The default application update rate is 5ms. The filter
block will not operate correctly if the application update rate is longer than half the time constant.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

E-14 Library Function Blocks
FIRE MODE
This block is used to configure the fire mode feature, detailed in chapter 9.

Parameters
Variable Description
Activate Set to TRUE to enable Fire Mode according to the Fire Mode parameter. Intended to be connected to a digital
input.
Setpoint A reference value to be used when Fire Mode is active. Setting a negative setpoint will cause the drive to rotate in
reverse direction.
Default value 0.0%. Range -100% to 100%
Level An enumerated input parameter. Selects the mode of operation when Fire Mode is enabled
0. DISABLED
1. PARTIAL
2. FULL
Default value is DISABLED.
Restart_Delay Specifies the time to wait before attempting to reset a trip.
Activated Indicates when Fire Mode is active. This is TRUE when Level is either PARTIAL or FULL, the Setpoint is not 0.0%
and Activate is TRUE.
Ready Indicates when Fire Mode will be activated if Activate is set TRUE. This is TRUE when Level is either PARTIAL or
FULL and the Setpoint is not 0.0%.
Last_Activated Records the last time that the fire mode became active. This may be used to validate that the fire mode has been
tested. This value is recorded in non-volatile memory. The value will be reset if an application is loaded that does
not implement Fire Mode.
Activation_Count Records the number of times the fire mode has become active. This value is saved in non-volatile memory. The
activation count will be reset if an application is loaded that does not implement Fire Mode.

Functional Description
The Fire Mode feature is described in Chapter 9.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Library Function Blocks E-15
HOME
To stop a drive in a set distance using a position loop.

Parameters
Variable Default Description
Enable FALSE Changing Enable from FALSE to TRUE initiates a position home operation.
Input 0.0 Speed input in %, limited internally to between -300.0% and 300.0%.
Distance 1.0 Homing distance in revolutions: 1.0 corresponds to 65536 counts into PositionFromEncoder. Limited to
between 0.0 and 300.0 revolutions
DistanceFine 0.0 Fine adjustment of homing distance. Limited to between 0.0 and 1.0 revolution.
Gain 5.0 Gain of the position loop in closed loop homing. Limited to between 0.0 and 1000.0.
CorrectionLimit 5.0 Maximum value of the closed loop position in %. Limited to between 0.0 and 100.0 %.
DecelLimit 100.0 Maximum deceleration for Closed Loop homing. Limited to between 0.0 and 3000.0 %/s.
PositionFromEncoder 0 Position feedback from the encoder, with a scaling of 65536 counts for 1 revolution
Active Indicates that the homing feature is active.
Output Speed demand in %. Connect this to a speed input, for example parameter PNO 1266 Speed Trim.
Error TRUE if maximum deceleration exceeded
ErrorCount Actual position error in counts, with 65536 = 1 revolution. Only valid when Homing is Active
Done TRUE when position has been reached
Deceleration Actual deceleration used during the Homing operation in %/s.

Functional Description
For accurate positioning the drive must be in closed loop mode and the PositionFromEncoder input fed with position information If the drive is in
any other mode, then an open loop home algorithm will be used
The distance is set in revolutions, usually from a mark at a fixed distance from the home position. One revolution corresponding to 65536 counts
on the PositionFromEncoder input.
When using Home, the Output should override the System Ramp.
When Home is not enabled, Output is set equal to Input, (with an update rate corresponding to the application update rate, default is 5ms).

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

E-16 Library Function Blocks
KTY 84 130 CONVERTER
KTY 84-130 conversion from resistance value to temperature in °C

Parameters
Variable Description
Resistance Resistance of KTY thermistor in ohms
Temperature Output, temperature in °C from resistance value input

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Library Function Blocks E-17
LINEAR FIT
Linear approximation of an input to a general function.

Parameters
Variable Description
Input Input value in percent. Expected to be in the range -100.0% to 100.0%
M100PCNT Output value for -100.0% input
M75PCNT Output value for -75.0% input
M50PCNT Output value for -50.0% input
M25PCNT Output value for -25.0% input
_0PCNT Output value for 0.0% input
P25PCNT Output value for 25.0% input
P50PCNT Output value for 50.0% input
P75PCNT Output value for 75.0% input
P100PCNT Output value for 100.0% input
Output The output value corresponding to Input.

Functional Description
Performs a linear interpolation for inputs between these points. If Input is less than -100.0%, then Output is clamped to M100PCNT.
Similarly, if Input is greater than 100.0%, then Output is clamped to P100PCNT.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

E-18 Library Function Blocks
LINEAR FIT 2
Linear approximation of an input to a general function.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Library Function Blocks E-19

Parameters
Variable Description
Input The input to the block
Input_1 Input value corresponding to Output_1
:
Input_16 Input value corresponding to Output_16
Output_1 Output value corresponding to Input_1
:
Output_16 Output value corresponding to Input_16
Output Output value corresponding to mapped Input

Functional Description
The input profile should always increase from minimum value at Input_1 to a maximum value. If not, then the Last Input validated for the
profile is the highest one found in the table. If Input is outside the min/max value, then Output is set to the corresponding output min/max
value. Performs a linear interpolation for inputs between these points. The default values match a KTY 84-130 thermal sensor as shown:
N Input Output N Input Output
1 498.0 0.0 9 1062.0 110.0
2 626.0 30.0 10 1127.0 120.0
3 722.0 50.0 11 1194.0 130.0
4 773.0 60.0 12 1262.0 140.0
5 826.0 70.0 13 1334.0 150.0
6 882.0 80.0 14 1407.0 160.0
7 940.0 90.0 15 1482.0 170.0
8 1000.0 100.0 16 1560.0 180.0

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

E-20 Library Function Blocks
LINEAR RAMP
Controlled variation of an input using predefined acceleration and deceleration rate, linear mode

Parameters
Variable Description
Input Input to the ramp
AccelTime Time the inverter will take to ramp the setpoint from 0% to 100%
DecelTime Time the inverter will take to ramp the setpoint from 100% to 0%
SymmetricMode Set FALSE to use AccelTime and DecelTime. Set TRUE to use or SymmetricTime for ramping up and down.
SymmetricTime Replace AccelTime and DecelTime if SymmetricMode set to TRUE
Hold When TRUE, output ramp is held to its last value
Reset When TRUE, output is made equal to ResetValue
ResetValue Value that the Output is set to while Reset is TRUE
Output Ramp output
Ramping Indicates that the output is ramping.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Library Function Blocks E-21
Functional Description
The linear ramp operates to ramp Output towards Input at a rate determined by AccelTime & DecelTime or SymmetricTime. Acceleration is
defined as ramping away from zero. Deceleration is defined as ramping towards zero.

Input
100%

Output

time

Ramping t = AccelTime t = DecelTime

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

E-22 Library Function Blocks
MINIMUM SPEED2
Determines how the reference will be followed.

Parameters
Variable Description
Input The speed setpoint input as a percentage of maximum speed.
Minimum The minimum limit, defaults to -100%.
Mode Defines the minimum speed mode, see Functional Description below.
Output The transformed speed setpoint output as a percentage of maximum speed.

Functional Description
There are two operating modes for the MINIMUM SPEED function:
PROP WITH MINIMUM (proportional with minimum)
In this mode the MINIMUM SPEED function behaves like a simple clamp. The Minimum Speed Value has the valid range -100% to 100% and the
output is always greater than or equal to the Minimum Speed Value.
output

100

input
Min

-100
0 100%

LINEAR
In this mode the MINIMUM SPEED function first clamps the input to zero then rescales the input such that the output goes linearly between
minimum and 100% for an input that goes from 0 to 100%.

In both modes, note the constraints:

• Minimum >= -100
• Input >= -100
• Maximum = 100%

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Library Function Blocks E-23
NTC THERMISTOR CONVERTER
The NTC Thermistor Converter feature converts a resistance in ohms to a temperature in °C.

Parameters
Variable Description
Resistance The measured resistance of the NTC thermistor in ohms.
ReferenceTemperature The reference temperature for the NTC thermistor, usually 25 °C or 0 °C.
ReferenceResistance The resistance of the NTC thermistor at the reference temperature.
Beta The beta value for the NTC thermistor.
Temperature The temperature corresponding to Resistance for the thermistor.

Functional Description
The NTC Thermistor Converter uses the approximation formula
RT = RN * e β * (1/T – 1/TN)
or T = (1/ β * ln(RT/RN) + 1/TN)-1
Where:
• RT is the resistance at temperature T.
• RN is the resistance at the reference temperature.
• TN is the reference temperature
• β is the beta value for the thermistor.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

E-24 Library Function Blocks
NTC TRIP LEVELS
The NTC Trip Levels feature is designed to allow configuration of the thermistor trip block using temperature variables instead of the resistance
values used by the drive parameters.

Parameters
Variable Description
TripTemperature The temperature above which the thermistor trip should be active.
WarningTemperature The temperature above which the thermistor temperature warning should be active.
ReferenceTemperature The reference temperature for the NTC thermistor, usually 25 °C or 0 °C.
ReferenceResistance The resistance of the NTC thermistor at the reference temperature.
Beta The beta value for the NTC thermistor.
ThermistorTripLevel The resistance in ohms corresponding to TripTemperature
ThermistorWarnDelta The resistance in ohms corresponding to the difference between TripTemperature and WarningTemperature.

Functional Description
The NTC Trip Levels block uses the approximation formula
RT = RN * e β * (1/T – 1/TN)
Where:
• RT is the resistance at temperature T.
• RN is the resistance at the reference temperature.
• TN is the reference temperature
• β is the beta value for the thermistor.
The outputs ThermistorTripLevel and ThermistorWarnDelta are designed to be connected to the Thermistor parameters, PNO1004 Thermistor
Trip Level and PNO1762 Thermistor Warn Delta. This can be done in the application using the Thermistor_Input block.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Library Function Blocks E-25
PID
This function allows the AC30V to be used in applications requiring a trim to the reference, depending on feedback from an external
measurement device. Typically, this will be used for process control, i.e. pressure or flow.

Parameters
Variable Description
Setpoint The desired setpoint, typically connected to an Analog Input as part of the selected macro.
Feedback The measured process variable, typically connected to an Analog Input as part of the selected macro.
Enable Resets the PID output and integral term when FALSE. Enable must be TRUE for the PID to operate.
Integral_Defeat Resets the p integral term when FALSE.
Setpoint_Negate Changes the sign of the Setpoint input
Feedback_Negate Changes the sign of the Feedback input
Proportional_Gain This is the true proportional gain of the PID controller. When set to zero the PID_Output is zero.
Integral_TC Integral term time constant
Derivative_TC Derivative term time constant
Output_Filter_TC Time constant for the first order filter applied to PID_Output.
Output_Pos_Limit Upper limit on the output applied before the output scaling factor.
Output_Neg_Limit Lower limit on the output applied before the output scaling factor.
Output_Scaling Scaling factor applied to the output to create PID_Output
PID_Output The output of the PID algorithm after limits and clamps.
PID_Error Difference between Setpoint and Feedback, after negates. Limited to between -100.0 and 100.0

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

E-26 Library Function Blocks
Functional Description
The operation of the PID is as illustrated here.

P GAIN
PID ERROR
I TIME CONST
SETPOINT NEGATE
D TIME CONST OUTPUT POS LIMIT OUTPUT SCALING
sign change
+100.00%

X
Kp(1+sTi)(1+sTd)
SETPOINT PID OUTPUT
sTi(1+sTf)
-100.00%
ENABLE OUTPUT NEG LIMIT

FEEDBACK INTEGRAL DEFEAT

sign change

FEEDBACK NEGATE

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Library Function Blocks E-27
POSITION
The Position FB counts the encoder position input from reset. It provides a scaled output. Counts input must be connected to an encoder count
output.

Parameters
Variable Description
Counts The input to the block, should be connected to the output counts from an encoder.
Reset Reset Output to Zero and Scaled_Output to Preset when set to TRUE
Preset The value to which Scaled_Output is set when Reset is TRUE
Counts_Per_Unit The number of encoder counts that are equal to a Scaled_Output of 1.0
Limit_ A symmetric limit that clamps the value of Scaled_Output. Scaled_Output cannot be greater than Limit_
Output The number of encoder counts since the block was last reset. This output is preserved during power down of the
drive
Scaled_Output An output scaled such as 1.0 = Counts / Counts_Per_Unit

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

E-28 Library Function Blocks
PRESETS2
Selects one of 8 values.

Parameters
Variable Description
Select Select which input to use as the Output, 0 to 7.
Input_0 to Input_7 The discrete values to use for Output, depending on Select.
Output Set to the selected input,

Functional Description
The Preset block is used to select one of eight pre-defined values. If Select is set outside the range 0 … 7 then Output will be set to 0.0.
The use of this block in the default application is shown in Appendix C

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Library Function Blocks E-29
PT1000 CONVERTER
The PT1000 Converter feature converts a resistance in ohms to a temperature in °C for a PT1000 thermistor.

Parameters
Variable Description
Resistance The measured resistance of the PT1000 thermistor in ohms.
Temperature The temperature corresponding to Resistance for the thermistor.

Functional Description
The PT1000 Converter uses the approximation formula
T = -244.91 + (0.23431 * R) + (0.000010623 * R2)
Where:
• R is the resistance at temperature T.
PT1000 TRIP LEVELS
The PT1000 Trip Levels feature is designed to allow configuration of the thermistor trip block using temperature variables instead of the
resistance values used by the drive parameters.

Parameters
Variable Description
TripTemperature The temperature above which the thermistor trip should be active.
WarningTemperature The temperature above which the thermistor temperature warning should be active.
ThermistorTripLevel The resistance in ohms corresponding to TripTemperature
ThermistorWarnDelta The resistance in ohms corresponding to the difference between TripTemperature and WarningTemperature.

Functional Description
The PT1000 Trip Levels block uses the approximation formula
R = 1000 + (3.9083 * T) - (0.0005775 * T2)
Where:
• R is the resistance at temperature T.
The outputs ThermistorTripLevel and ThermistorWarnDelta are designed to be connected to the Thermistor parameters, PNO1004 Thermistor
Trip Level and PNO1762 Thermistor Warn Delta. This can be done in the application using the Thermistor_Input block.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

E-30 Library Function Blocks
QUEUE PARAMETER WRITE
The Queued Write Control block works together with the Queue Parameter Write block to allow the application to write to parameters that can
only be written to when the application is not running.

Parameters
Variable Description
Value The value to be written to the selected parameter.
PNO The PNO of the parameter to write to.
Different Indicates if “Value” is different from the current value of the parameter selected by PNO.

QUEUED WRITE CONTROL

The Queued Write Control block works together with the Queue Parameter Write block to allow the application to write to parameters that can
only be written to when the application is not running.

Parameters
Variable Description
Write_Now Changing this value from FALSE to TRUE activates all the queued writes.
Something_To_Write At least one of the queued writes is different from the actual value of the parameter selected.
Error The most recent write failed. For example, the write will fail if the motor is running.

Functional Description
Some parameters can only be written to when the drive is in a safe state, for example, the communications option type. These parameters
typically need to be set just once to configure the product. If one or more of these parameters needs to be configured automatically, this can be
done within the application using the queued write blocks. One “Queue_Parameter_Write” block is required for each parameter that is to be
configured by the application in addition to one “Queued_Write_Control” block. The following example program illustrates how to set the comms
option and the IO option types to match the fitted options.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Library Function Blocks E-31
PROGRAM PLC_PRG
VAR
{attribute 'device_parameter' := '1178'}
io_option_required : USINT; (* For information only *)
{attribute 'device_parameter' := '1179'}
io_option_fitted : USINT;
{attribute 'device_parameter' := '44'}
comms_option_required : USINT; (* For information only *)
{attribute 'device_parameter' := '45'}
comms_option_fitted : USINT;
Queue_Parameter_Write_1178 : Queue_Parameter_Write;
Queue_Parameter_Write_44 : Queue_Parameter_Write;
END_VAR

This CFC diagram shows an example where Queued_Write_Control is activated automatically if either of the queued parameter values is
different from the value in the drive. In this example the drive has no IO option fitted and a DEVICEnet communications option. Initially the
required comms option is set to NONE, but this is automatically set to match the actual option fitted when the application starts.
The queued write control feature works by stopping the application, executing the queued parameter writes then starting the application. This
feature is not suitable for writing to parameters that may need to be frequently changed while the application is running. The feature will fail if the
drive is running, (actively controlling a motor), as it is not permitted to stop the application in this case.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

E-32 Library Function Blocks
RAISE LOWER
The Raise/Lower function acts as an internal motorized potentiometer (MOP) used as a reference source.

Parameters
Variable Description
Raise When TRUE and Lower is FALSE, Output is ramped up to Maximum_Value
Lower When TRUE and Raise is FALSE, Output is ramped down to Minimum_Value
Reset When TRUE forces Output to track Reset Value,
Ramp_Time Rate of change of the Output. Defined as the time to change from 0.00% to 100.00%. Note that the raise and
lower rates are always the same.
Reset_Value Output is set to Reset_Value when Reset is TRUE.
Maximum_Value The maximum value to which Output will ramp up to. If Minimum_Value is greater than Maximum_Value then
Output is set to Maximum_Value.
Minimum_Value The minimum value to which Output will ramp down to. If Minimum_Value is greater than Maximum_Value then
Output is set to Maximum_Value.
Output The output of the Raise Lower block, typically used as the motor speed setpoint.

Functional Description
The table below describes how Output is controlled by Raise, Lower and Reset.
Reset Raise Lower Action
TRUE Any Any Output tracks Reset Value, clamped between Minimum_Value and Maximum_Value.
FALSE TRUE FALSE Output ramps up to Maximum Value at Ramp Time
FALSE FALSE TRUE Output ramps down to Minimum Value at Ramp Time
FALSE FALSE FALSE Output not changed. *
FALSE TRUE TRUE Output not changed. *
* If Output is greater than Maximum Value the Output will ramp down to Maximum Value at Ramp Time. If Output is less than Minimum
Value the Output will ramp up to Minimum Value at Ramp Time.
If Maximum Value is less than or equal to Minimum Value, then Output is set to Maximum Value.
The use of this block in the default application is described in Appendix C.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Library Function Blocks E-33
READ DATA FROM SD CARD
The Read_Data_From_SD_Card may be used to read a block of binary data from an SD Card into memory in the AC30 drive.

Parameters
Variable Description
File_Name The name of the file on the SD Card. The file must be in the root of the SD Card.
File_Offset The offset from the start of the file to start reading from. If the offset is beyond the end of the file then Bytes_Read
will return zero.
Destination_Address The address of the buffer into which the data is to be read. This must be at least as long as the value in
Bytes_To_Read.
Bytes_To_Read The number of bytes to attempt to read from the SD Card.
Read_Now Changing this input from FALSE to TRUE starts the read. Changing Read_Now to FALSE before the read is
completed will abort the read. Typically, Read_Now should be set back to FALSE only when the read is
complete.
Reading TRUE while the read is in progress.
Bytes_Read Indicates how many bytes were read from the SD Card once the read is complete.
Completed When TRUE, indicates that the read attempt has completed. This value is reset to FALSE when Read_Now is set
back to FALSE.
Failed When TRUE, indicates that the read attempt failed. This value is reset to FALSE when Read_Now is set back to
FALSE.

Functional Description
This block is intended for applications where a significant amount of data is required that is too large to be built into the application, or that needs
to be updated independently from the application. An example that may make use of this feature could be a set of thermocouple linearization
curves. Each curve could consist of 100 co-ordinates representing milli-volts and temperature. Saving each co-ordinate as a pair of REAL
numbers would take 8 bytes per co-ordinate, or 800 bytes for the entire curve. Curves for 10 thermocouples would then create a file on the SD
Card that would be 8000 bytes in size. Data for the first thermocouple would start at offset 0, the second would start at offset 800, e.t.c.
To use the data, it needs to read into an array of 200 REAL values. The use of the data in the array must match the organization of the data in
the file.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

E-34 Library Function Blocks
SEQUENCING LOGIC2
The Sequencing Logic2 block provides a simple interface to the sequencing logic in the drive for the application. The block interacts with
parameters PNO 0610 App Control Word and PNO 0661 Status Word.

Parameters
Variable Description
Run_Forward Combined with Run_Reverse and Jog to control bit 3 of App Control Word, Enable Operation.
Run_Reverse Combined with Run_Reverse and Jog to control bit 3 of App Control Word, Enable Operation.
Reverse Maps directly to bit 13 of App Control Word, Reverse Direction
Jog Combined with Run_Forward and Run_Reverse to control bit 3 of App Control Word, Enable Operation.
Not_Stop When TRUE latches the Run Forward and Run Reverse inputs.
Enable Maps directly to bit 1 of App Control Word, Coast Stop, OFF2
Not_Coast_Stop Maps directly to bit 0 of App Control Word, Switch On, OFF1
Not_Quick_Stop Maps directly to bit 2 of App Control Word, Not Quickstop, OFF3
Trip_Reset Maps directly to bit 7 of App Control Word, Reset Fault.
External_Trip Maps directly to bit 8 of App Control Word, External Fault
Trip_Reset_By_Run When TRUE the Sequencing Logic2 will attempt to clear a trip by toggling bit 7 of App Control Word as part of the
start-up sequence.
Power_Up_Start Inverted, then mapped to bit 15 of App Control Word, Event Triggered Operation
Setting Power_Up_Start could cause the motor to start unexpectedly.

Running Mapped directly from bit 2 of Status Word, Operation Enabled

Tripped Mapped directly from bit 3 of Status Word, Faulted

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Library Function Blocks E-35
Variable Description
Healthy Healthy is TRUE if Tripped is FALSE or bit 3 of App Control word, Enable Operation, is FALSE. Indicates that the
drive is not faulted, or the drive is not running.
Stopping Mapped directly from bit 15 of Status Word, Stopping
Jogging Mapped directly from bit 12 of Status Word, Jog Operation
Ready Mapped directly from bit 0 of Status Word, Ready To Switch On
Switched_On Mapped directly from bit 1 of Status Word, Switched On
Voltage_Enabled Mapped directly from bit 4 of Status Word, Voltage Enabled

Functional Description
The operation of the sequencing logic in the drive is described in Appendix B and Appendix C.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

E-36 Library Function Blocks
SKIP FREQUENCIES
Used to avoid resonances in the mechanical system.

Parameters
Variable Description
Input The speed setpoint as a percent of PNO 0464 “100% Speed in RPM”.
Band_1 Center point of resonance band 1 in motor electrical Hz.
Frequency_1 The width of resonance band 1 in motor electrical Hz.
Band_2 Center point of resonance band 2 in motor electrical Hz.
Frequency_2 The width of resonance band 2 in motor electrical Hz.
Band_3 Center point of resonance band 3 in motor electrical Hz.
Frequency_3 The width of resonance band 3 in motor electrical Hz.
Band_4 Center point of resonance band 4 in motor electrical Hz.
Frequency_4 The width of resonance band 4 in motor electrical Hz.
Output The speed setpoint avoiding the defined resonance bands.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Library Function Blocks E-37

Functional Description
Four programmable skip frequencies are available to avoid resonances within the mechanical system. Enter the value of frequency that causes
the resonance using a Frequency parameter and then program the width of the skip band using its Band parameter. The Drive will then avoid
sustained operation within the forbidden band as shown in the diagram. The skip frequencies are symmetrical and thus work in forward and
reverse.
Setting a Frequency to 0 disables the corresponding band. Setting a Band to 0 causes the value of Band 1 to be used for this band.
Drive
Frequency

Skip band

Skip Frequency Setpoint

When two or more bands overlap, the bands are effectively combined into a single larger range to avoid, as illustrated below.

Drive Drive
Frequency Frequency

Frequency 1 Frequency 2 Setpoint Frequency 1 Frequency 2 Setpoint

The operation of the Skip Frequencies block in the default application is described in Appendix C.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

E-38 Library Function Blocks
SPEED SENSOR FAULT RIDE THROUGH
Allows switching automatically to sensorless operation in case of a speed sensor failure

Parameters
Variable Default Description
enable_switchover TRUE Enables/disables the ability to automatically switch to sensorless operation. Configures drive
parameter PNO 1701 Switchover Enable in the MRAS block
switchover_rpm_threshold 300.0 Speed level in RPM required as difference between encoder and estimator to trigger switch.
speed_sensor_warning TRUE if switch has occurred.
feedback_speed_RPM Feedback speed value that is used in the control loops
encoder_option_speed_RPM Encoder speed measurement - from option
estimator_speed_RPM Estimator speed measurement
encoder_slot1_speed_RPM Encoder speed measurement - from system board slot 1
encoder_slot2_speed_RPM Encoder speed measurement - from system board slot 2

Functional Description
The Speed Sensor Fault Ride Through feature allows the drive to automatically, and as seamlessly as possible, continue operating in sensorless
mode in case of an encoder failure. The MRAS estimator tracks the speed of the motor even if the drive uses an encoder as its primary feedback
for control. If the discrepancy between the speed measured by the encoder and the estimated speed is greater than switchover_rpm_threshold
it is assumed that the encoder has malfunctioned, and control will automatically be transferred to use estimated speed as its feedback signal. The
drive will continue to work in sensorless mode until the next stop cycle. There will be no attempt to ‘reconnect’ the encoder on the fly even if its
signal recovers. Upon the move to sensorless operation speed_sensor_warning is set TRUE.

The switchover will not be performed, even if enabled

• during autotune sequence
• if flycatching is enabled until the estimator converges to correct speed (typically within first 50-100ms after starting the drive), and until
the motor has accelerated to 95% of its initial speed setpoint.
• if the setpoint speed is lower than switchover_rpm_threshold.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Library Function Blocks E-39
S RAMP
Controlled variation of an input using predefined acceleration and deceleration rate, using S ramp shape

Parameters
Variable Description
Input Input to the ramp. Limited to between -100.0 and 100.0 %.
Acceleration Acceleration rate in units of % per s²
Deceleration Deceleration rate in units of % per s²
Jerk_1 Rate of change of acceleration part1
Jerk_2 Rate of change of acceleration part2
Jerk_3 Rate of change of acceleration part3
Jerk_4 Rate of change of acceleration part4
Continuous When TRUE, forces a smooth transition if the ramp input is changed when ramping. The
curve is controlled by the Acceleration and Jerk_1 to Jerk_4 parameters. When
FALSE, there is an immediate transition from the old curve to the new curve.
Hold When TRUE, the output of the ramp is help at its last value
Reset When TRUE, Output = ResetValue
ResetValue Value used for Output when Reset is TRUE.
Output Output of the ramp.
Ramping TRUE when ramping.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

E-40 Library Function Blocks
Functional Description
The S-Ramp is like a linear ramp, but with smoothing applied at the transitions at the start and end of acceleration and at the start and end of
deceleration. The degree of smoothing is defined by the Jerk_1 to Jerk_4 parameters, as shown below:

Input

Output

time
Acceleration
Jerk1 Jerk3

time

Deceleration Jerk4
Jerk2
Ramping

time

The time needed to stop or accelerate is

If the speed profile is symmetrical, the average speed is V/2 therefore the stopping / acceleration distance can be calculated as:

This holds true if Jerk_1 = Jerk_2 for acceleration and Jerk_3 = Jerk_4 for deceleration.
Where:
V is the maximum speed the drive must reach in %/s.
A is the maximum acceleration in %/s2.
J is the maximum value for jerk, in %/s3.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Library Function Blocks E-41
TIME OF DAY SELECT

Parameters
Variable Description
Event_Days A bitmask indicating the valid days of the week for each of the ten possible events. Each element of Event_Days
defines zero to seven days of the week when the corresponding event will be enabled. The bits correspond to
days as follows:
Bit mask in binary Day of the week
00000001 Sunday
00000010 Monday
00000100 Tuesday
00001000 Wednesday
00010000 Thursday
00100000 Friday
01000000 Saturday
To activate an event for Monday thru Friday add the bit masks for each day, to give a binary bit mask of
00111110, (16#3E in hex or 62 in decimal).
Event_Time_Of_Day The time of day for each of the ten possible events.
Event_Select The value to output as Selected for each of the ten possible events.
Selected Value defined in Event_Select for the most recent event.
Day_Of_Week_Now The day of week as an integer.
0 Sunday
1 Monday
2 Tuesday
3 Wednesday
4 Thursday
5 Friday
6 Saturday
Time_Of_Day_Now The time of day, 00:00:00 to 23:59:59
Active_Event The index of the most recent event, 1 to 10.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

E-42 Library Function Blocks
Functional Description
The function supports up to 10 events. Each event time is defined as a combination of the day of the week mask and the time of day. The time
corresponding to an event is the start time. The event continues to be valid until another event becomes active. When an event has been
detected, the Selected output is set to the value defined in Event_Select for that event index. The Selected output could be used together with
the Presets2 block to select a speed setpoint dependent on the time of day and day of week.
For example, to achieve the Selected output at the time of day and day of week shown here, set configure the three input arrays as shown.
Day of week Time of day Selected
Monday thru Friday 06:30:00 1
Monday thru Friday 17:30:00 0
Saturday and Sunday 08:30:00 2
Saturday and Sunday 13:00:00 0

Index Event_Days (in binary) Event_Time_Of_Day Event_Select

1 2#00111110 06:30:00 1
2 2#00111110 17:30:00 0
3 2#01000001 08:30:00 2
4 2#01000001 13:00:00 0
5 2#00000000 00:00:00 0
6 2#00000000 00:00:00 0
7 2#00000000 00:00:00 0
8 2#00000000 00:00:00 0
9 2#00000000 00:00:00 0
10 2#00000000 00:00:00 0
Setting the Event_Days entry for index 5 thru 10 to zero means that these events are ignored.
Remember to define an end time for the “last” event in each day or week.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Library Function Blocks E-43
WELCOME SCREEN
The Welcome Screen function block may be used to define the text shown on the Welcome screen on the GKP.

Parameters
Variable Description
Line2 Define text for the second line shown on the GKP Welcome screen.
Line3 Define text for the third line shown on the GKP Welcome screen.
Line4 Define text for the fourth line shown on the GKP Welcome screen.

Functional Description
The GKP Welcome screen is typically of the form:
AC30 000D46001000
3.5 A 400 V
1.18.1
192.168.1.50
The first line can be set via the parameter PNO 0961 Drive Name in the Drive Info block. By default, the second, third and fourth lines show the
drive rating, firmware version and IP address. These three lines can instead by set to show arbitrary text defined by the Welcome_Screen block.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

E-44 Library Function Blocks
WRITE DATA TO SD CARD
WRITE DATA TO SD CARD V2
The Write_Data_To_SD_Card block can be used to save data from the application to a file on the SD Card.

Parameters
Variable Description
File_Name The name of the file on the SD Card. The file must be in the root of the SD Card.
Source_Address The address of the buffer from which the data is to be taken. This must be at least as long as Bytes_To_Write.
Bytes_To_Write The number of bytes to add to the file.
Write_Now Changing this value from FALSE to TRUE starts the write. Changing Write_Now to FALSE before the write is
completed will abort the operation. Typically, Write_Now should be set back to FALSE only when the write is
complete.
Create_New Set TRUE before starting the write to force creation of a new file. If this parameter is FALSE then a new file will be
created if File_Name does not exist on the SD Card. Otherwise the data will be appended to the end of the
existing file.
Writing Indicates that the write operation is in progress.
Bytes_Written Indicates the number of bytes written. This parameter is only valid once the operation is completed.
Completed Indicates that the write operation has finished.
Failed When TRUE, indicates that the write attempt failed. This value is reset to FALSE when Write_Now is set back to
FALSE.

Functional Description
This block is intended for applications that need to record data for future analysis. The feature is of especial interest for remote installations where
such data cannot be extracted by a local supervisory system.
When designing the configuration, it should be noted that the write process can take 10s of milli-seconds. It is more efficient to occasionally write
several hundred bytes of data than to frequently write a few tens of bytes. The write frequency needs to be balanced against the possibility of
data loss due to a power failure.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Library Function Blocks E-45
ZERO SPEED
To detect if the speed is at or close to Zero, using threshold and hysteresis parameters

Parameters
Variable Description
Hysteresis Defines a hysteresis band about which the outputs are stable.
If Hysteresis is >= Threshold then the On level is set to 2 times Hysteresis and the Off level is set to zero.
Otherwise the On level is (Threshold + Hysteresis) and the Off level is (Threshold – Hysteresis).
Threshold The nominal level below which the outputs are set
AtZeroSpeedFeedback TRUE when at zero speed, as defined by Threshold and Hysteresis.

AtZeroSpeedDmd TRUE when the speed demand is zero, as defined by Threshold and Hysteresis.
AtStandstill TRUE when both AtZeroSpeedFeedback and AtZeroSpeedDmd are TRUE.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

E-46 Library Function Blocks
Functional Description
The outputs AtZeroSpeedFeedback and AtZeroSpeedDmd are set according to the rule:
• FALSE if (abs(speed feedback) > On level).
• TRUE if (abs(speed feedback) <= OFF level).
• If neither of the above conditions is met, then the output is unchanged.
The example below illustrates the behavior when Hysteresis is 0.2%.

AC30 series Variable Speed Drive

 Index 1

Index
0001 5-4, 6-4, C-94, C-230, C-232, C-266 0046 C-233, C-267 0207 5-5, C-235, C-268
0002 5-4, 6-4, C-94, C-95, C-232, C-266 0047 5-6, C-233, C-267 0208 5-6, C-235, C-266
0003 5-4, 6-4, C-95, C-232, C-266 0048 5-5, 6-6, 6-7, C-233, C-267 0209 5-4, C-235, C-266
0004 5-4, 6-4, C-96, C-232, C-266 0049 5-6, C-233, C-267 0210 5-4, C-235, C-266
0005 5-5, A-50, C-103, C-230, C-232, C-267 0050 5-6, C-233, C-267 0211 5-6, C-235, C-267
0006 C-97, C-103 0051 5-6, C-233, C-267 0212 5-4, 6-6, C-235, C-267
0007 C-103 0052 5-6, C-233, C-267 0213 5-5, 6-6, C-235, C-267
0008 C-103 0053 5-6, C-233, C-267 0214 5-6, C-236, C-267
0009 C-103 0054 5-6, C-233, C-267 0215 5-5, C-236, C-267
0010 C-103 0055 5-5, C-233, C-269 0216 5-5, C-236, C-267
0011 C-103 0056 C-233, C-269 0217 5-5, C-236, C-267
0012 C-103 0114 8-31, C-234, C-268 0218 5-6, C-236, C-267
0013 C-103 0115 C-226, C-234, C-269 0219 5-5, 6-7, C-236, C-267
0014 C-103 0116 C-226, C-234, C-269 0220 5-5, 6-7, C-236, C-267
0015 C-103 0117 C-187, C-234, C-267 0221 5-6, C-236, C-267
0016 C-103 0118 C-14, C-234, C-267 0222 5-5, C-236, C-267
0017 C-103 0119 C-70, C-234, C-267 0223 5-5, C-236, C-267
0018 C-103 0120 5-5, C-234, C-270 0224 5-6, C-236, C-267
0019 C-103 0121 C-234, C-270 0225 5-6, C-236, C-267
0020 C-103 0123 A-3 0226 5-5, C-236, C-267
0022 5-5, C-102, C-232, C-267 0182 C-121, C-235, C-266 0227 5-5, C-236, C-267
0023 C-102 0183 C-121, C-235, C-266 0228 5-6, C-236, C-268
0024 C-102 0184 C-121, C-235, C-266 0229 5-5, 6-7, C-236, C-268
0025 C-102 0185 C-235, C-267 0230 5-5, 6-7, C-236, C-268
0026 C-102 0186 5-6, C-235, C-267 0231 5-5, 6-7, C-236, C-268
0027 C-102 0187 C-235, C-267 0232 5-5, 6-7, C-236, C-268
0028 C-102 0188 C-235, C-267 0233 5-5, 6-7, C-236, C-268
0031 C-102 0189 5-6, C-235, C-268 0234 5-6, C-236, C-268
0032 C-102 0195 5-6, C-235, C-268 0235 5-5, C-236, C-268
0033 C-102 0196 5-6, C-235, C-268 0236 5-5, C-236, C-268, C-271
0034 C-102 0197 5-6, C-235, C-268 0237 5-6, C-236, C-269
0037 C-102 0198 5-6, C-235, C-268 0238 5-5, 6-7, C-236, C-269
0038 C-102 0199 5-5, 6-7, C-235, C-266 0239 5-6, C-237, C-269
0039 5-5, C-94, C-104, C-233, C-266 0200 5-5, 6-7, C-235, C-267 0240 5-6, C-237, C-269
0040 5-5, C-104, C-233, C-266 0201 5-5, 6-7, C-235, C-267 0249 C-27, C-237, C-266
0041 5-5, C-95, C-104, C-233, C-266 0202 5-5, 6-7, C-235, C-267 0251 C-27, C-237, C-266
0042 5-5, C-95, C-96, C-104, C-233, C-266 0203 5-5, 6-7, C-235, C-268 0252 C-27, C-237, C-266
0043 5-5, C-96, C-104, C-233, C-266 0204 5-5, C-235, C-270 0253 C-27, C-237, C-266
0044 5-4, 6-6, 6-7, 7-13, C-233, C-267 0205 5-5, C-235, C-268 0254 C-27, C-237, C-266
0045 5-6, 7-16, C-233, C-267 0206 5-5, C-235, C-268 0255 5-3, 6-8, C-21, C-237, C-266

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

2 Index
0256 5-3, C-21, C-237, C-266 0347 C-212, C-238, C-269 0412 C-21, C-122, C-238, C-270
0257 5-3, 7-11, C-21, C-237, C-266 0348 C-212, C-238, C-268 0413 C-122, C-238, C-269
0274 5-3, C-22, C-237, C-266 0349 C-212, C-238, C-268 0414 C-123, C-238, C-267
0286 C-237, C-268 0350 C-212, C-238, C-268 0415 C-217, C-238, C-269
0287 C-237, C-268 0351 C-212, C-238, C-268 0416 C-217, C-238, C-268
0289 C-237, C-268 0352 C-212, C-238, C-268 0417 5-3, C-217, C-238, C-268
0290 C-237, C-268 0353 C-213, C-238, C-268 0418 C-217, C-238, C-267
0291 C-237, C-268 0354 C-198, C-238, C-269 0419 C-217, C-238, C-270
0305 5-3, A-50, C-43, C-237, C-267 0356 C-198, C-238, C-269 0420 5-5, C-218, C-238, C-266
0307 C-43, C-237, C-269 0357 C-198, C-238, C-269 0421 5-5, C-218, C-239, C-266
0310 C-83, C-237, C-270 0360 C-197, C-238, C-269 0422 5-3, 6-6, C-78, C-239, C-270
0311 C-83, C-237, C-270 0361 C-197, C-238, C-269 0423 C-80, C-239, C-270
0312 C-83, C-237, C-267 0362 C-197, C-238, C-269 0424 C-239, C-270
0313 C-83, C-237, C-269 0364 C-48, C-210, C-238, C-270 0429 C-48
0314 C-83, C-237, C-269 0371 C-228, C-238, C-270 0435 C-80, C-239, C-270
0315 C-83, C-237, C-269 0374 C-228, C-238, C-268 0436 C-239, C-270
0316 C-84, C-237, C-269 0380 5-6, C-64, C-238, C-269 0447 5-3, C-78, C-239, C-267
0317 C-84, C-237, C-268 0381 5-6, C-64, C-238, C-269 0448 C-79, C-239, C-266
0318 C-10, C-84, C-237, C-258, C-267 0382 5-6, C-64, C-238, C-269 0450 C-79, C-239, C-266
0324 C-92, C-237, C-267 0383 5-6, C-64, C-238, C-251, C-267 0451 C-79, C-239, C-267
0325 C-92, C-237, C-267 0385 5-6, C-64, C-238, C-269 0453 C-80, C-239, C-270
0326 C-92, C-237, C-267 0386 C-64, C-238, C-269 0454 C-80, C-239, C-270
0327 C-92, C-237, C-267 0389 C-64, C-238, C-269 0455 5-3, 6-5, C-116, C-239, C-269
0328 C-92, C-237, C-267 0390 5-3, 6-6, C-69, C-213, C-238, C-267 0456 5-3, 6-5, C-58, C-116, C-239, C-266
0329 C-92, C-237, C-267 0392 5-5, 5-6, 7-15, C-69, C-238, C-267 0457 5-3, 6-5, C-58, C-116, C-239, C-266
0330 C-93, C-237, C-267 0393 5-5, C-26, C-69, C-238, C-251, C-261, C-266 0458 5-3, 6-5, C-116, C-239, C-268
0331 C-93, C-237, C-267 0394 5-5, C-70, C-238, C-266 0459 5-3, 6-5, C-58, C-116, C-239, C-268
0332 C-113, C-237, C-266 0395 5-5, A-5, A-13, A-15, A-19, A-31, A-35, A-37, A-54, C- 0460 5-3, 6-5, C-117, C-239, C-268
0333 C-113, C-237, C-268 70, C-234, C-238, C-251, C-263, C-266 0461 5-3, 6-5, C-117, C-239, C-269
0334 C-113, C-237, C-268 0396 5-5, C-70, C-238, C-267 0464 5-3, 6-6, 7-12, C-58, C-178, C-186, C-239, C-266, E-36
0335 C-114, C-237, C-268 0397 C-48, C-70, C-238, C-268 0465 C-239, C-270
0336 C-114, C-237, C-268 0398 C-71, C-238, C-268 0466 C-239, C-270
0337 C-114, C-237, C-268 0399 5-5, C-71, C-238, C-266 0467 C-134, C-239, C-269
0338 C-114, C-237, C-268 0400 5-5, C-71, C-238, C-266 0468 C-134, C-239, C-269
0339 C-237, C-266 0401 5-5, C-71, C-238, C-268 0469 C-134, C-239, C-269
0340 C-114, C-237, C-268 0402 5-5, C-71, C-238, C-268 0470 C-134, C-239, C-269
0341 C-114, C-238, C-268 0403 C-71, C-238, C-266 0476 C-134, C-239, C-269
0342 C-115, C-238, C-268 0404 C-71, C-238, C-270 0477 C-138, C-239, C-269
0343 C-211, C-238, C-266 0405 5-5, C-48, C-71, C-238, C-268 0478 5-3, 6-5, C-138, C-239, C-269
0344 C-211, C-238, C-268 0406 5-5, 7-15, C-72, C-238, C-267 0479 5-3, 6-6, C-138, C-239, C-269
0345 C-211, C-238, C-268 0407 5-5, 7-15, C-72, C-238, C-268 0484 5-3, 6-6, C-160, C-239, C-269
0346 C-212, C-238, C-269 0408 C-72, C-238, C-267 0485 C-161, C-239, C-269
0410 C-13, C-238, C-266 0486 5-3, 6-6, C-160, C-239, C-266

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Index 3
0487 5-3, 6-6, C-160, C-239, C-267 0533 C-203, C-240, C-270 0694 C-128, C-243, C-268
0488 C-161, C-239, C-270 0534 C-203, C-240, C-270 0695 C-59, C-243, C-266
0489 C-161, C-239, C-270 0535 C-203, C-240, C-270 0696 5-6, A-5, C-222, C-243, C-251, C-267
0490 C-161, C-240, C-270 0536 C-203, C-240, C-270 0697 A-8, C-223, C-243, C-267
0491 C-161, C-240, C-270 0543 C-58, C-240, C-269 0730 A-24, A-51, C-223, C-244, C-267
0492 C-161, C-240, C-270 0555 5-3, 6-5, C-20, C-129, C-130, C-241, C-268 0763 5-6, C-224, C-245, C-266
0493 C-162, C-240, C-270 0556 5-3, 6-5, C-20, C-129, C-130, C-241, C-268 0796 5-3, C-16, C-246, C-266
0494 C-162, C-240, C-270 0557 5-3, 6-5, C-20, C-130, C-241, C-269 0829 5-6, C-26, C-225, C-226, C-246, C-261, C-270
0495 C-162, C-240, C-270 0558 5-3, 6-5, C-20, C-130, C-241, C-269 0890 C-107, C-247, C-268
0496 C-162, C-240, C-270 0559 5-3, 6-5, C-20, C-130, C-241, C-269 0891 C-107, C-247, C-268
0497 2-3, C-162, C-240, C-269 0560 5-3, 6-5, C-130, C-241, C-268 0892 C-107, C-247, C-268
0498 C-162, C-240, C-269 0561 5-3, 6-5, C-131, C-241, C-269 0893 C-107, C-247, C-266
0499 C-162, C-240, C-269 0562 5-3, 6-5, C-21, C-131, C-241, C-269 0894 C-247, C-268
0500 C-163, C-240, C-269, E-3 0563 5-3, 6-5, C-131, C-241, C-269 0895 C-221, C-247, C-251, C-269
0501 2-5, C-163, C-240, C-268 0564 5-3, 6-5, C-20, C-131, C-241, C-269 0896 C-247, C-269
0502 C-163, C-240, C-268 0565 5-3, 6-5, C-131, C-241, C-269 0906 C-214, C-247, C-270
0503 C-163, C-240, C-268 0568 C-90, C-241, C-268 0907 C-214, C-247, C-270
0504 5-3, C-163, C-240, C-270 0569 C-90, C-241, C-269 0908 C-200, C-247, C-267
0505 C-148, C-149, C-163, C-240, C-270 0570 C-90, C-241, C-268 0909 C-214, C-247, C-270
0506 C-163, C-240, C-270 0571 C-90, C-91, C-241, C-270 0910 C-214, C-247, C-270
0507 C-164, C-240, C-269 0572 C-90, C-241, C-268 0911 C-214, C-247, C-270
0508 C-164, C-240, C-269 0591 C-188, C-241, C-268 0912 C-227, C-247, C-270
0509 C-164, C-240, C-267 0592 C-188, C-191, C-241, C-268 0913 C-227, C-247, C-268
0511 5-3, 6-5, 7-16, C-38, C-240, C-268 0610 2-3, 2-5, C-188, C-241, C-266, E-34 0914 C-227, C-247, C-270
0512 5-3, 6-5, 7-16, C-20, C-38, C-240, C-267 0627 A-5, A-13, A-15, A-19, A-31, A-35, A-37, A-54, 2-5, 2- 0915 C-227, C-247, C-270
0513 5-6, C-224, C-240, C-266 6, C-189, C-233, C-241, C-262, C-267 0916 C-227, C-247, C-270
0514 5-6, C-26, C-226, C-240, C-261, C-270 0644 7-15, 2-5, C-19, C-189, C-242, C-267 0917 C-247, C-270
0515 C-205, C-240, C-270 0661 A-5, A-13, A-15, A-19, A-31, A-35, A-37, A-54, 2-6, C- 0918 C-227, C-247, C-267
0516 C-205, C-240, C-270 18, C-190, C-234, C-242, C-263, C-270, E-34 0919 5-6, 8-3, 8-9, 8-12, C-247, C-267
0517 C-205, C-240, C-270 0678 7-15, 2-1, C-190, C-242, C-269 0920 5-6, 8-9, 8-23, C-247, C-268
0518 C-205, C-240, C-270 0679 C-190, C-242, C-270 0926 5-6, 8-3, 8-9, A-12, A-34, C-247, C-251, C-268
0519 C-205, C-240, C-269 0680 C-190, C-191, C-242, C-266 0927 5-6, 8-3, 8-10, A-12, A-34, C-247, C-270
0520 C-205, C-240, C-269 0681 A-5, A-13, A-15, A-19, A-31, A-35, A-37, A-54, 2-5, 2- 0928 5-6, 8-3, 8-10, 8-12, 8-19, A-12, A-34, C-247, C-268
0521 C-206, C-240, C-269 6, C-191, C-233, C-242, C-262, C-267 0929 5-4, 6-8, 8-3, 8-4, 8-5, 8-7,8-11, 8-12, A-12, A-34,
0523 C-206, C-240, C-269 0682 C-191, C-242, C-269 C-247, C-267
0524 C-206, C-240, C-269 0686 5-4, C-95, C-96, C-242, C-266 0930 5-4, 6-8, 8-3, 8-4, 8-5, 8-6, 8-7, 8-11, A-12, A-34, C-
0525 C-206, C-240, C-269 0687 C-57, C-243, C-266 247, C-266
0526 C-206, C-240, C-269 0688 C-60, C-243, C-267 0931 8-4, 8-10, 8-12, C-247, C-268
0527 C-206, C-240, C-269 0689 C-127, C-243, C-268 0933 5-4, 6-8, 8-4, 8-11, 8-12, A-12, A-34, C-247, C-270
0528 C-202, C-240, C-267 0690 C-127, C-243, C-268 0934 5-4, 6-8, 8-4, 8-11, 8-12, A-12, A-34, C-248, C-270
0529 C-202, C-240, C-267 0691 C-127, C-243, C-268 0935 5-4, 6-8, 8-4, 8-11, 8-12, A-12, A-34, C-248, C-270
0530 C-202, C-240, C-267 0692 C-127, C-243, C-268 0936 8-3, 8-11, C-248, C-268
0531 C-202, C-240, C-267 0693 C-127, C-243, C-268 0937 8-10, C-248, C-267

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

4 Index
0938 8-10, C-248, C-267 100% Stk Current C-211, C-238, C-266 1142 5-5, C-87, C-250, C-268
0939 5-4, 6-8, A-1, A-9, C-248, C-268 1000 6-2, 6-5, C-9, C-21, C-22, C-27, C-69, C-70, C-71, C- 1143 C-88, C-250, C-270
0940 5-4, 6-8, A-2, A-6, A-9, C-248, C-268 90, C-116, C-128, C-131, C-132, C-138, C-168, C-169, C- 1178 5-4, 6-4, 7-13, C-100, C-250, C-268, E-31
0941 5-4, 6-8, A-8, A-9, C-248, C-268 194, C-216, C-220, C-235, C-237, C-238, C-239, C-241, C- 1179 7-16, C-100, C-250, C-268, E-31
0942 5-4, 6-8, A-8, A-9, C-248, C-268 243, C-249, C-253, C-255, C-256, C-258, C-260, C-261, C- 1180 C-100, C-250, C-259, C-268
0943 5-6, A-8, A-9, C-248, C-269 265, C-269, E-15, E-19, E-29 1181 5-5, C-85, C-250, C-266
0944 5-4, 5-5, 6-2, 8-15, 8-17, A-14, A-36, C-248, C-270 1001 7-9, C-53, C-249, C-269 1182 5-5, C-85, C-86, C-250, C-266
0945 8-3, 8-15, 8-17, C-248, C-270 1002 6-2, C-53, C-249, C-270 1183 5-5, C-85, C-86, C-250, C-266
0946 8-17, C-248, C-270 1003 7-9, C-249, C-269 1184 5-4, 6-4, C-216, C-250, C-270
0951 C-57, C-248, C-266 1004 C-216, C-249, C-270 1185 C-216, C-250, C-270
0955 C-44, C-248, C-267 1005 4-8, 6-2, C-193, C-249, C-268 1186 6-2, C-49, C-166, C-250, C-270
0957 5-4, C-94, C-248, C-266 1006 6-2, 7-9, C-193, C-249, C-269 1187 C-86, C-250, C-269
0958 5-4, C-94, C-248, C-266 1033 C-187, C-249, C-267 1188 C-200, C-250, C-267
0959 5-4, C-95, C-248, C-266 1034 C-187, C-249, C-267 1189 C-250, C-267
0960 5-4, C-95, C-248, C-266 1038 C-187, C-249, C-267 1200 7-9
0961 5-5, 6-2, A-5, C-57, C-248, C-267, E-43 1039 C-187, C-249, C-266 1213 C-70, C-250, C-266
0968 C-221, C-248, C-270 1040 C-13, C-249, C-269 1214 C-117, C-251, C-266
0969 C-248, C-270 1047 C-13, C-249, C-268 1225 C-166, C-251, C-267
0972 C-221, C-248, C-270 1048 C-13, C-249, C-268 1228 C-166, C-251, C-270, C-272
0973 C-248, C-270 1054 C-13, C-249, C-269 1229 C-179, C-251, C-268
0976 6-5, C-57, C-58, C-248, C-268 1061 C-13, C-249, C-269 1230 C-179, C-251, C-268
0977 7-16, C-60, C-248, C-267 1068 C-14, C-249, C-269 1231 C-178, C-251, C-267
0982 5-5, C-87, C-248, C-270 1089 5-6, C-249, C-266 1232 C-179, C-251, C-267
0983 5-5, C-87, C-248, C-267 1091 5-4, C-249, C-266 1235 C-251, C-267
0987 7-12, C-57, C-58, C-248, C-269 1092 5-4, C-249, C-266 1239 C-106, C-251, C-268
0988 C-54, C-248, C-270 1093 5-4, C-249, C-266 1240 C-106, C-251, C-268
0989 C-31, C-54, C-248, C-266 1094 5-4, C-249, C-266, C-271 1241 5-6, A-8, A-9, C-251, C-268
0990 C-54, C-248, C-266 1095 5-5, C-249, C-266 1246 C-204, C-251, C-270
0991 C-54, C-248, C-266 1096 5-5, C-249, C-266 1247 C-204, C-251, C-269
0992 C-54, C-248, C-266 1097 C-88, C-250, C-268 1248 C-204, C-251, C-270
0993 C-54, C-249, C-267 1098 C-88, C-250, C-268 1251 5-6, C-251, C-267
0994 C-54, C-249, C-268 1099 C-88, C-250, C-270 1252 C-172, C-251, C-268
0995 C-54, C-249, C-267 1100 C-57, C-250, C-267 1253 C-89, C-106, C-251, C-268
0996 C-55, C-249, C-268 1108 5-4, C-95, C-96, C-250, C-266 1254 C-60, C-251, C-268
0997 C-55, C-249, C-267 1109 C-59, C-250, C-270 1255 C-89, C-106, C-251, C-268
0998 5-6, C-55, C-249, C-269 1116 C-59, C-250, C-267 1256 C-61, C-251, C-268
0999 5-6, C-55, C-249, C-269 1121 C-60, C-250, C-267 1257 5-3, 6-6, C-148, C-149, C-160, C-251, C-269
100% Mot Current C-113, C-237, C-266 1125 C-60, C-250, C-268 1258 C-59, C-251, C-270
100% Speed in RPM 5-3, 6-6, 7-11, 7-12, C-43, C-58, 1129 C-60, C-250, C-267 1264 C-209, C-251, C-268
C-70, C-138, C-169, C-170, C-178, C-186, C-203, C-239, C- 1134 C-60, C-250, C-268 1265 C-209, C-251, C-268
266, E-36 1139 C-172, C-250, C-267 1266 C-209, C-251, C-270, E-15
100% Stack Current A C-71, C-238, C-266 1140 C-106, C-250, C-269 1267 C-209, C-251, C-270
1141 6-2, C-87, C-250, C-270 1268 C-123, C-251, C-269

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Index 5
1269 8-10, C-251, C-267 1459 C-22, C-254, C-268 1544 C-75, C-256, C-267
1270 C-201, C-251, C-268 1460 5-4, C-96, C-254, C-266 1545 C-76, C-256, C-267
1271 C-251, C-252, C-268 1461 5-4, C-85, C-86, C-254, C-266 1546 C-76, C-256, C-268
1291 C-185, C-252, C-268 1462 5-4, C-85, C-254, C-266 1547 C-76, C-256, C-268
1292 C-185, C-252, C-268 1463 5-4, C-85, C-86, C-254, C-266 1548 C-76, C-256, C-267
1293 C-185, C-252, C-268 1464 5-4, C-85, C-254, C-266 1549 C-80, C-256, C-266
1294 C-96, C-252, C-267 1465 5-4, C-86, C-254, C-266 1550 5-3, C-21, C-256, C-268, C-271, C-272, C-273
1310 C-178, C-252, C-267 1466 5-4, C-86, C-254, C-266 1551 C-61, C-256, C-269
1311 7-10, C-200, C-252, C-269 1467 5-4, C-96, C-254, C-266 1554 C-14, C-256, C-266
1312 7-10, C-252, C-269 1468 5-4, C-96, C-254, C-266 1560 C-118, C-119, C-256, C-270, E-19
1313 7-10 1469 5-3, C-15, C-16, C-18, C-19, C-254, C-255, C-266 1565 C-188, C-256, C-268
1332 C-175, C-252, C-269 1470 5-3, C-15, C-18, C-19, C-254, C-266 1567 5-4, A-5, A-10, C-256, C-268
1333 C-175, C-252, C-269 1471 5-3, C-15, C-17, C-18, C-254, C-266 1568 C-256, C-268
1334 C-175, C-252, C-269, E-19 1472 5-3, C-16, C-254, C-266 1632 5-6, A-5, A-10, C-256, C-268
1335 C-98, C-252, C-253, C-267 1505 5-3, C-17, C-18, C-255, C-266 1633 C-80, C-256, C-266
1352 C-200, C-253, C-267 1506 5-3, C-17, C-18, C-255, C-266 1634 C-118, C-119, C-256, C-270
1353 C-253, C-267 1507 C-17, C-19, C-255, C-266 1635 C-118, C-119, C-256, C-267
1364 C-253, C-269 1508 C-18, C-19, C-255, C-266 1636 C-61, C-256, C-268
1365 C-174, C-253, C-269 1509 C-17, C-18, C-19, C-255, C-266 1637 C-88, C-256, C-267
1366 C-174, C-253, C-269 1510 C-18, C-255, C-266 1640 5-5, C-256, C-268
1367 C-174, C-253, C-269, C-271 1511 5-4, 6-4, C-62, C-63, C-255, C-267 1641 C-51, C-256, C-270
1368 C-175, C-253, C-269 1512 5-4, 6-4, C-62, C-255, C-267 1642 C-51, C-256, C-270
1369 C-175, C-253, C-269 1513 5-4, C-62, C-255, C-267 1643 C-51, C-256, C-270
1370 C-175, C-253, C-269 1514 5-4, 6-4, C-62, C-255, C-257, C-267 1644 C-51, C-256, C-270
1371 C-175, C-253, C-269 1515 5-4, 6-4, C-62, C-255, C-267 1645 C-150, C-256, C-269
1372 C-176, C-253, C-269 1516 5-5, C-63, C-255, C-267 1646 C-150, C-257, C-269
1373 C-176, C-253, C-269 1517 5-4, C-63, C-255, C-267 1647 C-150, C-257, C-269
1374 C-176, C-253, C-269 1518 5-5, C-63, C-255, C-267 1648 C-150, C-257, C-269
1375 C-176, C-253, C-269 1520 C-220, C-255, C-266 1649 C-151, C-257, C-269
1376 C-176, C-253, C-269 1521 C-220, C-255, C-270 1650 7-5, C-151, C-257, C-269
1386 8-19, C-253, C-269 1526 C-80, C-255, C-267 1651 C-151, C-257, C-269
1387 5-3, 6-5, C-20, C-132, C-253, C-268 1527 C-220, C-255, C-268 1658 C-45, C-257, C-267
1388 5-3, C-22, C-253, C-266 1528 C-220, C-255, C-267 1659 5-4, A-6, A-10, C-257, C-268
1405 5-3, C-22, C-253, C-266 1529 C-220, C-255, C-270 1661 5-5, 8-21, 8-24, C-257, C-269
1406 C-172, C-253, C-268 1533 5-3, 6-5, 7-16, C-38, C-39, C-132, C-255, C-262, C-267 1663 5-4, C-180, C-181, C-257, C-267
1407 C-172, C-253, C-268, E-19 1534 5-5, C-30, C-31, C-32, C-255, C-267 1664 5-4, C-180, C-257, C-267
1408 C-221, C-253, C-270 1537 5-5, C-30, C-31, C-32, C-255, C-267 1665 5-4, C-180, C-257, C-267
1441 5-4, C-96, C-254, C-266 1538 5-5, C-31, C-32, C-255, C-268 1666 5-4, C-180, C-257, C-267
1442 C-221, C-254, C-269 1539 5-5, C-31, C-255, C-266 1667 5-4, C-180, C-257, C-268
1443 C-254, C-269 1540 5-5, C-31, C-32, C-255, C-268 1668 5-6, C-180, C-181, C-257, C-267
1450 C-58, C-186 1541 5-5, C-31, C-255, C-269 1669 5-4, C-181, C-257, C-267
1458 A-8, A-10, C-254, C-268 1542 5-5, C-32, C-255, C-267 1670 5-6, C-181, C-257, C-267
1543 5-5, C-32, C-255, C-267 1671 5-4, C-182, C-257, C-267

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

6 Index
1672 5-4, C-182, C-257, C-267 1716 C-12, C-258, C-266 1780 C-259, C-269
1673 5-4, C-182, C-257, C-267 1717 C-11, C-258, C-266 1781 C-207, C-259, C-270
1674 5-4, C-182, C-257, C-268 1718 C-10, C-258, C-266 1782 8-10, C-259, C-268
1675 5-6, C-182, C-257, C-267 1721 5-6, C-12, C-258, C-266 1783 C-63, C-259, C-267
1676 5-4, C-182, C-257, C-267 1722 5-5, C-174, C-258, C-269 1784 C-259, C-267
1677 5-6, C-182, C-257, C-267 1723 5-6, C-174, C-258, C-269 1785 C-259, C-267
1678 5-4, C-183, C-184, C-257, C-258, C-268 1725 5-5, 8-28, 8-30, C-258, C-268 1787 5-5, 8-22, 8-24, C-259, C-269
1679 5-4, C-183, C-184, C-185, C-257, C-268 1726 5-5, 8-30, C-258, C-267 1788 8-19, C-259, C-269
1680 5-4, C-183, C-257, C-268 1727 5-5, 8-30, C-258, C-267 1789 8-19, C-259, C-269
1681 5-5, 8-22, 8-25, C-257, C-269 1728 5-5, 8-31, C-258, C-268 1790 5-4, 6-4, C-167, C-168, C-169, C-259, C-260, C-261,
1682 C-257, C-269 1729 5-6, 8-31, C-258, C-268 C-269

1683 5-5, 8-24, C-257, C-269 1730 5-3, 6-6, C-9, C-258, C-266
1791 5-4, 6-4, C-167, C-260, C-269

1684 5-5, 8-19, 8-22, 8-24, C-257, C-269 1731 C-11, C-258, C-266 1792 5-4, 6-4, C-167, C-260, C-269, C-271

1685 5-5, 8-25, 8-27, C-257, C-269 1732 7-16, C-172, C-258, C-268 1793 5-4, 6-4, C-168, C-260, C-269

1686 5-5, 8-23, 8-25, C-257, C-269 1733 C-172, C-173, C-258, C-270 1794 C-89, C-260, C-269

1687 5-6, 8-27, C-257, C-258, C-269 1734 C-17, C-258, C-266 1795 C-89, C-260, C-269

1688 5-6, 8-21, 8-25, 8-27, C-257, C-269 1735 C-17, C-258, C-266 1796 5-3, 7-6, C-142, C-143, C-144, C-260, C-266

1689 5-6, 8-26, C-257, C-269 1736 C-17, C-258, C-266 1797 5-3, C-143, C-260, C-266

1690 C-9, C-258, C-266 1737 C-17, C-258, C-266 1798 5-3, C-142, C-260, C-266, C-272

1691 C-10, C-258, C-266 1738 6-2, 8-15, C-192, C-258, C-267
1799 5-3, C-143, C-260, C-266

1692 C-12, C-258, C-266 1739 5-4, 7-13, C-215, C-258, C-259, C-270 1800 5-3, C-58, C-144, C-260, C-266

1693 5-3, 6-6, C-9, C-10, C-258, C-266 1740 7-16, C-215, C-259, C-270 1801 5-3, 7-10, C-144, C-260, C-266
1694 C-10, C-258, C-266 1741 C-215, C-259, C-270 1802 C-144, C-260, C-266
1695 C-10, C-258, C-266 1742 C-55, C-259, C-270 1803 C-144, C-260, C-266
1696 5-4, C-183, C-258, C-270 1743 5-3, 6-5, C-38, C-259, C-267 1804 C-132, C-144, C-260, C-266
1697 C-11, C-258, C-266 1744 C-35, C-259, C-269 1805 C-145, C-260, C-266
1698 5-4, C-183, C-258, C-270 1745 C-35, C-259, C-268 1806 C-145, C-260, C-266
1699 5-6, 8-27, C-258, C-269 1746 C-208, C-259, C-270 1807 7-6, C-146, C-260, C-266
1701 C-119, C-120, C-258, C-270, E-38 1747 C-208, C-259, C-270 1808 5-3, 6-5, C-39, C-132, C-144, C-148, C-149, C-260, C-
268
1702 5-4, C-184, C-258, C-270 1748 C-208, C-259, C-270
1809 5-3, 5-5, 6-5, C-132, C-142, C-145, C-147, C-148, C-
1703 5-6, C-10, C-12, C-258, C-266 1749 C-35, C-259, C-269
149, C-260, C-269
1704 5-4, 6-6, C-9, C-258, C-266 1750 C-36, C-58, C-259, C-267
1810 5-4, 6-4, C-168, C-260, C-269
1705 5-4, 6-6, C-9, C-258, C-266 1751 C-36, C-37, C-259, C-268
1811 5-6, C-168, C-169, C-260, C-261, C-269
1706 C-9, C-258, C-266 1752 C-36, C-259, C-269
1812 5-6, C-168, C-260, C-269
1707 C-10, C-12, C-258, C-266 1753 C-37, C-259, C-269
1813 C-169, C-260, C-269
1708 C-10, C-12, C-258, C-266 1754 C-68, C-77, C-259, C-268
1814 5-6, C-169, C-260, C-269
1709 C-11, C-258, C-266 1756 5-4, C-184, C-259, C-268
1815 5-4, 6-4, C-168, C-260, C-269
1710 C-11, C-258, C-266 1757 5-4, C-184, C-259, C-268
1816 5-4, 6-4, C-169, C-170, C-260, C-261, C-269
1711 5-3, 6-6, C-10, C-258, C-266 1758 5-4, C-184, C-259, C-268
1817 C-170, C-260, C-269
1712 C-11, C-258, C-266 1759 5-5, C-174, C-259, C-269
1818 C-170, C-260, C-269
1713 C-11, C-258, C-266 1760 C-226, C-259, C-267
1819 C-170, C-260, C-269
1714 C-11, C-258, C-266 1762 C-216, C-259, C-270
1820 7-6, C-171, C-260, C-269
1715 C-12, C-258, C-266 1779 C-192, C-259, C-266

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Index 7
1821 C-169, C-261, C-269 1874 C-177, C-179, C-261, C-262, C-267 Actual Torque 5-5, C-71, C-130, C-238, C-266, E-3
1822 5-4, 6-4, C-168, C-261, C-269 1875 C-177, C-261, C-267 Address Assignment 5-5, 6-7, C-235, C-266
1823 C-169, C-261, C-269 1876 C-177, C-262, C-267 AFE Brake Mode C-12, C-258, C-266
1824 5-6, C-168, C-261, C-269 1877 C-177, C-262, C-267 AFE Close Ext PCR C-9, C-258, C-266
1825 5-4, 6-4, C-167, C-169, C-170, C-261, C-269 1878 C-177, C-178, C-262, C-267 AFE Correction Angle C-11, C-258, C-266
1826 C-169, C-261, C-269 1879 C-178, C-262, C-267 AFE Current Control 5-3, 6-6, C-3, C-258, C-266
1827 C-170, C-261, C-269 1885 C-39, C-262, C-270 AFE Enable Drive C-11, C-258, C-266
1829 C-26, C-261, C-267 1886 C-39, C-262, C-266 AFE Ext PCR Closed C-10, C-258, C-266
1830 C-261, C-266 1887 C-39, C-262, C-270 AFE Id Demand 5-4, 6-6, C-9, C-258, C-266
1831 C-26, C-261, C-266 1891 8-20, C-262, C-269 AFE Inductance 5-3, 6-6, C-9, C-258, C-266
1832 C-26 1892 C-177, C-262, C-267 AFE Iq Demand 5-4, 6-6, C-258, C-266
1833 C-26 1893 C-178, C-262, C-267 AFE Max Current C-9, C-258, C-266
1834 C-26 1894 C-179, C-262, C-268 AFE PF Angle Demand C-9, C-12, C-258, C-266
1835 C-46, C-47, C-261, C-268 1895 C-262, C-266 AFE Phase Loss C-12, C-258, C-266
1836 C-46, C-47, C-261, C-268 1896 C-262, C-266 AFE PLL Kp C-10, C-258, C-266
1837 C-46, C-261, C-268 1897 C-262, C-266 AFE PLL Ti C-10, C-258, C-266
1838 C-46, C-49, C-261, C-268 1898 C-178, C-262, C-268 AFE Status 5-6, C-12, C-258, C-266
1839 C-46, C-261, C-268 3000 5-4, A-13, A-31, A-35, A-54, C-186 AFE Sync Angle C-10, C-258, C-266
1840 C-47, C-49, C-261, C-268 3064 5-4, A-13, A-31, A-35, A-54 AFE Sync Frequency 5-6, C-10, C-258, C-266
1841 C-47, C-261, C-268 3128 5-4, 6-8, A-12, A-30, A-33, A-52 AFE Synchronized C-11, C-258, C-266
1842 C-261, C-268 3129 5-4, 6-8, A-24, A-30, A-51, A-52 AFE Synchronizing C-11, C-258, C-266
1843 C-47, C-261, C-268 3130 5-6, A-12, A-13, A-25, A-30, A-33, A-35, A-53 AFE Transf Angle Offset C-11, C-258, C-266
1850 C-47 3131 5-6, A-25, A-31, A-53 AFE VDC Demand 5-3, 6-6, C-4, C-10, C-258, C-266
1851 5-4, 6-4, C-169, C-261, C-269 Absolute Calib Status C-262, C-266 AFE VDC Feed Forward C-11, C-258, C-266
1852 C-26, C-261, C-267 Acceleration Boost C-78, C-79, C-82, C-239, C-266 AFE VDC Kp C-10, C-258, C-266
1853 5-5, C-261, C-267 Acceleration Time 5-3, 6-6, C-152, C-160, C-161, C-163, AFE VDC Min Level C-4, C-11, C-258, C-266
1854 C-261, C-270 C-239, C-266, C-268, C-271, C-272, C-273 AFE VDC Ramp C-11, C-258, C-266
1855 C-181, C-261, C-267 Active 1 - 32 5-6, C-224, C-245, C-246, C-266 AFE VDC Ti C-10, C-258, C-266
1856 C-261, C-267 Active 33 - 64 5-6, C-224, C-240, C-266 Alignment Direction C-144, C-149, C-260, C-266
1857 C-261, C-267 Actual Control Type C-39, C-262, C-266 Alignment Elec Pos C-144, C-260, C-266
1858 C-261, C-268 Actual Field Current 5-5, C-71, C-82, C-238, C-266 Alignment Enable 5-3, 6-12, C-142, C-145, C-147, C-
1859 C-261, C-268 Actual Mot I2T Output C-237, C-266 260, C-266
1861 C-192, C-261, C-269 Actual Neg Torque Lim 5-5, C-217, C-218, C-239, C- Alignment Ended C-145, C-147, C-260, C-266
1862 C-105, C-261, C-268 266 Alignment Error C-146, C-260, C-266
1863 C-105, C-261, C-269
Actual Pos Torque Lim 5-5, C-217, C-218, C-238, C-
Alignment Level 5-3, C-143, C-146, C-260, C-266
266
1865 C-105, C-261, C-267
Actual Position C-70, C-250, C-266 Alignment Method 5-3, 6-12, C-142, C-145, C-147, C-
1866 C-105, C-261, C-268
Actual Rotor T Const C-220, C-255, C-266 148, C-149, C-260, C-266
1867 C-105, C-261, C-269
Actual Speed Percent 5-5, A-5, A-13, A-15, A-19, A-23, Alignment Offset C-144, C-148, C-149, C-260, C-266
1868 C-46, C-261, C-268
A-35, A-37, C-70, C-238, C-266
Alignment On Motor 5-3, C-143, C-144, C-147, C-260,
1869 C-57, C-58, C-261, C-266
Actual Speed RPM 5-5, C-48, C-69, C-238, C-266
C-266

1870 C-184, C-185, C-261, C-270

Alignment On Power On 5-3, C-142, C-143, C-260, C-
Actual Speed rps 5-5, C-70, C-238, C-266 266
1871 C-185, C-261, C-270
Actual State C-54, C-248, C-266 Alignment Ramp Time 5-3, C-144, C-260, C-266
1872 C-184, C-185, C-261, C-270

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

8 Index
Alignment State C-145, C-260, C-266 Application FE State C-266 Attached to Stack C-59, C-243, C-266
Ambient Temperature C-107, C-247, C-266 Application XE "Application" Name C-256 Auto Boost C-78, C-79, C-82, C-239, C-266
Anin 01 Break 5-5, C-104, C-233, C-266 Application Name C-14 Auto Defaults C-57, C-58, C-261, C-266
Anin 01 Offset 5-4, C-94, C-248, C-266 Application Name C-266 Auto Hide C-192, C-259, C-266
Anin 01 Scale 5-4, C-94, C-248, C-266 Application XE "Application" User Boost C-256 Auto IP 5-4, 6-8, 8-3, 8-4, 8-5, 8-6, 8-7, 8-10, 8-11, A-12,
Anin 01 Type 5-4, 6-4, C-94, C-232, C-266 Application User Boost C-80 A-34, C-247, C-266, C-268
Anin 01 Value 5-5, C-94, C-104, C-233, C-266 Application User Boost C-266 Automatic Pole Pairs C-117, C-251, C-266
Anin 02 Offset 5-4, C-95, C-248, C-266 Application XE "Application" Volts C-256 Autotune Enable 5-3, 6-8, C-21, C-23, C-237, C-266
Anin 02 Scale 5-4, C-95, C-248, C-266 Application Volts C-80, C-82 Autotune Mode 5-3, C-21, C-237, C-266
Anin 02 Type 5-4, 6-4, C-94, C-95, C-232, C-266 Application Volts C-266 Autotune Ramp Time 5-3, C-22, C-237, C-266, C-271,
Anin 02 Value 5-5, C-95, C-104, C-233, C-266 AR Active C-17, C-19, C-255, C-266 C-272, C-273
Anin 11 Offset 5-4, C-85, C-254, C-266 AR Enable 5-3, C-15, C-18, C-19, C-254, C-266 Autotune Test Disable 5-3, 7-11, C-21, C-237, C-266
Anin 11 Scale 5-4, C-85, C-254, C-266 AR Initial Delay 5-3, C-17, C-255, C-258, C-266 Backup Action C-121, C-235, C-266
Anin 11 Value 5-5, C-85, C-250, C-266 AR Initial Delay XE "AR Initial Delay" B C-258 Backup-Restore Start C-121, C-235, C-266
Anin 12 Offset 5-4, C-85, C-86, C-254, C-266 AR Initial Delay B C-17 Backup-Restore Status C-121, C-235, C-266
Anin 12 Scale 5-4, C-85, C-254, C-266 AR Initial Delay B C-266 BACnet Baud Rate 5-4, C-249, C-266
Anin 12 Value 5-5, C-85, C-86, C-250, C-266 AR Max Restarts 5-3, C-15, C-17, C-18, C-254, C-266 BACnet IP Device ID 5-4, C-235, C-266
Anin 13 Offset 5-4, C-86, C-254, C-266 AR Mode 5-3, C-15, C-18, C-19, C-254, C-266 BACnet IP State 5-6, C-235, C-266
Anin 13 Scale 5-4, C-86, C-254, C-266 AR Repeat Delay 5-3, C-17, C-18, C-255, C-258, C-266 BACnet IP Timeout 5-4, C-235, C-266
Anin 13 Value 5-5, C-85, C-86, C-250, C-266 AR Repeat Delay XE "AR Repeat Delay" B C- BACnet MAC Address 5-4, C-249, C-266
Anout 01 ABS 5-4, C-96, C-254, C-266 258
BACnet Max Info Frames 5-5, C-249, C-266
Anout 01 Offset 5-4, C-95, C-96, C-250, C-266 AR Repeat Delay B C-17, C-18
BACnet Max Master 5-5, C-249, C-266
Anout 01 Scale 5-4, C-95, C-96, C-242, C-266 AR Repeat Delay B C-266
BACnet MSTP Device ID 5-4, C-249, C-266
Anout 01 Type 5-4, 6-4, C-95, C-232, C-266 AR Restart Pending C-18, C-19, C-255, C-266
BACnet MSTP State 5-6, C-249, C-266
Anout 01 Value 5-5, C-95, C-96, C-104, C-233, C-266 AR Restarts Remaining C-17, C-18, C-255, C-266
BACnet MSTP Timeout 5-4, C-249, C-266
Anout 02 ABS 5-4, C-96, C-254, C-266 AR Time Remaining C-18, C-255, C-266
AR Trip Mask 5-3, C-16, C-17, C-18, C-246, C-254, C- Base Frequency 5-3, 6-5, 7-11, C-58, C-78, C-82, C-
Anout 02 Offset 5-4, C-96, C-254, C-266 116, C-239, C-266
Anout 02 Scale 5-4, C-96, C-254, C-266 255, C-258, C-266
AR Trip Mask XE "AR Trip Mask" 2 C-246 Base IO FE State C-54, C-248, C-266
Anout 02 Type 5-4, 6-4, C-96, C-232, C-266 Base Voltage 5-3, 6-5, C-58, C-116, C-239, C-266
Anout 02 Value 5-5, C-96, C-104, C-233, C-266 AR Trip Mask 2 5-3, C-16, C-17
AR Trip Mask 2 C-258 Basic Drive FE State C-54, C-248, C-266
App Control Word 7-1, 2-3, 2-5, C-188, C-241, C-266, E- Black Box PNOs C-26, C-261, C-266
34 AR Trip Mask 2 C-266
App Reference C-190, C-191, C-242, C-266 AR Trip Mask 2 C-266 Black Box PNOs[x] C-266
Boot Version C-57, C-243, C-248, C-266
Application 4-9, 5-1, 5-3, 5-5, 6-3, 6-19, 7-2, 7-5, 7-6, 7- AR Trip Mask XE "AR Trip Mask" 2 XE "AR
Trip Mask 2" B C-258 Boot Version XE "Boot Version" Number C-243
12, 7-13, 8-1, 2-2, 2-5, C-1, C-3, C-5, C-13, C-14, C-31, Boot Version Number C-57
C-54, C-80, C-82, C-109, C-125, C-154, C-158, C-159, C-
AR Trip Mask 2 B C-17
AR Trip Mask 2 B C-266 Boot Version Number C-266
173, C-187, C-188, C-194, C-234, C-238, C-248, C-249, C-
AR Trip Mask XE "AR Trip Mask" B C-258 Brake Overrating 7-4, C-27, C-28, C-237, C-266
255, C-256, C-265, C-266, E-2, E-3, E-6, E-7, E-8
AR Trip Mask B C-17 Brake Rated Power C-27, C-28, C-237, C-266, C-271,
Application XE "Application" Archive C-249 C-272, C-273
Application Archive C-187 AR Trip Mask B C-266
Archive Flags C-13, C-238, C-266 Brake Resistance C-27, C-237, C-266, C-271, C-272, C-
Application Archive C-266 273
Application XE "Application" FE State C-248 ATN PMAC Ls Test Freq 5-3, C-22, C-253, C-266 Braking Active C-27, C-237, C-266
Application FE State C-54 ATN PMAC Test Disable 5-3, C-22, C-253, C-266 Braking Enable C-27, C-237, C-266

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Index 9
Calib Fail Retry C-262, C-266 Control Board Up Time C-172, C-173, C-221, C-250, C- Delay To Start C-118, C-256, C-267
Calibration Error C-262, C-266 267 Demanded Terminal Volts C-220, C-255, C-267
CANopen Actual Baud 5-6, C-251, C-267 Control Module Pcode C-59, C-250, C-267 Destination IP Address 5-5, 8-30, C-258, C-267
CANopen Baud Rate 5-5, 6-6, C-235, C-267 Control Module Serial 7-16, C-60, C-248, C-267 Destination Port 5-5, 7-6, 8-30, 8-31, C-258, C-267
CANopen Node Address 5-4, 6-6, C-235, C-267 Control Screen 5-1, 5-2, 5-3, C-2, C-87, C-88, C-200, C- DeviceNet Actual Baud 5-6, C-236, C-267
CANopen State 5-6, C-235, C-267 201, C-247, C-253, C-267 DeviceNet Baud Rate 5-5, 6-7, C-236, C-267
Card Name C-187, C-249, C-267 Control Screen XE "Control Screen" Mode C- DeviceNet MAC ID 5-5, 6-7, C-236, C-267
247
Card State C-187, C-249, C-267 Control Screen Mode C-200 DeviceNet State 5-6, C-236, C-267
Clone Direction 5-5, C-30, C-31, C-32, C-255, C-267 Control Screen Mode C-267 DHCP 5-4, 6-8, 8-3, 8-4, 8-5, 8-7, 8-9, 8-10, 8-11, 8-
Clone Filename 5-5, C-30, C-255, C-267 Control Screen[x] C-267 12, 8-14, A-12, A-26, A-28, A-34, C-235, C-247, C-251,
Clone Start 5-5, C-32, C-255, C-267 Control Strategy 5-3, 6-5, 6-20, 6-22, C-20, C-38, C-69, C-267, C-268
Clone Status 5-5, C-32, C-255, C-267 C-70, C-240, C-267
DHCP XE "DHCP" State C-251
CM Temperature 5-5, 7-15, C-48, C-72, C-238, C-267 Control Type 5-3, 6-5, 7-16, C-38, C-39, C-132, C-142, C- DHCP State 8-10
CNet Consuming Inst 5-5, C-236, C-267 255, C-266, C-267
DHCP State C-267
CNet Producing Inst 5-5, C-236, C-267 Control Word 7-15, 2-3, A-5, A-13, A-15, A-19, A-23, A- Digin Invert C-96, C-252, C-267
Comms Control Word 7-1, A-5, A-13, A-15, A-19, A-23, 35, A-37, 2-1, 2-3, 2-5, 2-6, C-19, C-188, C-189, C-242, C-
Digin Value 5-5, A-50, C-103, C-232, C-267
A-35, A-37, 2-5, 2-6, C-189, C-241, C-242, C-267 Digout Invert C-98, C-252, C-253, C-267
266, C-267
Comms Diagnostic 5-6, C-233, C-267 ControlNet MAC ID 5-5, C-236, C-267 Digout Value 5-5, C-102, C-232, C-267
Comms Diagnostic XE "Comms Diagnostic" ControlNet State 5-6, C-236, C-267 Direct Input Neg Lim C-202, C-240, C-267
Code C-233 Copy Status C-26, C-261, C-267 Direct Input Pos Lim C-202, C-240, C-267
Comms Diagnostic Code 5-6 Copy to SD Card C-26, C-261, C-267 Direct Input Ratio C-202, C-240, C-267
Comms Diagnostic Code C-267 Current Diff Level C-45, C-257, C-267 Direct Input Select C-202, C-240, C-267
Comms Event Active 5-6, C-235, C-267 Current Limit 5-3, A-50, C-1, C-8, C-43, C-92, C-213, C- Disable Keys C-105, C-261, C-267
Comms Event Clear C-235, C-267 214, C-237, C-267, C-269
Display Timeout 5-5, C-87, C-248, C-267
Comms Event Code C-235, C-267 Cut Off Frequency C-75, C-76, C-256, C-267 Display Warnings C-226, C-259, C-267
Comms Event Set C-235, C-267 DC Current Level C-92, C-237, C-267, C-271, C-272, C- DNet Consuming Inst 5-5, C-236, C-267
Comms Exception 5-6, C-233, C-267 273 DNet Producing Inst 5-5, C-236, C-267
Comms Fitted 5-6, 7-16, C-233, C-267 DC Inj Base Volts C-93, C-237, C-267, C-271, C-272, C- Drive Diagnostic C-60, C-243, C-267
Comms Module Serial 5-6, C-233, C-267 273 Drive Name 5-5, 6-2, A-5, C-57, C-248, C-267, E-43
Comms Module Version 5-6, C-233, C-267 DC Inj Current Limit C-92, C-237, C-267 DST Active 8-19, C-166, C-251, C-267
Comms Net Exception 5-6, C-233, C-267 DC Inj Deflux Time C-92, C-237, C-267, C-271, C-272, Duty Selection 5-3, 6-6, C-69, C-213, C-238, C-267
C-273
Comms Option FE State C-54, C-249, C-267 Elec Rotor Speed C-72, C-238, C-267
DC Inj Frequency C-92, C-237, C-267, C-271, C-272, C-
Comms Option Pcode C-60, C-250, C-267 273 Enable 1 - 32 C-223, C-243, C-244, C-267
Comms Option Serial C-60, C-250, C-267 DC Inj Timeout C-93, C-237, C-267 Enable 33 - 64 C-223, C-244, C-245, C-267
Comms Reference A-5, A-13, A-15, A-19, A-23, A-35, A- DC Link Volt Filtered 5-5, C-70, C-238, C-267 Enable Auto Save 6-2, 8-15, C-57, C-58, C-192, C-258,
37, 2-5, 2-6, C-191, C-242, C-267 DC Link Voltage 5-5, 5-6, 7-15, C-48, C-69, C-190, C-
C-267

Comms Required 5-4, 6-6, 6-7, 7-6, 7-13, C-233, C-267 Enable Predict Term C-44, C-248, C-267
238, C-267
Comms Reset Allow 5-5, C-261, C-267 Enc To Mot Shaft Ratio C-178, C-251, C-267
DC Link Volts Trim C-70, C-234, C-267
Comms State C-233, C-267 Encoder Count 5-4, 5-5, 5-6, C-63, C-178, C-179, C-181,
DC Pulse Time C-92, C-237, C-267, C-271, C-272, C-273
Comms Supervised 5-6, C-233, C-267 C-182, C-255, C-257, C-259, C-262, C-267, C-270
Deceleration Time 5-3, 6-6, C-152, C-160, C-161, C-163,
Comms Trip Enable 5-5, 6-6, 6-7, C-233, C-267 Encoder Count XE "Encoder Count" Init C-259
C-239, C-267, C-268, C-271, C-272, C-273
Config Fault Area C-55, C-249, C-267 Encoder Count Init C-63
Deflux Delay C-123, C-238, C-267, C-271, C-272, C-273
Configuration Lock C-14, C-234, C-267 Encoder Count Init C-267

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

10 Index
Encoder Count Init C-267 EtherNet IP Diag A-25, A-31, A-53 High Input Threshold 5-4, C-180, C-182, C-257, C-268
Encoder Count Init C-267 EtherNet IP Enable 6-8, A-12, A-30, A-33, A-52 High Word First 5-4, 5-5, 6-7, 6-8, A-2, A-6, A-9, C-236,
Encoder Count XE "Encoder Count" Reset C- EtherNet IP State 5-6, A-12, A-13, A-25, A-30, A-33, A- C-248, C-268
255, C-257 35, A-53, C-236, C-263, C-267 High Word First XE "High Word First" RTU C-
Encoder Count Reset 5-4, C-63, C-181, C-182 EtherNet IP Trip 6-8, A-24, A-30, A-51, A-52 236

Encoder Count Reset C-267 Ethernet State 5-6, 8-3, 8-9, 8-12, C-247, C-267 High Word First RTU 5-5, 6-7
Encoder Count Reset C-267 Extended Support C-187, C-234, C-267 High Word First RTU C-268
Encoder Count Reset C-267 Factor C-64, C-75, C-76, C-117, C-256, C-267, C-269, C- High Word First XE "High Word First" TCP C-
236
Encoder Feedback 5-3, 6-5, 6-10, 7-13, C-38, C-39, C- 271, C-272, C-273
High Word First TCP 5-5
40, C-259, C-267 Fast Stop Torque Lim C-217, C-238, C-267 High Word First TCP C-268
Encoder Invert 5-4, C-62, C-147, C-177, C-180, C-182, C- Favourites 4-3, 4-6, 5-1, 5-2, 5-6, C-87, C-88, C-200, C- HV Power On Count C-172, C-253, C-268
184, C-255, C-257, C-262, C-267, C-270 201, C-250, C-267
HV SMPS Up Time C-172, C-173, C-221, C-251, C-268
Encoder Lines 5-4, 6-4, C-62, C-177, C-179, C-180, C- Favourites[x] C-267 id C-70, C-238, C-268
182, C-183, C-255, C-257, C-262, C-267, C-270 Filter Type C-75, C-76, C-256, C-267 IDE Version C-13, C-249, C-268
Encoder Position C-178, C-252, C-267 Filtered VDC Ripple C-227, C-247, C-267 IM Wiring C-247, C-268
Encoder Rev Count C-178, C-179, C-262, C-267 Final DC Pulse Time C-92, C-237, C-267, C-271, C-272, Input Mapping 5-4, A-13, A-15, A-19, A-31, A-35, A-37, A-
Encoder Single Ended 5-4, 6-4, C-62, C-255, C-267 C-273
54
Encoder Speed 5-5, 5-6, C-63, C-177, C-178, C-180, C- Final Stop Rate C-164, C-240, C-267 Inv Time Active C-114, C-211, C-213, C-238, C-268
181, C-182, C-183, C-255, C-257, C-261, C-262, C-267, C- Firmware 4-10, 7-17, A-11, A-32, C-53, C-57, C-187, C- Inv Time Aiming Point C-212, C-238, C-268
270 232, C-249, C-250, C-264, C-267, C-270
Inv Time Down Rate C-211, C-212, C-238, C-268
Encoder Speed XE "Encoder Speed" Percent Firmware XE "Firmware" Version C-250 Inv Time Output C-114, C-212, C-238, C-268
C-261, C-262 Firmware Version C-57 Inv Time Up Rate C-211, C-212, C-238, C-268
Encoder Speed Percent C-178, C-181 Firmware Version C-267 Inv Time Warning C-114, C-212, C-238, C-268
Encoder Speed Percent C-267 First Trip 5-6, A-5, C-221, C-222, C-243, C-267 IO Option FE State C-55, C-249, C-268
Encoder Speed Percent C-267 Fixed Boost 5-3, C-78, C-79, C-82, C-239, C-267 IO Option Pcode C-60, C-250, C-268
Encoder Speed Percent C-267 Fixed Gateway Address 5-5, 6-7, C-235, C-267 IO Option Serial No C-60, C-250, C-268
Encoder Speed Percent C-267 Fixed IP Address 5-5, 6-7, C-235, C-267 IO Option SW Version C-60, C-251, C-268
Encoder Status C-179, C-251, C-267 Fixed Subnet Mask 5-5, 6-7, C-235, C-267 IP Address 4-5, 5-6, 8-3, 8-4, 8-6, 8-7, 8-9, 8-11, 8-12,
Encoder Supply 5-4, 6-4, C-62, C-177, C-180, C-255, C- Flying Reflux Time C-84, C-237, C-267, C-271, C-272, 8-30, A-12, A-28, A-34, C-247, C-267, C-268, C-270
257, C-261, C-267 C-273
Flying Start Mode C-83, C-237, C-267 IPConfig Enable 5-5, C-235, C-268
Encoder Type 5-4, 6-4, C-62, C-177, C-180, C-182, C- iq C-71, C-238, C-268
255, C-257, C-261, C-267 Free Packets 8-10, C-248, C-267
Free Sockets 8-10, C-259, C-268 Jog Acceleration Time C-163, C-240, C-268
Endat Comms Status C-251, C-267 Jog Deceleration Time C-163, C-240, C-268
Energy kWh 5-6, C-64, C-238, C-267 Free Space (kBytes) C-77, C-259, C-268
Frequency 1 C-75, C-76, C-194, C-256, C-265, C-268 Jog Setpoint 2-5, C-106, C-163, C-240, C-268
Energy Saving Enable C-79, C-239, C-267 Key Press C-105, C-261, C-268
Energy Saving Lower Lim C-80, C-255, C-267 Frequency 2 C-75, C-76, C-194, C-256, C-265, C-268
Full Restore 5-5, C-31, C-32, C-255, C-268 Keypad FE State C-54, C-249, C-268
ENet Consuming Inst 5-5, C-236, C-267 Language 4-8, 6-2, C-193, C-249, C-268, E-8
ENet Producing Inst 5-5, C-236, C-267 Gateway Address 5-6, 8-3, 8-4, 8-10, 8-11, 8-12, 8-
19, A-12, A-28, A-34, C-247, C-267, C-268, C-270 Last Auto IP Address 8-4, 8-10, C-247, C-268
Engineer Password C-88, C-256, C-267 Last Modification C-13, C-249, C-268
Error Number 7-6, C-36, C-259, C-267 GKP Password 5-5, C-87, C-88, C-250, C-268
Green LED Force On C-105, C-261, C-268 Leakage Inductance C-21, C-22, C-90, C-116, C-237,
EtherCAT State 5-6, C-236, C-267 C-241, C-253, C-268
Ethernet Diagnostic 8-10, C-248, C-267 Group IP Address 8-30, 8-31, C-234, C-268
Heatsink Temperature 5-5, 7-15, C-48, C-72, C-238, C- Limit Log File Size C-47, C-49, C-261, C-268
Ethernet FE State C-54, C-249, C-267
268

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Index 11
Local 4-3, 4-5, 4-6, 5-2, 5-5, 7-4, 7-12, 8-7, 8-30, 8-31, 2-1, Maintenance Reset C-107, C-108, C-247, C-268 Mot I2T Enable C-115, C-238, C-268
A-32, A-34, C-1, C-88, C-89, C-106, C-188, C-191, C-209, Maintenance Warnings C-107, C-108, C-247, C-268 Mot I2T TC C-114, C-237, C-268
C-241, C-250, C-251, C-256, C-258, C-268, C-269, C-270 Manufacturing Flags C-61, C-256, C-268 Mot I2T Warning C-114, C-238, C-268
Local XE "Local" Dir Key Active C-251 Mapping Valid 5-6, A-5, A-10, C-256, C-268 Mot Inv Time Active C-114, C-237, C-268
Local Dir Key Active C-89, C-106 Master Encoder C-36, C-259, C-268 Mot Inv Time Delay C-113, C-237, C-268
Local Dir Key Active C-268 Master Position Src C-35, C-259, C-268 Mot Inv Time Output % C-114, C-237, C-268
Local XE "Local" Port 8-30, C-258 Max Available Volts C-220, C-255, C-268 Mot Inv Time Overload C-113, C-237, C-268
Local Port 5-5 Max Phase C-261, C-268 Mot Inv Time Warning C-114, C-237, C-268
Local Port 8-31 Max Spd when Autotuned C-22, C-254, C-268 Motor Base Volts C-228, C-238, C-268
Local Port C-268 Max Speed Clamp C-209, C-251, C-268 Motor Count C-178, C-179, C-262, C-268
Local XE "Local" Power Up Mode C-256 Max VDC Ripple C-227, C-247, C-268, C-271, C-272, C- Motor Count XE "Motor Count" Reset C-262
Local Power Up Mode C-188 273 Motor Count Reset C-179
Local Power Up Mode C-268 Maximum Connections 5-4, 6-8, A-1, A-9, C-248, C-
Motor Count Reset C-268
268
Local XE "Local" Reference C-241 Mechanical Offset C-179, C-251, C-268 Motor Current 5-5, C-43, C-71, C-116, C-130, C-238, C-
Local Reference C-106, C-188, C-191 Min Search Speed C-84, C-237, C-268 268, C-269, C-271, C-272, C-273
Local Reference C-268 Min Speed Clamp C-209, C-251, C-268 Motor Current XE "Motor Current" Percent C-238
Local XE "Local" Reverse C-251 Modbus Conn Timeout A-8, A-10, C-254, C-268 Motor Current Percent 5-5, C-71, C-130
Local Reverse C-106 Modbus Device Address 5-5, 6-7, C-236, C-268 Motor Current Percent C-268
Local Reverse C-268 Modbus Mapping 5-4, A-5, A-10, C-256, C-268 Motor Poles 5-3, 6-5, C-20, C-116, C-117, C-130, C-239,
Local XE "Local" Run Key Active C-251 Modbus Mapping[x] C-268 C-268, C-269
Local Run Key Active C-106 Modbus Password 5-5, C-256, C-268 Motor Position C-179, C-251, C-268
Local Run Key Active C-268 Modbus RTU Baud Rate 5-5, 6-7, C-236, C-268 Motor Power 5-3, 6-5, C-117, C-239, C-268, C-271, C-272,
Local/ XE "Local" Rem Key Active C-251 Modbus RTU State 5-6, C-236, C-268
C-273

Local/Rem Key Active C-89, C-106 Motor Run Time C-172, C-253, C-268
Modbus RTU Timeout 5-5, 6-7, C-236, C-268 Motor Start Count 7-16, C-172, C-258, C-268
Local/Rem Key Active C-268 Modbus TCP Password 5-4, A-6, A-10, C-257, C-268
Lock 4-6, 8-3, 8-11, 8-25, C-14, C-248, C-267, C-268, C- Motor Terminal Volts 5-5, C-71, C-238, C-268
269
Modbus TCP State 5-6, C-236, C-268 Motor Type or AFE 5-3, 6-5, 7-16, C-3, C-38, C-240, C-
Log Enable C-46, C-47, C-49, C-261, C-268 Modbus TCP Timeout 5-5, C-236, C-268 268

Log File Name C-46, C-261, C-268 Modbus Timeout 5-4, 6-8, A-8, A-9, C-248, C-268 MRAS Field Frequency C-119, C-237, C-268
Log File Size C-47, C-49, C-261, C-268 Modbus Trip Enable 5-4, 6-8, A-8, A-9, C-248, C-268 MRAS Speed Percent C-119, C-237, C-268
Log New File On Reset C-46, C-261, C-268 Monitor 5-1, 5-2, 5-5, 6-26, 8-9, 8-10, 8-26, 8-27, 8-31, A- MRAS Speed RPM C-119, C-237, C-268
9, A-10, A-30, A-31, A-52, A-53, C-1, C-2, C-10, C-24, C- MRAS Torque C-119, C-237, C-268
Log Now C-46, C-261, C-268
25, C-29, C-34, C-39, C-42, C-55, C-56, C-62, C-63, C-64, MRAS Torque XE "MRAS Torque" Percent C-
Log Parameters C-47, C-261, C-268
C-66, C-67, C-69, C-85, C-87, C-102, C-103, C-107, C-110, 237
Log Parameters[x] C-268 MRAS Torque Percent C-119
Log Period C-46, C-261, C-268 C-111, C-112, C-124, C-125, C-132, C-153, C-154, C-156,
C-157, C-158, C-159, C-168, C-174, C-177, C-178, C-180, MRAS Torque Percent C-268
Log to New File C-46, C-49, C-261, C-268 Mutual Inductance C-90, C-116, C-241, C-268
C-182, C-189, C-191, C-201, C-218, C-222, C-224, C-225,
Long Overload Level C-211, C-238, C-268 Nameplate Mag Current 5-3, C-20, C-21, C-256, C-
C-232, C-233, C-235, C-236, C-237, C-238, C-240, C-243,
Long Overload Time C-211, C-238, C-268 268, C-271, C-272, C-273
C-245, C-246, C-247, C-248, C-249, C-250, C-251, C-252,
MAC Address 5-6, 8-3, 8-9, 8-23, C-247, C-266, C-268
C-253, C-255, C-256, C-257, C-258, C-259, C-260, C-261, Nameplate Speed 5-3, 6-5, 7-11, C-58, C-116, C-117,
Magnetising Current C-21, C-90, C-116, C-237, C-241,
C-268 C-262, C-263, C-265, C-266, C-268, E-5 C-239, C-268
Main Torque Lim 5-3, C-217, C-238, C-268 Monitor[x] C-268 Negative Torque Lim C-217, C-238, C-268
Maintenance Reporting C-107, C-247, C-268 Mot I2T Active C-114, C-237, C-268 Nominal Supply 6-5, C-57, C-58, C-248, C-268

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

12 Index
OEM ID C-61, C-251, C-268 PMAC Fly Load Level C-127, C-243, C-268 Power HP 5-6, C-64, C-238, C-269
Open Connections 5-6, A-8, A-9, C-251, C-268 PMAC Fly Search Mode C-127, C-243, C-268 Power kW 5-6, C-64, C-238, C-269
Option DHCP Enabled 5-6, C-235, C-268 PMAC Fly Search Time C-127, C-243, C-268 Power Parameters 5-5, C-31, C-32, C-231, C-255, C-269
Option FTP Admin Mode 5-5, C-235, C-268 PMAC Fly Setpoint C-128, C-243, C-268 Power Stack Fitted 7-12, C-58, C-240, C-269
Option FTP Enable 5-5, C-235, C-268 PMAC Flycatching Enable C-127, C-243, C-268 Power Stack Required 6-2, 7-6, 7-12, C-31, C-32, C-
Option Gateway 5-6, C-235, C-268 PMAC Max Current 5-3, 6-5, C-20, C-43, C-129, C-130, 57, C-58, C-248, C-269
Option IO Diagnostic C-100, C-250, C-268 C-241, C-268 Process Active 5-6, A-8, A-9, C-248, C-269
Option IO Fitted 7-16, C-100, C-250, C-268 PMAC Max Speed 5-3, 6-5, C-20, C-130, C-138, C-241, Product Code Flags C-61, C-256, C-269
Option IO Required 5-4, 6-4, 7-6, 7-13, C-100, C-250, C-268 Profibus Node Address 5-5, 6-7, C-236, C-269
C-268 PMAC Motor Inertia 5-3, 6-5, C-20, C-131, C-241, C-269 Profibus State 5-6, C-236, C-269
Option IP Address 5-6, C-235, C-268 PMAC Motor Poles 5-3, 6-5, C-20, C-130, C-241, C-269 PROFINET Device Name 5-6, C-237, C-269
Option MAC Address 5-6, C-235, C-268 PMAC Rated Current 5-3, 6-5, C-20, C-43, C-130, C- PROFINET State 5-6, A-33, A-35, A-51, A-53, C-237, C-
Option Subnet Mask 5-6, C-235, C-268 138, C-241, C-269
264, C-269
Option Web Enable 5-5, 6-7, C-235, C-268 PMAC Rated Torque 5-3, 6-5, C-20, C-130, C-241, C- Project Author C-13, C-249, C-269
Other Parameters 5-5, C-32, C-231, C-255, C-268 269
Project Description C-14, C-249, C-269
Output A 5-4, A-17, C-184, C-185, C-252, C-259, C-268 PMAC SVC Auto Values C-134, C-239, C-269
PMAC SVC I Gain Hz C-134, C-239, C-269 Project File Name C-13, C-249, C-269
Output A XE "Output A" Invert C-252 Project Version C-13, C-249, C-269
Output A Invert C-185 PMAC SVC LPF Speed Hz C-134, C-239, C-269
PMAC SVC Open Loop Strt C-134, C-138, C-239, C- PTP Clock 5-5, 5-6, 8-22, 8-24, 8-27, C-257, C-258, C-269
Output A Invert C-268 PTP Clock XE "PTP Clock" Mode C-257
269
Output B 5-4, C-184, C-185, C-252, C-259, C-268 PMAC SVC P Gain C-134, C-239, C-269 PTP Clock Mode 5-5, 8-19, 8-24
Output B XE "Output B" Invert C-252 PMAC SVC Start Cur 5-3, 6-5, C-135, C-138, C-239, C- PTP Clock Mode C-269
Output B Invert C-185 269 PTP Clock XE "PTP Clock" Type C-257
Output B Invert C-268 PMAC SVC Start Speed 5-3, 6-6, C-135, C-138, C- PTP Clock Type 5-5, 8-19, 8-22, 8-24
Output Enable 5-4, C-183, C-257, C-268 239, C-269 PTP Clock Type C-269
Output Mapping 5-4, A-13, A-15, A-19, A-31, A-35, A-37, PMAC SVC Start Time C-135, C-138, C-239, C-269 PTP Domain Number 5-5, 8-22, 8-24, C-259, C-269
A-54
PMAC Therm Time Const 5-3, 6-5, C-131, C-241, C- PTP Enable 5-5, 8-19, 8-20, 8-21, 8-24, C-257, C-269
Output Source 5-4, C-183, C-184, C-185, C-257, C-268 269
Output Voltage 5-4, C-183, C-257, C-268 PTP Lock Threshold 5-5, 8-25, C-257, C-269
PMAC Torque Const KT 5-3, 6-5, C-131, C-241, C-269
Output Z 5-4, C-184, C-185, C-252, C-259, C-268 PTP Locked 5-6, 8-21, 8-25, 8-27, C-257, C-269
PMAC Winding Inductance 5-3, 6-5, C-131, C-241, C-
Output Z XE "Output Z" Invert C-252 269 PTP Log Sync Interval 5-5, 8-22, 8-25, C-257, C-269
Output Z Invert C-185 PMAC Winding Resistance 5-3, 6-5, C-21, C-131, C- PTP Offset 5-6, 8-27, C-257, C-269
Output Z Invert C-268 241, C-269 PTP Priority2 5-5, 8-23, 8-25, C-257, C-269
Parity And Stop Bits 5-5, 6-7, C-236, C-268 PMAC Wiring 5-3, 5-5, 6-5, C-132, C-142, C-145, C-147, PTP State 5-6, 8-26, C-257, C-269
Password in Favourite C-88, C-250, C-268 C-148, C-149, C-260, C-269 Pwrl Accel Rate C-150, C-151, C-152, C-257, C-269
Password in Local C-88, C-250, C-268 Positive Torque Lim C-217, C-238, C-269 Pwrl Active C-151, C-257, C-269
Peer to Peer Enable 5-5, 8-28, 8-30, C-258, C-268 Power Factor 5-3, 5-6, 6-5, C-64, C-117, C-238, C-239, C- Pwrl Control Band C-150, C-151, C-257, C-269
Peer to Peer State 5-6, 8-31, C-258, C-268 269, C-271, C-272, C-273 Pwrl Decel Rate C-151, C-152, C-257, C-269
Phase at Rated Current C-261, C-268 Power Factor XE "Power Factor" Angle Est C- Pwrl Enable C-150, C-151, C-256, C-269
PMAC Back Emf Const KE 5-3, C-130, C-241, C-268
238 Pwrl Time Limit 7-5, C-151, C-257, C-269
Power Factor Angle Est C-64 Pwrl Trip Threshold C-150, C-151, C-257, C-269
PMAC Base Volt 5-3, 6-5, C-20, C-132, C-253, C-268
Power Factor Angle Est C-269 Quickstop Ramp Time C-164, C-240, C-269
PMAC Encoder Offset 5-3, 6-5, C-39, C-132, C-144, C-
Power Factor XE "Power Factor" Est C-238 Quickstop Time Limit C-164, C-240, C-269
147, C-148, C-149, C-260, C-268
Power Factor Est 5-6, C-64 Ramp Hold 2-3, C-162, C-240, C-269
PMAC Fly Active C-127, C-243, C-268
Power Factor Est C-269 Ramp Spd Setpoint Input C-162, C-240, C-269

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Index 13
Ramp Speed Output C-163, C-209, C-240, C-269, E-3 Resolver Speed Hz C-168, C-169, C-261, C-269 Search Volts C-83, C-237, C-269, C-271, C-272, C-273
Ramp Type 6-6, C-160, C-161, C-239, C-269 Resolver Speed Ripple C-169, C-261, C-269 Sel Torq Ctrl Only C-203, C-206, C-240, C-269
Ramping Active C-162, C-240, C-269 Resolver Speed RPM C-169, C-260, C-269 Selected Parameter C-105, C-261, C-269
Random Pattern AFE C-257, C-269 Resolver State C-170, C-260, C-269 Seq Stop Method SVC 5-3, 6-6, C-160, C-251, C-269
Random Pattern IM C-122, C-238, C-269 Resolver Trip Type 7-6, C-170, C-171, C-260, C-269 Seq Stop Method VHz 5-3, 6-6, C-160, C-239, C-269
Random Pattern PMAC C-123, C-251, C-269 Resolver Turns 5-6, C-168, C-170, C-171, C-260, C-269 Sequencing State 7-15, 2-1, C-18, C-190, C-242, C-269
Rated Motor Current 5-3, 6-5, C-116, C-239, C-269, C- Resolver Turns XE "Resolver Turns" Reset C- Setup 4-3, 4-6, 4-9, 4-10, 5-1, 5-2, 5-3, 6-1, 6-2, 6-3, 6-4,
271, C-272, C-273 260 6-5, 6-8, 6-17, 6-21, 8-3, 8-11, 8-17, 8-24, 8-25, 8-30, 8-
Ratio Load Mot Inert C-204, C-251, C-269 Resolver Turns Reset C-170, C-171 31, A-9, A-10, A-30, A-31, A-52, A-54, C-1, C-2, C-3, C-8,
Reactive Power 5-6, C-64, C-238, C-269 Resolver Turns Reset C-269 C-9, C-15, C-16, C-20, C-21, C-22, C-23, C-24, C-25, C-29,
Read Mapping 5-5, C-233, C-234, C-269 Resolver Voltage 5-4, 6-4, C-167, C-259, C-269 C-30, C-34, C-35, C-38, C-39, C-42, C-43, C-44, C-53, C-
Read Mapping[x] C-269 Rotor Resistance C-253, C-269 56, C-57, C-58, C-62, C-66, C-67, C-69, C-78, C-85, C-87,
Recent Trip Times C-221, C-254, C-269 Rotor Time Constant C-21, C-90, C-237, C-241, C-269 C-90, C-94, C-95, C-96, C-98, C-100, C-109, C-110, C-111,
Recent Trip Times[x] C-269 RTA Code 5-6, C-55, C-249, C-269 C-112, C-116, C-124, C-125, C-129, C-130, C-132, C-138,
Recent Trips A-2, C-221, C-247, C-269 RTA Data 5-6, C-55, C-249, C-269 C-142, C-143, C-153, C-154, C-156, C-157, C-158, C-160,
Recent Trips[0] C-221 RTA Thread Priority C-249, C-269 C-167, C-177, C-178, C-180, C-182, C-183, C-184, C-186,
Recent Trips[x] C-269 RTC Trim C-86, C-250, C-269 C-192, C-193, C-194, C-200, C-201, C-215, C-216, C-217,
Red LED Force Off C-105, C-261, C-269 Run Key Action C-106, C-250, C-269 C-229, C-232, C-233, C-234, C-235, C-236, C-237, C-238,
Ref Trim Local C-209 Run Wizard? 6-1, C-193, C-249, C-269 C-239, C-240, C-241, C-242, C-246, C-247, C-248, C-249,
Reference 6-8, 2-3, A-5, A-13, A-15, A-19, A-23, A-35, A- Save All Parameters C-53, C-249, C-269 C-250, C-251, C-252, C-253, C-254, C-255, C-256, C-257,
37, 2-3, 2-5, 2-6, C-1, C-35, C-36, C-106, C-188, C-190, C- SB Dig Out 1 Invert C-176, C-253, C-269 C-258, C-259, C-260, C-261, C-262, C-263, C-265, C-266,
191, C-197, C-242, C-266, C-267, C-268, C-269 SB Dig Out 2 Invert C-176, C-253, C-269 C-267, C-268, C-269
Regen Limit Enable C-43, C-237, C-269 SB Dig Out 3 Invert C-176, C-253, C-269 Setup XE "Setup" Successful C-259
Reset Energy Meter C-64, C-65, C-238, C-269 SB Digital In 1 Invert C-175, C-252, C-269 Setup Successful C-35
Reset to Defaults 6-2, C-249, C-269 SB Digital In 2 Invert C-175, C-252, C-269 Setup Successful C-269
Resolver Active Resol C-170, C-261, C-269 SB Digital In 3 Invert C-175, C-252, C-269 Setup[x] C-269
Resolver Actual Filter C-169, C-261, C-269 SB Digital In 4 Invert C-175, C-253, C-269 Short Overload Level C-211, C-212, C-238, C-269
Resolver Built-In Gear 5-4, 6-4, C-261, C-269 SB Digital In 5 Invert C-175, C-253, C-269 Short Overload Time C-211, C-212, C-238, C-269
Resolver Fraction Turns 5-6, C-168, C-170, C-260, C- SB Digital In 6 Invert C-175, C-253, C-269 Show Warnings 1 - 32 C-226, C-234, C-269
269 SB Digital Input 1 5-5, C-174, C-175, C-259, C-269 Show Warnings 33 - 64 C-226, C-234, C-269
Resolver Frequency 5-4, 6-4, C-167, C-260, C-269 SB Digital Input 2 5-5, C-174, C-175, C-258, C-269 Slave Encoder C-36, C-259, C-269
Resolver Invert 5-4, 6-4, C-168, C-260, C-269 SB Digital Input 3 5-6, C-174, C-175, C-258, C-269 Slave Position Src C-35, C-259, C-269
Resolver Max Speed 5-4, 6-4, C-167, C-170, C-261, C- SB Digital Input 4 C-174, C-175, C-253, C-269 Slew Rate Accel Limit C-197, C-238, C-269
269 SB Digital Input 5 C-174, C-175, C-176, C-253, C-269 Slew Rate Decel Limit C-197, C-238, C-269
Resolver Min Filter 5-4, 6-4, C-169, C-261, C-269 SB Digital Input 6 C-174, C-175, C-176, C-253, C-269
Resolver Poles 5-4, 6-4, C-168, C-260, C-269 Slew Rate Enable C-197, C-238, C-269
SB Digital Output 1 C-174, C-175, C-176, C-253, C-269 Slip Compensatn Enable C-198, C-238, C-269
resolver position 5-6 SB Digital Output 2 C-174, C-176, C-253, C-269
Resolver Position C-168, C-261, C-269 SLP Motoring Limit C-198, C-238, C-269
SB Digital Output 3 C-174, C-176, C-253, C-269 SLP Regen Limit C-198, C-238, C-269
Resolver Ratio 5-4, 6-4, C-167, C-171, C-260, C-269 Scaled PNO Access C-192, C-261, C-269
Resolver Reset Power On C-170, C-260, C-269 SNTP Client Enable 8-19, C-259, C-269
Search Boost C-83, C-237, C-269, C-271, C-272, C-273 SNTP Remote Server 8-19, C-259, C-269
Resolver Resolution 5-4, 6-4, C-169, C-260, C-269 Search Mode C-83, C-127, C-237, C-268, C-269
Resolver Speed % 5-6, C-169, C-260, C-269 SNTP Server Enable 8-20, C-262, C-269
Search Time C-84, C-127, C-237, C-268, C-269, C-271, C- SNTP Status 8-19, C-253, C-269
Resolver Speed Filter 5-4, 6-4, C-168, C-260, C-269 272, C-273
Soft Key 2 Mode C-89, C-260, C-269

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

14 Index
Soft Key 2 Value C-89, C-260, C-269 Start Align Done C-39, C-262, C-270 Tr Adaptation Output C-220, C-255, C-270
Spd Demand Neg Lim C-206, C-207, C-240, C-269 Start Delay C-118, C-256, C-270, E-5 Trim in Local C-209, C-251, C-270
Spd Demand Pos Lim C-206, C-207, C-240, C-269 Start Delay XE "Start Delay" Enable C-256 Update Firmware 4-10, 6-2, C-53, C-249, C-270
Spd Limiter Torq Ctrl C-203, C-207, C-259, C-269 Start Delay Enable C-118 Update GKP Text C-261, C-270
Spd Loop Adapt Pgain C-206, C-240, C-269 Start Delay Enable C-270 User Gateway Address 5-4, 6-8, 8-4, 8-11, 8-12, A-
Spd Loop Adapt Thres C-206, C-240, C-269 Startup Alignment C-39, C-40, C-262, C-270 12, A-34, C-248, C-270
Spd Loop Aux Torq Dmd C-206, C-240, C-269 Startup Page 5-5, C-87, C-248, C-270 User IP Address 5-4, 6-8, 8-4, 8-11, 8-12, A-12, A-
Spd Loop Dmd Filt TC C-205, C-240, C-269 Stator Resistance C-21, C-22, C-90, C-91, C-116, C-237, 34, C-247, C-270
Spd Loop Encoder C-37, C-259, C-269 C-241, C-253, C-270 User Subnet Mask 5-4, 6-8, 8-4, 8-11, 8-12, A-12, A-
Spd Loop Fbk Filt TC C-205, C-240, C-269 Status Word 7-15, A-5, A-13, A-15, A-19, A-23, A-35, A- 34, C-248, C-270
Speed Demand Hz C-186, C-239, C-270 37, 2-1, 2-6, C-18, C-190, C-242, C-270, E-34, E-35 VC Flying Start Enable C-83, C-237, C-270
Speed Demand RPM C-186, C-239, C-270 Stop Ramp Time 5-3, C-160, C-163, C-240, C-270 VDC Lim Active C-51, C-256, C-270
Speed Error Threshold C-208, C-259, C-270 Subnet Mask 5-6, 8-3, 8-4, 8-10, 8-11, 8-12, A-12, A- VDC Lim Enable C-51, C-256, C-270
Speed Error Trip Delay C-208, C-259, C-270 34, C-247, C-267, C-268, C-270 VDC Lim Level C-51, C-52, C-256, C-270
Speed Error Trip Enable C-208, C-259, C-270 Switch On Timeout C-190, C-242, C-270 VDC Lim Output C-51, C-256, C-270
Speed Limiter Active C-203, C-259, C-270 Switchover Enable C-119, C-120, C-258, C-270, E-38 VDC Ripple Filter TC C-227, C-247, C-270
Speed Loop Auto Set C-204, C-251, C-270 Symmetric Mode C-161, C-239, C-270 VDC Ripple Level C-227, C-247, C-270
Speed Loop Bandwidth C-204, C-251, C-270 Symmetric Time C-161, C-239, C-270, C-271, C-272, C- VDC Ripple Sample C-227, C-247, C-270
Speed Loop Error C-203, C-240, C-270 273 VDC Ripple Trip Delay C-227, C-247, C-270, C-271, C-
Speed Loop I Time C-204, C-205, C-240, C-270 Symmetric Torque Lim C-217, C-238, C-270 272, C-273
Speed Loop Int Defeat C-205, C-240, C-270 Synth Encoder Count C-261, C-270 VDC Ripple Trip Hyst C-227, C-247, C-270
Speed Loop Int Preset C-205, C-240, C-270 Synth Encoder Invert 5-4, C-184, C-258, C-270 Version 8-14, C-13, C-57, C-60, C-88, C-250, C-266, C-267,
Speed Loop Pgain C-204, C-205, C-240, C-270 Synth Encoder Lines 5-4, C-183, C-258, C-270 C-268, C-269, C-270
Speed PI Output C-203, C-240, C-270 Synth Encoder Speed 5-4, C-183, C-258, C-270 VHz Flying Start Enable C-83, C-237, C-270
Speed Trim C-209, C-251, C-270, E-15 System Board FE State C-55, C-259, C-270 VHz Shape 5-3, 6-6, C-78, C-239, C-270
Sramp Acceleration C-161, C-240, C-270 System Board Fitted 7-16, C-215, C-259, C-270 VHz User Freq C-80, C-239, C-270
Sramp Continuous C-161, C-240, C-270 System Board Required 5-4, 7-13, C-215, C-258, C- VHz User Freq[x] C-270
270
Sramp Deceleration C-161, C-240, C-270 System Board Status C-215, C-259, C-270 VHz User Volts C-80, C-239, C-270
Sramp Jerk 1 C-162, C-240, C-270 Target State C-54, C-248, C-270 VHz User Volts[x] C-270
Sramp Jerk 2 C-162, C-240, C-270 Technician Password C-88, C-250, C-270 View Level 6-2, 8-15, 8-17, C-87, C-88, C-250, C-270
Sramp Jerk 3 C-162, C-240, C-270 Terminal Voltage Mode C-4, C-228, C-238, C-270 Vsd Demand C-80, C-239, C-270
Sramp Jerk 4 C-161, C-162, C-240, C-270 Terminal Volts C-71, C-220, C-255, C-267, C-268, C-270 Vsq Demand C-80, C-239, C-270
Stabilisation Enable C-210, C-238, C-270 Thermistor Resistance C-216, C-250, C-270 Warnings 1 - 32 5-6, C-225, C-246, C-247, C-270
Stack Current (%) C-71, C-238, C-270 Thermistor Trip Level C-216, C-249, C-270, E-24, E-29 Warnings 33 - 64 5-6, C-226, C-240, C-269, C-270
Stack Frequency 7-9, C-8, C-21, C-122, C-123, C-238, Thermistor Type 5-4, 6-4, C-216, C-250, C-270 Warranty Trip Time C-221, C-248, C-270
C-270, C-271, C-272, C-273 Warranty Trip Time[x] C-270
Thermistor Warn Delta C-216, C-259, C-270, E-24, E-
Stack Pcode C-59, C-250, C-270 29 Warranty Trips C-221, C-248, C-253, C-254, C-270
Stack Serial No C-59, C-251, C-270 Time and Date 6-2, 8-19, 8-20, C-49, C-166, C-221, C- Warranty Trips XE "Warranty Trips" Record C-
Stall Current Active C-214, C-247, C-270 250, C-270 253, C-254
Stall Limit Type C-214, C-247, C-270 Time Since Power-On C-172, C-173, C-258, C-270 Warranty Trips Record C-221
Stall Speed Feedback C-214, C-247, C-270 Time Zone Offset 8-19, C-166, C-251, C-270 Warranty Trips Record C-270
Stall Time 7-3, C-214, C-247, C-270, C-271, C-272, C-273 Total Spd Demand % C-203, C-240, C-270 Warranty Trips[0] C-221
Stall Torque Active C-214, C-247, C-270 Total Spd Demand RPM C-203, C-240, C-270 Warranty Trips[x] C-270

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Index 15
Web Access 5-4, 5-5, 6-2, 8-15, 8-17, A-14, A-36, C-248, Write Mapping 5-5, C-234, C-235, C-270 Z Pulse Init Done C-270
C-270 Write Mapping[x] C-270 Zero Speed Stop Delay C-163, C-240, C-270
Web Parameters Enable 5-5, C-235, C-270 Z Pulse C-184, C-261, C-270 Zero Speed Threshold C-148, C-149, C-163, C-240, C-
Web Password 8-16, 8-17, C-248, C-270 Z Pulse XE "Z Pulse" Init Done C-261 270
Web View Level 8-15, 8-17, C-248, C-270 Z Pulse Init Done C-184

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

16 Index

AC30 series Variable Speed Inverter

 Parker Worldwide
Europe, Middle East, Africa DE – Germany, Kaarst KZ – Kazakhstan, Almaty TR – Turkey, Istanbul KR – South Korea, Seoul
Tel: +49 (0)2131 4016 0 Tel: +7 7273 561 000 Tel: +90 216 4997081 Tel: +82 2 559 0400
AE – United Arab Emirates, [email protected] [email protected] [email protected]
Dubai MY – Malaysia, Shah Alam
Tel: +971 4 8127100 DK – Denmark, Ballerup NL – The Netherlands, Oldenzaal UA – Ukraine, Kiev Tel: +60 3 7849 0800
[email protected] Tel: +45 43 56 04 00 Tel: +31 (0)541 585 000 Tel: +48 (0)22 573 24 00
NZ – New Zealand, Mt Wellington
[email protected] [email protected] [email protected]
AT – Austria, Wiener Neustadt Tel: +64 9 574 1744
Tel: +43 (0)2622 23501-0 ES – Spain, Madrid NO – Norway, Asker UK – United Kingdom, Warwick
SG – Singapore
[email protected] Tel: +34 902 330 001 Tel: +47 66 75 34 00 Tel: +44 (0)1926 317 878
Tel: +65 6887 6300
[email protected] [email protected] [email protected]
AT – Eastern Europe, Wiener TH – Thailand, Bangkok
Neustadt FI – Finland, Vantaa PL – Poland, Warsaw ZA – South Africa, Kempton Park
Tel: +662 186 7000
Tel: +43 (0)2622 23501 900 Tel: +358 (0)20 753 2500 Tel: +48 (0)22 573 24 00 Tel: +27 (0)11 961 0700
[email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] TW – Taiwan, Taipei
Tel: +886 2 2298 8987
AZ – Azerbaijan, Baku FR – France, Contamine s/Arve PT – Portugal North America
Tel: +994 50 2233 458 Tel: +33 (0)4 50 25 80 25 Tel: +351 22 999 7360
CA – Canada, Milton, Ontario South America
[email protected] [email protected] [email protected]
Tel: +1 905 693 3000
BE/LU – Belgium, Nivelles GR – Greece, Athens RO – Romania, Bucharest AR – Argentina, Buenos Aires
US – USA, Cleveland Tel: +54 3327 44 4129
Tel: +32 (0)67 280 900 Tel: +30 210 933 6450 Tel: +40 21 252 1382
Tel: +1 216 896 3000
[email protected] [email protected] [email protected] BR – Brazil, Sao Jose dos Campos
HU – Hungary, Budaörs RU – Russia, Moscow Tel: +55 800 727 5374
BG – Bulgaria, Sofia Asia Pacific
Tel: +359 2 980 1344 Tel: +36 23 885 470 Tel: +7 495 645-2156 CL – Chile, Santiago
[email protected] [email protected] [email protected] AU – Australia, Castle Hill
Tel: +56 2 623 1216
Tel: +61 (0)2-9634 7777
BY – Belarus, Minsk IE – Ireland, Dublin SE – Sweden, Spånga MX – Mexico, Toluca
Tel: +48 (0)22 573 24 00 Tel: +353 (0)1 466 6370 Tel: +46 (0)8 59 79 50 00 CN – China, Shanghai
Tel: +52 72 2275 4200
[email protected] [email protected] [email protected] Tel: +86 21 2899 5000

CH – Switzerland, Etoy IL – Israel SK – Slovakia, Banská Bystrica HK – Hong Kong

Tel: +41 (0)21 821 87 00 Tel: +39 02 45 19 21 Tel: +421 484 162 252 Tel: +852 2428 8008
[email protected] [email protected] [email protected] IN – India, Mumbai
CZ – Czech Republic, Klecany IT – Italy, Corsico (MI) SL – Slovenia, Novo Mesto Tel: +91 22 6513 7081-85 European Product Information Centre
Tel: +420 284 083 111 Tel: +39 02 45 19 21 Tel: +386 7 337 6650 JP – Japan, Tokyo Free phone: 00 800 27 27 5374
[email protected] [email protected] [email protected] Tel: +81 (0)3 6408 3901 (from AT, BE, CH, CZ, DE, DK, EE, ES, FI,
FR, IE, IL, IS, IT, LU, MT, NL, NO, PL, PT, RU,
SE, SK, UK, ZA)

© 2019 Parker Hannifin Corporation. All rights reserved. AC30 Software Reference HA503711U003 I4 2019-08

Parker Hannifin Manufacuring Limited

Automation Group, Electromechanical & Drives Division Europe,
New Courtwick Lane,
Littlehampton, West Sussex. BN17 7RZ
Office: +44 (0)1903 737000
Fax: +44 (0)1903 737100
www.parker.com/eme